Hodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND

Vol. 8. January, 1906. No.

CONTENTS:

Habenaria orbiculata and H. macrophylla. Oakes Ames
Hybridism in the Genus Viola, — II. Ezra Brainerd

A New Geum from Vermont and Quebec. M. L. Fernald
Hybrid Asplenium new to Vermont. 6. E. Davenport
Spiranthes ovalis. Oakes Ames , 1 i

A new Rubus from Connecticut. W. H. Blanchard

Observations on Pogonia (Isotria) verticillata. H. D. House .

A Willow from the Penobscot Valley. M. L. Fernald
Nephrodium Filix-mas in Vermont. £zra Brainerd
Two Species of Sporobolus. R. W. Woodward

The Vermont Botanical Club, Winter Meeting

Boston, Mass.
740 Exchange Building.

Providence, TR. 1l.

Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.-—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost ofcollection. Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec’y N. E. Botanical Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. ScHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PUTNAM's SONS,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. S. MATHEWS, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,
Mass.

NOTICE

Mosses with a Hand-lens, Second Edition, will contain 200 pages instead of
150 as at first planned. To cover the additional cost the price will become $1.75
on all orders received after April 1st. 1905.

Parts I and II of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready at $1.00
per part. As soon as part V is issued the price will be increased to $1.25.

A supplement including all the species of Gray's Manual range not included
in the main work and keys to a// the species, will be issued to supply the demand
for a complete manual. Sample pages sent on application.

A. J. GROUT, 360 LENox ROAD, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS
and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.

HARLAN P. KELsEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.
Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts.

GROUT
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. Seventy-five pages, $1.10 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.09 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
l O T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8. January, 1906. No. 85.

HABENARIA ORBICULATA AND H. MACROPHYLLA.

OAKES AMES.

For several years I have observed during my studies of Habenaria
orbiculata, Torr., that the species as at present understood includes
two very distinct forms, one characterized by a short, the other by a
long, spur. Attention was first drawn to this difference by Mr. J. H.
Schuette who sent me a specimen of the short-spurred form collected
near Mink River in Door County, Wisconsin. Mr. Schuette regarded
the Mink River plant as varietally distinct from Habenaria orbiculata,
Torr., and requested that a description of it be published. At that
time it was impossible to decide which form answered to the original
description of Habenaria orbiculata, which Pursh had published under
Orchis in his Flora of North America. Furthermore it became evi-
dent that if Pursh had described the short-spurred form, then the long-
spurred form would be the Habenaria macrophylla of Goldie that led
to an interesting botanical controversy between W. J. Hooker and Dr.
John Torrey many years ago, and that was unfortunately relegated
to the rank of a synonym under H. orbiculata.

H. macrophylla was collected in Canada by Goldie and sent to
Hooker with the following note “Orchis — This beautiful plant I
found in shady woods Island of Montreal, approaches nearest to O.
orbiculata of Pursh, of which I have not sent a specimen. However,
that is very different —

“This species differs from O. orbiculata in being always 3 or 4 times
larger, leaves more elliptic &c. in a living state, more thin and lucid,
bracteas much shorter. The fl. are large & white — very rare.

“I have only seen a very few plants of it. I have one or two roots

2 Rhodora [JANUARY

alive.” A description of this plant was published in the Edinburgh
Philosophical Journal (6: 331, 1822) where the name Habenaria
macrophylla was given to it. Subsequently in his Exotic Flora, Dr.
Hooker published an excellent plate of Habenaria Hookeri under the
name H. orbiculata (Pursh) and in an elaborate note indicated the
differences between this plant and Goldie's H. macrophylla, prompted
to do so, presumably, by a letter which he had received from Dr.
Torrey. “It is," he writes, “with much surprise I find that my friend
Dr. Torrey of New York, in a letter which he had the goodness to
write to me upon the subject of Mr. Goldie's paper, considers the H.

Flowers of Habenaria orbiculata, Torr. (left) and H. macrophylla, Goldie
(right), enlarged to the same scale.

macrophylla, of which he judges of course only by the description to
be the same with /7. orbiculata of Pursh, notwithstanding that the
differences between these two plants are fully and satisfactorily pointed
out in the Memoir in question. It will suffice here to mention, that
H. macrophylla is twice the size of the present individual in almost all
its parts, and that the anther is at each angle at base, prolonged into a
projecting horn." About fifteen years later in Flora Boreali-Ameri-
cana (2: 197) Hooker corrected the treatment of the Exotic Flora,
and reduced H. macrophylla to a synonym of H. orbiculata with the
following explanation: “This fine species, having been but ill defined
by its first describer (Pursh), has been much misunderstood, and the

1906] Ames, Habenaria orbiculata and H. macrophylla 3

preceding plant (H. Hookeri) was by myself, as well as by other bot-
anists, both in America and in Europe, mistaken for it. From collat-
eral evidence, however, Drs. Torrey and Gray were led to consider the
present as the true orbiculata; and the correctness of their ideas has
been confirmed by the latter botanist, on his recent examination of the
original Purshian Herbarium, in Mr. Lambert's possession.”

From the preceding remarks it will be clear that H. macrophylla
was permitted to pass into synonymy because the identity of H. orbi-
culata had been obscured by confusion with H. Hookeri, a related but
most distinct species, and because a thorough comparison of H. ma-
crophylla with the Pursh plants of H. orbiculata was not made. That
H. orbiculata and H. macrophylla are distinguishable is in a measure
proved by John Lindley’s treatment of these species — which he placed
under Platanthera — in Genera and Species of Orchidaceous Plants.
On page 286 he brought together three species which seem clearly
referable to what for convenience we may designate the orbiculata
group. These species are H. Hooker, H. orbiculata and Platanthera
Menziesii. Of these we may neglect the first as its identity is unques-
tionable. The second is characterized in part by having the spur
twice longer than the ovary, and in the synonymy which accompanies
it we find H. macrophylla. The third, collected by Menzies on the
west coast of North America — a species which does not appear in
our manuals of botany, and which has remained in obscurity — is
characterized by having a spur subequal with the ovary. ‘This third
species Kránzlin in his Genera et Species Orchidacearum, has unwit-
tingly confused with H. elegans, Bolander, as to description and as
to the Californian plant which he has cited as no. 6252, Bolander.

The inadequacy of Lindley’s original description, and Kránzlin's
discrepancies made desirable a more intimate knowledge of the type
specimen. A photograph obtained at Kew by Dr. Robinson made
this possible and proved conclusively that Platanthera M enziesit is
the short-spurred form of Habenaria orbiculata. Subsequently I
examined the type and also several sheets of specimens which Menzies
had collected, and satisfied myself that the conclusions which I had
drawn from a study of the photograph communicated by Dr. Robinson
were correct. Lindley, then, on the supposition that the long-spurred
form representative of Goldie's H. macrophylla was conspecific with
the Pursh type of H. orbiculata, had considered the short-spurred
form a distinct species. Having arrived at this point, it became ab-

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

solutely essential to know what Pursh had described as Orchis orbi-
culata. According to Pursh’s Flora Americae Septentrionalis, Habe-
naria orbiculata inhabits the mountains of Pennsylvania and Virginia
and blooms in July and August. Our present knowledge of the dis-
tribution of the species as far as the short-spurred form is concerned,
extends this range to Canada and Alaska in the north, and to Minnesota
in the middle west. The long-spurred form is rather rare and as rep-
resented in the principal herbaria of the United States does not reach
so far south as Pennsylvania and Virginia and does not occur west of
Wisconsin. Therefore, the evidence supplied by distribution would
make it seem that the Pursh plant must have been characterized by
a short spur. According to Pursh’s Journal of a Botanical Excursion
in the Northeastern part of the States of Pennsylvania and New York
during the Year 1807, he found a Habenaria late in June in Penn-
sylvania, which he called Orchis bijolia because of its resemblance
to the European species so called in his time. He gave an elaborate
account of it and his description agrees well with the character of H.
orbiculata, although it does not distinguish his material from the long-
spurred form which Goldie called M. macrophylla. Unfortunately
Pursh’s herbarium is no longer intact as it was distributed at the sale
of the Lambert collection of which it formed a part; but in my search
for an authentic specimen I found at Kew a sheet which I think may
be accepted as the type of his Orchis orbiculata. It is a sheet from
his own herbarium and was presumably acquired for Dr. Hooker at
the Lambert sale. The spur, which is 2 em. long, distinguishes the
plant at once from H. macrophylla, Goldie, and establishes the identity
of Platanthera Menziesii, Lindley, which we must regard as conspecific
with the Pursh plant.

While on the preceding pages Habenaria orbiculata and H. macro-
phylla have been separated by the length of the spur, the two species
are readily distinguishable by other differential characters. That
the spur length, however, is the most useful diagnostic character can-
not be denied. It is not an arbitrary distinction and does not lead
to artificial discrimination among specimens, irrespective of distribu-
tion and habitat. The diagnostic value òf the spur is clearly shown
by the following tabulation of length-frequencies.!

1The spurs of Platanthera Menziesii are not included in the measurements as Lindley’s
type and the British Museum specimens collected by Menzies are not fully developed.

1906) Ames, Habenaria orbiculata and H. macrophylla 5

H. orbiculata.

Length (mm.) 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
No. of cases observed, 2 2 7 7 9412132100

H. macrophylla.

Length (mm.) 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
No. obs. 0 0 1 0 1 6 3 7 E IM DU | 1

These figures illustrate the fact that in Habenaria orbiculata "Torr.
the most frequent spur-length is about 2 cm. and that in H. macro-
phylla, Goldie, the most frequent length is 3.5-3.7 cm. The flowers
of H. orbiculata are considerably smaller than those of H. macro-
phylla, as is shown by the accompanying text cuts. The following
shows what seems to be the most satisfactory treatment of the species
herein considered.

HABENARIA ORBICULATA, Torrey, Compendium, 318 (1826).—
Orchis orbiculata, Pursh. Fl. Am. 2: 588 (1814).— Platanthera Men-
ziesti, Lindley, Orch. Pl. 286 (1835).— Lysias orbiculata, Rydberg,
Britton’s Manual 294, in part.— Spur 1.6-2.7 cm. long. South Caro-
lina, Tennessee, Maine, westward to Minnesota and Washington,
and northward.

HABENARIA MACROPHYLLA, Goldie, Edinb. Phil. Journ. 6: 331
(1822).— Platanthera orbiculata, Lindley, Orch. Pl. 286 (1835).—
H. orbiculata, Britton and Brown, Ill. Fl. 1: 461 (excl. fig.).— Lysias
orbiculata, Rydberg, Britton’s Manual 294, in part.— Spur 3.2-4.3
em. long. Connecticut to Wisconsin and northward.

Norta Easton, MASSACHUSETTS.

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

HYBRIDISM IN THE GENUS VIOLA,— II.
Ezra BRAINERD.

THE discussion of this subject, commenced over a year ago, I
purpose to resume in this and a subsequent paper. During the past
year the problem has been studied persistently; most of the known
aberrant forms of northeastern America have been grown in the gar-
den; and several journeys through the coastal region of the Middle
and New England States have been made to observe anomalous plants
in their natural surroundings. I take pleasure in saying that in all
this investigation I have been greatly assisted by the kindness of
numerous students of the genus, who have sent me living plants and
herbarium specimens, and have seemed to spare no pains to guide
me to stations of special interest.

The result of these observations is to confirm in every particular
the inferences of my previous article, and, furthermore, to bring to
light some twenty-five additional hybrids and crosses in the genus
Viola. In short, as regards at least the blue acaulescent violets of
northeastern America the general rule seems to be inductively estab-
lished, that of the currently recognized species any two, that have been
growing together for several years, are likely to present hybrids.

Before entering upon the details of this evidence, certain prelim-
inary matters should be presented, as helpful to a better understanding
of the problem.

HYBRIDISM AMONG EUROPEAN VIOLETS.

It is interesting to note that in recent years a similar tendency to
interbreed has been recognized in the European species of Viola. In
the last edition of Garcke's Flora of Germany eighteen violet hybrids
are reported as having been found among their twenty species. In
a list of the plants of Norway and Sweden published in 1900 twenty-
two violet hybrids are enumerated among their twenty-seven species.
In a recent number of the Botanische Zeitschrift Dr. Heinrich Sabran-
sky gives a list of ten species and nine hybrids that he has found in a

1 RHODORA, vi, 213-223, Nov., 1904.

1906] Brainerd, Hybridism in the Genus Viola,— II 7

somewhat limited district of Austria, and remarks on the “most
extraordinary tendency of the forms to hybridize; in no other genus
does there appear such a multitude of hybrids as among the violets.”
Our blue stemless violets are all distinct from those of Europe, but
the disposition to hybridize seems to manifest itself in all groups of
the genus, and on both Continents.

LAWS RELATING TO KNOWN HYBRIDS AMONG FLOWERING PLANTS.

To appreciate the evidence that certain forms of Viola are hybrids,
one should have some definite knowledge of the usual behavior of
known hybrids in other genera. This is well set forth in Focke’s
great work, which contains a compendious account of the two or
three thousand artificial and natural hybrids known at the time of
publication, and discusses the general laws governing this group of
phenomena. In regard to hybrids between nearly related but distinct
species their behavior as a rule may be stated as follows :—

1. The hybrids have characters that are intermediate between the
unlike characters of the parent forms.

2. They and their offspring are stable; that is, the several individuals
resemble each other as closely as those that result from normal
sexual reproduction.

3. They are more or less infertile, usually from defective pollen.

4, They are unusually vigorous in their vegetative functions; their
flowers also are larger and remain longer in bloom.

These four laws precisely describe the behavior of the hybrids
between any two well-marked species of our blue stemless violets.
If one parent is pubescent and the other glabrous, the hybrid will be
somewhat pubescent; if the cleistogamous peduncle in one is long
and erect, and in the other short and deflexed, it will be of medium
length and ascending in the hybrid; if the cleistogamous capsule is
green in one parent and purple in the other, it will as a rule be green
but more or less flecked with purple in the hybrid. Furthermore,
the hybrids and their progeny are fairly constant. Thirty seedlings

1 Die Pflanzen-Mischlinge von W. O. Focke, Berlin, 1881. Octavo, 570 pages; no
English translation.

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

of V. affinisX septentrionalis have been under cultivation since July,
1904, and they all look just alike. About twenty plants of V. cucullata
X fimbriatula, from three different States show no appreciable differ-
ence. Also the infertility of these hybrids is most noticeable; rarely
are more than 30 per cent of the ovules fertilized, usually about 10
per cent, occasionally none. Focke! has noted the marked infer-
tility of the European hybrids of Viola. Lastly, the rank growth of
violet hybrids is most pronounced. In many cases I have the hybrid
growing side by side with the parent species, and always the robust-
ness of the hybrid is strikingly apparent. I have frequently made
eight or ten ample specimens out of one plant. On one individual
of V. affinis Xsororia I counted last May 148 large petaliferous flowers.

But when crosses are made between doubtjully distinct species, or
between races, or between a species and its variety, there is commonly
a marked departure from the first three of the laws above stated, viz.—

1. The offspring of such crosses have not intermediate characters, but
various recombinations of the unlike characters of the parent forms.

2. The individual plants are consequently often dissimilar, some reverting
to one or the other of the parent forms, others presenting all sorts
of compromises,— a phenomenon known to breeders as “sporting. ''

3. There is no impairment of fertility either in the first or in subsequent
generations,

To this class belong the so-called Mendelian hybrids,— the despair
of the systematist, but the vantage ground of the breeder of new and
useful “varieties.”

The latest discussion of this subject is to be found in the recently
published volume of DeVries. This author makes a sharp distinc-
tion between a specific and a varietal character. The latter he regards
as but the loss or latency of a quality, which is positive and dominant
in the typical form of the species. When interbreeding takes place,
he holds that specific characters are affected according to the first set
of rules above cited; but varietal characters according to the second
set. I can make but the briefest allusion to this novel explanation
of the phenomena of hybridism, and my excuse for so doing is that it
seems to find illustration in the behavior of certain crosses between

1L, c., p. 477.

1906] Brainerd, Hybridism in the Genus Viola,— Il 9

closely allied forms of Viola. DeVries holds that ordinary species
“differ from each other partly in specific, partly in varietal charac-
ters. As to the first, they give in their hybrids stable peculiarities,
while as to the latter, they split up according to Mendel's law.”* ‘This,
as I hope to show, is exactly what takes place, when two such species
as V. fimbriatula and V. sagittata interbreed. Dr. Sabransky also
observes that in Austria “among the stemless violets, hybrids present
for the most part a more or less distinctly intermediate character;
while among the stemmed violets, they present an unbroken series
of transitional forms between the parents, whose characters thus

become confluent.” ?

ARE SPECIFIC DISTINCTIONS ENDANGERED BY HYBRIDISM ?

Some systematists seem disturbed at the discovery that certain `
groups of nearly related species freely interbreed. It seems to admit,
as one of our keenest observers has expressed it, the existence of “a
mutually destructive influence, breaking down the individual charac-
ters of species, and merging them finally into one.” Surely, hybridism
is a movement in this direction. But we must remember that the
advance of living organisms proceeds through the conflict of two
opposing forces, the one leading to multiform variation, the other
seeking to conserve the type by requiring double parentage. ‘Thus
the aberrant traits that may arise in an individual by mutation or
fluctuation, are usually eliminated in succeeding generations by the
repeated process of pairing with normal individuals. This conflict
ordinarily ceases with the pronounced establishment of separate spe-
cies; but within several groups of Viola, consisting of forms but
recently ranked as species, the conflict seems to be exceptionally
prolonged.

But we may, I fancy, discover the cause of this exceptional behav-
ior. The power of sexual reproduction to maintain uniformity in a
group of plants is so great, that for the evolution of two or more species
out of one the incipient species need in some way to be isolated from
each other. Darwin describes the fauna and flora of certain oceanic

1 “Species and Varieties, their Origin by Mutation," p. 307.
2 Translated from '' Allgemeine Botanische Zeitschrift," xi. 162, Oct., 1905.

10 Rhodora [JANUARY

islands as consisting of species distinct from but allied to those of the
neighboring mainland; free intercourse over a connecting isthmus
would have largely prevented this divergence into two sets of species."
In many genera we know that certain species remain distinct only
because each has its separate range; if through the agency of man
they are brought together, they become more or less confluent through
interbreeding — Some years since I was interested in the study of
Aquilegia; I got together as many species as possible of both the Old
World and the New, and became quite familiar with the various types.
Afterward, when they had been growing for several years without
cultivation on the north side of an arbor-vitae hedge, my attention
was attracted by the appearance of forms that I had never seen before.
I found that at least five different hybrids had appeared spontaneously.
Similar instances are by no means rare.

An analogous cause has disturbed the relations to each other of our
species of common blue violets. Two or three centuries ago the north-
eastern United States was entirely covered with forests. The clearing
away of these forests by man has profoundly modified the conditions
of plant life. With the exception of V. palmata, our blue stemless
violets are rarely found, and certainly do not thrive, in the primeval
forest; they are rather plants of open groves, of fence-rows, and moist
meadows. When the whole country was densely wooded, their growth
must have been greatly restricted; but when the trees were removed
they had a chance to ‘run and be glorified’; their range was vastly
extended; the number of individuals increased perhaps a thousand-
fold; species before isolated became cohabitant, and had opportunities
to hybridize.’

How far this movement of involution will extend, it is idle to specu-
late. But so far as regards the survival of our species of Viola we
need give ourselves no concern; for the vast majority of its seeds are
produced from the self-fertilized flowers, and must therefore be free
from admixture with other species. However readily the petaliferous
flowers may produce hybrids, these hybrids must always be greatly
outnumbered by the legitimate offspring.

MIDDLEBURY COLLEGE.

1 The Origin of Species, 6th ed., ii. 177-182.

2 It would be interesting to follow out this line of thought in its bearing on other groups
of species, such as Crataegus and Rubus. There are not wanting grounds for the suspi-
cion that they too, since the forests were cleared, have enormously multiplied, and have
been behaving badly,—producing hybrids and Mendelian crosses,— sporting wantonly,
— at the expense of the makers of species.

1906] Fernald, A new Geum from Vermont and Quebec 11

A NEW GEUM FROM VERMONT AND QUEBEC.

M. L. FERNALD.

In June, 1898, Mr. W. W. Eggleston collected at Mendon, Vermont,
a Geum which he sent without name to the Gray Herbarium. The
specimen was in anthesis, and without detailed examination was
passed as Geum macrophyllum Willd.

On July 6 last, however, a Geum quite like Mr. Eggleston’s Mendon
plant was found by Messrs. E. F. Williams, J. F. Collins and the
writer in a boggy meadow by the St. Lawrence at Bic in the County
of Rimouski, Quebec. At Bic the plant which was nearly past anthe-
sis attracted immediate attention by its large wide-spreading crimson
calyx, deep claret-colored styles, and the strongly contrasting broadly
obcordate bright yellow petals; and only in the outline of the leaf did
it suggest the common Geum macrophyllum of the lower St. Lawrence
and northern New England. That well-known plant abounds at
Bic and a superficial examination was sufficient to show that, in its
small green recurved calyx, its greenish or barely crimson-tinged
styles, and its small narrow pale petals, it had little in common with
the plant now seen growing for the first time.

Detailed study of the new plant shows that its only immediate allies
in America are Geum rivale L. and G. geniculatum Michx., while in
many characters it is nearer the Scandinavian species, G. hispidum
Fries and G. intermedium Ehrh. To none of these species does the
plant of Bic and Mendon seem to be referable, and it has been impos-
sible to find any plant to which it is more closely allied. It is appar-
ently a somewhat local representative of Seringe's section Cariophyllata,
which may be sought with confidence elsewhere in New England and
eastern Canada, and which on account of the effective contrast of'
colors in its flowers may be called

Geum pulchrum sp. n. Caule erecto piloso-hispido apice glandu-
loso-puberulo 4-11-floro; foliis radicalibus interrupte pinnatisectis
subtus hispidis lobis obovatis dentatis, foliis caulinis trilobis lobis
obovatis; stipulis anguste ovatis argute serratis; pedunculis pur-
purascentibus tenuibus; floribus nutantibus; calyce purpurascente,
laciniis patentibus deltoideo-ovatis; petalis suborbicularibus obcor-
datis flavis; filamentis badiis vel purpurascentibus; carpellis setosis,
stylis elongatis valde purpureis geniculatis, appendicibus plumosis
coccineis.

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

Stem 4-9 dm. high, erect, rather slender, somewhat pilose-hispid
throughout, glandular-puberulent above, 4-11-flowered: basal leaves
interruptedly pinnate, 1.5-3.5 dm. long, hispid below; the 3 approx-
imate obovate terminal lobes shallowly lobed and coarsely dentate,
the uppermost largest (5-9 em. long, 4-8 cm. broad), with 4 to 6
unequal pairs of subopposite or scattered ovate lobes (0.5-4 cm. long)
below; cauline 3-lobed or -parted, the lower short-petioled, the upper
sessile, the leaflets obovate (or the uppermost lanceolate) sharply
toothed, mostly 3-5.5 em. long: stipules narrowly ovate sharply and
coarsely toothed, 1-2 em. long: peduncles purplish, slender, at first
nodding, later becoming erect: calyx purplish, in anthesis 1-1.3 cm.
broad, becoming larger in fruit, cleft half-way to base into deltoid-
ovate acuminate strigose wide-spreading lobes, with linear-subulate
alternating teeth (1 mm. long): petals 7 or 8 mm. long, bright yellow,
suborbicular, obcordate, narrowed to short claws: filaments yellowish
or purplish: carpels bristly below with ascending yellow-white hairs;
the elongate deep-purple styles jointed above the middle, the upper
plumose portion carmine: fruit not seen.— QUEBEC, boggy meadow
by the St. Lawrence, Bic, J uly 6, 1905 (Williams, Collins, & Fernald):
Vermont, Mendon, July 16, 1898 (W. W. Eggleston).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

A HYBRID ASPLENIUM NEW TO THE FLORA OF
VERMONT.

LJ

GEORGE E. DAVENPORT.

Tue finding of a hybrid Asplenium at Proctor, Vermont, by Mr.
G. A. Woolson of Pittsford Mills, is of more than ordinary interest,
both on account of the accurately noted environment and because
the fern although previously known as a European plant has never
before been recorded in America. It is the Asplenium Trichomanes x
Ruta-muraria of Ascherson & Graebner! of which several somewhat
varying forms have been contrasted in parallel columns by Christ.
Mr. Woolson’s account of his discovery gives the following details.

Passing over a ridge at Proctor, Vermont, he paused in an open
space to see what was growing on and between the outcropping

1 Synopsis der Mitteleuropaischen Flora, i, 79 (1896).
? Die Farnkriuter der Schweiz, 97, f. 15 (1900).

1906] Davenport, Hybrid Asplenium new to Vermont 13

rocks. Here his attention was attracted by a clump of ferns with
pinnae which appeared abnormal and he took specimens together
with others of Asplenium Ruta-muraria, which were growing three
feet from the clump in question. On closer inspection later Mr.
Woolson suspected that the anomalous fern was the result of a cross
between A. Ruta-muraria and A. Trichomanes and returning to the
spot he “went on hands and knees” over practically all the neighboring
ground in search of the other parent plant. ‘The only species growing
in abundance was A. Ruta-muraria, much of it young; but a few
fruited plants were found not over a foot from the particular clump.
in question. About eighteen feet away there was some Pellaea atro-
purpurea, with a “touch of Camptosorus and A. ebeneum” but no
A. Trichomanes in sight although the habitat appeared just right for
that species. However, on following a dip in the ridge over another
rise and down over the edge of a steep bank facing the north, Mr.
Woolson found an abundance of A. Trichomanes, as well as a second
lot under the shelving edge of a ridge a little more to the east. Either
place was fully a hundred and twenty-five feet from the rock bearing
the hybrid fern.

While admitting that the peculiar fern looks much like a hybrid
between A. Trichomanes and A. Ruta-muraria, Mr. Woolson ex-
presses doubt as to the power of the wind as a possible agency in
transporting the spores of A. Trichomanes to such a distance and
over such barriers.

But we know that the wind is capable of doing most extraordinary
things, and it is always the unexpected that happens. So many
instances of this have occurred in my own experience that I have
long ago ceased to wonder at anything of the kind being brought
about through the agency of the wind, and the fact of fern spores being
swirled about and distributed into all manner of seemingly inaccessi-
ble places is not so great a source of wonderment to me as the facts of
hybridization itself.

Ferns are constantly intermingling in vast numbers under condi-
tions most favorable for interbreeding and producing a great diversity
of variant forms, yet these forms are for the greater part readily refer-
able to one or the other of well established genera and species. Seldom
indeed do we find any that can be considered for an absolute certainty
as hybrid combinations; such, however, seems to be the case in the
present instance beyond any reasonable doubt, and the apparent

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

difficulty of wind-blown spores having reached the seemingly inac-
cessible niche where this hybrid fern was found was no greater than
in some other instances of sporal migrations previously recorded by me.

When first received the dual characters and resemblance of the new-
comer to A. Trichomanes and A. viride impressed me with the possi-
bility of its being a hybrid between those two species, but the absence
of the latter from that section altogether led me to treat it provisionally
as a form of A. Trichomanes. The later and fuller information subse-
quently received, however, led to a further investigation that enabled
me to identify it properly through an admirable figure published by
Dr. Christ (1. c.) of a somewhat larger form from Lugano.

Three forms of this hybrid, to which specific names had been given,
were brought together under the present combination by Ascherson
and Graebner in the work already cited, and these are arranged by
Dr. Christ under comparative descriptions with his own account of
the large form from Lugano.

The following brief diagnosis will, I think, sufficiently indicate the
general characters of our Vermont plant. Sporophyte small with the
habit of A. Trichomanes. Fronds 6 to 10 cm. long, elongate, lance-
olate, broadest at base; stipe and lamina of nearly equal length, stipe
and lower half of rachis brownish black as in A. Trichomanes, then
green above as in A. viride (the young growing fronds wholly green),
wingless; lamina pinnate with 7 to 8 pair of short-stalked pinnae,
and an enlarged terminal one with shallow lobes on one or both sides,
those below, to about the middle of the lamina, entire, the uppermost
obovate, the lower ones broadening and becoming roundish ovate
with cuneate bases, below the middle increasing abruptly in size,
more or less lobed with rounded lobes, the second pair deeply lobed
or 3-parted, the lowermost pair fully 3-parted with the upper basal
lobe quite distinct. Margins crenulately denticulate. Sori short,
becoming confluent and covering the lobes at maturity. Indusium
irregularly denticulate. Proctor, Vermont, August 29, 1905, G. A.
Woolson.

The essential characters of the parent plants are reproduced in
their offspring as follows :—

Ist. TRICHOMANES characters are seen in the brownish-black
stipe the lower portion of rachis, and partially also in the shape of the
upper pinnae.

2nd. RUTA-MURARIA characters are seen in the long stipes and

1906] Ames, Spiranthes ovalis 15

green upper portion of the rachis, the distant pinnae, and more espe-
cially in the 3 parted lower pinnae.’

The dimensions of our plant fairly approximate those given by
Ascherson and Graebner (l. c.), but the Lugano form described by
Dr. Christ exceeds those dimensions by about one third, the fronds
reaching a length of 15 cm. as seen in the fine figure published by that
author.

Our plant, however, differs from the European forms already pub-
lished in having the lower pinnae more deeply lobed or even divided,
and this inclined me at first to treat it as a distinct form, but in
view of the well known disposition on the part of hybrids to produce
all manner of deviations, and the existence of certain other deviations
in the European forms, it has seemed best to regard all such devi-
ations as of minor importance and to recognize only the one
combination.

Mr. Woolson is to be congratulated on his interesting discovery,
which adds new evidence of the unity of the American and European
fern floras. It should also be a spur to fern-students and encourage
them to search carefully for other fern treasures that lie hidden await-
ing only the advent of some keen eyed observer to bring them out into

the light.
MEDFORD, MASSACHUSETTS.

SPIRANTHES OVALIS.
OAKES AMES.

In 1840, Dr. John Lindley published the description of a new spe-
cies of Spiranthes collected by Drummond in Texas and in allusion
to the oval form of the inflorescence called it S. ovalis. From that
time on the specific name was not taken up by American botanists
and at present is not applied to any American species in our botanical
publications. The explanation of this is perhaps simple, as S. ovalis
is one of the rarest of the Spiranthes species which are natives of the:
United States, and as the description in Lindley’s Genera and Species
of Orchidaceous Plants is a wholly inadequate characterization.

1A print from one of Mr. Woolson’s specimens since seen, shows at least one of the

lower pinnae not only with three distinct lobes, but with the outer lobe becoming again
slightly 3-lobed.

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

When A. W. Chapman prepared the third edition of his Flora of the
Southern United States he described a new variety of Spiranthes
cernua, Rich., and named it var. parviflora. The type was collected
in rich oak woods near Rome, Georgia. Later, Dr. Small, as shown
by his Flora of the Southeastern United States, recognized that Chap-
man had strained affinities in making the Georgian plant a variety of
S. cernua, and he, therefore, raised it to specific rank under Gyro-
stachys. In my treatise on the American Species of Spiranthes,
published in Fascicle I of Orchidaceae, I placed this species, doubt-
fully, next to S. Romanzoffiana on account of the constriction of the
lip in several specimens examined. Last November at Kew a com-
parison of Spiranthes parviflora with Spiranthes ovalis Lindl. proved
that they were conspecific. The type comprises three individuals
preserved in the Hookerian Herbarium.

Spiranthes ovalis is of special interest as it is not confined to the
states of the extreme south and as the northern limits of its distribu-
tion bring it within the area covered by Gray’s Manual. According
to studies of the material in the principal herbaria of America and
England it is most common in Missouri, where George Engelmann
collected specimens as early as 1835, and where as recently as Sep-
tember, 1905, it was found by B. F. Bush (no. 3322). How such a
distinct species has been omitted from our manuals devoted to the
botany of the northern United States is difficult to explain. It is very
similar in aspect to Spiranthes latifolia, Torr., and might easily be
mistaken for it, but S. latifolia is a summer bloomer, while S. ovalis
does not bloom until the fall of the year, even in the southern states,
a fact which should have led to careful investigations. Furthermore,
the flowers of the two species are quite different, and the scape of S.
ovalis is much taller in relation to the leaves than the scape of S.
latifolia.

SPIRANTHES OVALIS Lindley, Orch. Pl. 466 (1840).— S. cernua,
var. parviflora, Chapm., Fl. S. U. S. ed. 3, 488 (1897).— Gyrostachys
parviflora, Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 318 (1903).— Spiranthes parviflora,
Ames, Orchidaceae, Fasc. 1, 137 (1905). Lip ovate, 4-5 mm. long,
sometimes constricted above the middle, few nerved, membranaceous :
nipples slender, elongated, strongly curved. Distribution: Georgia,
westward to Indian Territory; Tennessee and northward to Missouri
and Illinois. In shady moist woods and on high wooded hills, Septem-
ber and October.

NortH Easton, MASSACHUSETTS.

1906] Blanchard, A new Rubus from Connecticut 17

A NEW RUBUS FROM CONNECTICUT.

W. H. BLANCHARD.

Rubus Andrewsianus, n. sp. Plants pubescent with frequently a
few stalked glands on the inflorescence and remarkably long, stqut
and numerous prickles. Inflorescence ending leafy branches.

New canes. Stems erect or recurving but never reaching the ground,
3 to 5 feet high, stout, often $ in. in diameter, reddish on the upper
side; branched in rich open places, glabrous, strongly 5-angled and
furrowed. Prickles 1 of an inch long, 7 to 15 to the inch, straight,
perpendicular to the stem and on its angles only. Leaves of moderate
size, 8 in. long and 7 in. wide, 5-foliate, dark yellow-green above with
numerous appressed hairs, lighter below and velvety to the touch with
abundant appressed pubescence. Leaflets oval, the middle one some-
times slightly cordate; outline entire, finely and doubly serrate-dentate,
short taper-pointed, the upper ones rounded at the base, the basal ones
cuneate, rather thick, about twice as long as wide, the middle one
slightly wider. Petiole and petiolules grooved, stout, glandles, cov-
ered with long soft pubescence and numerous strong hooked prickles
in three rows continued in one row on the midrib; the petiolule of the
middle leaflet about an inch long, those of the side leaflets about one-
third as long, and the basal ones sessile.

Old canes. Erect, not pulled down by snow or weight of foliage
or fruit, prickles intact. Second year’s growth entirely of leafy
branches generally one from each old leaf axil, somewhat zigzag,
tipped with the inflorescence. Branch stems terete, slightly pubes-
cent, prickles straight, slanting backward. ‘Terminal branches 4 to
6 in. long with leaves mostly 3-foliate, some unifoliate, and ending in
a short raceme pubescent with frequently a few stalked glands inter-
mixed, quite regular, an inch long with 8 to 12 flowers on slender
pedicels an inch long or less set at a great angle to their axis. Bracts
small, never leafy-bracted. Lower branches often 20 inches long,
the numerous leaves mostly 3-foliate occasionally 5-foliate, inflores-
cence scanty or wanting. Intermediate branches increasing regu-
larly in length downwards and the amount of inflorescence on their
tips as regularly decreasing. Leaflets oval or ovate, generally
rounded at the base, pointed, the middle one stalked; outline

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

entire, pubescence, color and serration as in those of the new canes,
prickles smaller. Flowers showy, 1 to 14 in. broad, petals two-thirds
as wide as long, abruptly narrowed into a rather long claw. Fruit
normally short cylindric, sepals not conspicuously reflexed, drupelets
large and black; a typical good fruit being 4 in. high and 4$; in. wide
with 30 drupelets % in. in diameter. Not very productive. Flowers
about June 15, the fruit ripe Aug. 15. An abnormal form with yel-
low crumpled leaves, blasted fruit and long sepals frequent in this
species and not unknown in some others.

Type station “Lazy-lane,” Southington, Conn. Ranges from
Southwick, Mass., and Old Lyme, Conn., to Bedford Park, N. Y.
City. Probably widely distributed. Open places in dry ground.

This stalwart plant I first found in Southwick, Mass., in August,
1903, near the depot. Journeying on foot I found it all the way to
Southington, Conn. Mr. C. H. Bissell and Mr. Luman Andrews
had it in their herbaria. In July, 1904, I collected it in Southington
and Bristol and also in June and August, 1905. In June, 1905, I col-
lected a plant in Bedford Park, New York City, which differs slightly
from this having even longer prickles, middle leaflet on new canes
ovate, and more quinate leaves on the old canes. It was common
there. A specimen in the Gray Herbarium, numbered 116, collected
by Dr. C. B. Graves June 12, 1900, at Old Lyme, Conn., is evidently
this species as well as no. 288, one of the abnormal forms mentioned,
collected by him at the same place Aug. 18, 1902.

It is with pleasure that I associate with this fine plant the name
of Mr. Luman Andrews an enthusiastic and tireless collector and
joint author with Mr. C. H. Bissell of the “Flora of Southington,
Conn."

This blackberry can be readily distinguished at a glance by its
formidable prickles and leafy branches tipped with flowers or fruit.
It is not probable that any of the cultivated forms have sprung from
this species.

WESTMINSTER, VERMONT.

1906] House, Observations on Pogonia verticillata 19

OBSERVATIONS UPON POGONIA (ISO'TRIA)
VERTICILLATA.

(Plate 65).
Homer Do.uiver House.

A large colony of the rare orchid Pogonia verticillata (Willd.)
Nutt. was recently observed near Washington, D. C., by Mr. Joseph
H. Painter of the National Museum, and the writer. It was discovered
that many if not all of the plants were connected in groups of two to
four or more plants by perennial horizontal rhizomes, one to six feet
in length. In the accompanying photograph (plate 65) a small group
is shown, consisting of two mature flowering plants and a young plant
without a flower, connected by a single root-system, the entire extent
of which measured about three feet. There is also shown a single
plant with two flowering stems.

Inquiry revealed the fact that the nature of the roots of this orchid
is almost unknown, even to many of those familiar with it growing.
In systematic literature we find the flowing scanty or misleading
descriptions of the root of Pogonia:—Beck, * perennem Darlington,

“root of fleshy fibers”; A.
Gray, “root a cluster of
fibers" ; Britton’s Maunal,
“rootstock and fibrous
roots,— stems from long
fleshy roots.” Rafinesque,
Eaton and Wood, do not
mentiontheroot. Recent-
ly, J. G. Hall (RHODORA
7: 49. M. 1905) mentions
having seen roots of this
species “18 to 20 feet long.”

The perennial rhizome
of Pogonia verticillata is
horizontal and gives rise
to new stems by buds which when partially developed give off
fibrous roots, just above the origin of the new stem, similar in all
respects to the somewhat fleshy, brittle rootstocks. These roots,

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

usually three to nine to a stem, vary greatly in length, some of them
becoming rootstocks by the budding of new stems. Seedling plants
must therefore develop this system of root-fibers before new plants
can arise by budding. Seedlings are, however, very scarce and fully
90 per cent of the plants in any single, well developed colony arise by
the budding process from the rootstocks. In age the rootstocks be-
come very brittle and the older connections are easily destroyed and
apparently in many cases perish from decay so that while it is common
to find a colony a hundred feet in diameter, it is extremely rare to find
a single system more than a few feet in extent, owing no doubt to the
perishing of the connecting rootstocks after a few seasons. The indi-
vidual plants once established are perennial, and flower several seasons
at least, as is shown by the withered stems of former seasons, fre-
quently found persisting and shown in plate 65.

The habitat of this species is usually given as “low woods,” a state-
ment which although not absolutely wrong needs some qualification.
The species seems to prefer a moist, soft, rich and well divided leaf-
mould and under these conditions is often found on comparatively
dry hills, always under some shade, usually of deciduous trees but
often evergreens and preferably on a slope with a northern or eastern
exposure.

In some localities (observed in Central New York by the writer)
it is found growing in sphagnum and the rhizomes under this condition
attain a much greater length than in soil.

The coloring of the floral organs seems to have obtained scanty
mention, perhaps from the fact that the plants usually turn black in
drying. The two lateral lobes of the lip as well as the lateral margins
are tinged and veined with a bright crimson-purple, most vivid at the
apex of the lobes, while the broad, crenulate, deflexed middle lobe is
pure white. The crest of the lip is green and papillose. The two
upper petals are light green and arching above the lip nearly conceal
it although the lip and petals spread somewhat apart in age. The
filiform sepals are dull reddish-purple.

The whorl of lanceolate leaves is rarely fully developed or even
expanded at flowering time as is usually shown in illustrations. The
stem of Medeola with which this Pogonia often grows associated is green
and glabrous, while that of Pogonia is purplish and covered with a
whitish tomentum, affording a ready means of distinguishing between
the two at a glance.

CLEMSON COLLEGE, SOUTH CAROLINA.

1906] Fernald, A Willow from the Penobscot Valley 21

A HANDSOME WILLOW OF THE PENOBSCOT VALLEY.
M. L. FERNALD.

Tune large shrub which in the Penobscot Valley is usually supposed
to be Salix sericea Marsh. has the young leaves conspicuously reddish-
white beneath with long appressed lustrous and somewhat tangled
felt-like pubescence; the mature leaves 6-12 cm. long, 2-3.5 em. broad,
velvety beneath with distinct subappressed hairs, and conspicuously
serrate-dentate with salient gland-tipped teeth. The semi-ovate very
glanduliferous stipules are small (4-5 mm. long) and persistent; and
the slender pistillate aments are, in anthesis 2-3.5 cm. long, in fruit
4-5.5 em. long, and borne on distinctly elongating lateral leafy branch-
lets.

Recently one of my students, Mr. William G. Vinal, has called my
attention to certain peculiarities which distinguish the Penobscot Val-
ley shrub from the more southern Salix sericea, and an examination
of the material shows that in very many characteristics the two shrubs
are distinct. S. sericea, which occurs from southern Maine to North
Carolina and west to the Great Lakes and the Mississippi Basin, has
the leaves silky beneath with minute close hairs, in maturity 4-10 cm.
long, 1-2.5 cm. broad, closely glandular-serrulate with fine teeth.
The stipules, which are rarely developed, are lanceolate, 2-3 mm.
long, and caducous, usually quite absent from the mature branches;
and the pistillate aments, borne on very short slightly bracteate pedun-
cles or subsessile upon the old wood, rarely become in fruit more than
2-3 cm. long.

Besides these superficial characters which separate the two shrubs,
an examination of the pistillate aments shows other characters which
indicate that the shrub of the Penobscot Valley is specifically distinct
from Salix sericea. The latter species has the style minute or quite
wanting, the sericeous oblong round-tipped capsule raised on a pedicel
which about equals the short-hairy scale and about twice exceeds the
gland. In the shrub of central Maine the style is definite; and the
looser-hairy conical capsule, though pedicelled, is nearly equalled by
the very long hairs of the scale; and the gland is very minute.

The shrub of central Maine is in the shape of its capsule and its
distinct style as closely related to the arctic-alpine Salix argyrocarpa

22 Rhodora [J m

Anders. as to S. sericea. That species, however, has a finer pubes-
cence, paler scales, smaller aments and capsules, and small entire
revolute leaves without stipules.

Differing, then, in essentially all characters from the more southern
Salix sericea with which it has been confused and the arctic-alpine S.
argyrocarpa to which it is as closely related, the shrub of the Penobscot
Valley seems worthy specific separation from those species, and it is
here proposed as

Salix coactilis, sp. n. Frutex altus, ramis crassis subquadratis
fusco-viridibus vel atris junioribus griseis puberulis; foliis oblongis
vel lanceolato-ovatis longe acuminatis junioribus subtus dense pubes-
centibus, pilis rufo-albidis fulgidis coactilibus, demum subtus velutinis
supra viridibus 6-12 cm. longis 2-3.5 cm. latis remote et argute glan-
duloso-dentatis, petiolis gracilibus 1-1.5 em. longis griseo-velutinis;
stipulis semi-ovatis glanduloso-serratis 4-5 mm. longis persistentibus;
amentis foliato-pedunculatis cylindricis 2-3.5 cm. longis, fructiferis
4-5.5 em. longis 7 mm. crassis; squamis oblongis vel obovatis apice
obtusis vel rotundatis fuscis vel nigrescentibus longe pilosis, pilis lami-
nam aequantibus; capsulis conico-subulatis 5 mm. longis albido-
villosis pedicellatis, pedicello nectarium quintuplo superante; stylo
distineto 0.5 mm. longo, stigmatibus brevibus bilobatis.

Large shrub with coarse stiff branches; branchlets somewhat quad-
rangular, dark green or blackish, the youngest gray and puberulent:
leaves oblong or lance-ovate long-acuminate, slender-petioled, at first
reddish-white beneath with lustrous felt-like pubescence, afterward
velutinous with distinct hairs, in maturity 6-12 cm. long, 2-3.5 cm.
broad, remotely and coarsely glandular-dentate; stipules semi-ovate,
gland-toothed, 4-5 mm. long, persistent: aments on short leafy pedun-
cles, expanding with the leaves, in anthesis 2-3.5 cm. long, in fruit 4—
5.5 em. long, 7 mm. thick: scales oblong or obovate, blunt or rounded
at tip, dark brown to blackish, very hairy; the hairs usually as long
as the blade: capsule conic-subulate, 5 mm. long, white-villous, the
pedicel 1-1.5 mm. long, about five times as long as the gland: style
definite, 0.5 mm. long; stigmas short, 2-lobed.— Marne, banks of
Penobscot River, Orono, in anthesis May 29 and 30, 1890 (M. L.
Fernald); Bangor, May 16 and June 7, 1904 (O. W. Knight, nos. 30
[TYPE] and 31).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

NEPHRODIUM FiLix-mas IN VERMONT.— Miss Nancy Darling of
Woodstock, has had the good fortune to find in the neighboring town

1906] Two Species of Sporobolus 23

of Hartland, Vermont, a station for Nephrodium Filia-mas. It is a
new fern not only for Vermont, but for New England ; the nearest
reported stations being at the eastern end of the Gaspé Peninsula, and
the next nearest, in northern Michigan. In the Old World the plant
is not uncommon, and for several centuries has been esteemed for cer-
tain medicinal properties. The specific name is that by which alone
it was known before the binomial system of naming was adopted by
Linnaeus,— ‘‘Filix mas,” the male-fern, being thus distinguished from
“Filix foemina,” the lady-fern.

Miss Darling, at whose request this note is presented, reports that
the Hartland station is some fourteen hundred feet above sea level,
and nearly half a mile from any dwelling; so that the environment
gives satisfactory evidence that the species is indigenous. The colony
consisted of half a dozen plants in three small clumps; they were
growing on rocky land, among paper birches.— Ezra BRAINERD,
Middlebury, Vermont.

NOTES ON TWO SPECIES OF SPOROBOLUS.—Í collected Sporobolus
asper, Kunth, September 12, 1903, near New Haven, Connecticut.
It was found on a steep, rocky slope, where it grew in scattered tufts
over an area of several square rods, and amid a profusion of taller
grasses, which nearly concealed even the largest tufts. On September
12, 1905, it was in full bloom, and in better condition for collection
than on the corresponding date two years before, and it seemed to be
more abundant. The Illustrated Flora gives Delaware as the north-
ern limit of the species, and this station appears to be the first one
reported from New England. Specimens from this station have
been verified by Mr. A. S. Hitchcock at the Herbarium of the Bureau
of Plant Industry in Washington. I collected S. neglectus, Nash,
September 12, 1903, near the above locality for S. asper, upon a long
narrow bench of rock, where the soil was thin and dry. It was abun-
dant here. ‘These specimens have also been verified by Mr. Hitch-
cock.—R. W. Woopwarp, New Haven, Connecticut.

THe VERMONT BOTANICAL CLUB held its 11th annual Winter
Meeting at the University of Vermont, Burlington, January 17 and 18.
Among the items of interest to students of plant distribution were the
reports of the discovery of Aspidiwm Filix-mas at Harland by Miss

24 Rhodora [JANUARY

Nancy Darling, of Oxalis violacea at Dummerston by Miss A. L.
Reed, and of Rhododendron Rhodora at Bradford by Miss A. E. Bacon.
Dr. H. H. Swift showed a fine series of lantern slides from original
photographs showing nearly every one of our native ferns. The offi-
cers were re-elected as follows— Pres., Ezra Brainerd, Vice Pres., C.
G. Pringle, Treas., Mrs. N. F. Flynn, Secy., L. R. Jones (Bur-
lington). It was decided to begin the publication of an annual bul-
letin containing a report of the winter meeting. The first number
will appear in April probably. It was decided to hold the next sum-
mer meeting about the first week of July on Mt. Mansfield.— L. R. J.

Vol. 7, no. 84, including pages 245 to 286, plate 64, and title page of the
volume, was issued 31 December, 1905.

Rhodora Plate 65

Pogonia verticillata

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculacee to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by Epwarp L.
RAND and JOHN H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WILLIAM Morris Davis. 1894. And anew map of the Island. 1go1.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale —Address
EDWARD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILLY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
Rounps Co., Providence, R. I. :

THE FLOWER-LOVER’S MAGAZINE

If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It
is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise
interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to

WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
Binghamton, N. Y.

GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS.

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. HorsFORD, Charlotte, Vt.

CONCORD NURSERIES, Concord, Massachusetts. Established on
Minot Pratt's Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including AAodora, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.

SUPPLIES for the Botanist in FIELD, HERBARIUM or LABORA-
TORY. SAMPLES of Driers, Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and
NEW LIST of PLANT MATERIAL for 1906 mailed on request.
PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS and HERBARIUM ESSEN-
TIALS.

Prompt Attention. Standard Material. Immediate Shipments.

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT'S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, . i $1.00
With Gray’s Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . 1.80
With Gray’s Manual of Botany, 1 : : ; 2.25

For the High School Laboratory and Class Room.

By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M, of the Ames
Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray's text-books their extraordinary success. It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiology are also fully treated.
The illustrations number 384, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.

F | HE practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

American Book Company
New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874

Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.

Six Numbers a year: — February, April, June, August, October, Decem-
ber. Annual subscription One Dollar.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U. 5. A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year. Established 1897 12 numbers,
Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.
Edited by Francis E. Lloyd

Teachers College, Columbia University,

Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS i
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD > Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER j

WILLIAM PENN RICH l

Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND | "cation vommitee

Vol. 8. February, 1906. No. 86.
CONTENTS:
The Salt-marsh Iva of New England. H. H. Bartlett 25
Coastal Plain Plants of New England. R. M. Harper 27
American Representatives of Arenaria verna. M. L. Fernald 31
Notes on New England Hepaticae, —IV. A. W. Evans 34
Two Variations of Carex glareosa. M. L. Fernald . 45
A Form of Botrychium virginianum. C. A. Weatherby 47
Early Flowering of Hepatica triloba. 48
Boston, Mass. Providence, IR. Tl.

740 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.~—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection. Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PUTNAM's Sons,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. S. MATHEWSs, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,
Mass.

NOTICE

Mosses with a Hand-lens, Second Edition, will contain 200 pages instead of
150 as at first planned. To cover the additional cost the price will become $1.75
on all orders received after April rst. 1905.

Parts I and II of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready at $1.00
per part. As soon as part V is issued the price will be increased to $1.25.

A supplement including all the species of Gray’s Manual range not included
in the main work and keys to al! the species, will be issued to supply the demand
for a complete manual. Sample pages sent on application.

A. J. GROUT, 360 Lenox Roan, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS

and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.
HARLAN P. KELSEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.

Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts.

GROUT
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. Seventy-five pages, $1.10 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.00 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
O T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8. February, 1906. No. 86.

THE SALT-MARSH IVA OF NEW ENGLAND.
HARLEY Harris BARTLETT.

THE northern and southern forms of the plant known as Iva fru-
tescens differ so widely in several points that it seems best to treat
them as distinct species. The northern plant, as it occurs in Massa-
chusetts, is a shrubby perennial from two to four feet tall, generally
found on the muddy banks of tidal streams and along salt-marsh
ditches. Each clump consists of from ten to a hundred or more stems
from a single woody base. The individual stems are simple below
the paniculate inflorescence except in very old plants, where branches
may occur several nodes below the inflorescence. Iva frutescens as
described by Small in the “Flora of the Southeastern United States"
is from 1 to 3.5 meters (3-11.5 ft.) tall. No accessible specimens
show the base of this large southern form, but as nearly as can be
judged from herbarium material it has freely branched stems. ‘This
is probably due to the fact that in the south the small branches are
not deciduous at the end of the growing season, but continue their
growth from year to year.

The most noticeable difference between the two plants lies in the
leaves, which are much larger and broader in the northern plant than
in the southern. The stem leaves of all available specimens of both
species were measured and the results expressed as ratio of length
to breadth. The ratio varied from ——— to ¿% (average ;1-) in the
case of the northern plant, from } to 4 (average 4) in the case of the
southern plant. That is, the leaves of the northern plant are relatively
twice as broad as those of the southern. Other significant differences
lie in the heads and achenes. The head of the southern plant is about
4 mm. in diameter at maturity, whereas the head of the northern

2 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

plant measures 6 mm. if well developed. In both plants the involucre
is usually of five obtuse bracts, but in case the number is not five,
variation occurs in opposite directions. Occasionally the southern
plant has four bracts, and the northern plant six. This same varia-
tion is found in the number of fertile flowers, which are five or four
in the southern plant and five or six in the northern. Achenes of the
southern plant vary from 2 to 2.4 mm. in length, with an average of
2.1mm. Those of the northern plant vary from 3 to 3.3 mm., with
an average of 3.1 mm. Strange to say, the plants which seem most
intermediate between typical extremes are those from Texas, at the
southern limit of range.

There can be little doubt that the name Iva frutescens L. must be
applied to the plant of the Southeastern States. The description
of the “Species Plantarum” includes a plant from Peru, which is
probably some other species. The northeastern plant is here pro-
posed as new.

Iva oraria sp. nov., fruticosa 0.5-1 m. altitudine; caulibus solum
superiore parte ramosis, plus minusve subscabris; foliis plerumque
oppositis, ovatis, obtusis vel acutis, profunde serratis; capitulis axil-
laribus deflexis pedicellatis depresso-globosis; involucro pentaphyllo
vel raro hexaphyllo, ad maturitatem 6 mm. diametro; floribus ferti-
libus 5 aut raro 6; fructu 3-3.3 mm. longitudine.— Salt marshes,
New Hampshire to New Jersey. Differs from I. frutescens in the
larger size of the fruit, the greater diameter of the involucre, and the
much broader leaves. Type, Bartlett 354 (Hb. Bartlett), collected
on the banks of the Charles River, Boston, Massachusetts, 18 Sep-
tember, 1905.

Specimens examined:

Iva oraria: — Massacuuserts: Boston, Bartlett 354 and 408;
Boston, Aug. 19, 1853, Wm. Boott; Newbury, Aug. 7, 1899, Wil-
hams; Ipswich, Oakes. RnopE Istanp: Tiverton, Greenman 1706.
Connecticut: East Haven, 1886 A. L. Winton; Orange, Andrews
90. New Jersey: 1832, Asa Gray.

Iva frutescens L.:—NorTH CAROLINA: Southport, Biltmore Herba-
rium 25854. FLoriDa: Titusville, Nash 2287; Mouth of St. John’s,
Palmer 270; Apalachicola, Biltmore Herbarium 2585b; Lee County,
Hitchcock 153; Duval Co., Curtiss 1396; St. Augustine, Curtiss
6457. MussissiPPr: Biloxi, Pollard 1183. Texas: Galveston Id.,
Tracy 7716; Mouth of the Brazos, Aug. 1843, Lindheimer.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

1906] Harper, Coastal Plain Plants of New England 27

FURTHER REMARKS ON THE COASTAL PLAIN PLANTS
OF NEW ENGLAND, THEIR HISTORY AND
DISTRIBUTION.

RoLanb M. HARPER.

SiNcE the publication of my preliminary paper on this subject, in
Ruopora last April, I have accumulated some more evidence on the
same lines, which is presented herewith. At the same time I take this
opportunity to correct some geographical errors which crept into the
former paper. In defining the coastal plain, I unaccountably over-
looked the fact that the areas of Triassic rocks along the fall-line in
New Jersey, North Carolina and elsewhere are usually classed with
the Piedmont region rather than with the coastal plain. Cretaceous
should therefore be substituted for Mesozoic in the first paragraph.

I also failed to notice that there is one eastern state which contains
neither coastal plain nor glacial drift, as far as known; namely, West
Virginia. It is of considerable interest therefore to determine which
if any of the plants recorded as being nearly confined to the Pleistocene
formations occur in that state. Fortunately there is an excellent flora
of West Virginia, by Dr. Millspaugh, published in 1892, and on refer-
ring to it I find the following items of interest. The genera Xyris,
Eriocaulon, Pontederia, Tofieldia, Sarracenia and Utricularia are not
mentioned in the catalogue at all, though most of them are probably
represented in all the surrounding states. Potamogeton and Drosera
are each represented by only one species, the former from two counties
and the latter from one. Among the species enumerated in my pre-
liminary list Sagittaria graminea is reported from only one county,
Dulichium from two, Eleocharis tuberculosa from one, Eriophorum
Virginicum from two, Habenaria ciliaris and Rosa Carolina from
three, Aronia arbutifolia from four, Polygala cruciata from two, Viola
lanceolata from one, Rhexia Virginica from seven, Azalea viscosa
from four, and Pieris Mariana and Gaylussacia dumosa from two.
But it will be noticed that I have already indicated the occurrence of
nearly all of these at isolated stations in and near the mountains in
the states farther south. In a later edition of his flora (1896) Dr.
Millspaugh says: “There is to-day neither pond nor lake within the
limits of the State.” This corroborates a statement on page 76 of
my former paper.

28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

As for the age of these coastal plain species, some of them seem to
be a little older than I formerly supposed. Dulichium has recently
been reported in a fossil state from interglacial deposits in Denmark!
and in Dr. Knowlton's catalogue of Cretaceous and Tertiary plants
of North America (Bull. 152, U. S. Geol. Surv., 1898) Chamaecyparis,
Brasenia, Drosera rotundifolia and several existing species of Pota-
mogeton are reported from Pleistocene deposits in Canada or New
Jersey, and Celthra alnifolia and Leucothoe racemosa from Miocene
in New Jersey. But on account of the fragmentary nature of the fos-
sil material it is perhaps not safe to claim absolute specific identity
with living plants. Dr. Hollick, who: reported the two last-named
species, now admits that their specific relationships are very doubtful.
It is altogether likely however that some of the species mentioned in
my former list are of more recent origin than others, and it may some
time be possible to classify them according to age with some certainty.

The glacial-coastal plants would seem to be as a rule somewhat rare
in the northern states, judging from the numerous lists of rare plants
or additions to local floras which have appeared in Rropona since its
inception, several of which consist largely of just such species,’

The following species and genera might be added to the list of those
confined to the glaciated region and coastal plain, or nearly so.
Zizania aquatica L. West to Manitoba, south to Florida, West Ten-
nessee and Texas. Also in Asia (if it is all the same species). In the
Atlantic coastal plain states this seems to be chiefly confined to brack-
ish marshes, while in the glaciated region it is said to grow in lakes.
There are some slight differences between the northern and ‘coastal
plants, which may indicate an incipient differentiation into two species.
Hemicarpha micrantha (Vahl) Britton. West to Michigan. and
Nebraska, south to Florida, Illinois, Missouri and México. (Not
known in Georgia.) Also reported from the West Indies and South
America, but there may possibly be more than one species involved.
Carex bullata Schk. West to Lycoming County, Pennsylvania

1See Hartz, Engler Bot. Jahrb. 36: 78-81. f. 1-4. Feb, 28,1905, Berry, Bot. Gaz.
39: 232. March, 1905. ^ .

2 For example the papers by Mr. Harger in June, 1900, Mr. Knowlton in June and Octo-
ber, 1900, Dr. Haberer in May and June, 1905, and Dr. Lewis in October, 1905; and my
own in 1899 and 1900. ,

See Brown & Scofield, Bull. 50, Bureau Plant Industry U. S. Dept. Agr. 1903; Sco-
field, Bull. 72 pt. 2. 1905.

1900] | Harper, Coastal Plain Plants of New England 29

(Porter) and south to Georgia (where I have collected it more than
once), but with some considerable gaps in its known range.’

Carex albolutescens Schw. West to Pennsylvania (Porter) and
Manitoba, south to Virginia (Kearney), Alabama (Mohr), Texas and
Central America ( ?).?

Carex alata "Torr. West to Michigan, south to Florida and Miss-
issippi.?

Carex sterilis Willd. (C. Atlantica Bailey.) West to Pennsylvania,
south to Florida and Mississippi.

Juncus militaris Bigel. West to the Pocono region of Pennsylvania,
south to Maryland.

Iris versicolor L., Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) Ker, and Limo-
dorum tuberosum L., common plants in the glaciated region, in Georgia
seem to be strictly confined to the coastal plain and in West Virginia
are each reported from only one county, but they are known from so
many interior stations in other states that they are scarcely worth
mentioning in this connection.

Nelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers. West to Minnesota and Nebraska,
south to Florida, Missouri and Texas.

Nymphaea (Nuphar). The species with floating leaves, three or
four in the north and about the same number in the south, seem to be
confined to the glaciated region and coastal plain, while the only one
known in the Piedmont region is N. advena, with erect leaves.’

Triadenum Virginicum (L.) Raf. (Elodes campanulata Pursh).
West to Manitoba and Nebraska (?), south to northern Florida and
Louisiana.

Vaccinium Oxycoccus intermedium Gray (see Fernald, RHODORA
4: 237. 1902). West to British Columbia, south to southeastern
Virginia (Kearney) and northeastern North Carolina (Croom, Am.
Jour. Sci. 26: 316. 1834; as Oxycoccus macrocarpus).

Sclerolepis verticillata (Mx.) Cass. New Hampshire (F. T. Lewis °),
and from New Jersey to Florida and Alabama (Mohr) in the coastal
plain.

1See RHODORA 2: 69. 1900; 3: 51-52, 198. 1901.

2 For notes on this species see Fernald, Proc. Am, Acad, 37: 472-473. 1902.

3See Fernald, 1. c., 476.

4See Fernald, 1. c. 485.

5 See paper by Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. in Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 15: 11-13. f. 1. pl. 2. 1902,
where two species are distinguished and an attempt is made to explain their distribution
on climatic grounds.

6 RHODORA 7: 186-187. 1905.

30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Arnica. In Eastern North America this genus has one representa-
tive very nearly confined to the coastal plain (barely reaching the
Piedmont region in extreme southeastern Pennsylvania, and ranging
from there southward to Florida), while the others seem to be con-
fined to the glaciated region."

If botanists residing near the terminal moraine and the fall-line
will bear these plants in mind hereafter, they can doubtless furnish
us with some interesting notes on their local distribution, and at the
same time discover other cases of the same kind.

The following papers should be added to the bibliography of the
subject.
Apams, CHas. C. The postglacial dispersal of the North American
biota. Biol. Bull. 9: 53-71. 1905.
Contains references to some earlier papers by the same author
which should also be consulted.
Beat, W. J. Michigan Flora. 147 pp. Lansing, 1904.
HARSHBERGER, J. W. The comparative age of the different floristic
elements of Eastern North America. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
56: 601-615. 1904.
HorLLick, ARTHUR. Notes on Block Island [R. IJ]. Ann. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. 11: 55-88. 1898.
Pages 66-70 contain an interesting discussion of the origin of the
flora.
MiLLsPauGH, C. F. Preliminary catalogue of the flora of West Vir-
ginia. Bull. W. Va. Agric. Exp. Sta. 2: 315-538. 1892.
Porter, T. C. Flora of Pennsylvania. 362 pp. and map. 1903.
In this work the distribution of each species is given in detail, by
counties, and it is readily seen that the coastal plain element of the
flora is very nearly confined to the northeastern quarter of the state,
which is glaciated.

University, ALA.

1See Fernald, RHODORA 7: 146. 1905.

1906] Fernald, American Representatives of Arenaria verna 31

SOME AMERICAN REPRESENTATIVES OF
J ARENARIA VERNA.

M. L. FERNALD.

THE names Arenaria verna and A. hirta have long been familiar
to American botanists, and they have been so long associated with
certain alpine and high-northern plants that their American applica-
tion is rarely questioned. A recent close examination of some plants
of this preplexing group has convinced the writer, however, that in
our interpretation of these names we have gradually wandered far
from their true European significance.

In America the name Arenaria verna has been recently applied to
high-northern caespitose and strictly glabrous plants, while most of
the pubescent specimens have been assigned to var. hirta. All the
plants thus treated have very small petals, usually shorter than the
sepals or sometimes wanting. In Europe, however, the plant which
is understood as A. verna is usually very glandular-pubescent and
with very numerous comparatively showy flowers, the corolla equal-
ling or exceeding the calyx. In these characters the true A. verna is
obviously quite unlike the plants which ordinarily pass under that
name in America; although a plant with characters as in typical A.
verna of Europe has been found very locally at high altitudes in the
Northwest, where many other European species unknown or essen-
tially unknown in eastern America (Phegopteris alpestris, Eriophorum
opacum, Luzula glabrata, spadicea and arcuata, Ranunculus aquatilis,
etc.) are known to occur.

An attempt to clear the confusion surrounding the American plants
which have recently been called Arenaria verna has led the writer to
prepare the following synopsis. Two of the plants included are of
closer affinity to other species than to A. verna, but since in America
they have recently been confused with the latter species it is thought
best to include them in the present notes.

* Leaves linear-subulate, 3-ribbed: sepals with 3 essentially uniform parallel
ribs: seeds reddish-brown, 0.4-0.6 mm. long.

ARENARIA VERNA L. Caespitose, glandular-pubescent: branches
0.4-1.5 dm. long: panicle many-flowered: calyx equalling or scarcely
as long as the corolla, in fruit narrow-campanulate, 3-3.5 mm. long;
sepals lanceolate to lance-ovate, acuminate, with narrow hyaline

32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

margins: capsule distinctly exserted.— Mant. i. 72 (1767). Alsime
verna Wahl. Fl. Lapp. 129 (1812); Gürke, Pl. Eur. ii. 255 (1899,)
which see for detailed synonymy.— EUROPE and Asta. Very rare
r America, seen only from the Northwest. ALBERTA, Crow Nest

Pass (J. Macoun, no. 18,273): BRITISH COLUMBIA, summit of Mt.
Arrowsmith, Vancouver Island (J. Macoun): WASHINGTON, volcanic
sand, altitude 2745 m., Mt. Rainier (C. V. Piper, no. 2115).

Var. propinqua (Richardson) comb. nov. Loosely or densely
caespitose, glandular- pubescent, the filiform branches 2-15 cm. long,
bearing usually 2 to 5 flowers: fruiting calyx 2.5-3.5 mm. long, the
narrow-ovate hyaline-margined sepals short- acuminate, usually ex-
ceeding the oblong or narrowly obovate petals, and shorter than the
capsule.—A. propinqua Richardson in Frankl. Jour. 738—reprint
10 (1823); Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 99 (1830) in part; Torr. & Gray,
Fl. i. 181 (1838). A. verna, var. hirta Watson in King, Rep. 41 (1871);
Porter and Coulter, Fl. Col. 14 (1874); Watson, Bibl. Index, 98 (1878)
in part, and in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 86 (1890); Robinson in Gray, Syn.
Fl. i. pt. 1, 246 (1897) in part. A. verna Britton € Brown, Ill. Fl.
ii. 33, fig. 1504 (1897) in part. A. verna, var. equicaulis A. Nelson,
Bull Torr. Cl. xxvi. 352 (1899). Alsine verna, y. hirta Fenzl in Ledeb.
Fl. Ross. i. 349 (1841) in part. Alsine propinqua Lange, Fl. Dan.
xvii. 7, 8 (1877) as to Greenland plant. Alsine verna, var. propinqua
Grónl. Isl. Fl. 33 (1881) as to name.—Arctic America, south to Quebec
and northern Vermont, and on the higher mountains to Arizona and
southern California. GREENLAND. The following specimens have
been examined from eastern America. LABRADOR, near Hoffenthal
(Kruth): Querrc, Mt. Albert, Gaspé Co. (Allen. Collins & Fer-
nald); limestone detritus, Percé (Collins, Fernald & Pease. Collins
& Fernald, no. 79. Williams): VERMONT, Smuggler’s Notch (Pringle
et al.).

Var. PROPINQUA, forma epilis, f. nov. Ubique glabra.

Like var. propinqua but glabrous throughout.—QUEBEC, limestone
detritus, crest of Cap Barré, Percé, July 23, 1905 (Collins & Fernald,
no. 80. Williams); crevices of serpentine, Ruisseau au Diable, Mt.
Albert, August 12, 1905 (Collins & Fernald). Here belongs the gla-
brous Iceland plant illustrated in Flora Danica, xvii. t. 2903, as Alsine
propinqua.

Var. HiRTA. (Wormskj.) Watson. Glandular-pubescent: branches
1-5-flowered: fruiting calyx 4-5 mm. long, about equalling the capsule.
—Watson in King, Rep. 41 (1871) in part, and Bibl. Index, 98 (1878)
in part; Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1, 246 (1897) in part. A.
hirta Wormskj. in Fl. Dan. x. 6, t. 1646 (1819) excl. syn.; DC. Prodr.
i. 405 (1824) excl. syn.; Cham. & Schl., Linnaea i. 56 (1826); Hook.
Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 99 (1830); Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 181 (1888). Alsine
rubella, var. hirta Giirke, Pl. Eur. ii. 258 (1899), which see for fur-
ther synonymy. — Arctic and subarctic EUROPE: GREENLAND: arctic

1906] Fernald, American Representatives of Arenaria verna — 33

America, extending south very locally to high mountains of COLORADO,
UTAH and ARIZONA.

Var. RUBELLA (Wahl.) Watson. Glabrous or slightly pubescent;
the branches 1- (rarely 2-) flowered: calyx 3-4 mm. long, shorter than
the capsule.—Bibl. Index, 99 (1878); Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i.
pt. 1, 246 (1897). Alsine rubella Wahl. Fl. Lapp. 128, t. 6 (1812);
Gürke, Pl. Eur. ii. 258 (1899), which see for further synonymy.—
Arctic and alpine EUROPE and Asta: GREENLAND: arctic America,
very locally south to the Rocky Mountains of BRITISH COLUMBIA.

* * Leaves triquetrous, one angle conspicuously stronger than the other two:
sepals with one rib stronger than the others.

+ Fruiting calyx exceeding the capsule, the tips of the sepals spreading:
seeds reddish-brown 0.4-0.5 mm. long.

A. Rossu Richardson. Densely caespitose, glabrous, the very
leafy branches 2-10 cm. long: leaves slightly fleshy, triquetrous (often
appearing nerved), linear-subulate to linear-lanceolate, glabrous:
peduncles 0.5-2 em. long, 1- (very rarely 2-) flowered: calyx wide-
spreading in anthesis, becoming short-campanulate in fruit, 3-4 mm.
long; the lanceolate or lance-ovate slightly fleshy sepals subulate-
tipped, usually exceeding the narrow-oblong petals, or the latter often
wanting.— Richardson in Franklin, Jour. 738 — reprint 10 (1823); R.
Br. in Parry, 1st Voyage, App. 272 (1823); Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 100
(1830); "Torr. € Gray, Fl. i. 181 (1838); Porter € Coult. Fl. Col.
14 (1874); Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1, 246 (1897). A. elegans
Cham. & Schl., Linnaea, i. 56 (1826). A. stricta Watson, Bibl.
Index, 98 (1878) in part, not Michx. nor Alsine stricta Wahl. A.
verna Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1, 245 (1897) in part, not L.
Alsine Rossii Fenzl, Verbreit. Alsin. tab. ad 18 (1833) and in Ledeb.
Fl. Ross. i. 356 (1841).— Arctic Northwest America and Northeast
Asta, south in the mountains to CoLorapo and OREGON. Arctic
specimens have the calyx crimson-tinged, while those from southward
have greenish calyces but no other apparent differences.

++ Fruiting calyx shorter than the capsule, the sepals with appressed-
ascending tips: seeds black, 0.7-0.9 mm. long.

A. litorea sp. n. Laxe caespitosa; ramis rigidis glabris 0.2-1.7
dm. altis; foliis lanceolato- vel lineari-subulatis carinatis, inferioribus
confertis fasciculatis, superioribus subdistantibus; panicula plerumque
dichotoma pauciflora, pedicellis rigidis; calyce 3-4.5 mm. longa,
sepalis anguste ovatis apice subulatis trinerviis glabris granuliferis
marginibus late hyalinis; petalis anguste oblongis calyce brevioribus
vel eo subaequantibus; capsulis ovoideis calyce longioribus.

Loosely caespitose, the wiry glabrous branches 0.2-1.7 dm. long,
leafy only at the base: leaves lance- to linear-subulate, carinate, sub-

34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

triquetrous, one nerve or angle more prominent than the other two,
crowded at base, fasciculate, all but the uppermost exceeding the
internodes: inflorescence 1-12-flowered, usually paniculate, the pedi-
cels rigid and strongly ascending: calyx 3-4.5 mm. long; the narrow-
ovate subulate-tipped sepals strongly 3-ribbed, glabrous, granular-
roughened, with broad hyaline margins: petals narrowly oblong,
shorter than or barely equalling the sepals: capsule ovoid, exserted.
— QUEBEC, sandy and gravelly beach of the Baie des Chaleurs, Trac-
adigash Point, Carleton, July 22, 1904 (Collins & Fernald), July 19,
1905 (Collins & Fernald, no. 81. Williams): ONTARIO, shore of
Lake Superior (C. G. Loring); Peninsula Harbor, Lake Superior,
October 9, 1896 (G. S. Miller, Jr.). Nearest related to A. stricta
Michx. which has the longer more bristle-like stiffer leaves extending
in remote fascicles nearly or quite to the inflorescence, the petals
twice as long as the sepals, which are themselves longer than the
mature capsule. It is probable that Pursh’s A. juniperina (not A.
juniperina L.) from Newfoundland and Labrador is, judging from
his description, similar'to the plant of the Baie des Chaleurs.

GRAY HERBARIAM.

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE,— IV.
ALEXANDER W. Evans.

DuniNG the past year very few additions have been made to the
hepatic flora of New England by the exploration of new localities,
and most of the additions which are noted below have come to light
through the study of old material. Attention is also called to several
species which should apparently be reduced to synonymy. With
the exception of Frullania eboracensis all of the species mentioned
are common to Europe.

1. Lopnozia excisa (Dicks. Dumort. Recueil d’Obs. sur les
Jung. 17. 1835. Jungermannia excisa Dicks. Pl. Crypt. Brit. 3: 11.
1793. J. excisa, var. crispata Hook. Brit. Jung. pl. 9. 1816. J.
capitata Hook. l. c. pl. 80. J. intermedia Lindenb. Nova Acta Acad.
Caes. Leop. Carol. 14, suppl.: 83. 1829. J. intermedia, y capitata
Nees, Naturgeschichte der europ. Leberm. 2: 125. 1836. Lophozia
capitata Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. 7: 18. 1902. Thorn Mt., Jackson,

1906] Evans, Notes on New England Hepaticae, — IV 35

New Hampshire (A. W. E.). In a note on Lophozia bicrenata* the
writer made the statement that the true L. excisa, with which L.
bicrenata has been confused in North America, had not been definitely
reported from New England. ‘The specimens recorded above, however,
were already collected but through an error had been referred to
another species. L. excisa agrees with L. bicrenata in its paroicous
inflorescence. It is distinguished by its larger size and more delicate
texture, the leaf-cells being thin-walled, except for the small trigones
at the angles, instead of being uniformly thick-walled throughout. It
also lacks the brownish or reddish pigmentation and the peculiar aro-
matic odor which are usually associated with L. bicrenata. In general
appearance it bears considerable resemblance to small forms of L. ven-
tricosa. Its paroicous inflorescence will at once separate it from this
species, and it is usually easy to recognize the perigonial bracts, even
after the antheridia have disappeared, by the small pocket or inflexed
tooth at the antical base. In spite of the uncertainty connected with
the original J. excisa of Dickson, most recent writers associate this
name with the present plant.

9. Lormozia MUELLERI (Nees) Dumort. Recueil d'Obs. sur les
Jung. 17. 1835. Jungermannia M uelleri Nees; Lindenberg, Nova
Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. 14, suppl: 39. 1829. J. acuta
Lindenb. 1. c. 88 (in part). J. Libertae Hüben. Flora 15: 305. 1832.
Lophozia acuta Dumort. Recueil d'Obs. sur les Jung. 17. 1835 (in
part). J. Laurentiana DeNot. Mem. Accad. Tor. II. 18: 497. 7. 10.
1859. Lophozia Libertae Cogn. Bull. Soc. roy. Bot. de Belgique 10:
978. 1872. J. bantriensis, vars. Muelleri and acuta Lindb. Acta
Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 528. 1875. J. Hornschuchiana B Mueller
Massal. Ann. R. Ist. Bot. di Roma 3: (8). 1888. On limestone
rocks. Banks of the Housatonic River (opposite Falls Village), Salis-
bury, Connecticut (4. W. E.). Already reported from Miquelon
Island, from a few stations in Canada and from Colorado, but appar-
ently new to the eastern United States. Lophozia Muelleriis a member
of a group of closely related species which have long been a puzzle to
European hepaticologists. The group has recently been studied by
Schiffner? who ascribes to it the following characters: leaves always
bifid; underleaves more or less developed even on slender stems;
perichaetial bracts usually but little differentiated from the leaves;

1 RHODORA 4: 209. 1902.
2 Verhandl, der k. k. zool.-botan. Gesellsch, in Wien 54: 381-405. 1904.

36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

perianth cylindrical or barrel-shaped, terete (or slightly plicate in the
upper part), contracted into a tubular beak; perigonial bracts with a
third dorsal tooth. Schiffner recognizes seven species, five of which
have been recorded from North America. L. Muelleri is distinguished
from its allies by its relatively small size, by its more or less acute leaf-
lobes, by its rather thin-walled leaf-cells with small but distinct tri-
gones and a minutely verruculose or striate cuticle, by its dioicous
inflorescence and by its lack of gemmae. Its nearest relative is doubt-
less L. heterocolpa (Thed.) M. A. Howe, which is known in North
America from Greenland, from the shores of Lake Superior, and,
in the Pacific Coast region, from Yukon to California. This species
is a little larger than L. Muelleri, the lobes of its leaves are commonly
obtuse, and it produces gemmae abundantly. Among New England
species L. excisa and L. ventricosa both bear some resemblance to L.
Muelleri. These species, however, are destitute of underleaves and
their perianths are widely open and dentate at the mouth. Other
members of the L. Muelleri-group are perhaps to be expected in New
England, especially in limestone districts.

3. LOPHOZIA PORPHYROLEUCA (Nees) Schiffn. Lotos 51: (61).
1903. Jungermannia porphyroleuca Nees, Naturgeschichte der europ.
Leberm. 2: 78. 1836. J. ventricosa, b. porphyroleuca Limpr.;
Cohn, Krypt.-Flora von Schlesien 1: 280. 1876. Mt. Bigelow,
Maine (J. F. Collins and M. L. Fernald, 1498, 1573). White Moun-
tains (W. Oakes). Guilford, New Hampshire (Mrs. Corter).
Although this species was recorded from New England by Austin!
many years ago, it has received but scant attention from North Amer-
ican writers and has usually been considered a simple synonym of
L. ventricosa. Even in Europe it has been looked upon as a spe-
cies of doubtful validity. When Arnell? studied the forms belonging
to the ventricosa-group a few years ago he found that the leaf-cells in
L. porphyroleuca had large trigones while those of L. ventricosa had
small trigones or were thin-walled throughout. Since these differ-
ences were inconstant and he could find no others to support them,
he decided that L. porphyroleuca was hardly worthy of specific rank.
Recently, however, Schiffner has shown that other differential
characters may be derived from the mouth of the perianth. In
L. porphyroleuca this is split into numerous acute lobes; the mar-

1Proc, Acad. Philadelphia for 1869: 220.

2Bot. Not. 1890: 194, E. Bauer has published a German translation of Arnell’s
paper in Lotos 41. 1893.

1906] Evans, Notes on New England Hepaticae,—IV 37

gins of these lobes are thickly and irregularly ciliate-dentate, some of
the teeth attaining a length of three or four cells. In L. ventricosa
the lobes are indistinct, and the marginal teeth are scattered and usu-
ally unicellular. It may be added that L. porphyroleuca grows on
rotten wood and is commonly more or less tinged with red, while L.
ventricosa usually grows on the ground or on rocks and is mostly dark
green in color. Although reported from so few localities L. porphyro-
leuca is probably widely distributed in the mountains of New England.

4. LoPHOCOLEA HETEROPHYLLA (Schrad. Dumort. ^ Recueil
d'Obs. sur les Jung. 15. 1835. Jungermannia heterophylla Schrad.
Jour. für die Bot. 5: 66. 1801. J. crocata DeNot. Mem. Accad.
Torino II. 1: 323. f. b, 1-4. 1839. Lophocolea crocata Nees, G. L.
& N. Syn. Hep. 160. 1845. L. Macounii Aust. Proc. Acad. Phila-
delphia for 1869: 223. L. minor Aust. Hep. Bor.-Amer. 65b. 1873
(not Nees). L. Austini Lindb. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 503. 1875.

Lophocolea heterophylla is one of the most widely distributed of our
hepaticae, its range extending across Europe, Asia and North Amer-
ica. It is essentially a plant of temperate regions and is not found in
the far north nor on high mountains. It is apparently absent also
from the tropics, although it has been reported in North America
from as far south as Louisiana. Wherever it occurs it is likely to be
abundant and it is usually one of the first plants which a beginner
collects.

Few species are more variable. Plants growing in the sun appear
very different from those in the shade. Plants on rotting wood (the
most frequent substratum) tend to be more robust than those growing
on the earth. Old plants often show peculiarities which are not to be
observed in young plants. In spite of this very wide range of varia-
bility it seems impossible to recognize definite groups of individuals
within the limits of the species as ordinarily understood. In other
words L. heterophylla cannot well be segregated into a group of more
elementary species. A single tuft, for example, will often show all
gradations between juvenile conditions and those which are associated
with maturity. Even a robust individual frequently develops branches
which are slender and poorly developed, and it is not unusual for a
stem or branch to retain certain of its juvenile peculiarities until its
growth is terminated by the appearance of archegonia.

One of the most constant characters of the species is its paroicous
inflorescence, although here as in most paroicous plants a purely male

38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

branch may occasionally be found. The variability of the species is
best expressed by the leaves, the bracts and the perianths. The un-
derleaves and. bracteoles are rather more constant but still vary to a
considerable extent.

On young and slender branches the leaves are distant and deeply
bifid, with sharp lobes and a sharp sinus, the outline varying from
rectangular to ovate, elliptical, or obovate. On more robust axes the
leaves are usually broader and more or less imbricated, while the apical
sinus tends to become more and more shallow, varying from acute to
lunulate; on many leaves there is no sinus whatever and the apex is
truncate. With these variations in the sinus the lobes show corre-
sponding differences, tending to become blunter and blunter, and in a
leaf without a sinus the lobes are represented by the obtuse or rounded
upper angles of the leaf. Although the variation follows no definite
order, there is a tendency for the truncate leaves to appear in the upper
part of a fruiting stem. According to Howe! the leaf-cells vary from
24 » to 48 1 in diameter; their walls are thin, but their trigones, al-
though small, are usually distinct. Sometimes, however, the cells
are thin-walled throughout. ‘The margins of the leaves are commonly
entire but sometimes show minute crenulations due to projecting cells.

The perigonial bracts, each with a single antheridium, are nearly
always in from three to five pairs just below the two perichaetial bracts.
Occasionally one of the latter also bears an antheridium. "The ex-
treme variability exhibited by the perichaetial bracts can be clearly
brought by quoting published descriptions. According to Nees von
Esenbeck? they are larger than the stem-leaves, almost erect in the
lower part but squarrose above, subrectangular in outline and truncate-
trilobed at the apex, the inner of the two being often more deeply in-
cised and toothed than the other. Hübener says that the bracts are
denticulate on the margin and two- or three-dentate at the apex, which
is squarrose or even reflexed. Limpricht* describes them as being
long-rectangular in outline and shortly three to five lobed at the squar-
rose apex. Warnstorf* agrees pretty closely with Limpricht and de-
scribes the apex as being truncate and bluntly two or more lobed.

1 Mem, Torrey Club 7: 116, 1899.

2? Naturgeschichte der europ. Leberm. 2: 345. 1836.

3 Hep. Germ. 148. 1834.

* Cohn, Krypt.-Flora von Schlesien 1: 304. 1876.

5 Kryptogamenfl, der Mark Brandenburg 1: 247. 1902.

1906] Evans, Notes on New England Hepaticae,—IV 39

In Husnot's! description the bracts are said to be divided into two
dentate and acute lobes, while Boulay? describes them as erect and
emarginate at the apex or bifid and denticulate. Howe? ascribes to
thema truncate or retuse apex, and Pearson‘ states that they are oblong-
quadrate in form, undivided or obtusely emarginate at the apex, the
margin being entire or bearing one or two teeth. The study of a series
of specimens, either European or American, soon makes it evident
that these various descriptions, although so different, are all substanti-
ally correct and that a complete characterization of the bracts should
be elastic enough to include all these diverse conditions. The peri-
gonial bracts are in many respects intermediate between the bracts
just described and the leaves but show a little pocket at the antical
base, which encloses the antheridium.

'The perianth is terete below but sharply three-keeled above and
divided for about one third its length into three distinct lobes. ‘The
lobes are plane or nearly so and represent the prolongations of the
three plane faces of the perianth, which are separated by the keels.
It is in these lobes that the variability of the perianth becomes mani-
fest. They are sometimes truncate and undivided, sometimes retuse
and sometimes distinctly bifid; the margin may be either entire or
more or less toothed, the teeth being irregular in number, in distribu-
tion and in size. Apparently there is sometimes a correlation between
strongly toothed lobes and strongly toothed bracts, but this is not
always to be discerned, and it frequently happens that the lobes of a
single perianth will vary among themselves.

The underleaves are deeply divided into two slender and acuminate
divisions. They are either entire on the margins or bear a single
tooth on one or on both sides, the lateral teeth being usually only one
or two cells long. The perichaetial bracteole is usually similar to the
other underleaves but is considerably larger. Sometimes, however,
it is irregularly dentate or lacerate.

So far as the writer can determine after careful study, Lindberg's
Lophocolea Austini should be considered a synonym of L. heterophylla.
Lindberg based his species on the specimens which Austin distributed
in his Hep. Bor.-Amer., 65b, as L. minor. He accredits it with a

1 Hep. Gall. 53. 1875.

? Musc. dela France 2: 81. 1904.
3 Mem. Torrey Club 7: 117, 1899.
4 Hep. British Isles 251. 1900.

40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

paroicous inflorescence as in L. heterophylla but states that it is a
smaller plant, that the leaves are all deeply lobed, the lobes and
usually the sinus being acute, that the leaf-cells are only half as large
and that the two primary divisions of the underleaves are equally
bifid. In another place! he adds that the leaf-cells have trigones,
that the bracts are incised and that the lobes of the perianth are
strongly toothed. Unfortunately the characters drawn from the
leaves and underleaves are not so definite as the description implies.
Austin’s material shows leaves which are retuse or undivided on plants
which bear bifid leaves as well, and the lateral teeth of the underleaves,
even when present, are distinctly shorter than the main divisions, this
inequality being maintained even in the perichaetial bracteole. The
leaf-cells, to be sure, are mostly between 21 » and 28 » in diameter,
but it is easy to duplicate these measurements on European material
of L. heterophylla. Of course the characters derived from the bracts
and perianth are too indefinite to be relied upon.

Another plant which is apparently a form of L. heterophylla is L.
Macounii. Austin records it from Canada and from New York, and
it was distributed as No. 66 of his Hep. Bor.-Amer. According to
the original description L. Macounii is distinguished by its small size,
by its crenulate leaf-margins, and by its pink underleaves with filiform
divisions, each usually composed of a single row of cells. The leaves
are described as varying from sharply bifid to retuse or undivided and
the bracts as irregularly two to four repand-dentate. Lindberg recog-
nizes the species and notes that the inflorescence is paroicous and that
the lobes of the perianth are strongly toothed. It will be seen that
these differential characters would not be of much moment even if
they were constant, and an examination of Austin’s specimens shows
that they are subject to variation.

The European L. crocata was long misunderstood by writers. It
is here included under L. heterophylla on the authority of Massalongo,?
who examined the type-material of De Notaris. Two other doubtful
species are L. Hallii Aust. of Illinois, and L. profunda Nees,‘ of
Russia. Both of these species were described from sterile material,
and neither has been collected a second time. So far as the descrip-

1 Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 235: 23. 1889.
2Ann. del, R. Ist. Bot. di Roma 3: (9). 1888.

* Naturgeschichte der europ. Leberm. 2: 342. 1836.

1906] Evans, Notes on New England Hepaticae,—IV 41

tions go they might easily be included in the cycle of L. heterophylla,
but of course this could only be decided from the study of the types.

The reduction of L. Austini and L. Macounii to synonymy and the
attempt to maintain as distinct such a species as Marsupella media’ is
perhaps open to criticism. It has just been shown that L. Austin?
passes into L. heterophylla by intergrading forms, but it seems to be
also true that there are intermediate conditions between M. media and
M. sphacelata. It must be further acknowledged that there is more
difference between an ideal L. Austini, if such an expression be allowed,
and an ideal L. heterophylla than there is between M. media and M.
sphacelata. The two cases, however, are not entirely parallel. Typi-
cal specimens of M. media actually occur and are distinguished from
typical specimens of M. sphacelata by slight but constant characters.
In L. heterophylla, on the other hand, it is sometimes possible to find
a whole series of gradations exhibited by a single individual.

5. SCAPANIA DENTATA Dumort. Recueil d'Obs. sur les Jung. 14.
1835. Jungermannia nemorosa, var. purpurascens Hook. Brit. Jung.
pl. 21, f. 16. 1816. Radula dentata. Dumort. Syll. Jung. 40. 1831.
Scapania Oakesi Aust. Bull. Torrey Club 3: 10. 1872. S. purpur-
ascens Tayl.; Pearson, Hep. British Isles 225. pl. 90. 1900. New
Hampshire: White Mountains (W. Oakes); Mt. Washington (4. W.
E.). In the writer's Preliminary List of New England Hepaticae?
no mention is made of Scapania Oakesi, although this species is defi-
nitely recorded from the White Mountains in the sixth edition of Gray's
Manual. ‘The cause of the omission was the uncertainty which existed
at that time in regard to the plant. Austin based his species on a
somewhatTuncertain character, the carinal teeth on the uppermost
leaves. This character has since been found to occur in other species,
so that it”cannot be relied upon. The specimens which Austin dis-
tributed in his Hep. Bor.-Amer. 14, have recently been studied by
Müller, who gives the results of the examination in his valuable “ Mon-
ographie der Lebermoosgattung Scapania Dum.”* He finds among
these specimens three distinct forms, one referable to S. undulata,
another to S. dentata and the third to S. nemorosa, but concludes that
the second probably served as the type of Austin’s species, which may
therefore be reduced to synonymy.

{RHODORA 6: 167. 1904.
2 RHODORA 5: 170-173. 1903.
Nova Acta Acad.[Caes. Leop. Carol. 83: 1-312. 52 pl. 1905,

42 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

The known range of S. dentata extends throughout nearly the whole
of Europe, and it has been collected in about half a dozen widely
scattered stations in North America. It has also been found in Japan.
In some respects it is intermediate between S. undulata and S. nemo-
rosa, and it has not received general recognition as a species until within
the last few years. Its characters indeed are not altogether definite,
and Müller includes forms under the var. ambigua (DeNot.) Massal.,
which might be referred to either S. dentata or S. undulata. Typical
forms of the species are deep purple in color, and they differ from S.
undulata and also from S. nemorosa in the fact that the antical lobes
of the leaves scarcely arch across the stem. A full description of S.
dentata may be found in Müller's monograph, pp. 97-115, and it is
figured on plate 9.

6. SCAPANIA GRACILIS (Lindb.) Kaalaas, Nyt. Mag. f. Naturv.
33:243. 1893. Martinellia gracilis Lindb. Not. Soc. F. et Fl. Fenn.
13: 365. 1874. Beech Mountain, Mount Desert, Maine (W. G.
Farlow). ‘The determination of these specimens was made by Pro-
fessor Farlow and afterwards confirmed by Müller. Very little is
known about the distribution of this species in North America, only
two other localities, Greenland and Cape Breton, having been recorded.
On the eastern side of the Atlantic its known range extends from Nor-
way to Spain, Italy and the Canary Islands, mainly along the coast.
Müller considers the species to be essentially maritime. He describes
and figures it in his monograph, pp. 194-201, pl. 19a. S. gracilis
resembles S. nemorosa in many respects but its leaves have larger and
fewer teeth and its leaf-cells have larger trigones. An even closer ally
is S. Bolanderi Aust., of the Pacific Coast region. This species, how-
ever, is distinguished by the bunch of marginal cilia at the base of the
antical lobe. Certain writers take up for S. gracilis the Linnaean
name resupinata, but, as Müller shows, there is so much uncertainty
as to the original application of this name that it seems advisable to
discard it altogether.

7. PTILIDIUM PULCHERRIMUM (Web.) Hampe, Prodr. El. Hercyn.
76. 1836. Jungermannia pulcherrima Web. Spic. Fl. Goettingensis
150. 1778. Blepharozia pulcherrima Lindb. Muse. Scand. 5. 1879.
Ptilidium ciliare, var. pulcherrimum Warnst. Kryptogamenfl. der
Mark Brandenburg 1: 260. 1902. P. pulcherrimum has been recog-
nized in Europe for a very long time, but there has always been a
difference of opinion about it. By some writers it is considered a

1906] Evans, Notes on New England Hepaticae,— IV 43

distinct species, by others a variety or form of P. ciliare (L.) Nees.
At the present time the first of these views is more widely held, and it
is perhaps advisable for American hepaticologists to follow the exam-
ple of the Europeans in this respect. At any rate the plant is distinct
enough to merit their attention. P. pulcherrimum is distinguished
from P. ciliare largely by a difference of habit. In P. ciliare the
plants grow in loose tufts which are often three inches or more in
depth; the individual stems are erect or nearly so and mutually sup-
port one another; they are sparingly branched, and the stem-leaves
tend to be distant or only loosely imbricated. In P. pulcherrimum,
on the other hand, which is a smaller plant, the stems are prostrate,
and the plants form depressed mats which rarely attain a depth of
half an inch. They are more intricately branched than in P. ciare,
and most of the branches, except those bearing perianths, are prostrate
like the main stem, often giving a mat a stratified appearance. The
stem-leaves tend to be densely imbricated. P. ciliare is abundant in
northern and subalpine regions and becomes rarer toward the south.
It grows on the earth or more rarely on rocks. P. pulcherrimum is
more southern in its distribution but also occurs in cool localities. It
commonly grows on logs or on trees, more rarely on rocks and appar-
ently never on the earth. When well-developed there is usually no
trouble in separating the two plants at a glance. Poorly developed
or immature specimens are, however, sometimes indeterminable.
The microscopic characters separating the plants are less definite
than the macroscopic and are purely relative in their nature. In both
species the divisions of the leaves and underleaves bear marginal cilia,
but these are less numerous in P. ciliare than in P. pulcherrimum.

The following stations, quoted from the Yale herbarium, will give
some indication of the distribution of these two species in New Eng-
land, but both have doubtless been collected in many other localities :—

P. pulcherrimum. Maine: Moose River (L. B. Tuckerman); Owls
Head Mountain, Buckfield, Oxford Co. (J. A. Allen); Orono (E. D.
Merrill); Mt. Katahdin (Cowles Party, 1, 8, 9, 16); Mt. Kineo, Mt.
Bigelow, and Carratunk (J. F. Collins, 1758, 1518, 1563, 1484, 1771,
1775). New Hampshire: Shelburne (D. C. Eaton); Cornish (Miss
Haynes). Vermont: Leffert's Mills and Mt. Killington (C. M. Cooke,
Jr.. Massachusetts: Deerfield (Emmons); West Newbury (Miss
Haynes). Connecticut: Woodbridge, Hamden, Bethany, and Meri-
den (D. C. Eaton); Westville, North Haven, Seymour, and Salisbury
(A. W. E.).

44 -Rhodora [FEBRUARY

P. ciliare. Maine: Mount Desert (D. C. Eaton); Mt. Katahdin
(J. F. Collins, 2288; Cowles Party, 5, 13, 21, 28, 80, 81); Mt. Bigelow
(J. F. Collins, 1489, 1569). New Hampshire: Mt. Washington (D.
C. Eaton, A. W. E.); Carter Dome (A. W. E.) Vermont: Jericho
and Mt. Mansfield (A. W. E.). Massachusetts: Malden (E. Faxon).
Connecticut: East Haven (4. W. E.).

8. FRULLANIA EBORACENSIS Gottsche; Lehmann, Pug. Plant. 8:
14. 1844. F. virginica Gottsche l. c. 19. In the writer's “Revision
of the North American Species of Frullania,”* F. virginica is recog-
nized as a distinct species, although it is acknowledged that it cannot
be well separated from F. eboracensis in a sterile condition. The
differential characters which are there relied upon are drawn from the
perianths. In F. eboracensis these are described as smooth and desti-
tute of supplementary ridges, while in F. virginica they are said to be
tuberculate and provided with several supplementary ridges. Even
these differences are admitted somewhat tentatively, and the state-
ment is made that there is occasionally a trace of an antical keel in F.
eboracensis. The study of a wide series of specimens has since made
it evident that the perianth in F. eboracensis is much less constant in
its characters than had been supposed and that it not infrequently
shows a tuberculate surface and also supplementary ridges. In fact
a single specimen will often show gradations between a perianth of
this type and a smooth perianth. In view of these facts it seems
necessary to reduce F. virginica to synonymy and to consider it one
of the many forms of F. eboracensis. Understood in this broad sense
the species now includes seven forms of Frullania which have been
described as distinct species by various authors. It is exceedingly
common in eastern North America and has been collected in each of
the New England states.

In addition to the species noted in the preceding pages, Cephalozia
connivens and Chiloscyphus pallescens may be recorded from Cumber-
land, Maine. The specimens were collected by E. B. Chamberlain
and kindly communicated by Miss Haynes. The following species
may also be recorded from Rhode Island: Kantia Sullivantii, Middle-
town (4. W. E.); Lophozia bicrenata, North Kingston (A. W. E.);
Odontoschisma prostratum, Middletown (A. W. E). The Maine
record for Metzgeria conjugata and the Rhode Island record for

1 Trans, Conn. Acad, 10: 1-39. pl. 1-15. 1897.

1906] Fernald, Two Variations of Carex glareosa 45

Jamesoniella autumnalis, which are marked in the Preliminary List
with the sign ‘‘—,” may now be marked with the sign “+.” - The
Maine record for Jungermannia pumila, however, seems to have been
based on an incorrect determination and ought to be stricken out.

Making the additions and subtractions as indicated above, the
census of New England Hepaticae would stand as follows: Total
number of species recorded, 135; number recorded from Maine, 83;
from New Hampshire, 103; from Vermont, 81; from Massachusetts,
80; from Rhode Island, 64; from Connecticut, 96;. from each of the
six states, 35.

YALE UNIVERSITY.

TWO VARIATIONS OF CAREX GLAREOSA.

M. L. FERNALD.

ONE of the most characteristic sedges of brackish shores of the Gulf
of St. Lawrence and of the broad estuary of the River is a small caespi-
tose plant which ordinarily passes as Carex glareosa Wahlenb. ‘There,
in eastern Quebec and New Brunswick, the ordinary. phase of the
plant agrees with most of the arctic material and that of Scandinavia
in having plump plano-convex broadly ellipsoid, ovoid or obovoid
perigynia which usually taper abruptly to the short beak. A varia-
tion of the plant which is less common, and known to the writer only
from Cacouna and Bic on the River St. Lawrence differs constantly
in having fusiform perigynia which taper gradually to each end. Aside
from the plants of Cacouna and Bic the only specimens in the Gray
Herbarium with such narrow perigynia are two sheets from Sweden
and one from Finland.

As these two phases. of Carex glareosa occur in eastern Canada,
they are well marked and very constant extremes, each occupying by
itself large areas of brackish sandy or gravelly shore. At Cacouna
and at Bic the plant with slender perigynia alone has been found,
while at Riviére du Loup, Dalhousie, Escuminac, Bonne Espérance,
and at numerous other places, the plant with short ovoid or obovoid
perigynia appears to be the sole representative of the species.

As already intimated, this broad-fruited plant is generally much
better known than the other, and as shown by herbarium-specimens

46 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

it is the plant of Greenland, Alaska, the Behring Sea region, and of
Spitzbergen and much of the Scandinavian and Finnish coast. In
fact, the narrow-fruited plant is apparently so local that in most mod-
ern accounts of Carex glareosa it has received little or no recognition.
Thus in Flora Danica, in 1865, the plant is described with perigynium
“oblongo-ovali”* and in the beautiful colored plate the perigynium is
shown three-fifths as broad as long. In Boott's Illustrations, in 1867,
the plate? agrees with that in Flora Danica in showing as C. glareosa
the plant with ovoid perigynia; and in Otsenfeld’s Flora Arctica, in
1902, the plant is said to have the “utricles ovate,"? and the figure
shows the utricle (perigynium) more than half as broad as long.

When, however, we compare with this commoner tendency of Carex
glareosa the original description’ and figure® of the species, we find
that Wahlenberg’s plant was not the form with ovoid perigynia so
generally treated as C. glareosa, but the narrow-fruited and ordinarily
less common plant. The original “capsulis oblongis acuminatis”
indicates this, and the evidence is strengthened by the colored plate
in Schkuhr, which shows a perigynium only one-third as broad as
long; and the fact that both the Swedish specimens in the Gray Her-
barium come from the Gulf of Bothnia, one from Bygdeà in Wester-
botten and the other from the same region (the old district of Norrland)
is at least a good indication that Schkuhr's beautiful illustration repre-
sents a characteristic plant of that coast.

From their manner of occurrence in eastern Canada, the two ex-
tremes seem clearly distinct, but since they apparently have no other
distinguishing characters than the shape of their perigynia, they should
be treated only as varieties of one species. These with their distribu-
tion as known to the writer may be summarized as follows:

CAREX GLAREOSA Wahlenb. Plant densely caespitose, weak and
lax, the usually curved culms nearly filiform: leaves blue-green, flaccid,
0.5-1.5 mm. broad, plicate or involute: spikes 2 to 4, subapproximate,
appressed-ascending, obovoid; the lower 4-9 mm. long, 2.5-4 mm.

! Fl. Dan. xiv. t. 2430 (1865).

? Boott, Ill. iv. t. 494 (1867).

3 Ostenfeld, Fl. Arct. 58, fig, 28 (1902).

*'' C. glareosa: spiculis ternis terminali basi mascula subconfertis oblongis, squamis
aequantibus, capsulis oblongis acuminatis convexissimo-planis subacutangulis nervosis;
foliis angustissimis intimo multum breviore, culmo flaccido. C. glareosa mihi ScHKUHR;
Car. tab. Aaa. fig. 97. Hab. in littoribus marinis glareosis Norvegiae septentrionalis, &
ad Sinum Bottnicum." — Wahlenb. Act Holm. xxiv. 146 (1803)

5Schkuhr, Riedgr. Nachtr, 24, t. Aaa, fig. 97 (1806).

1906] Fernald, Two Variations of Carex glareosa 47

thick; the terminal larger, including the staminate base 6-11 mm.
long: perigynia pale brown or drab, plano-convex, fusiform, tapering
very gradually to the smooth beak and the shorter substipitate base,
prominently striate-nerved, 2.5-3 mm. long, barely 1 mm. broad,
distinctly exceeding the acutish or obtuse ferrugineous or purplish
white-edged scales.— Act. Holm. xxiv. 146 (1803), and in Schkuhr,
Riedgr. Nachtr. 24, t. Aaa, fig. 97 (1806).— Very local on wet gravelly
or sandy sea-shores, NORWAY, SWEDEN and FINLAND: QUEBEC, damp
brackish spots, Bic (Collins & Fernald); forming turf in brackish
soil by the St. Lawrence, Cacouna (Collins & Fernald, no. 41,
Williams).

Var. amphigena, var. nov. Perigyniis late ellipsoideis ovoideis vel
obovoideis 2-3 mm. longis 1.3-1.9 mm. latis fere abrupte rostratis.—
Type, salt-marsh, Escuminac Bay, Escuminac, Bonaventure Co.,
QUEBEC, June 29, 1904 (M. L. Fernald). Examined also from the
following stations. LABRADOR, Turnavik Island, August 12, 1896
(Cornell Party): QUEBEC, maritime rocks, Bonne Espérance, July 26,
1882 (J. A. Allen); crevices of rocks, Watsheeshoo, July, 1882 (St.
Cyr); Pointe des Monts, June 16, 1862 (J. Bell), rocks on coast, Grand
Etang, August 1, 1882 (J. Macoun); Rivière du Loup, August 4, 1902
(Williams & Fernald): New Brunswick, low damp spots, Dal-
housie, July 4, 1904, (Fernald): ALaska, Shumagin Island, July 15,
1872 (M. W. Harrington); Nunivak Island, August 8, 1891 (J. M.
Macoun): BEHRING STRAITS, Arakamtchetchene Island, 1853-56
(C. Wright): GREENLAND, Jacobshavn (J. Vahl); Godhavn, 1870
(Berggren); Disco, July 24, 1902 (Porsild, no. 308): Norway, salt-
marsh at mouth of River Altenelf, Elvebakka, July 6, 1868 (Zetterstedt) :
SWEDEN, Vesterbotten (Lehmann); Hernósand and Gefle (J. Franzen
& K. F. Thedenius): Russia, Kola, June 26, 1883 (Hollmén);
Federersk, July, 1885 (V. F. Brotherus); Vasa, July, 1880 (V. F.
Brotherus), June 16, 1884 (W. Laurén); Borgá, June 15, 1884 (K. J.
W. Unonius).— This is C. glareosa of most authors, and is well illus-
trated in Flora Danica, xiv. t. 2430 (1865); Boott's Illustrations, iv.
t. 494 (1867); and in Ostenfeld's Flora Arctica, 58, fig. 28 (1902).

Gray HERBARIUM.

An EXTREME Form or BotrycHiuM VIRGINIANUM.— In June,
1905, while attending a field meeting of the Connecticut Botanical

45 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Society, I collected at Lakeville, Connecticut, an unusual plant of
Botrychium Virginianum, Sw. It is tall (two feet three inches) and
stout in proportion. Just above the sterile segment of the frond the
stem forks twice and each of the three resultant branches bears a large,
perfectly developed, and heavily fruited fertile segment,—.in every
case about four and a half inches in height and with the lowest pinnae
two to two and a half inches long. In other respects the plant is nor-
mal, though rather large for the species, and it grew in a patch of woods
under seemingly normal conditions. Only in its three heads is the
strength of its individuality apparent.

Mr. C. H. Bissell informs me that in D. C. Eaton’s herbarium at
Yale there are two specimens of Botrychium Virginianum which have
three fertile segments, and several others which have two. The form,
then, is by no means unprecedented, but its occasional recurrence
may be worthy of note.— C. A. WEATHERBY, East Hartford, Con-
necticut. "uni

EARLY FLOWERING or HEPATICA TRILOBA.— Writing to Professor
G. L. Goodale, Mr. Denison R. Slade of Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts,
sends the following note. “I wish to let you know that I found the
Hepatica in full bloom in the woods of Newton [Massachusetts] on
January 29, 1906. My father for a term of years, 1863 to 1895, kept
a record of the dates when the above flower appeared in the same
place. March 2, 1880, is the earliest at which it was found. He
writes *I once found them in blossom in Mount Auburn in March,
1846, but they rarely show themselves about Boston before the month
of April."

Vol. 8, no. 85, including pages 1 to 24, and plate 64, was issued ? February,
1906.

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by Epwarp L.
RAND and JoHN H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WILLIAM Morris Davis. 1894. And a new map of the Island. rgor.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale.—Address
EDWARD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILLY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
RouNDps Co., Providence, R. I.

THE FLOWER-LOVER'S MAGAZINE
If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It
is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise
interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to
WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
Binghamton, N. Y.

GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS.

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

CONCORD NURSERIES, Concord, Massachusetts. Established on
Minot Pratt's Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including Rhodora, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.

SUPPLIES for the Botanist in FIELD, HERBARIUM or LABORA-
TORY. SAMPLES of Driers, Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and
NEW LIST of PLANT MATERIAL for 1906 mailed on request.
PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS and HERBARIUM ESSEN-
TIALS.

Prompt Attention. Standard Material. Immediate Shipments.

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT’S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, E T A $1.00
With Gray's Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . A 1.80
With Gray’s Manual of Botany, : g . i 2.25

For the High School Laboratory and Class Room.

By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M, of the Ames
Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray’s text-books their extraordinary success. It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiology are also fully treated.
The illustrations number 384, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.

T practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

American Book Company
Cincinnati Chicago Boston

New York

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874

Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.

Six Numbers a year:— February, April, June, August, October, Decem
ber. Annual subscription One Dollar.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U. S. A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year. Established 1897 12 numbers
Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.
Edited by Francis E. Lloyd

Teachers College, Columbia University,

Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.

Hodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
‘BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS i
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER )

WILLIAM PENN RICH : E
Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND |

Vol. 8. March, 1906. No, 87.
CONTENTS:

Hybridism in the Genus Viola, — III. £. Brainerd : s 49

New England Plants,— XVIII. Sphagnaceae. A. L. Andrews. 62

Plants of the Penobscot Valley. 0. W. Knight . , i ; 65

Cytology of the Entomophthoraceae. L. W. Riddle . i i 67

A New Station for Asplenium ebenoides. A. W. Smith . : 68

Boston, Mags. | Providence, TR. fl.

740 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

F'HODORA.-—4A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection. Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PUTNAM's Sons,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. S. MATHEWS, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,
Mass.

NOTICE

Mosses with a Hand-lens, Second Edition, will contain 200 pages instead of
150 as at first planned. To cover the additional cost the price will become $1.75
on all orders received after April 1st, 1905.

Parts I and II of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready at $1.00
per part. As soon as part V is issued the price will be increased to $1.25.

A supplement including all the species of Gray's Manual range not included
in the main work and keys to aZ the species, will be issued to supply the demand
for a complete manual. Sample pages sent on application.

A. J. GROUT, 360 LENox ROAD, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS
and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.

HARLAN P. KELSEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, 'Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.
Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts.

GROUT
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. Seventy-five pages, $1.10 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.00 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
O. T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8. March, 1906. No. 87.

HYBRIDISM IN THE GENUS VIOLA, — III.
(Plates 66-70.)
Ezra BRAINERD.

Ir is convenient to have some simple rule to determine the order in
which the parent species shall be given in naming a hybrid; on the
whole the alphabetical order adopted by the Old World botanists has
most to recommend it. ‘The eight hybrids discussed in RHODORA, vi.
213-223, thus amended, are as follows: —

1. VIOLA FIMBRIATULA X SEPTENTRIONALIS.

2. V. CUCULLATA X FIMBRIATULA.

3. V. FIMBRIATULA X SORORIA.

4. V. AFFINIS X SEPTENTRIONALIS.

5. V. CUCULLATA X SEPTENTRIONALIS.

6. V. SEPTENTRIONALIS X SORORIA.

7. V. AFFINIS X SORORIA. i

8. V. CUCULLATA X SORORIA.

I would first add to this list three other Vermont hybrids,— the
three possible combinations of V. affinis, V. cucullata and V. neph-
rophylla. A group of three thus interrelated we may speak of as a
triad.

9. V.AFFINIS X CUCULLATA.— This differs from V. affinis in hav-
ing larger leaves, in having a dark-blue ring around the center of the
open corolla, in having long slender apetalous flowers, and in having
long-auricled sepals; in these four respects it approaches V. cucullata.
It differs from V. cucullata in having subacuminate leaves, in having
purplish petals, in having a somewhat bearded spurred petal, and in
having cleistogamous capsules dotted with brown; and in these four

50 Rhodora [Marcu

respects it approaches V. affinis. It has all the characters common
to the two parents — except fertility. One plant of this was found
with the parents in an alder thicket along the Otter Creek in Middle-
bury in the spring of 1903, and has since been grown in the garden.
It has spontaneously produced four seedlings quite like itself. It was
not reported in November 1904, as it was a single instance, and the
flowers had not been sufficiently studied. After watching it through
the past season I have no further doubt regarding its origin.

10. V. AFFINIS X NEPHROPHYLLA.— Leaves and sepals notice-
ably less obtuse than in V. nephrophylla, even somewhat acuminate;
capsules of cleistogamous flowers green speckled with brown, often
with only withered ovules, rarely with over eight per cent fertilized.
Numerous plants, growing with parent species, east shore of Provi-
dence Island, Lake Champlain.— The Vermont Botanical Club on
its summer outing the last fourth of July visited this island, and found
in the crevices of fractured limestone, below the high-water line, an
abundance of V. nephrophylla. A little further back along a fringe
of trees I collected a large clump of a strange violet, which I examined
carefully only on my return home. [Its sterility and unfamiliar aspect
indicated a hybrid; its glabrous herbage, small ovoid cleistogamous
flowers, and brown-dotted capsules could be accounted for only by
assuming V. affinis as one of the parents. On July 22nd I revisited
the station, found many other specimens of the hybrid, and V. affinis
growing but a few feet away. Two hours’ search on the island failed
to disclose any other than these two species of blue stemless violet; 1
therefore venture to name it as above, though the petaliferous flowers
are unknown.

11. V. CUCULLATA X NEPHROPHYLLA.— Quite intermediate be-
tween the parent species in those particulars in which they differ;
especially in the length of the cleistogamous flowers and of the auricles
of the sepals, characters in which the two species are in extreme con-
trast.— In September, 1904, eight or ten plants of V. nephrophylla
were transferred to the garden from the borders of a cold brook run-
ning through Judge Munson's farm in Manchester, Vermont. When
they flowered last spring, one of these plants was taller than the rest,
more cespitose, had less obtuse leaves, and bore smaller flowers on
longer peduncles. A few days later I revisited the Manchester sta-
tion, and found occasionally similar plants, especially where in wetter
places colonies of V. cucullata bordered those of V. nephrophylla. At

1906] Brainerd, — Hybridism in the Genus Viola 51

Arlington, twelve miles further south, in a boggy meadow where the
two species grew together, I succeeded in finding another of these odd
forms, seemingly a V. cucullata with violet flowers and bearded spur-
petal. ‘This Arlington plant was transferred to the garden, and this
as well as the Manchester plant, as they developed through the sum-
mer, fully confirmed my suspicion as to their hybrid origin. They
were both luxuriant and bore numerous cleistogamous flowers, that
proved to be nearly sterile; I succeeded in getting only nine seeds for
an experiment in sowing.

In the six following hybrids the parent species all belong to the
sagittata-cucullata group, whose cleistogamous flowers are borne on
erect peduncles and produce oblong green capsules clad with lanceo-
late long-auricled sepals. The species are all glabrous except V.
fimbriatula; and all that occur in the eastern States have violet-purple
flowers with a bearded spur-petal, except V. cucullata. They differ
widely, however, in leaf outline, and thus have conspicuous characters
that led to the early recognition of the five species, and that have also
recently attracted attention to most of the intermediate forms result-
ing from hybridization.

12. V. saGITTATA X SEPTEMLOBA.— This striking hybrid is fig-
ured in plate 66, a & b. It was collected by Mr. H. D. House at
Hyattsville, Md., May 1 & June 8, 1905, growing with the parent
species, and was recognized by him as a hybrid. I also regard as the
same a plant in the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden,
collected by Dr. Britton at Oakwood, Staten Island, N. Y., Sept.,
1897, and labeled “V. emarginata." It shows several quite sterile
capsules, and its vegetative vigor is indicated by the added note, “plant
one foot in diameter." Also in the National Herbarium is a specimen
with leaves quite like those of the Hyattsville plant, collected by Wm.
S. Davis, New Dorp, Staten Island, July 29, 1889, and labeled “Y.
sagittata.”

13. V. FIMBRIATULA X SEPTEMLOBA.— This was published as V.
Mulfordae by Mr. C. L. Pollard (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xv. 203.)
and based on specimens collected by Miss F. A. Mulford at Hemp-
stead Plains, Long Island, N. Y., May 13, 1902. Through the kind-
ness of Miss Mulford, I received in September, 1904, ten or twelve
plants of her violet, which have been under observation in the garden
during the past season. ‘They had the usual vigorous growth of hy-

52 Rhodora [Marcu

brids, and produced numerous cleistogamous flowers, most of which,
however, were quite sterile, turning yellow after a few weeks; in those
that produced seeds the average number was 4$. The intermediate
character of the foliage is shown in plate 67 (fig. a) from a plant in
cultivation September 13. The leaves of the parent species (figures
b & c) are from herbarium specimens of plants growing with the hy-
brid and collected by Miss Mulford. Mixed with the live plants sent
by her in September, 1904, were also five plants of V. septemloba and
one of V. fimbriatula, showing that the three forms grew in close prox-
imity to each other.

14. V. CUCULLATA X SAGITTATA.— I would so dispose of the col-
ony of plants discovered by Mr. Witmer Stone, and described as V.
emarginata (Tinicum, Pa., April 25 € June 21, 1903, Proc. Acad.
Phila., 1903, p. 685). Last August I visited with him this station;
the particular colony seen two years before had disappeared in a dense
growth of briars and sprouts, after a recent chopping; but about 200
meters away a plant was found quite like those formerly collected,
growing with what I regard as the parent species. These plants dif-
fer from the ordinary V. emarginata in having blue, not violet, petals
(Mr. Stone says “between campanula blue and mauve of Ridgway "),
in having on the spurred petal "scattered hairs" rather than a dense
beard, and in having leaves with sharper coarser teeth at the base.
The last character suggests V. sagittata; the two others, V. cucullata.
The cleistogamous flowers in the August plant are also decidedly like
those of the latter species, and the contour of the leaf is a fair com-
promise. The specimens of both collections show impaired fertility.

15. V. CUCULLATA X SEPTEMLOBA.— (V. Brittoniana X cucul-
lata, House, Torr. Bull. xxxii. 255, pl. 17. V. notabilis, Bicknell,
Torreya, iv. 131). I have had a specimen from Milltown, N. J.,
growing in the garden since June, 1904, and visited the station in
August of that year. Mr. Bicknell’s exact description and Mr.
House's excellent drawing leave but little to be added. Mr. Stone
also (l. c., p. 680) collected it at Springdale, N. J. in 1903, and sur-
mised it then to be the hybrid here indicated. I place here also speci-
mens of Mr. E. S. Steele, Berwyn, Md., May 15, 1902; and of Prof.
Greene, Stony Run, Md., April 30, 1898.

16. V. cUCULLATA X (?) EMARGINATA.— This is probably the
disposition to be made of Mr. Bicknell's V. lavandulacea (Torreya,
iv. 130). The beautiful specimens sent me were collected at three

1906] Brainerd, — Hybridism in the Genus Viola 53

different dates in May, and were to me a puzzle until I saw last Sep-
tember a fine plant in the garden at Bronx Park. This was com-
pletely sterile; though there were fifty or more cleistogamous fruits,
not a seed could be found. Its relationship to V. cucullata is evident,
as Mr. Bicknell observes; its somewhat short and beardless spurred
petal and elongatéd peduncles indicate this. The color of the petals,
"pale lilac to lavender blue,” is a modification in the direction of V.
emarginata. The contour of the leaf and its slight pubescence is just
such a compromise as might be expected from the union of V. cucul-
lata with a modified form of V. emarginata like that described below
(no. 29, B). Further study another season of the living plant may
lead to more certain conclusions.

17. V. EMARGINATA X SEPTEMLOBA.— Aestival leaves simulating
those of V. palmata, but quite glabrous; truncate at base or shallowly
cordate; middle lobe disposed to be narrowly deltoid; autumnal and
earliest vernal leaves but slightly incised; cleistogamous flowers on
erect peduncles, producing green capsules 8-12 mm. long. The aver-
age number of seeds in 28 capsules was 14.36, showing about 80 per
cent of unfertilized ovules.— Two good plates of this, drawn by Mr.
Theo. Holm, are to be seen in Pittonia iii, pl. vii € viii. On page
256 Prof. Greene disposes of the plant as a “cut-leaved form” of V.
emarginata, growing with the typical form that has “uncut trigonous
foliage.” I am under great obligation to Mr. Holm for a dozen live
plants of these forms from Brookland, D. C., that I have grown for
over a year; the hybrid shows remarkable vigor. Mr. House col-
lected the same thing at Hyattsville, Md., June 4, 1905, no. 937. Mr.
Witmer Stone also has it from Tuckahoe, Cape May, N. J., growing
with both parents, Aug. 25, 1901 (Proc. Acad. Phila., Oct., 1903, pl.
xxxvi, fig. v.); also A. A. Heller, near Beartown, Pa., June 8, 1901.

I pass next to speak briefly of eight hybrids between species of the
sagittata-cucullata subgroup and those of the affinis-palmata subgroup.
The latter have ovoid short-auricled cleistogamous flowers, on decum-
bent peduncles, and the capsules are usually reddish brown.

18. V. FIMBRIATULA X PALMATA Robinson in hb.— Aestival leaves
ovate-oblong in general outline, acute or pointed, with one to three
incised lobes on either side below the middle, clothed with minute soft
pubescence; cleistogamous flowers intermediate between those of
parent species; capsules somewhat dotted with brown, infertile.

54 Rhodora [Marcu
*

“Crevices of rocks in open woods with parent forms," Granny Hill,
Lexington, Mass., Sept. 20, 1903, Robinson & Greenman. Dr. Rob-
inson first recognized and called my attention to this hybrid; last
spring Dr. Greenman kindly procured for me about twenty living
plants; I visited the station in August. ‘The leaves vary consider-
ably in relative width and in lobation, as do those of V. palmata;
and those produced in late summer and autumn are often uncut or
slightly lobed, as though anticipating the earliest vernal leaves.
Additional stations are: “pastures,” Portsmouth, N. H., July 15,
1894, Charles A. Davis; “moist woods under pines,” Kensington,
N. H., July 2, 1899, A. A. Eaton; Niles Place, Ledyard, Conn., June
24,1900, Mrs. C. B. Graves; East Lyme, Conn., 1904 & 1905, several
colonies, Miss A. M. Ryan. (See pl. 70.)

19. V. FIMBRIATULA X PAPILIONACEA.—(V’. papilionacea aberrans
Stone, l. c., p. 683, pl. xxxvii, fig. 4-6). This is hardly distinguishable
from hybrid no. 3 (RHopora, vi. 215). V. sororia is separated from
V. papilionacea chiefly by pubescence; but both hybrids inherit pubes-
cence from V. fimbriatula, and the other parent must be determined
chiefly from its presence with the hybrid. No. 19 seems to occur fre-
quently along the Atlantie border.

90. V. PALMATA X sAGITTATA.— Differs from V. sagittata in having
wider pubescent leaves, more or less lobed near the middle, in having
cleistogamous flowers with appressed ciliate auricles, and in having a
brown-spotted summer capsule on much shorter peduncles. It differs
from V. palmata, var. dilatata in having ovate-oblong leaves with
coarsely toothed or incised basal lobes, and in having long slender
cleistogamous flowers on ascending peduncles. In each case the
departure is in the direction of qualities possessed by the other parent.
The autumn leaves are cordate and uncut; capsules few-seeded —
nineteen in the four capsules examined; both parent species near by.
— 'This hybrid was collected by Mr. House in May and June, 1904,
near New Brunswick, N. J., nos. 39, 53, 68. I have had a specimen
in the garden since June 15, 1904, and have twice visited the station.
I place here also two specimens in the Gray Herbarium: Centreville,
Del., May 19, 1877 and Oct. 27, 1878, A. Commons; near Garrison's,
N. Y., May, 1886, Ed. S. Denton. The last has a more deeply cut
leaf than the two others, as though from typical V. palmata; Dr. Gray
has written on the sheet “V. palmata, L toward sagittata.”

91. V.PAPILIONACEA X SAGITTATA.— Not unlike the last described

1906] Brainerd, — Hybridism in the Genus Viola |. 55

hybrid, but quite glabrous and without lobes. Ivy Hill Cemetery,
Philadelphia (June, 1905, Mr. Stone sent living plants now in garden).
Sept. 6, 1905, Stone & Brainerd; along railway near Lester Sta.,
Tinicum, Pa., Sept. 6, 1905, Stone & Brainerd; near New Brunswick,
N. J., Sept. 7, 1905, with both parents, Brainerd; Curtis Street, South-
ington, Conn., May 28, 1899, C. H. Bissell, named by Mr. Pollard,
“V. sagittata, rank development”; roadside, East Lyme, Conn., Aug.
29, 1905, Miss A. M. Ryan.— 'The rank cespitose growth of the hybrid
is shown by the fact that eleven ample specimens were made from one
of the New Brunswick plants. In four capsules of the Ivy Hill plant
the number of seeds averaged 29; the plants from the other stations
are less fertile. The capsules of the Ivy Hill plants are nearly green
in color, those of New Brunswick brown-spotted; but the capsules of
V. papilionacea at these two stations differ in like manner.

22. V. AFFINIS X SAGITTATA.— Leaves narrowly deltoid, the
upper half minutely and distantly serrate, the basal lobes rounded
and coarsely toothed, forming a broad sinus; cleistogamous flowers
and fruit intermediate. From two stations: Patuxent, Md., June 4,
1905, H. D. House, no. 972; Tinicum, Pa., Sept. 6, 1905, Stone &
Brainerd.— With the Patuxent specimen was mixed a plant of V.
affinis, the form with minutely pubescent capsules; it was interesting
to see that the capsule of the hybrid had also this mark, which is not
found in any other species of our blue stemless violets. ‘The ‘Tinicum
plant was discovered at Mr. Stone’s station for V. crenulata, Greene,
a phase of V. affinis found in open bogs; and V. sagittata grew at no
great distance.

23. V. PALMATA X SEPTEMLOBA.— Differs from V. septemloba in
the direction of V. palmata, in its large less divided leaves with broad
middle lobe, in pedicels one half as long, in bearing pubescence on
petiole and veins of leaf, and in having summer capsule dotted with
brown; differs from V. palmata in the direction of V. septemloba, in
being less pubescent, in producing slim long-auricled cleistogamous
flowers on ascending pedicels, in having nearly green cleistogamous
capsules.— Discovered at Milltown, N. J., by Mr. House in June,
1904. Alive plant sent at that time has attained to a large size in the
garden. About one fifth of the ovules mature into seeds; the leaves
in late summer become ranker and less divided.— In March, 1904, I
noticed in the National Museum two sheets of what seemed to be this

hybrid from Stratford, Conn., May 24, 1893, E. H. Eames. ‘The

56 Rhodora [Marcu

specimens are nearly glabrous, except one smaller plant — good V.
palmata. Dr. Eames writes that he remembers the plant as “a con-
necting link between V. palmata and V. Atlantica" (V. septemloba),
both of which grew there. He adds, “I avoided the intermediates in
order to have something I could name." The station has been much
disturbed, but I trust that these “avoided” plants may yet be redis-
covered.

24. V. CUCULLATA X PALMATA.— Among the living plants sent
by Dr. Greenman from Granny Hill, Lexington, was one that, as it
developed during the past summer, I could account for only in this
way. It was extremely sterile, but produced numerous slender
cleistogamous flowers, like those of V. cucullata X sororia (no. 8).
The leaves were somewhat three-lobed, the V. palmata present being
the “var. dilatata." On visiting the station, 1 observed, perhaps
100 meters away, in a marshy meadow at the base of the hill, plants
of V. cucullata. Miss A. M. Ryan the past summer found the same
hybrid in several places in East Lyme, Conn.

25. V. CUCULLATA X PAPILIONACEA.— Much like the last and
no. 8 in its sterile subulate cleistogamous flowers, that are usually
tinged with brown; but different from both in being quite glabrous and
from no. 24 in showing no trace of lobes.— Southington, Conn., trans-
planted to garden by C. H. Bissell, seen by me Aug. 22, 1905; East
Lyme, Conn., 1905, Miss A. M. Ryan. Its luxuriant growth in cul-
tivation one season was such that from one plant twenty large speci-
mens were made by Miss Ryan for distribution. Found also in a low
woods on the line between New York and Yonkers, Sept. 8, 1905,
Eggleston & Brainerd.

Two hybrids of V. villosa with closely related species should be
here noticed.

26. V. PALMATA X VILLOSA.— Looks like small plants of V. pal-
mata, var. dilatata with the silvery pubescence of V. villosa on the
upper surface of the leaves.— I am indebted to Mr. House for the
recognition of this hybrid: Milltown, N. J., June 19, 1904; Darle-
carlia Reservoir, D. C., June 17, 1905, no. 1030; Rock Creek Park,
D. C., May 13, 1905, no. 712. The same thing occurs at Ivy Hill
Cemetery, Philadelphia, and was pointed out to me by Mr. Stone
last September.

27. V. AFFINIS X VILLOSA.— Much of what Mr. Stone, (l. c., p.

1906] Brainerd, — Hybridism in the Genus Viola 57

674,) has included under V. villosa cordifolia seems to be this. Both
supposed parents were abundant in 1903 at the Sherwood station in
a dry woodland; but the trees have since been cut.

It remains to speak of several cases in which unlike forms are pro-
duced by the crossing of two doubtfully distinct species.

28. V. FIMBRIATULA X SAGITTATA.— The most conspicuous dis-
tinctions between these two species are found in the foliage. ‘They
may be thus stated: pure V. sagittata has narrower leaves, dilated
and incised basal lobes, longer petioles, and is glabrous; (cf. fig. c of
pl. 66 with fig. c of pl. 67). The progeny of the cross instead of pre-
senting a halfway state between these divergent characters, is often
quite like one parent in some of these features and quite like the other
parent in other features. Thus in this particular cross we have four
groups of forms:

A. The breadth of leaf of V. fimbriatula and the glabrous surface of V.
sagittata. (See pl. 68, fig. c.)

B. The leaf-outline of V. sagittata and the pubescence of V. fimbriatula.
(Fig. d.)

C. A compromise in leaf-outline, forming a deltoid leaf, either with
incised lobes at the base (fig. a.), or without (fig. e.), and with
either much or little pubescence.

D. The lower half of the leaf may be broad and the upper half abruptly
narrowed (fig. b.), and this either with incised lobes at the base or
without, and with a varying amount of pubescence.

In this plate only a few of the variant forms are given. One needs
to visit a station where hundreds of specimens can be seen to appre-
ciate this tendency to sport. A fine station for this was discovered
by Miss Ryan, on the north side of a railway embarkment across a
salt marsh, at Giant's Neck, East Lyme, Conn. The plants, or their
seeds, were evidently brought there with the soil, and no other violets
were found there. Other stations are: ‘‘Gristmill Park," Plainville,
Conn., Luman Andrews, 1904; Blue Hill Reservation, Milton, Mass.,
H. A. Purdie; Lindenau, near New Brunswick, N. J., H. D. House.
— Various forms have been seen from other stations, but I have
visited only the four above named. In all these forms there is little
or no impaired fertility.

29. V. EMARGINATA X FIMBRIATULA.— Here we have a similar

58 Rhodora [Marcu

case, though of rarer occurrence. In September, 1904, I received
from Mr. Theo. Holm a package of about fifteen live plants, which
he called the Washington form of V. fimbriatula. As they developed
during the past summer, they all manifested a mixture of the charac-
ters of V. emarginata and V. fimbriatula, and yet could be easily
marked off into four classes, as follows:

A. Leaves somewhat deltoid as in V. emarginata, quite coarsely toothed
at base, margins ciliate, base truncate or in the larger leaves slightly
cordate, petioles sparingly pubescent; most capsules completely
sterile, one yielded ten seeds.

B. Leaves ovate-oblong as in V. fimbriatula, obscurely serrate, margins
and petioles pubescent, base strongly decurrent,— entire outline
suggesting that of V. primulifolia: capsules many and all fertile.

C. Leaves deltoid, ciliate, truncate, with sinuately toothed margins;
capsules numerous, fertile, 16-20 mm. long.

D. Leaves ovate-oblong, truncate, ciliate; capsules fertile, 8-12 mm.
long."

30. V. EMARGINATA X SAGITTATA.— Between these two glabrous
species the only difference is in leaf-outline. Marked intermediates
have been observed, without loss of fertility.— Chester Co., Pa., col-
ony no. 18, June 21, 1903, W. Stone, l. c., p. 685; Brookland, D. C.,
Sept. 28, 1904, Theo. Holm (1 have grown several plants of this the
past season); along the Raritan R. R., Milltown, N. J., Aug. 20, 1904,
Eggleston & Brainerd, associated with both parents and apart from
V. fimbriatula.

V. palmata, V. papilionacea, and V. sororia furnish another triad
quite analogous to that just described. ‘These common species, how-
ever different in extreme instances, especially when found outside of
each other's range, seem to be confluent when growing together. No
sharp line can be drawn between V. sororia and V. papilionacea; I
find many plants of the Middle States that seem quite like the V.
sororia of Vermont, but they are usually called “pubescent V. papil-
ionacea," “entire-leaved V. palmata," or sometimes V. laetecaerulea;
much of the Vermont V. sororia Mr. Pollard used to name V. papi-
lionacea. V. palmata also, passes through the polymorphous phases
of its “var. dilatata" into both V. sororia and V. papilionacea. In

1 I anticipate that some will prefer to consider this a case of '* mutation"; perhaps it
is,— one's interpretation of facts is so apt to be determined by his predisposition of mind,

1906] Brainerd, — Hybridism in the Genus Viola 59

none of the forms of this triad have I observed any sign of impaired
fertility. Some of this intergradation may be due to the imperfect
evolution of the three species, the links ordinarily missing being in
this instance still extant; but I have no doubt these species can and do
interbreed.

I will speak of only one other instance of confluence, and I am in-
debted for this to the acute observation of Mr. F. F. Forbes of Brook-
line, Mass. He has discovered on “Dedham Island,” along the
Charles River, a station for V. pectinata, Bicknell (Torreya, iv. 129,
Sept., 1904). The type is from Long Island; but Mr. House also,
found it, in May, 1904, near Dayton, N. J. (Bull. Torr. Club, xxxii.
255, pl. 18), and Dr. C. C. Godfrey, in June, 1905, at Stratford, Conn.
The species is, to me, distinguishable only by the configuration of the
leaf from V. septemloba, with which it is associated in all four stations.”
At “Dedham Island” Mr. Forbes found that the two plants passed,
by the most gradual stages, one into the other. I visited the station
last May and again last August, and found the plants abundantly
spread over a large territory, and showing no sign of impaired fertility.
Plate 69 presents the two extreme leaf-patterns and some of the inter-
mediates. Often they closely simulate the leaf of V. cucullata X
septemloba (no. 15); but that is a larger plant, with infertile capsules
and dark-brown seeds, due to the black seeds of V. cucullata; the seeds
of V. septemloba, V. pectinata and their intermediates are of a light
straw color.

The accompanying diagram presents a bird's-eye view of these
hybrids and their parentage. Though the forms are perplexingly
numerous, only half of the possible sixty-six hybrids have been brought
to light. Others will doubtless be discovered. Moreover, still fur-
ther complications may be expected; we may find quarter or eighth
hybrids, produced by crossing a simple hybrid once, or twice, with
one of the parent forms; or we may find triple or quadruple hybrids,
produced by crossing a simple hybrid with an allied species other than
the parents, or with another hybrid. Some of the hybrids of V. pal-
mata X sagittata (no. 20) at New Brunswick are very likely not from
pure V. sagittata but from the V. fimbriatula-sagittata combination,

1 It will be helpful to our understanding of the relations of V. septemloba to V. pectinata,
if we observe the exactly parallel relation of V. pedatifida to V. indivisa, Greene (Pittonia

v. 124, pl. xiii.). The variation of V. palmata into V. Bernardi, Greene is a movement in
the same direction, though not to the same extent.

60 Rhodora [Marcu

that is more common at that station. Again, a V. palmata parent
may have more or less admixture of V. sororia or V. papilionacea. |
Miss Day, librarian of the Gray Herbarium, has kindly called my
attention to an account of the discovery in the Tyrol, near Innsbruck,
of a genuine triple hybrid: Viola (hirta X odorata) X collina. (See
Magyar Bot. Lapok. ii. 180, June, 1903.)

MIDDLEBURY COLLEGE.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 66-70.

Pl. 66, figures a & b, Viola sagittata X septemloba (H. D. House, Hyattsville,
Md.).
figure c, Viola sagittata, | collected at the same time and place with
figure d, Viola septemloba, “a”
Pl. 67, figure a, Viola fimbriatula X septemloba (Miss F. A. Mulford, Hemp-
A stead, Long Island, N. Y.); grown one year in Middlebury, Vt.
gure b, Viola fimbriatula, : "2T
figure c, Viola septemloba, \ both from the same station as “a.
Pl. 68, figure a, Viola fimbriatula X sagittata (Miss A. M. Ryan, East Lyme,
Conn.).
figures b to e, Leaves of other plants of this cross from same station
Pl. 69, figure a, Leaf of Viola septemloba,
figure f, Leaf of Viola pectinata, (F. F. Forbes, Dedham, Mass.).
figures b to e, intergradient forms,

Pl. 70, figure a, Leaf of Viola fimbriatula, Robinson & Greenman, Granny

figure b, Viola fimbriatula X palmata, Hill, Lexington, Mass.

figure c, Leaf of Viola palmata,
In all five plates the figures are X 4.

E NEU e Rita

"VIOIA 40 SHIOWdS AATAML JO SIDHISAH WISISSOd ANV AAZINDODAH DNIMOHS WVUDVIC

A, WJIIWNOI1
- “TIA A

SIIVNOIYL
NILdIS CA

vVSO131^
VIOLA

vIYO3JOS
IOIA 0. VIO

SINIdav
VIOIA

VIIAHdOY
-Hd3N A

t
WIOTINIL VIWNID i VANLILIDYS 7 WINLVIYE
WLwW11n9N9 80 Yonah Ae VOTA ue NEA
49$ 7. e o s

£ J *

3 r 'suesntuo2 N `

"apo

-QI8

ay} jo

?Puopq 1x9 om
Jo sptiq ut se paraq

“Ay eq Sunq
-Ulasal “SISSOLD
9[Q9I1I9A S9]0u

-umu 918 SPLIQ
-Ay oq], 'sərəəds
junsip A[npqnop

-1p102 “IRA

5s EN
* . 65 * *

-ap # usis Y] — ay = Loge ren ‘sau uoxoiq ou)
'Spuq4mq oq 0} ius re er *sorods jounsrp əynb

peyoodsns syuvjd sojouop

juiod uoneSonmjut oy] —

"In220 0]

Apo] JOU st puiq&q [e1m3eu e wy}

os “JUBJQBYO) zou aie sorods om}
ay} JY} PAPUI O'N SIYA ou | —

"ÁJOLIBA IO Satvads w su 'pousi[

-qnd Ápwoi[s uooq sey pugdy əy} youy an

Japun yey} st arenbs Aue ur oureu oy yp —

‘popp¥ st + usIS əy} *adour jt

¿SS9[ 10 94g JI *punoj useq sey PLIGÁY oy} qorqa«

Ul suonvjs JO JaqUINU oq) PAPUI sxsuojs? dy | —

ojyeredos saul Aavay əy}
‘sdnoisqns ojut UOISIATP ot
sojyeorpur oui[ o[qnop ML
"Jo, IY} 0} pu? JBU sy} 0} pie
-umop poonpoad axenbs ay} jo sapts
dy} uoo^joq popn[»ur osogj 3uroq
988) YoRa ur soroods juoued oq) 'soroods
asey} Jo spuqfy o[qissod xts-A}xts ayy
ojeorpur aaoqe soienbs oq], “somos [Baul]
v ur ouop aq UVI STIY} se rej os *Arugge [exnjeu.
itu 0} Surpioooe posuviie aie somods 9A[9M)
əy} JO seureu oq) urei2erp əy} JO woyoq eu YY

IJNVHDVIG HO SNOLLVNV'Id XI

62 Rhodora [Marcu

PRELIMINARY LISTS OF NEW ENGLAND
PLANTS, — XVIII. SPHAGNACEAE.!

A. LeRoy ANDREWS.

[The sign + indicates that an herbarium specimen has been
seen; the sign — that a reliable printed record has been found.]

+ Conn.

+
+ Vt.

+ ++ ++++++ ++ Mass,

ge acutifolium Ehrh.
auriculatum Schpr.
compactum DC, .
T = var. squarrosum Russ.
contortum Schultz.
cuspidatum Ehrh.
var. falcatum Russ. .
var. Miquelonense R. & C.
var. plumosum Bryol. Germ.
var. Torreyanum (Sull.)
Braithw.

cymbifolium Ehrh.

var. squarrosulum Bryol.

Germ.

dasyphyllum Warnst.
Dusenii C. Jensen
“ fimbriatum Wils. .
H “ var. squarrosulum H. Müll.
fuscum (Schpr.) von ‘linger.
Garberi L. € J.
Girgensohnii Russ.
7 " var. coryphaeum Russ.
var. molle Russ.
imbricatum Hornsch. .
E " var. affine (R. & C) |
Warnst . . [+
var. sublaeve Warnst. . |t
inundatum Russ... . . . . . . c

++++ HEEF Me
+ ++ + ORI

+++++

=

-—

+ + + ++ +

ce mI

+ |+++++ +]
++ + +++ + ++ + +

“ce ce

X: |
+++ ++++ +++

T

1 This list was mailed to me shortly before Mr. Andrews sailed for Europe. At his
request I have inserted dashes to indicate such available printed records as related to
the species and varieties mentioned in his list. Aside from these few insertions the
list remains unchanged. — J. FRANKLIN COLLINS.

1 Printed in RHopona as supplementary matter.

1906] Andrews, — Lists of New England Plants, — XVIII 63

Me.
Vt.
Mass.
E
Conn.

Sphagnum Lindbergii Schpr.

macrophyllum Bernh.

medium Limpr.

molle Sulliv.

molluscum Bruch.

obesum Wils. .

papillosum Lindb.

platyphyllum Sulliv.

plicatum Warnst. .

pulchrum (Lindb.) W arnst.

4 Pylaiei Brid. .

quinquefarium (Braithw. ) Warnst.

recurvum Beauv. .

M " . var. amblyphy llum Russ.

var. parvifolium (Sendt.)
Warnst.

riparium Angstr.

" rubellum Wils.

rufescens Bryol. Germ.

Russowii Warnst.

squarrosum Pers. . .

subnitens Russ. & W arnst.

x " var. flavicomans (Card.) Warnst.

subsecundum Nees.

tenerum (Aust.) Warnst.

teres (Schpr.) Ángstr.

n “var. squarrosulum (Lesq. ) Warnst.

Warnstorfii Russ. P X"

Wulfianum Girgens.

AA m F
+ | T ONSE
E

++

d
++

[11 [11

++ + + + +

be oS Ee tet te

TEE + ++ + ++
++
+

EE +++

++++++++++++ + ttt++

++++++

|
+

NOTES ON THE PRECEDING LIST.

The above list is based essentially upon the latest treatment of
Warnstorf (Kryptogamenflora der Mark Brandenburg und angren-
zender Gebiete, Bd. I, Leber- und Torfmoose, C. Warnstorf, Leip-
zig, 1903. Sphagna Ss. 292-467), which considers the Sphagna of
Europe. Nearly all of the New England species are common to Eu-
rope. This recent work differs from Warnstorf's earlier treatment of
North American forms (Contributions to the Knowledge of North
American Sphagna, Bot. Gaz., Vol. 15, 1890, pp. 127-140, 189-198,
217-227, 242-255), with later scattered descriptions collected in

64 Rhodora [Marcu

Barnes and Heald’s Keys, in the fact that several forms there
treated as varieties have been elevated to specific rank. In the
treatment of species I have differed in the following points: S. sub-
bicolor Hampe (S. intermedium Russ., S. centrale C. Jens.) I have
not been able to separate satisfactorily from the forms of S. cymbi-
folium. It is placed between this species and S. papillosum, having
walls of hyaline cells of branch leaves smooth as in S. cymbifolium,
but differing slightly in shape and position of chlorophyllose cells, a
matter however of considerable variability in this group as Roll has
pointed out. I have seen New England specimens referred to it. $.
parvifolium (Sendt.) Warnst. I have retained in its former place as a
variety of S. recurvum. S. Torreyanum Sull. and its variety Mique-
lonense 1 have in the same way retained with S. cuspidatum. With
reference to the varieties which have been named in such numbers in
this genus I have included such as appear to show a distinct and read-
ily recognized variational tendency, upon which various authors show
general agreement. In so doing I have omitted varieties based upon
the presence of a greater or less amount of coloring pigment, relative
slenderness or compactness of the plant, direction of the branches,
and other characters possibly explainable as due to immediate envi-
ronment of the plants, calling for an arbitrary delimitation, and of ques-
tionable systematic value. In case a species has been exhausted by
varieties so that no form appears to remain under the head of the
species, as in S. imbricatum, I have omitted the variety corresponding
with the original conception of the species, in this case var. cristatum
Warnst. In the same way I have included var. mucronatum Russ.
with its species S. recurvum.

If the list emphasizes the fact that the New England species, or for
that matter the American species of Sphagnum, are in need of exten-
sive collection and study, it will have served its purpose. A very little
collecting in Vermont should serve to fill many gaps in the list, while
the same is true in hardly less degree of the other states. Especially
do the questionable aquatic forms need particular attention. The
status of the species, especially in the subsecunda group, can hardly
be regarded as settled, and also demands the attention of the collector.

In addition to the species included in the list the following Euro-
pean forms may be looked for in New England with a prospect of
success; S. Angstroemii Hartm., a very distinct species of high lati-
tudes, may possibly be found on the mountains of the northern states.
It has recently been collected in America, a specimen kindly com-

1906] Knight, — Plants of Penobscot Valley 65

municated by Warnstorf bearing the label, Hunker Creek, Yukon,
J. Macoun, '02. From the cuspidata group the following are to be
noted: S. monocladum (v. Klinggr.) Warnst., S. Trinitense C. Müll.
(known from Florida), S. fallax v. Klinggr., S. obtusum Warnst., S.
Balticum Russ., S. Schultzii Warnst., S. hypnoides (A. Braun.) Bruch,
S. annulatum Lindb. fils; from the acutifolia group S. subtile (Russ.)
Warnst.; from the subsecunda group S. crassicladum Warnst., S.
turgidulum Warnst. Furthermore several species of southern United
States range occurring as far north as New Jersey, mostly members
of the cymbifolia and subsecunda groups, may be sought in the coast-
region of Connecticut and Rhode Island. "Phe specific value of most
of the latter segregates can hardly be regarded as determined without
more extensive collections. à

With reference to the record of localities from which specimens
were not seen Mr. J. F. Collins has very kindly examined the local
list and the — signs in the above list are to be accredited to him.'—
A. LeRoy ANDREWS, Berlin, Germany.

SOME NOTEWORTHY PLANTS OF THE PENOBSCOT
VALLEY.

Ora W. KNiaGHT.

Lilium tigrinum Ker. Growing along the roadside remote from
houses in Holden, three stations being known for several years.

Allium schoenoprasum L. <A station, discovered by Mr. F. M.
Billings and myself, along the Penobscot River, near Veazie, is the
only one we have found in this region.

Cypripedium arietinum R. Br. Hundreds of plants were in bloom
on a steep hillside in rich mixed growth in the town of Bucksport, where
Mr. F. M. Billings, Mr. Norman Hall and I found them May 20, 1904.

Populus dilatata L. Along the banks of the Penobscot River in
Veazie, and not near any cultivated grounds, several hundred square
feet are covered by a growth of this species ranging from small shoots
to good sized trees. Seemingly all are connected at the roots.

Castanea sativa americana Gray. In 1904 I found a good sized
tree of the chestnut growing near the roadside in a beech and oak

66 Rhodora [Marcu

growth in the town of Holden, and on July 28 collected flowering
specimens. ‘This was not near any house or cultivated land and had
no evidence of being put there by the hand of man.

Polygonum zuccarinii Small. A small clump has persisted near
the roadside on Stillwater Ave., town of Orono, for several years and
does not appear to be growing under conditions which would indicate
anybody planted it there.

Conringia perfoliata Link. Collected by me along the water front,
Bangor, July 4, 1904.

Polygala paucifolia, forma albiflora. Whole plant much paler
than the typical form of this species and the blossoms white. This
albinistic form grows very abundantly in an extensive tract of open
woods and pasture land in Bangor, forming extensive carpets of plants
and bloom. A few plants of the normal form grow scattered through
the same territory.

Mimulus moschatos Dougl. Mr. F. M. Billings brought me a
plant of this species which he collected on ballast along the water
front, Bangor, July 28, 1904.

Teucrium boreale Bicknell. I collected a number of plants in bloom
which I took for our common Teucrium, and which were growing in a
meadow near Stillwater Avenue just within the limits of Orono, Au-
gust 10, 1904. Thinking them the common species I did not take so
many as I otherwise would have. Professor Fernald pronounces my
specimens to be as above. The same locality was closely watched
during 1905, and though hundreds of small plants were seen, only
two showed bloom and these only a very few buds and flowers. The
previous year all the plants were tall, lusty and full of bloom. Can
it be that this species is biennial?

Tragopogon porrifolius L. I have a specimen collected in a field
in Stillwater (Oldtown), July 5, 1903, by Mr. Billings.

Tragopogon pratensis L. I have specimens from both Orono and
Bangor. ‘The Bangor plants are well established along a roadside
within the residential portion of the city and have been persistent for
several years.

Lychnis flos-cuculi L. Though not growing in the Penobscot val-
ley this seems good opportunity to record finding this species not far
distant in the town of Pittsfield. It has been established several
years and when I saw it in June, 1905, covered many acres of fields
with a mass of bloom.

Bawcon, MAINE.

2

1906] Riddle,— Cytology of the Entomophthoraceae 67

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CYTOLOGY OF THE
ENTOMOPHTHORACEAE: PRELIMINARY
COMMUNICATION.

LINCOLN WARE RIDDLE.

For the past two years the writer has been engaged in a study of the
cytology of certain species of Empusa and of Entomophthora. One
species of Empusa and four species of Entomophthora have been ex-
amined.

It has been found that the nucleus of Entomophthora has a highly
developed structure, showing little resemblance to the nucleus of the
Yeast, as Cavara suggested. Further the nucleus of Entomophthora
undergoes a more or less typical mitotic division. The resting-
nucleus shows a rather small nucleolus surrounded by a densely
granular chromatin-content, which may at times appear as a net-
work. During prophase the chromosomes (of which there are 8 in
E. Americana) are formed by the direct aggregation of the chromatin-
granules, without the intervention of a spireme-stage. This drawing
together of the chromatin leaves evident a number of linin-fibers,
running from the spherical chromosomes to the nuclear-wall which
persists throughout mitosis. These linin-fibers gradually separate
into two groups which draw toward the respective poles, forming
a typical, intranuclear bi-polar spindle. No centrosomes were seen
in any case. The so-called nucleolus appears to be strictly a kary-
osome, as it is identical with the chromosomes in appearance and
behavior during division. The later phases of mitosis are much as
in other cases.

The nuclear details of zygospore-formation agree essentially with
those described by Gruber for Sporodinia; and the process in general
shows a close agreement with conditions in the Mucorales. The
zygospore either buds out at the point of fusion of the hyphal bodies
(compare the conditions in P?ptocephalis) or else buds out from one
of the gametes (compare the conditions in Syncephalis nodosa). In
either case the fusing hyphal bodies are multinucleate structures and
are therefore coenogametes — a type of sexual organ shown by Davis
and others to be characteristic of the Phycomycetes. The entire
contents of both gametes, including all of the nuclei, pass into the
young zygospore. No fusion of the nuclei occurs during the first

68 Rhodora [Marcr

three months. Whether or not fusion in pairs occurs at the time of
germination, as we should expect, it has been so far impossible to.
determine, owing to the difficulty of germinating the zygospores.

The formation of the azygospores in Empusa was found to present
conditions quite different from those described by Vuillemin for
Entomophthora gleospora. In the case of Empusa the entire contents
of the hyphal body, including all of the nuclei, which may number
over 40, pass into an ampulla which is cut off, forming the azygospore.
No further changes take place in these nuclei so far as has been ob-
served. The writer offers the suggestion that this structure is in the
nature of a chlamydospore, a view which is further supported by the
fact that an encysted hyphal body, as a means of tiding over the winter,
may frequently be substituted for the usual azygospore.

The cytological conditions show that Entomophthora is a more
highly developed genus than Empusa. The general results here
described bring these genera into complete accord with the conditions
known in other Phycomycetes. The complete paper presenting in
full the evidence for the statements here made is now in preparation.

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

A NEW STATION FOR ASPLENIUM EBENOIDES.— Just outside the
town of Salisbury, Vermont, there is, a few feet from the roadside, an
open grove of trees, surmounting an out-cropping ledge of limestone.
On this ledge I found Asplenium ebeneum and Camptosorus rhizophyl-
lus in abundance, but search failed to discover Asplenium ebenoides
among them. About fifty feet away, however, in the open pasture
the limestone again jutted out, and here I found a large plant of A.
ebenoides, from which a frond was sent to the Gray Herbarium where
the identification was confirmed. A smaller plant some five feet
away and still a third, very small and just assuming shape, were
found. A. ebenewm grew profusely upon this rock, but I found only
a few inferior plants of the walking-leaf.— Anna W. SmrrH, West
Brattleboro, Vermont.

[It is believed that the locality, here reported by Miss Smith, is by a few

miles the most northern station for A. ebenoides as yet recorded, at least in
New England.— Ed.]

Vol. 8, no. 86, including pages 25—48, was issued February 26, 1906

Rhodora. Plate 66.

VIOLA SAGITTATA X SEPTEMLOBA, AND LEAVES OF PARENT
SPECIES.

Rhodora. Plate 67.

VIOLA FIMBRIATULA X SEPTEMLOBA (V. MULFORDAE).

Rhodora. Plate 68.

VARIABLE LEAVES OF VIOLA FIMBRIATULA X SAGITTATA.

Rhodora. Plate 69.

VIOLA SEPTEMLOBA, V. PECTINATA AND INTERGRADIENT FORMS.

Rhodora. Plate 70.

VIOLA FIMBRIATULA X PALMATA, AND LEAVES OF PARENT SPECIES,

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetalae (Nanunculacea to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by Epwarp L.
RAND and Jonn H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WILLIAM Morris Davis. 1894. And a new map of the Island. 19or.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale.—A ddress
EpWAkD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
RouNDps Co., Providence, R. I.

THE FLOWER-LOVER'S MAGAZINE

If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It
is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise
interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to

WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
Binghamton, N. Y.

GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS.

CONCORD NURSERIES, Concord, Massachusetts. Established on

HOME GROWN LILIES. .

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

Minot Pratt’s Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including A'4odora, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.

SUPPLIES for the Botanist in FIELD, HERBARIUM or LABORA-
TORY. SAMPLES of Driers, Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and
NEW LIST of PLANT MATERIAL for 1906 mailed on request.
PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS and HERBARIUM ESSEN-
TIALS.

Prompt Attention. Standard Material. Immediate Shipments.

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT’S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, n š ; $1.00
With Gray's Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . A 1.80
With Gray’s Manual of Botany, ‘ E à A 2.25

For the High School Laboratory and Class Room.

By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M. of the Ames
Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray’s text-books their extraordinary success. It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiology are also fully treated.
The illustrations number 384, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.,

r ME practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

: American Book Company
New York Cincinnati Chicago

PSYCHE
A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874
Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.
Six Numbers a year:— February, April, June, August, October, Decem-
ber. Annual subscription One Dollar.
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U. S. A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year. Established 1897 12 numbers
Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.
Edited by Francis E. Lloyd

Teachers College, Columbia University,

Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief,

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

l Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND

Vol. 8. April, 1906. No. 88.
CONTENTS:

Streptopus in Eastern America. M. L. Fernald . : : 69

Some Plants of Bangor, Maine. 0. W. Knight . : R 72

Variations of Carex paupercula, M. L. Fernald i : E 73

Intuition as a Substitute for Reference. F. $. Collins . : 77

Proceedings of Connecticut Botanical Society.— I. £. B. Harger 79

Boston, Mags. | Providence, R. fl.
740 Exchange Building. I| Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.-—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection. Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PUTNAM’s SONS,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. S. MATHEWS, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,
Mass.

NOTICE

Mosses with a Hand-lens, Second Edition, will contain 200 pages instead of
150 as at first planned. To cover the additional cost the price will become $1.75
on all orders received after April Ist, 1905.

Parts I and II of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready at $1.00
per part. As soon as part V is issued the price will be increased to $1.25.

A supplement including all the species of Gray's Manual range not included
in the main work and keys to aZ the species, will be issued to supply the demand
for a complete manual. Sample pages sent on application.

A. J. GROUT, 360 Lenox ROAD, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS

and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.
HARLAN P. KELSEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.

Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts.

GROUT
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. Seventy-five pages, $1.10 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.00 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
O..T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8.

April, 1906. No. 88.

THE GENUS STREPTOPUS IN EASTERN AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

Tue two “Twisted Stalks,” Streptopus amplexifolius (L.) DC.
and S. roseus Michx., are common in woodlands of eastern Canada
and many portions of the northern United States; and though both
plants have the solitary erect stem springing from a short thick caudex
and usually forking above, they are in many technical characters
clearly distinct. The stems of S. amplexifolius are whitish and gla-
brous above, in S. roseus greenish and usually ciliate-hispid above.
The strongly glaucous amplexicaul leaves of S. amplexifolius are
glabrous throughout, those of S. roseus green, scarcely amplexicaul,
and conspicuously ciliate on the margins. The perianth of S. amplexi-
folius is campanulate at base, but the segments spread widely from
near the middle and quickly become recurved; that of S. roseus cam-
panulate, the segments slightly if at all divergent, only the old shrivel-
ling tips becoming recurved. The anthers of S. amplexifolius are
lance-subulate, entire, and many times longer than the filaments; of
S. roseus narrow-ovate, bicuspidate, and about the length of the fila-
ments. The stigma of S. amplexifolius is subentire or merely shallow-
lobed, of S. roseus deeply 3-cleft.

Besides these two well-known plants, another species, Streptopus
brevipes Baker (S. curvipes Vail) occurs in the mountains from Alaska
to Oregon. It resembles a small simple-stemmed S. roseus but has
shorter pedicels and a very slender elongate rootstock. So far as
known this characteristic plant does not occur east of the Rocky
Mountains.

In northern Michigan, however, there is a plant which in its slender
rootstock is apparently nearest related to the northwestern S. brevipes,

70 Rhodora [APRIL

but which has the stem forking, the leaves glaucous and soft-ciliate,
and the pedicels and flowers much longer than in S. brevipes; and in
the alpine regions of the Shickshock Mountains of eastern Quebec
there is another plant with a simple or subsimple stem suggesting S.
brevipes, but with short thick caudex and ciliate leaves much as in
S. roseus, and purplish flowers structurally like those of S. amplexi-
jolius. These two plants, that of northern Michigan with slender
rootstocks, and the Shickshock plant with usually simple stems, ciliate
leaves and strongly recurved perianth segments, are apparently species
which have heretofore been unrecognized in our flora. In order to
make clearer the affinities of these plants, the characters of the other
eastern species of Streptopus are briefly included in the following
synopsis.

* Rootstock short and thick.
+ Perianth-segments wide-spreading or recurved from near the middle:
anthers lance-subulate, entire, many times exceeding the filaments:
stigma subentire or merely lobed.

STREPTOPUS AMPLEXIFOLIUS (L.) DC. Stem forking, very rarely
simple, 3-9 dm. high, whitish-green and glabrous except occasionally
at base: leaves amplexicaul, glabrous throughout, glaucous beneath:
peduncles glabrous, simple or forked, in anthesis 1.5-3 cm., in fruit
1.5-8 em. long: perianth greenish-white or sometimes roseate, its lance-
attenuate segments 8-11 mm. long: fruit globose to ellipsoid, 1-2 cm.
long, scarlet.— Fl. Fr. iii. 174 (1805). S. distortus Michx. Fl. i. 200
(1803). S. amplexicaulis Poir. Dict. vii. 467 (1806). S. amplexi-
folius, B. americanus Roemer & Schultes, Syst. vii. 311 (1829). Uvu-
laria amplexifolia L. Sp. 304 (1753).— Throughout the forested area
from Labrador to Alaska, south to the mountains of North Carolina,
Michigan, South Dakota, New Mexico, and northern California; in
eastern Quebec ascending to subalpine regions: Greenland, Europe,
and Asia.

S. oreopolus sp. n. Caule simplice vel semel furcato 2-3.5 dm.
alto viridi ciliato-hispido; foliis ovatis vel lanceolatis subamplexi-
caulibus ciliato-denticulatis, supra viridibus subtus pallidis vix glaucis
3-8.5 em. longis 0.7-3 cm. latis; pedunculis exigue hispidulis 1-3 em.
longis; perianthio vinaceo, segmentis lanceolato-attenuatis superne
falcatis 8-12 mm. longis; antheris lanceolato-subulatis integris quam
filamenta longiroribus; stigmate subintegro vel trilobato.

Stem simple or once forked, 2-3.5 dm. high, green, ciliate-hispid:
leaves ovate or lanceolate, slightly amplexicaul, ciliate-denticulate,
green above, pale but scarcely glaucous beneath, 3-8.5 em. long, 0.7-3
cm. broad: peduncles sparingly hispidulous, 1-3 cm. long: perianth
claret-color, the lance-attenuate strongly falcate segments 8-12 mm.

1906] Fernald, Streptopus in Eastern America 71

long: anthers lance-subulate, entire, longer than the filaments: stigma
subentire or 3-lobed: fruit unknown.—QUEBEC, mossy knolls and
damp rocks above timber-line, altitude 1000-1050 meters, Mt. Albert,
Gaspé County, August 8-15, 1905 (J. F. Collins & M. L. F ernald).

+ + Perianth-segments with the tips only recurved in age: anthers ovate
2-horned, shorter than or about equalling the filaments: stigma 3-cleft.

S. roseus Michx. Stem usually forked, rarely simple, 2.5-6 dm.
high, often hispidulous above: leaves slightly or scarcely amplexicaul
the margins ciliate: peduncles simple or forked, 1-2.5 em. long: peri-
anth pink-purple, the lanceolate segments 8-12 mm. long: fruit sub-
globose, about 1 em. in diameter, cherry-red.— Fl. i. 201, t. 18 (1803).
Uvularia rosea Pers. Syn. i. 360 (1805). Hexorima dichotoma Raf.
Med. Rep., Hex. 2, v. 351 (1808) and Journ. de Phys. Ixxxix. 262
(1819). Hekorima dichotoma Kunth, Enum. iv. 204 (1843).— In
woods, Newfoundland to the mountains of Georgia, west to Wisconsin
and Manitoba; in New England ascending to the subalpine districts.

* * Rootstock slender and wide-creeping.

S. longipes sp. n. Rhizomate elongato tenui (2-4 mm. diame-
tro); caule furcato apice ciliato-hispido 3-4 dm. alto; foliis ovatis vel
ovato-lanceolatis sessilibus ciliatis, subtus pallidis, 4-6.5 cm. longis
1.5-3 em. latis; pedunculis ciliato-hispidulis 1.5-2 cm. longis; peri-
anthio campanulato rubello, segmentis lanceolato-attenuatis 10-12
mm. longis; antheris lanceolato-ovatis bifidis quam filamenta brevi-
oribus; stigmate trifido.

Rootstock elongate, 2-4 mm. in diameter: stem forked, ciliate-hispid
above, 3-4 dm. high: leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate, sessile, ciliate,
pale beneath, 4-6.5 cm. long, 1.5-3 cm. broad: peduncles simple,
ciliate-hispid, 1.5-2 cm. long: perianth campanulate, reddish, the
lance-attenuate segments 10-12 mm. long: anthers lance-ovate, 2-
horned, shorter than the filaments: stigma 3-cleft: fruit unknown.—
MICHIGAN, in forest of Acer Saccharum, Turin, Marquette County,
June 5, 1901 (Bronson Barlow).— Resembling a pale-flowered S.
roseus, but clearly distinct in its slender elongate rootstock. Nearer
the northwestern S. brevipes which has simple stems, darker entire
or denticulate but scarcely ciliate leaves, shorter peduncles (in fruit
rarely 1 cm. long) and shorter perianth (5-9 mm. long).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

72 Rhodora [APRIL

NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF BANGOR, MAINE.

Ora W. KNIGHT.

Tue plants which are mentioned in this article were collected
within the limits of Bangor jointly by Mr. F. M. Billings and myself.
Many are new to the State while others are from beyond the previ-
ously known limits of distribution in Maine, Specimens of all these
plants have been submitted to Prof. M. L. Fernald of the Gray Her-
barium for identification, and I am very sure we have presented him
with duplicates of all the species here recorded.

Salix nigra Marsh. Specimens in fruit were collected from a
stunted shrub growing on the shore of the river above Bangor, June
15, 1904. We know of no other plant of this species near here.

Urtica dioica L. Found growing in ballast on a wharf near “High
Head” August 7, 1904.

Filipendula ulmaria Maxim. Roadside out Hammond St. and not
near any house, July 25, 1904. Also seen in same place in 1905.

Sisymbrium altissimum L. Common along the water front be-
tween “City Point” and waterworks in 1904 and 1905.

Vicia tetrasperma Moench. Growing abundantly in grass land in
rear of a house for the last five years.

Lotus corniculatus L. Growing in ballast along water front below
“High Head” in 1904 & 1905.

Trifolium dubium Sibth. In ballast on wharf below “High Head”
July 16, 1905.

Aegopodium podagraria L. Weed in waste places, escaping to
roadside from cultivated ground where it is grown as an ornamental
foliage plant.

Echinospermum lappula Lehm. In ballast on wharf J uly 4, 1904.

Anchusa arvalis Reich. First recorded in RHoDora, May, 1904,
p. 91. This species is a persistent perennial, and though not spread-
ing seems inclined to hold fast where first found by us.

Convolvulus arvensis L. Growing in rear of warehouse along the
water front at “High Head.” We have not found it elsewhere. It
seems to be spreading in this particular spot.

Galeopsis ladanum L. Ballast on wharf, July 16, and Aug. 7, 1904.

Stachys annua L. With the preceding at same time and place.

1906] Fernald, Variations of Carex paupercula 73

Stachys palustris L. Found growing near the edge of a field in
moist soil, by Mr. Billings, July 7, 1901.

Scutellaria churchilliana Fernald. Wet ground along the Pen-
obscot River below the waterworks in 1904. Also found along river
in town of Veazie in 1905.

Scrophularia leporella Bicknell. Observed along the water front
in Bangor the past three years, and found in Brewer by Mr. Billings
in 1905.

Crepis virens agrestis Koch. Many plants growing on a wharf
below “High Head,” July 16, 1904. Thinking it merely a form of

the common fall dandelion we took only a few specimens.

BaAnGor, MAINE.

THE VARIATIONS OF CAREX PAUPERCULA.
M. L. FERNALD.

In 1803 Michaux described from Lake Mistassini at the head of
Rupert River a small Carea which, from its tiny few-flowered spikes,
he named C. paupercula.* By subsequent authors the Michaux plant
has been treated without question as a depauperate phase of the polar
C. irrigua of J. E. Smith? (1826) which was based upon C. limosa,
var. ¿rrigua originally published by Wahlenberg* in 1803 from Scan-
dinavia; while by many recent authors both C. paupercula and C.
irrigua have been treated as identical with the antipodal C. magel-
lanica, described by Lamarck‘ in 1789 from the Straits of Magellan.

A recent study of these three plants has convinced the writer that
in our ordinary interpretation of them we have drifted far from the
original conceptions of Lamarck, Michaux, and Wahlenberg; and
that in order to emphasize certain points which have been too generally
ignored it is necessary to review the characteristics of the plants.
Since the boreal plant described as Carex irrigua is of the broadest
distribution and consequently the best known of the three it may
appropriately receive the first consideration.

As already stated Carex irrigua has by many students been regarded

1 Michx. Fl. ii. 172 (1803). 3 Wahl., Act. Holm, (1803) 162.
? Smith in Hoppe, Caric. Germ. 72 (1826). t Lam. Encyc. iii. 385 (1789).

74 Rhodora [APRIL

as identical with C. magellanica. This identity, as interpreted by
Francis Boott, was not absolute for, while in 1847 he had regarded
the plants as specifically distinct, he subsequently treated them as
varieties of one species. In doing so, however, he reversed in a man-
ner which would nowadays be considered quite irregular the nomen-
clatorial status of the plants, offering the following explanation:—
“I have adopted the name of Lamarck [magellanica], as I cannot see
any specific distinction between the Fuegian and the European and
[North] American plant; but I have described the last as the typical
form, as most generally known, giving a figure of the first as a var. 8." ?

Subsequent authors have varied in their interpretation of the two
plants, but those who have followed Francis Boott in regarding them
as specifically inseparable have generally failed to indicate that there
is even a varietal difference between the two. Others, however, have
regarded the boreal Carex irrigua as specifically distinct from C.
magellanica; and an examination of specimens collected by Dr. R. O.
Cunningham in January, 1869, at Port Famine, and of the descriptions
and plates of Schkuhr, Boott, and others, indicates that this is the
wiser course.

In the first place, Carex magellanica has androgynous spikes. All
descriptions from Lamarck’s original? in 1789 to Macloskie's * in 1904
agree upon this, and in the plates of Schkuhr* and the Flora Antarctica *
the plant is thus represented, though in Boott's Illustrations’ one of
the five specimens drawn is shown with the terminal spike wholly
staminate; and Boott states upon the authority of Spach that, of the
26 specimens in the Herbarium of the Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle
at Paris 2 have the terminal spike staminate and 24 have it staminate
only at base. Of the boreal C. ?rrigua which has recently passed as
C. magellanica 1 have examined 633 inflorescences of which 600 have
the terminal spike strictly staminate and only 33 have it more or less
androgynous. These figures, then, show very clearly opposite ten-
dencies of the two plants.

Furthermore, the much larger scales of Carex magellanica are nearly
or quite as broad as the perigynia. In C. ¿rrigua, on the other hand,
the shorter narrower scales so fail to cover the perigynia that even in

1 Boott in Hook. Fl. Antarct, 365 (1847).

2 Boott, Ill. ii. 80 (1860). 5Schkuhr, Riedgr. 52, t. N., fig. 51 (1801).
* Lam, Encyc. iii. 385 (1789). * Hook. Fl. Antarct. t. 143. (1847).

4 Macloskie, Fl, Pat. 284 (1904). 7 Boott. Ill. ii. t."220 (1860).

1906] Fernald, Variations of Carex paupercula 75

comparatively young plants those whitish organs extend conspic-
uously each side of the narrow scales.

One other character which, from the material at hand, seems to sep-
arate the Fuegian and Patagonian plant from its boreal ally is in the
leaf-sheath. In C. magellanica the pale nerveless band which extends
down the sheath from the auricle is rather firm, opaque, and strongly
dark-dotted. In C. irrigua it is thin and membranous, translucent,
and faintly or obscurely dotted.

In view of these well marked characters of the plants it seems that
the true Carex magellanica of the Patagonian and Fuegian region is
a species quite as distinct from the extreme boreal C. irrigua as are its
other allies, C. laxa, C. limosa, and C. rariflora. The boreal plant,
C. irrigua, however, presents in North America three well marked
variations which it is the final purpose of this paper to discuss. ‘This
fact, that not all the North American specimens are identical with
those of polar and alpine Europe, was noticed as early as 1841 by
Drejer who said: “Specimina americana majora et vegetiora sunt,
quum ulla europaea, quae vidi”*; and this statement was seconded
by Francis Boott? who added that the culm of the North American
plant is frequently scabrous, but who, nevertheless, preferred to regard
this taller often scabrous North American plant as the “typical” C.
magellanica because it was “most generally known.”

A study of the abundant material of Carex irrigua in the Gray Her-
barium and the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club shows
that in the colder parts of Canada and the Eastern States the common
phase of the plant is quite like the European in its comparatively low
stature, castaneous scales, and ordinarily glabrous culms. South-
ward and in the Great Lake region, however, the common form dif-
fers in the characters mentioned by Drejer and by Boott; and with
its tendency to greater stature and often scabrous culms it shows less
color in the scales, these having green central portions and pale brown
to straw-colored margins. In none of these points is the plant thor-
oughly constant, but as a fairly marked American variety it seems
advisable to separate it from the true C. irrigua which in Europe
rarely if ever tends to such an extreme.

Another tendency of the species is the plant which was discovered
by Michaux at Lake Mistassini and which abounds in alpine bogs of

1 Drejer, Revis. 51 (1841). 2 Boott, Ill. ii, 80 (1860).

76 Rhodora [APRIL

the Shickshock Mountains, in Gaspé Peninsula. It is quite like the
typical Carex irrigua except for its smaller stature and its tiny few-
flowered spikes. This plant was described by Michaux as a distinct
species, and a beautiful pencil-sketch in the Gray Herbarium, with
detailed drawings by Decaisne, of an original Michaux specimen,
leaves no question of the identity of the Shickshock plant. This
dwarf alpine or subalpine extreme has the dark scales and the glabrous
culms of typical C. irrigua, so that there is no doubt of its true affinity.
So far as known to the writer this few-flowered plant is confined to the
colder parts of eastern Canada; but since it was described as a species
by Michaux in 1803, long before the wider-distributed C. irrigua was
given specific recognition in 1826, we are obliged, by the rulings of the
recent International Congress at Vienna, to retain for the species the
name given it by Michaux.

The characteristics and nomenclature, then, of the three phases of
Carex paupercula may be summarized as follows.

CAREX PAUPERCUEbA Michx. Culms 1-2.5 dm. high, glabrous:
pistillate spikes few-flowered, ovoid, 4-8 mm. long: scales castaneous
throughout. — Fl. ii. 172 (1803). — Quepec, Lake Mistassini (Mi-
chaux); alpine bogs, Mt. Albert, Gaspé Co., ‘August 12, 1905 (Collins
& Fernald, no. 48).

Var. irrigua (Wahbenberg) comb. nov. Plant 1-4.5 (very rarely
becoming 5-8) dm. high; the culm usually glabrous: pistillate spikes
cylindric, in maturity 1-1.6 cm. long: scales castaneous throughout.—
C. limosa, B, irriqua Wahl. Act. Holm. (1803) 162; Dewey, Sill.
Jour. x. 42 (1826); Torr. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 425 (1836).
C. limosa y, irrigata Wahl. Fl. Lapp. 243, t. 15, fig. 2 (1812). C.
lenticularis Dewey, Sill. Jour. vii. 273 (1824), not Michx. C. irrigua
Smith in Hoppe, Caric. Germ. 72 (1826); Hoppe & Sturm, Caric.
Germ. t. 38 (1829); Reich. Ic. Fl. Germ. viii. 17, t. 238, fig. 594 (1846);
Carey in Gray, Man. 549 (1848); Anders. Cyp. Scand. 36, t. 7, fig. 72
(1849); Liebm. & Lange, FI. Dan. Suppl. 13, t. 106 (1865). C.
magellanica Boott, Ill. ii. 80, t. 219, 220 (1860); Dewey, Am. Jour.
| Sci. xxxix. ser. 2, 70 (1865); Bailey, Proc. Am. Acad. xxii. 94 (1887)
and in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 602 (1890); Britton in Britton & Brown,
Ill. Fl. i. 313 (1896), in part; not Lam.— Boreal and alpine regions
of Europe. In America from the subarctic regions south in cold bogs
and on mountains to Nova Scoria, northern Worcester Co., Massa-
CHUSETTS, Pocono Mt., PENNsYLvaANIA, Pic River, ONTARIO, and

1906] Collins, Intuition as a Substitute for Reference 77

Uran. Most abundant from the Gulf of St. Lawrence to the White
Mountains.

Var. pallens var. nov. Planta 3-8 dm. alta, culmis saepe scabris;
spicis cylindricis 1-1.8 cm. longis, squamis viridibus margine fulvis
vel flavescentibus.— Nova Scotia, peat bogs, North Sydney, July
11, 1883 (J. Macoun): Marner, Arbor Vitae swamps, Presque Isle,
July 12, 1902 (Williams, Collins, & Fernald); Arbor Vitae swamp,
Blaine (Fernald, no. 2038); bog, Crystal, June 24, 1898 (Fernald, no.
2036); sphagnous swamp, Sangerville, July 1, 1895 (Fernald, no.
254); Cedar swamp, Buckfield, July 1, 1878 (J. A. Allen, no. 21a.):
New Hampsuire, Tuckerman’s Ravine, July 11, 1895 (J. R. Church-
al); Crawford Path, Mt. Clinton, July 18, 1895 (E. & C. E. Faxon):
VERMONT, Burlington, June 15, 1896 (A. J. Grout); Cedar swamp,
Fair Haven, June 27, 1899 (W. W. Eggleston): MASSACHUSETTS,
Washington, Berkshire Co., July 5, 1859 (W. Boott): CONNECTICUT,
sphagnous swamp, Norfolk, June 14, 1904 (C. H. Bissell): New
York, Big Square Pond, Adirondack Mts., July 2, 1899 (Rowlee,
Wiegand, & Hastings); Big Swamp, Oriskany (Knieskern): Micm-
GAN, Washington (D. Cooley); deep swamp, Lansing, July 5, 1886
(L. H. Bailey, no. 101), June 24, 1892 (C. A. Davis); Howell Junc-
tion, June 10, 1890 (C. F. Wheeler): MINNESOTA, Minneapolis, July,
1886 (H. M. Simmons): British CoLumbra, head of Deadman’s
River, June 21, 1889 (J. M. Macoun).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

INTUITION AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR REFERENCE.
FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS.

WHEN a new genus is proposed, it is usual for the author to indi cate
the derivation of the new name; and in manuals, floras, etc., these
derivations are often given for all the genera. Some authors, how-
ever, have neglected to give any explanation of their new names, so
that only more or less successful guesses can be made in subsequent
works. But when the later writer depends, as a rule, on his intuitions,
a comparison with the original description may show a curious differ-
ence, as seen in the two cases following.

Among the few algae mentioned in Provancher, Flore Canadienne,

78 . Rhodora [APRIL

we find a reference to a quite rare genus of fresh water, Thorea; it is
doubtful if the plant the author had in mind really belongs to this
genus; but the reference is not without interest in another way. The
genus is noted, p. 760, as follows: — “Thorée, Thorea, Bory. (Allu-
sion au dieu Thor des Scandinaves, qu’on represéntait velu, comme
les rameaux de cette plante.)” Such curious derivations of botanical
names are not unknown, but a reference to the original description by
Bory de St. Vincent, Annales du Muséum, Vol. XII, p. 126, 1808,
shows a dedication to the discoverer, Dr. Thore, of the town of Dax,
an excellent botanist, author of a local flora, ete. Now nothing is
more common than neglecting to look up the original description of a
plant you are discussing, but what a powerful imagination the Abbé
Provancher must have had; or did he have some trusted but untrust-
worthy friend, with no respect for the cloth?

Another case of quite a different character, where an originally
romantic name is reduced to most ordinary prose, can be found in
connection with the genus Pandorina. All algologists know the
Sylloge Algarum of De Toni; a compilation in systematic order of
the descriptions of all recognized species of algae, with references and
synonyms. It is a book that no working algologist can be without,
and indeed, it is a most useful index; the plan is excellent, but there
are sO many inaccuracies, that one sometimes is reminded of the
remark of the ancient Roman about the women; “there is no living
without them, nor with them.”

The work is in Latin, and the derivation of Pandorina is given,
“pas, totus, dora, vestis detracta." ‘The original description is not
easy to find, being in the Encyclopédie Methodique, published in
various series with all sorts of titles and subtitles; it is in the Histoire
Naturelle de Zoophytes, vol. II, p. 600, 1824, and translated, reads,
"Genus of microscopic organisms, type of the singular family of
Pandorinae, in the order of the Gymnopodinae. ‘The living mole-
cules of which are composed the beings that we here include, are
contained in a common envelope, within which they dwell, either
independent of each other, or else in motile groups, still in the inte-
rior of the common envelope. ‘This common envelope reveals, by its
transparency, the strange mysteries of an organization where each
individuality persists; that is to say, where the molecule seems to
exercise a life of its own, while at the same time it co-operates in the
general life. But as, when the box of Pandora opened to spread over

1906] Harger, Records of Connecticut Botanical Society,—I 79

the earth what was contained in it, so here when the general envelope
that imprisons the contained molecules is broken, the latter spread
in every direction in virtue of a volition pertaining to each one of the
globules, now become free. The discovery of such phenomena filled
with wonder the first to observe them, and every one who sees them
for the first time partakes of the same feeling of surprise.”

It is apparently not considered good form for a botanist to pay much
attention to aesthetic or sentimental matters in his scientific work;
but it is to be hoped it will not be considered necessary to suppress
what older authors may have done of this kind.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

RECORDS OF THE CONNECTICUT BOTANICAL
SOCIETY,— I.

E. B. HARGER, Cor. Secr.

Tur Connecticut BOTANICAL Socrety held four field meetings
during the summer of 1905 at Salisbury, Grants, Stratford and Groton.

The first of these was a two-day excursion to Salisbury under the
guidance of Mrs. C. L. Phelps. 'The first day was spent in a trip by
wagon from Canaan to Salisbury. Among other points of interest
was the original New England station for Wolffia. The second day
offered the choice of limestone or mica slate country and among the
interesting plants noted, were Rosa blanda, Ait., Carex Grayit, Carey,
Arisaema Dracontium, Schott., and Arceuthobium pusillum, Peck.

The second excursion was on July 9th to see Rhododendron maxi-
mum, L. in bloom in a swamp near the little station of Grants not far
from Winsted. 'The party was guided by Messrs. Weatherby and
Bissell, who had explored the region in advance and had pacified the
owner of the swamp by a promise of payment for the proposed trespass.
All felt repaid for the outlay of one dollar for the party when the
Rhododendron was found to be in the full splendor of its bloom. Dur-
ing the trip Mrs. Phelps discovered the second station in the state for
Mitella nuda, L., and Mr. Bissell collected a quantity of Carex tribu-
loides, Wahl. var. reducta Bailey not before reported from the state.
Besides these, the members from the southern part of the state were

80 Rhodora [APRIL

gladdened by the sight of many unfamiliar plants, notably Dalibarda
repens, L. and Lycopodium annotinum, L.

The meeting at Stratford on Aug. 6th under the guidance of Dr.
Eames was notable for the discovery of Viola. pectinata, Bickn. by
Mr. Bartlett and of Lysimachia producta, Fern. by Dr. Eames. Many
other species of interest were shown by the guide, among them Trios-
teum angustifolium, L., Viola septemloba, LeConte, V. sagittata, Ait,
Sabbatia stellaris, Pursh. and Woodwardia angustifolia, Smith; while
those who knew Habenaria ciliaris, R. Br. only from scattered speci-
mens will not soon forget a field which it covered with orange.

At Groton on Sept. Ist with Dr. Graves for guide the party first
explored the border of Poquonnoc Lake, where Mr. Bissell discovered
Cuscuta compacta, Juss. and Mr. Harger Sagittaria longirostra, J. G.
Smith, both new to Connecticut. Besides these, Carex oligosperma,
Michx., Juncus militaris, Bigelow, Utricularia biflora, Lam., Lycopus
sessilifolius, Gray, and other species of interest were seen. After
lunch the party proceeded by trolley to the sea-shore near Noank
where they saw Prunus Gravesii, Britt., at its type station and Ligus-
ticum Scoticum, L., at the limit of its southern range.

The annual meeting was held at New Haven, Jan. 27th, 1906. The
former officers were re-elected, viz: — President, Prof. A. W. Evans;
Vice-President, Dr. C. B. Graves; Secretary and Treasurer, Dr. E.
H. Eames; Corresponding Secretary, Mr. E. B. Harger; Member
of the Executive Committee, Mr. C. H. Bissell. 1

Dr. Graves reported on the proposed catalogue of the plants of the
state, which he described as well under way and likely to be published
this year. Mr. C. H. Bissell then read a paper on the Ferns of Con-
necticut, treating all species of ferns and fern-allies known from the
state and exhibiting specimens. After a report of the Salisbury excur-
sion, the meeting adjourned for dinner. In the afternoon Mr. A. H.
Graves of the Yale Forest School gave a résumé of the Trees of Con-
necticut, showing specimens of each species and giving remarks on
the distribution and other items of interest. This was followed by
reports of the other field-meetings and an exhibition of specimens
collected during the year by members; after which the meeting closed
with an hour of informal talk.

OXFORD, CONNECTICUT.

Vol. 8, no. 67, including pages 49 to 68 and plates 66 to 70, was issued 27
March, 1906.

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacea) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
Gray HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by EDWARD L.
RAND and Jonn H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WILLIAM Morris Davis. 1894. And a new map of the Island. Igor.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale.—Address
EDWARD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
RouNDps Co., Providence, R. I.

THE FLOWER-LOVER'S MAGAZINE

If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It
is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise
interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to

WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
Binghamton, N. Y.

GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS.

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

CONCORD NURSERIES, Concord, Massachusetts. Established on
Minot Pratt’s Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including Rodora, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.

SUPPLIES for the Botanist in FIELD, HERBARIUM or LABORA-
TORY. SAMPLES of Driers, Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and
NEW LIST of PLANT MATERIAL for 1906 mailed on request.
PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS and HERBARIUM ESSEN-
TIALS.

Prompt Attention. Standard Material. Immediate Shipments.

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT’S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, 1 ; : $1.00
With Gray's Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . s 1.80
With Gray’s Manual of Botany, ! . . j 2.25

For the High School! Laboratory and Class Room.

By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M., of the Ames
Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray's text-books their extraordinary success. It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiologyare also fully treated.
The illustrations number 384, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.

T practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

American Book Company
New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874

Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.

Six Numbers a year:— February, April, June, August, October, Decem-
ber. Annual subscription One Dollar.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U. S. A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year. Established 1897 12 numbers

Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.
Edited by Francis E. Lloyd
Teachers College, Columbia University,
Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS i
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD $ Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER f

WILLIAM PENN RICH l

Publicati a ittee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND { oran neon Sommi

Vol. 8. May, 1906. No. 89.
CONTENTS:
Notes on Trisetum and Graphephorum. F. Lamson-Scribner. 81
Anomalous Plants of Tiarella and Mitella. M. L. Fernald go
Notes on our Yellow Cypripediums. 0. W. Knight 93
Two new Species of Rubus. W. H. Blanchard 95
Some new Records of Maine Plants. 0. W. Knight . 98
Remarks on Mr. House's Paper on Pogonia. Theo. Holm 100
Boston, Mass. Providence, R. 1l.

740 Exchange Building. — || Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.-A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume t, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost ofcollection. Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to |

B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec’y N. E. Botanical Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PUTNAM’s SONS,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. S. MATHEWS, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,
Mass. i

NOTICE

Mosses with a Hand-lens, Second Edition, will contain 200 pages instead of
150 as at first planned. To cover the additional cost the price will become $1.75
on all orders received after April Ist, 1905.

Parts I and II of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready at $1.00
per part. As soon as part V is issued the price will be increased to $1.25.

A supplement including all the species of Gray’s Manual range not included
in the main work and keys to al! the species, will be issued to supply the demand
for a complete manual. Sample pages sent on application.

A. J. GROUT, 360 LENOX ROAD, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS

and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.
: HARLAN P. KELSEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.

Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts.

||. GROUT l
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. Seventy-five pages, $1.10 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.00 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
O. T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8. May, 1906. No. 89.

NO'TES ON TRISETUM AND GRAPHEPHORUM.

F. LAMSON-SCRIBNER.

THE limitations of the larger genera of the tribe Aveneae are in
no case clearly defined, and the classification of many of the species
will always be determined with more or less doubt, resting finally upon
the judgment of the agrostologist, rather than upon any definite char-
acters. Some of the smaller genera in the tribe are established upon
purely technical or artificial characters subject to more or less individual
variation, and at best of questionable taxonomic value. Such are
Aira, Graphephorum, and Ventenata, while one has only to consult the
synonymy of the species of Avena, Deschampsia and Trisetum to dis-
cover how varied have been the views concerning them, species resting
for a time in one genus only to be shifted by a later author to another,
until some have figured for a season in three or even more recognized
genera. Botanists have repeatedly attempted to fix upon characters
which would sharply outline a genus, and in some cases have sought to
attain this result by establishing new genera. Deschampsia, Dan-
thonia and Trisetum were thus segregated from Aira and Avena, but
with the advancement of our knowledge through the investigation of
more abundant material and discovery of ‘‘new” species, the generic
limits have been broken here and there until we are forced to admit the
futility of the attempt, accepting the fact that the different groups or
divisions of organic life even to the ultimate specific units, however
natural they may appear, present variations which, in one way or
another, so connect them together that they present a unity of develop-
ment wherein genera and species become simply the expressions of the
scientist, merely serving to facilitate his efforts in studying the grand
scheme of nature.

>
Y

82 Rhodora. La [May
Td |

Specific characters, or those used to define species, are no less vari-
able than the generic, and it is the purpose of this paper to call atten-
tion to some of these in a few of our native grasses concerning whose
classification there has been some- diversity of opinion. A brief dis-
cussion of the genera included is necessary to the presentation of the
subject.

Triserum.— Persoon, in 1805, segregated from Avena a number
of species upon which he founded the genus Trisetum with the follow-
ing characters: “Cal. 2-3-florus, acuminatus, carinatus. Cor. aristis
2 terminalibus subdentiformibus (glum. apice setoso-bifidis), 1 dorsali
recta nec contorta, flosc. ut plurimum glabris. (Spiculae compressae,
pallescentes.)"' The bidentate flowering glumes straight, not twisted,
dorsal awns and compressed spikelets were apparently the differential
characters. Persoon evidently had some doubts as to the limitations of
his genus, for he concludes his enumeration of the species by the obser-
vation: “Nonnullae generis 4 venae species ex. gr. Av. pensylvanica,
lupulina et purpurea huc quoque pertinere videntur, quae ulterius
examen hine merentur." Trisetum palustre he leaves in Avena.
Eleven species make up the genus, six of which are now referred to
other genera; one, the first described, to Ventenata; two to Danthonia;
and three to Avena. The fourth species described, T. nitidum Pers.,
is still retained in the genus, and being the first species for which a fig-
ure is cited, must be accepted, according to the opinion of some tax-
onomists, as the type of the genus.

Seven years later, in 1812, Beauvois? takes up Trisetum, increasing
the number of species to eighteen, only half of which, according to the
Kew Index, are now retained in the genus; Ventenata, Danthonia,
Aira, and Avena claiming seven while two are merely synonyms.
It may be of interest to note here that the Trisetum subspicatum
is the Aira subspicata of Linnaeus* but was published six years
earlier by the same author under Aira spicata (Linn. Sp. Pl. 1:
64. 1753),* the name taken up by Richter in 1890 (Richt. Pl. Eu. 1:
59.) Beauvois apparently had a very clear conception of the genus as
it is understood today, and his failure to apply properly his diagnosis,
shown by his rather heterogeneous assemblage of species, only seems to

1 Pers, Syn. 1: 97. 1805.

2 Agros. 88, Pl. 18, fig. 1.

38yst. Nat. ed. 10. 2: 873. 1759.

4 Aira spicata on page 63 of Species Plantarum was changed by Linnaeus in the
errata to Aira indica.

Sa NA

1906] Lamson-Scribner,— Trisetum and Graphephorum 83

emphasize the fact already noted, that the element of opinion or judg-
ment plays no small part in the deductions of the keenest observers.
That Beauvois was an acute observer of rare judgment his work
amply shows, and his diagnosis of Trisetum, here quoted, presents all
the essential characters embodied in the more pretentious efforts of
recent authors. “Axis paniculatus: Panicula composita.— Glumae
membranaceae, 3-5-florae, longitudine flosculorum: Palea infer. biseta,
dorso supra medium aristata: Arista herbacea, flexuosa, raro plicata.”
He separates Danthonia and Avena from Trisetum by the character of
the awn, which in these genera he describes as being plicate and twisted,
while Deschampsia has the apex of the flowering glume multidentate,
with the slender awn inserted near its base. He makes no mention
of the relationship of the genus with Eatonia, Koeleria, or Deyeuxia,
and fails to recognize the genus Ventenata, published by Koeler (Desc.
Gram. 272, 1802).

Beauvois separates Graphephorum chiefly by the shortness of the
awn: “paleae bifido-dentatae: infer. inter dentes mucronata.” Hairi-
ness of the rachilla is common to most species of Trisetum, and there
are both North and South American species in which the awns are very
short or even suppressed entirely. Desvaux (Gay, Flor. Chil. 6: 352,
1853) forms a section in the genus, Sect. Koeleria, to include the
species in which the awns are straight, usually short, or sometimes
wanting. He includes in this section Trisetum micratherum and T.
subaristatum. Grisebach (In Abhandl. Gesellsch. Wiss. Goett. 24:
292, 1879) transfers T. micratherum Desv. to Koeleria. I have seen
the grass referred by Philippi (Ann. Univ. Chil. 43: 568, 1873) to this
species, and would retain it in Trisetum. It is distinguished from
Koeleria by its decidedly unequal empty glumes, bearded callus and
rachilla, and short subterminal awns. The texture and character of
the glumes are like those of T. Wolfii Vasey, and the inflorescence is
much the same as in that species. Philippi (Ann. Univ. Chil. 94:
26, 1896) refers his Trisetum minutiflorum to the same section —
(Koeleriae), but this grass is not referable to Trisetum. It belongs
to the section Lophochloa of Koeleria, being most closely allied to
K. phleoides and K. villosa Pers.

Trinius (Fund. Agros. 157, 1820.) unites Trisetum with Avena, but
later (Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. VI, 1: 59, 1830) he takes up the genus
and in his diagnosis describes the flowering glume as “bidentate vel
bisubulate, dorso arista vel infra apicem setigera (rarissime mutica).”

84 Rhodora [May

He divides the genus into three sections; those species having “per-
ianthiis bidentatis, aristis (setis) abbreviatis” form his section “b,” to
which he refers Koeleria villosa and K. phleoides Pers. The third
section, which is established with a query, has the flowering glumes
awnless. Here he includes Eatonia obtusata (Mx.) A. Gray and E. penn-
sylvanica (D.C.) A. Gray, with the remark that the latter is similar
to Trisetum palustre. It is clear that Trinius recognized the close
relationship of Eatonia and Koeleria with Trisetum by uniting these
genera with it, although he apparently excluded them a few years later
when he published (Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. VI. 47: 10-11, 1836) a
more complete diagnosis of the genus, evidently the result of much
careful study. He does not appear to have made any reference to
Graphephorum melicoideum, at least I have failed to discover any,
but this grass would certainly fall under Trisetum as above charac-
terized.

GRAPHEPHORUM:— In a memoir upon some new genera of Gramineae
published in 1810 (Nov. Bull. Soc. Philom. de Paris, II. 2: 189) Des-
vaux established the genus Graphephorum upon Michaux's Aira
melicoides, published in 1803 (Flor. Bor. Am. 1: 62). Michaux de-
scribes his plant as follows:

“A. erecta, glabra, planifolia: panicula parvula, subracematim
coarctata: gluma communi partialibusque majusculis, lineari-lanceo-
latis, muticis; his basi villis cinctis: minutissimo tertii flosculi rudi-
mento pedicellato.

“Obs. Ex secundi flosculi basi nascitur pedicellus longiusculus,
villosus, vix perceptibili floris rudimento terminatus.

“Hab. Canada.”

Desvaux evidently examined specimens of the grass, probably
Michaux's, for he adds some characters in his diagnosis not noted by
the author of the species.

“Graphephorum. Gluma biflora valvulae acutae integerrimae;
glumellae inclusae; valvulae bifidae, appendix interflorus, elongatus,
pilosus, pilis secundis. Spiculae paniculatae.

“Graphephorum melicoideum Desv.

“Aira melicoides Michx.

“T/appendice qui characterise ce genre, ne ressemble point à une
fleur avortée, c'est un corps tout particulier."

He does not compare Graphephorum with Trisetum, but separates
it from Aira by the peculiar character of the prolongation of the

1906] Lamson-Scribner,— Trisetum and Graphephorum 85

rachilla, which he makes the essential character of his new genus,
placing it with Triodia.

Beauvois in 1812 recognizes Graphephorum, and adds a little to the
generic characters without increasing the number of species. He says
(Agros. 76): “Flosc. suprem. pedicellato, abortivo, villosissimo.— Pa-
leae bifido-dentatae: infer. inter dentes mucronata.” He evidently
looked upon the hairy prolongation of the rachilla as an aborted floret,
and his specimens showed the minute awn below the teeth of the
flowering glume, which character was not manifest in the material
examined by Michaux and Desvaux, or was overlooked by them, but
which is nevertheless common, the awn often being quite conspicuous.

In 1856, Dr. Asa Gray published (Man. ed. 2: 556) as new a form
of Aira melicoides Mich. under the genus Dupontia, naming it D.
Cooleyi and comparing it with Aira caespitosa and Aira bothnica.
Later, having discovered the relation of his grass with Michaux's
Aira melicoides, Graphephorum melicoideum of Desvaux, he revised
the genus Graphephorum (Annal. Bot. Soc. Canada, 1: 55-57, 1861)
modifying its characters so as to include the species of Scolochloa,
Dupontia, and Colpodium, reducing his Dupontia Cooleyi to a variety
of Graphephorum melicoides, characterizing it as “a luxuriant form
from 2 to 3 feet high with ampler panicles.”

There is in the Gray Herbarium a specimen collected by Dr. Cooley
in Macomb Co., Michigan, which is doubtless the type of this variety,
and in its robust habit and pilose leaves, Gray very naturally failed at
first to connect it with the more slender and glabrous plant described
by Michaux. This specimen has scabrous leaves which are pilose
upon the upper surface, spikelets 6-7 mm. long, unequal empty glumes,
the broad 3-nerved second glume nearly equalling the spikelet and the
oblong obtuse flowering glumes, which are entirely awnless. The
rather stiff hairs on the rachilla are about 1.5 mm. long. This variety
is exactly represented in the National Herbarium by 26,222 J. Macoun,
from Johnston’s Harbor, Lake Huron, collected in 1901.

Both Hackel (Engl. € Pr. Naturl. Pflanzenf. 2?: 74, 1887) and
Baillon (Hist. d. Plant. 12: 212, 1894) hold Graphephorum as a genus
distinct from Dupontia, Scolochloa, and Colpodium; but regard it
as being closely allied to them, placing it with them in the Festuceae.
This disposition appears to be wholly unwarranted, for there is nothing
in common between Graphephorum and the genera above named ex-
cepting the hairiness about the base of the flowering glume, while there

86 Rhodora [May

are striking features suggesting relationship with the Aveneae as indi-
cated by the earlier authors. The habit of the plant, the character of
the inflorescence, the texture and nervation of the glumes, the inequal-
ity and length of the outer ones, the hairiness of the rachilla, and the
occasional presence of an awn below the apex of the floral glumes all
point to a close relationship with Trisetum. "The entire absence of
the awn in the specimens first described has been the stumbling block
apparently, leading various authors to erroneous conclusions. As al-
ready noted, the reduction of the awn in length sometimes to a mere
mucronate point or even its entire suppression is not uncommon among
the Aveneae. In Avena, the cultivated oat is often awnless; the awns
are very variable in Deschampsia caespitosa; in Trisetum fil ifoliaScribn.
the awns are very short (less than 1 mm.), while in T. filifolium pubes-
cens they are well developed (3-4 mm.); T. muticum (Thurb.) Scribn.
has both short-awned and awnless spikelets; while in T. montanum
Vasey short-awned forms also occur.

At the Philadelphia meeting of the A. A. A. S. in 1884, Dr. Vasey
presented a. paper in which he pointed out the close relationship of
Eatonia with Trisetum, concluding with the statement “that Eatonia
and Erisetum are very closely related, and should both be in the sec-
tion Avenaceae, as also should some species of the genus Graphe-
phorum.” (Bot. Gaz. 9: 167. 1884) The species of Graphephorum
referred to by Dr. Vasey were G. melicoideum Desv. and G. W olfit
Vasey. The relationship of these with Trisetum was discussed by the
present writer at the same meeting, and published in connection with
Dr. Vasey's communication. (Bot. Gaz. l. c. figs. 4-5) The writer
here says, quoting a letter from Dr. Vasey: “Graphephorum meli-
coides should be Trisetum melicoides; or if a genus (Graphephorum)
be made for it, it should come next to Trisetum or Avena, for it is evi-
dently Avenaceous," Here we have the first definite reference of
Graphephorum melicoideum to Trisetum. More recent investigations
and present very careful study of the entire subject, aided by the ample
material in the National Herbarium, have only served to establish
more firmly the conclusions set forth by Dr. Vasey.

'TRISETUM MELICOIDEUM (Michx.) Vasey, Bot. Gaz. 9: 169, 1894;
Aira melicoides Michx. Flor. Bor. Am. 1:62, 1803; Graphephorum
melicoideum Desv. Nouv. Bull. Soc. Philom. 2: 189, 1810; Beauv.
Agrost. 76, Pl. 15, fig. 8, 1812; Scribn. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agros.
Bul. 20, fig. 121, 1900.

1906] | Lamson-Scribner,— Trisetum and Graphephorum 87

A slender glabrous perennial, with flat leaves and open nodding
panicles 10-12 cm. long. Spikelets 2-3-flowered, about 6 mm. long,
with unequal empty glumes, the broader 3-nerved second glumes
about equalling the florets; flowering glumes narrow, oblong, obtuse
or imperfectly 2-lobed or 2-toothed, awnless or with a very short awn
just below the apex (see figures above cited); paleae about 1 shorter
than the glume, hyaline; callus and joints of the rachilla hairy, the
hairs on the rachilla, at least the upper ones, 1.5 to 2 mm. long.

Specimens examined: Mt. Kineo, Maine, C. E. & A. H. Smith,
1868; St. Anne des Monts River, Quebec, O. D. Allen, 1881; Made-
leine River, Quebec, J. Macoun, 1882.

Trisetum melicoideum Cooleyi (Gray) Scribn. n. comb.; Dupontia
Cooleyi A. Gray, Man. ed. 2: 556, 1856; Graphephorum melicoides
major A. Gray, Annals Bot. Soc. Can. 1:* 57, 1861; G. melicoides
Cooleyi Scribn. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 5: 53, 1894.

Lower sheaths pubescent, upper surface of the leaves pilose; flower-

ing glumes 5-6 mm. long, minutely punctate-scabrous, entire at the

acute apex, awnless. Otherwise as in the species.

Specimens in the National Herbarium: Orion, Michigan, no. 882,
O. A. Farwell, 1895; Flint, Michigan, D. Clark; Winooski River,
Vermont, C. G. Pringle, 1877; St. Francis, Maine, no. 187, M. L. Fer-
nald, 1893; Western Vermont, no. 1753, L. R. Jones, 1899; Gault,
Ontario, no. 54, Wm. Harriot, 1901; Canada, no. 131, J. Macoun,
1871. Shores Lake Huron, Canada, no. 26,222, J. Macoun, 1901;
Rocky Banks, Lake Huron, Macoun, July, 1874.

In the specimen last mentioned the spikelets are 3- to 4-flowered
and 9 mm. long; the callus hairs 1-2 mm. long, soft and lax.

A glabrous form from Vermont, collected by Mr. C. G. Pringle in
1876, connects the variety with the species. It has the elongated lower
leaves and entire flowering glumes in which the midnerve is some-
times excurrent just below the minutely toothed apex.

TrisetumM WoLri Vasey, Monthly Report U. S. Dept. Agr. Mar.
156, 1874; Bot. Wheeler Expedition 7: 294, Pl. 27, fig. 1, 2, 3, 1878;
Graphephorum Wolfii Vasey in Coulter Man. Rocky Mt. Bot. 423,
1885.

A rather slender caespitose perennial, with glabrous culms, flat
leaves, and contracted usually densely flowered panicles 10 to 20 cm.
long. Sheaths and leaves glabrous or pubescent, varying to pilose.
Spikelets 2-3-flowered, 5-7 mm. long, slightly compressed; empty
glumes subequal in length, broadly lanceolate, acute, scabrous on the

88 Rhodora [May

keel above, the first 1-nerved, the second a little broader and 3-nerved;
flowering glumes oblong, minutely erose, dentate at the rounded or
imperfectly 2-lobed apex, the first 5 to 6 mm. long, awned on the back
a little below the apex or awnless. Palea nearly as long as the glume.
Callus and rachilla bearded, hairs short. Awn when present rarely
extending beyond the apex of the glume, but varying in length from .5 to
3.0 mm.

Colorado, Idaho, Washington, Oregon, and California. Type
locality, Twin Lakes, Colorado.

The typical form of this species, which does not extend west of the
Rocky Mountains, is glabrous throughout. It is represented in the
National Herbarium by the following specimens: COLORADO, no. 693,
Geo. Vasey, 1868; no. 668, Hall & Harbour, 1873; no. 333, F. E.
Clements, 1896; no. 180, C. F. Baker, 1899; no. 1063, C. L. Shear,
1896; nos. 1449, 1482, Shear & Bessey, 1898; WYOMING, nos. 4013,
4012, Aven Nelson, 1897;*no. 455, E. Nelson, 1901; no. 2617, T. A.
Williams, 1897; no. 7787, Aven Nelson, 1900. MONTANA, no. 493, C.
L. Shear, 1905; Uram, no. 4292, Pammel & Backwood, 1902.

Trisetum Wolfii muticum (Thurb.) Scribner, n. comb.

Trisetum subspicatum muticum Thurb. in Brew. € S. Wats. Bot.
Calif. 2: 296, 1880; T. muticum Scribn. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agros.
Bul. 11: 50, fig. 10, 1898.

Sheaths pubescent, often quite densely so, with downwardly directed
hairs, leaves pubescent or pilose only upon the upper surface. CALI-
FORNIA, no. 5019, Bolander, 1866; OREGON, no. 1314, W. C. Cusick,
1886; no. 2333, Cusick, 1899; no. 147, Griffiths & Hunter, 1902;
W AsHINGTON, no. 949, W. N. Sulesdorf, 1889; no. 101, Sulesdorf, 1884;
MONTANA, no. 370, F. Lamson-Scribner, 1883; no. 573, R. S. Wi-
liams, 1890; no. 3080, P. A. Rydberg, 1896; Inano, no. 435, Heller,
Sandberg & McDougal, 1892; no. 1049, J. B. Leiberg, 1895, panicles
unusually lax; no. 2812, C. V. Piper, 1898 (specimen in Gray Herb.).

Specimens with the lower sheaths finely scabro-pubescent occur
throughout the range of the species, connecting the pubescent with
the glabrous forms.

The spikelets of T. Wolfii are less compressed and the glumes are
somewhat firmer in texture than in T. spicatum molle, from any form
of which it is readily separated by its subequal empty glumes. This
latter character, together with the narrower, elongated and densely
flowered panicles, at once distinguish Trisetum Wolfii from any form

1906] Lamson-Scribner,— Trisetum and Graphephorum 89

of T. melicoideum. From the more nearly allied Trisetum altijugum
Scribn. n. comb. (Graphephorum altijugum Fourn.) by its larger pani-
cles and spikelets which are about 4 mm. long. The panicle of T.
altijugum resembles that of Sporobolus indicus.

TRISETUM MONTANUM Vasey, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 13: 118, 1886;
T. alpestre Vasey, Bot. Wheeler Exped. 6: 294, Pl. 27, fig. 4, 5, 6,
1878 — not T. alpestre Beauv. 1812; Trisetum Shearii Scribn. U. S.
Dept. Agr. Div. Agros. Circ. 30: 8, 1901; Graphephorum Shearii
Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 32: 602, 1905.

Dr. Vasey at first referred this grass to the European Trisetum alpes-
tre; later he noted its close relationship with T. flavescens, and he
says (MS. notes in National Herbarium): “much like T. flavescens,
but wanting in the color; the leaves are much longer, the spikelets are
smaller, the flowering glumes much more acuminate, the awns shorter
and less twisted." The specimens of the Wheeler Expedition (no.
669, J. Wolfe) are about 2.5 dm. high, with rather densely flowered
panicles 6-8cm. long. Robust specimens 6-10 dm. high, with more
open panicles 10 to 20 cm. long, are represented in the National
Herbarium from Idaho Falls, no. 720, C. L. Shear, and nos. 2481,
2484, 2491, P. A. Rydberg, 1895. It is difficult to separate these from
T. flavescens, the most obvious difference being in the awn, which is
straight or simply divergent in T. montanum, while in T. flavescens it is
twisted below and distinctly geniculate. The glumes, especially the
flowering ones, are a very little broader in the last named species.

'The lower sheaths and leaves vary from being entirely glabrous to
pilose or pubescent, as in no. 2479, P. A. Rydberg, and no. 718, C. L.
Shear, 1895, both from Idaho Springs. Other specimens with the
lowermost sheaths pubescent come from Las Vegas, New Mexico, col-
lected by G. R. Vasey, and from Garland, Colorado, no. 71, C. L.
Shear, 1900. Variations in the length of the awn occurs in this as in
other species of Trisetum, and the color varies from pale silvery green
to purplish shades, the shortening of the awn occurring in the latter,
being especially manifest in no. 1214, C. L. Shear, from Silverton, Colo-
rado, specimens that were at first regarded as representing a distinct
species (T. Shearii Scribn.). Other specimens showing intermediate
characters occur connecting the short-awned forms with the longer
awned types.

The distribution of Trisetum montanum appears to be limited to the
mountain regions of Colorado and New Mexico.

WasHINGTON, D. C.

90 Rhodora [May

SOME ANOMALOUS PLANTS OF TIARELLA AND
MITELLA.

M. L. FERNALD.

THE occurrence, at least in the wild state, of inter-generic hybrids
is so unusual that the following instances of what seem with little ques-
tion to be hybrids between Tiarella cordifolia and species of Mitella
are worthy special record and closer observation in the field.

My attention was recently called to the existence of these plants by
the receipt from Mr. J. M. Macoun of a sheet of specimens collected
by his father, Professor John Macoun, on rocks in a ravine near
Eel River, New Brunswick, on August 29, 1899. The plant which
suggested to Professor Macoun the long-lost, and never rediscovered,
Mitella prostrata described by Michaux from Lake Champlain, is in
aspect like a freely stoloniferous plant of M. nuda, in the rounded lobes
of the leaves and the very slender stolons inseparable from that plant.
Its inflorescences, borne irregularly at the tips of the leafy flagelliform
stolons are quite unlike those of M. nuda, but in their short oblong
outline suggest the racemes of Tiarella cordifolia. The flowers, too,
are structurally similar to those of Tiarella: the petaloid calyx free from
the subulate capsules which vary from 1 to 3 and are apparently quite
empty and inclined to shrivel without enlarging; the petals when pres-
ent linear-spatulate and entire or ciliate-margined, rarely exceeding the
sepals; the stamens as in Tiarella, and varying from 5 to 10. The
stolons bear numerous reddish deeply lacerate stipules which some-
times subtend normal leaves, and again bear in their axils minute sub-
ulate bodies resembling the pistils of the racemose flowers; and in the
racemes many of the flowers are subtended by the conspicuous ciliate-
fimbriate bracts which are much larger and more freely cleft than the
bracts in normal Tiarella.

From the above description it will be seen that the Eel River plant
is aberrant in many regards. With the habit of Mitella nuda, it has
flowers which structurally suggest Tiarella cordifolia, though the petals
are sometimes ciliate, a character which suggests the fimbriate petals
of Mitella. The sterility of the plant, and its eccentric habit of flower-
ing from the tips of the stolons at the end of August, instead of in early
summer when both Mitella nuda and Tiarella cordifolia are normally

1906] Fernald,— Anomalous Plants of 'Tiarella and Mitella — 91

in anthesis,’ indicates, in connection with its other characters, that the
anomalous plant from Eel River is a probable hybrid between those
two species, both of which abound in the St. John Valley.

Another plant which seems to be a hybrid of Tiarella cordifolia and
a species of Mitella was noted by Dr. Gray? in 1886, although that fact
seems to have been overlooked in two recent extended publications on
the North American Saxifragaceae’ where another probable hybrid,
between Mitella diphylla and M. nuda, is recognized by both authors,
by Dr. Rydberg as M. intermedia Bruhin; by Dr. Rosendahl as M.
diphylla, forma intermedia, with the suggestion as already made by
Mr. Bruhin in a letter to Dr. Gray that the plant is a hybrid. The plant
referred to by Dr. Gray in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club
has the aspect of a small-flowered Tiarella with unusually rounded
leaves, and the small petals are more or less lacerated. "This plant
which was thought by Dr. Gray to be a possible hybrid of Tíarella
cordifolia and Mitella diphylla is represented by two sheets in the Gray
Herbarium, one from Williamstown, Massachusetts (coll. Sanborn
Tenney), the other from Wilton, New Hampshire (coll. M. A. C. Liver-
more).

Since the parents of these supposed hybrids are all common in many
portions of New England and eastern Canada it is hoped that the above
notes will stimulate those who have opportunity to watch them in
the field to observe whether this tendency to inter-generic hybrids is
more common than we suppose, and, more important still, whether
these plants, as seems to be the case, are always sterile.

Another plant which should be sought by northeastern botanists is
Mitella prostrata Michx. discovered by Michaux more than a century
ago near Lake Champlain, but so far as we know not since detected.
This was originally described as

M. ‘‘prostrata. M. radice repente; caulibus prostratis, alterne
foliosis: foliis rotundato-cordatis, subacutis, obtuse sublobatis.

Hab. ad fines meridionales Canadae.”*

This plant was taken by Torrey and Gray to be a peculiar extreme

1 Tiarella cordifolia flowers regularly in late spring and early summer, and rarely if
ever produces autumnal flowers. Mitella nuda, on the other hand, is inclined to pro-
duce flowers somewhat erratically throughout the summer and autumn, though its sea-
son of profuse blooming is in late spring and early summer.

2 A. Gray, Bull. Torr, Bot. Cl, xiii, 85 (as insert), 100 (1886).

3 Rydberg, N. A. Fl. xxii. pt. 2, (1905); Rosendahl in Engler, Bot. Jahrb, xxxvii.
Beibl. 83 (1905).

1 Michx, Fl, i, 270 (1803).

E.

92 Rhodora [May

of M. nuda: “B. creeping shoots assurgent at the extremity, bearing
a terminal raceme”;* and subsequent authors have very generally con-
sidered the plant a phase of M. nuda, while both Doctors Rydberg
and Rosendahl in their monographs reduce it to unquestioned synon-
ymy as identical with that well-known northern species.

Michaux's specimen at the Muséum d' Histoire Naturelle in Paris,
however, shows that, while the plant is an undoubted Mitella, it is far
from identical with M. nuda. The sheet, bearing besides analytical
notes the inscription in Michaux's hand ''Mifella prostrata. Lac
Champlain," shows a plant as coarse as M. diphylla, with a thickish
subterranean creeping rhizome, but no slender stolons as in M. nuda;
the leaves strongly angulate-lobed as in M. diphylla; and the ascending
flowering-stem 3.6 dm. high (taller than most M. diphylla) and bear-
ing 4 very remote alternate leaves, the two lower strongly angled and
long-petioled,*the two upper scarcely angled and subsessile. The
raceme is very long-peduncled (6 cm. long), though a remote solitary
flower is borne from the axil of the uppermost leaf. In general the
inflorescence suggests that of M. diphylla, but the pedicels, 3-6 mm.
long, are much longer than in that species, in which they are normally
from 1.5 to 2.5 mm. long. In these rather long pedicels alone does the
Michaux specimen of M. prostrata approach the more slender round-
leaved scapose M. nuda to which it has too long been referred; but
in the long pedicels as well as in its remote alternate leaves it strongly
suggests Nuttall’s M. caulescens of the Northwest. That clearly-
marked species, however, has the pedicels strongly divergent while
those of M. prostrata are as strongly ascending.

This detailed account of Michaux's original specimen of Mitella
prostrata is here included not because, as in the case of the first two
plants discussed in these notes, it is an apparent hybrid, but because
it is evidently a lost species. Whether it is a plant genetically
distinct from both the well-known eastern species it is now impossible
to say; but the definition of the type-region, “‘ad fines meridionales
Canadae,” supplemented by Michaux's manuscript record “Lac
Champlain,” is sufficiently clear; and the Champlain Valley is being
explored by botanists too keen and discriminating to overlook Mitella
prostrata if, as in Michaux’s day, it still grows near the border of Ver-
mont.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

1 T. & G., Fl, i. 586 (1840).

1906] Knight,— Notes on our Yellow Cypripediums 93

SOME NOTES ON OUR YELLOW CYPRIPEDIUMS.
Ora W. KNIGHT.

ThoucH the extreme forms of our native yellow Cypripediums
have been recognized as species under the names Cypripedium pubes-
cens Willd. (Sp. Pl. 4: 143. 1805) and C. parviflorum Salisb. (Trans.
Linn. Soc. 1: 77. 1791) I have long doubted their specific distinctness.
Study of the plants growing in the field and also of some under cul-
tivation in the garden would seem to prove that we have at best a spe-
cies, C. parviflorum Salisb., which would appear to be our small
flowered‘ plant which has commonly passed under this name, while
the larger flowered form would appear to require the name, Cypri-
pedium parviflorum var. pubescens, in order that its exact relationship
be better expressed.

On May 30, 1901, Mr. F. M. Billings found a clump bearing eleven
flowering stalks which could be referred under the descriptions in the
current manuals to no other species than Cypripedium pubescens.
They agreed perfectly with the descriptions in size of flower, compres-
sion of lip, shape of foliage and all the characters except color of the
blossoms which were bright, not pale yellow. These plants were grow-
ing in very rich soil in low shady woods. A portion of the plant was
pressed and three flowers from it are now in my herbarium. Mr.
Billings transplanted part of the cluster into his garden, putting them
into less rich soil and in a sunnier spot than where they naturally grew.
In 1905 the characters of these plants were so far changed that they
would pass very well for the small-flowered plant, Cypripedium parvi-
florum. The whole plant had become shorter and slenderer with
narrower foliage, the lips of the flowers less than an inch in length
(some were two inches at time when transplanted), lips not appre-
ciably flattened laterally and in fact not any longer possessing the
characters of the large-flowered plant.

During the past few years I have annually transplanted into my gar-
den clumps of a plant which agreed in all essential characters with the
Cypripedium parviflorum of the manuals, save that in most instances
the blossoms were pale yellow, not bright yellow, as called for by the
descriptions, but some plants had bright yellow blossoms though not
otherwise differing. The plants longest growing in the garden (about
five years) have increased in size, have larger broader foliage, flowers
with lips up to one and three-quarters inches long which are deeper

94 Rhodora [May

yellow colored; and in fact many have the essential characters of what
has passed as C. pubescens, while others not so long in the garden do not
show quite so great a change. My plants were originally growing in
moss in a cold bog, and did not blossom until past the middle of June,
many not until the first of July. I transplanted them into very rich
soil in a sunny locality, and now the earliest bloom sometimes by
the third week in May, and even plants which were transplanted the
year before are in bloom by June first. All the plants bear increased
numbers of flowering stalks, and nearly all the stalks bear two flowers
where originally it was very rare to find more than one on a stalk.
One season two stalks from the same plant bore flowers whose lip on
one stalk was laterally compressed while on the other it was strongly
compressed from above, there being one flower on each of these stalks.

While studying the plants in their natural habitat in Maine I have
repeatedly found many which were intermediate in characters between
Cypripedium parviflorum and C. pubescens and in most instances plants
readily referable to one or the other form (sometimes both forms) were
growing with these intermediates. In both the large-flowered and
small-flowered plants I have seen flowers both pale yellow and deep
yellow; both with fragrant and odorless flowers, some with ovate
sepals, others with elongated lanceolate ones; some broad-leaved,
others narrow leaved; some with sepals and petals decidedly brownish-
purple, others not so; in fact almost every combination of characters.

The dwarf, small-flowered plant of the Rocky Mountain region
which is sometimes not more than six inches high and with lip not more
than half an inch in length seems very distinct from either of ours until
some essential character besides size is sought for, at which stage there
seems to be no other differential characters. Taking the two plants as
found in the East, the extremes seem very different; but the charac-
ters given in the manuals do not hold good for each form. Even Gray's
Manual, 6th ed., p. 511, states at the end of the description of C. parvi-
florum,—'' Flowers fragrant; sepals and petals more brown-purple
than in the next, [referring to C. pubescens] into which it seems to pass"
(italics mine).

The characters ordinarily given in descriptions fail to serve as an
absolute means of separation of the two plants, and unless the numer-
ous specimens possessing characters of both forms can be accounted
for on the grounds of hybridism we ought to regard them as different
phases of the same species.

BANGOR, MAINE.

1906] Blanchard,— Two new Species of Rubus 95

TWO NEW SPECIES OF RUBUS FROM VERMONT AND
NEW HAMPSHIRE.

W. H. BLANCHARD.

Or the new species of Rubus, here described, both belong to the
high blackberry series. The first is a rather small and delicate species,
glabrous and glandless, with dark green leaves, small, early fruit, and
slender, strong, and often numerous prickles. The second is note-
worthy for its large and abundant fruit which is of excellent flavor.
The species may be characterized as follows:—

Rubus elegantulus, n.sp. Plants from two to four feet high, very
erect and pretty.

New canes. Stems very erect, 2 to 4 feet high, glabrous, red, well
angled and furrowed, rather small. Prickles on the angles only, slen-
der with a slight backward slant, strong and waspish to handle, about
12 to the inch of stem on typical plants but often less. Leaves thin,
small, 5-foliate, dark green above and slightly lighter below, perfectly
glabrous, or sometimes slightly hairy above and pubescent below, but
not appreciably so to the touch or to the unaidedeye. Leaflets oval,
long taper-pointed; outline entire, finely and doubly serrate-dentate, the
middle one rather broad with rounded base and twice as long as wide,
the others wedge-shaped at the base and narrow. Petiole and petiol-
ules grooved above with three rows of hooked, slender, short and
strong prickles, the petiolule of the middle leaflet ł of an inch long,
those of the side leaflets less than half as long, the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes. Erect as ever, prickles but little impaired, the cane pyr-
amidal in shape as in all true high blackberries. Growth of second or
bearing year consisting of leafy branches below; above of racemes leafy
at the base with a straight axis, not a leafy branch tipped with a raceme,
one from each old leaf axil, or in many cases from two to four leafless
racemes. Inflorescence with a fine pubescence or none; peduncle
slender, pedicels very slender generally set at a great angle to the axis,
10- to 16-flowered, bracts small. True branches small, 6 to 10 in.
long, zigzag, nearly terete, glabrous, prickles hooked; leaves 3-foliate
at the base, leaflets broad and short-pointed; terminal ones 5-foliate
like those on new canes, all similar in color, texture and serration to
those on new canes. Leaves on racemes proper more coarsely serrate-

96 Rhodora [May

dentate, 3-foliate, a few sometimes unifoliate, small on the upper ones,
larger on those below. Flowers 1 to 14 in. broad, petals long-oval at
least twice as long as wide with no apparent claw. Fruit nearly
globular, 1 to ¿ in. in diameter, or on strong plants cylindric and larger,
sweet, drupelets black and rather larger than those of R. nigrobaccus,
Bailey. Flowers early in June and fruits early in August, productive.

Type stations: Signal Hill and its northern borders in Alstead,
Cheshire County, N. H., being midway between Alstead Center
and Beryl Mt., Acworth; Thompsonburg in Londonderry, Athens,
Stratton and Windham in Windham County, Vt. Range as now
known to me; Southwestern New Hampshire and Southeastern
Vermont. Elevated situations in open places on dry ground. Num-
erous specimens have been deposited by me in the Gray Herbarium
and in that of the N. Y. Botanical Garden.

This pretty species which seems to be distinct from anything yet
described, I first found July 4, 1902, in Athens, Vt., on Bemis Hill and
I have watched it each season since. It grows in elevated situations
not occurring in the towns bordering on the Connecticut River. To
be specific, I have found it often abundant in Athens, Grafton, Jamaica
Londonderry, Stratton, Wardsboro and Windham, Vt., and in Acworth,
Alstead and Langdon, N. H., an east and west range of forty miles.
It blossoms and fruits the earliest of all blackberries in the localities
in which it grows.

It is readily distinguishable from the other high blackberries by its
prim appearance, early fruiting and numerous slender prickles; from
the recurving class by its narrow leaflets and erect and furrowed stem;
and from the setosus class by its strong prickles, lack of glandular hairs
and all the other characteristics mentioned in this paragraph.

Rubus pergratus, n. sp. Large, erect plants more or less pubes-
cent, and nearly, or quite glandless, producing an abundance of large,
short-cylindrical, very edible fruit.

New canes. Stems erect, 3 to 6 feet high, large and strong, red and
glabrous, angled and furrowed. Prickles few, short, about 4 in. long,
strong, stout, 2 to 8 to the inch of stem, set at nearly a right angle to it
and on its angles only. Leaves of good size, often large, 5-foliate,
dark yellow-green and nearly glabrous on the upper surface, lighter
on the lower surface and pubescent. Leaves long-stalked, oval, often
broad-oval, the middle one sometimes ovate or nearly orbicular and a
trifle cordate, outline entire, finely often doubly serrate or serrate-

1906] Blanchard,— Two new Species of Rubus 97

dentate, taper-pointed, rounded at the base or the basal leaflets broadly
wedge-shaped. Petiole and petiolules stout, grooved above, nearly
or quite glabrous, glandless, with a few hooked, strong prickles; the
petiolule of the middle leaflet 1 to 14 in. long, those of the side leaflets
over one-half as long, the basal leaflets never sessile.

Old canes. Still erect, pyramidal, the prickles intact. Second year's
growth consisting of nearly leafless racemes at the top of the stem,
succeeded downward by racemes leafy at the base, and these in turn
succeeded by pure leaf branches. Stems of leaf branches irregularly
angled, 8 to 12 in. long, more or less pubescent, even woolly on some,
prickles small and hooked; leaves 3-foliate at the base of each branch,
5-foliate beyond, resembling those on the new canes, but broader and
more pubescent. Racemed branches or fruit branches with a stout
axis, irregularly angled, pubescent or woolly, prickles short and re-
curved; leaves 3-foliate and unifoliate; leaflets very broad and pubes-
cent, coarsely serrate-dentate; about 8 to 12 stout pedicels, very
pubescent often woolly with sometimes a stalked gland, set at a mod-
erate angle to the axis, subtended by small bracts; raceme broadest
at its top. Naked racemes similar. Flowers large and showy, 14 to
1} in. broad, petals wide, width two thirds of the length, opening the
middle of June. Fruit very large short-cylindric, drupelets large and
pulpy, sweet; seeds small and unnoticeable. Very productive. Re-
sembles some cultivated kinds. Ripe early in August.

Type station Alstead, N. H., one mile east of Signal Hill. Abun-
dant there and in the elevated parts of Windham County, Vt.

T'wo other stations where I have found it very abundant and perfect
are the lower slopes of Glebe Mt., Londonderry and in South Wind-
ham, Vt., though I have found it equally perfect in many other places.
It shows its characteristics best in open sun while in moist, rich shade
where it grows very tall and leafy its distinguishing features are some-
what obscured.

This blackberry which I have been watching since 1902 closely
resembles some of those now in cultivation. It is called by the people
living where it grows the “square blackberry," and the “short black-
berry,” in distinction from the “long blackberry” and the “sheep-teat”
and “sow-teat,” three well-known names for R. nigrobaccus, Bailey.
In the immediate valley of the Connecticut River where I live, R.
nigrobaccus is very abundant and is the only “high” blackberry the
people know; but as you get away from the river and into more ele-

pro

98 Rhodora [May

vated sections it becomes less common and less productive, and berry
pickers resort to the square blackberry. This in still more elevated
sections becomes scarce and the mountain blackberry, R. canadensis,
often called the “sour blackberry” is the common kind.

At the type station in Alstead, N. H., R. pergratus and R. nigro-
baccus grow in perfection side by side and the former ripens two weeks
the earlier. It is an exact match for the cultivated fruit sold in Bellows
Falls, Vt., where it is marketed. With its large drupelets the seeds
are hardly noticeable while the fruit of R. nigrobaccus with often 100
drupelets is characteristically “seedy,” but its peculiarly aromatic
taste nevertheless makes it the king of blackberries. I have deposited
an abundant supply of specimens of this species in the Gray Her-
barium.

WESTMINSTER, VERMONT.

‘

SOME NEW RECORDS OF MAINE PLANTS.

Ora W. KNIGHT.

Eriophorum polystachion L. In Prof. Fernald’s recent article on
North American Species of Eriophorum, RHobora, May, 1905, p. 89,
he does not give this species as found southwest of Nova Scotia and
New Brunswick, all Maine specimens being referred to the variety
elatius Bab. Some slender specimens which I collected at Veazie,
June 10, 1905, where they were growing in a wet meadow, have been
referred to the species by Prof. Fernald thus giving it a place in our
flora.

Eriophorum viridi-carinatum fellowsii Fernald. I am able to record
this from the second known Maine station, having collected it on a wet
springy slope at Charleston, July 4, 1905. This was the only form
growing in this locality.

Iva ciliata Willd. This does not appear to be recorded from Maine.
Several plants were growing in a dump near Bangor and were collected
by Mr. F. M. Billings and myself on October 6, 1905, at which time
they were just in bloom.

1906 Knight,— Some new Records of Maine Plants 99

Ceanothus americanus L. There seem to be no recent records of
this plant being collected in Maine. We have known a station by the
Penobscot River near Bangor for several years, and July 30, 1905, Mr.
Billings found another station for the plant, also on the river-bank
some half a mile from the first station.

Heracleum sphondylium L. Mr. Billings and I found lusty plants
of this growing in the rear of a warehouse on a wharf along the water
front, Bangor, July 8, 1905.

Chenopodium polyspermum L. We collected it in sandy soil at edge
of a wharf on the same day as the preceding species.

Galium mollugo L. Very abundant at one station, Bangor.

Andromeda ligustrina Muhl. I collected this on a “floating bog”
at Pittsfield which is very near its northeastern limit of distribution
in Maine. It is common the other side of the Kennebec River.

Physocarpus opulijolius Maxim. I collected this in a thicket near
a brook, June 30, 1905, in Brewer. Years ago Aaron Young collected
this, as shown in the Gray Herbarium, on “ Banks of streams, Bangor"
but we have been unable to find his original station and are rather in-
clined to believe the plant has been exterminated by cultivation.

Datura stramonium L. Mr. Billings found a few plants in newly
deposited ballast along the Maine Central Railroad near Bangor, Aug.
26, 1905. l

Bidens beckii Torr. Mr. Billings found one plant in bloom at Pu-
shaw Pond in August, and I collected sterile material later on but could
find no flowers. The plants were very numerous in a small slug-
gish brook.

Sedum acre L. One plant growing by roadside, Bangor, July 16,
1905.

Saponaria vaccaria L. Several plants were collected by Mr. Billings
along shore of river, Bangor, July 15, 1905.

With the exception of the Datura, Bidens, Saponaria and Sedum,
specimens of all the plants have been submitted to Prof. Fernald for
verification, and my thanks are due him for his kindness.

BANGOR, MAINE.

E
pr

100 Rhodora [May

REMARKS UPON Mr. Hovuse’s PAPER ON POGONIA VERTICILLATA.—
In a recently published paper on Pogonia * Mr. H. D. House takes the
opportunity of correcting some statements in regard to the under-
ground parts of Pogonia verticillata. This author considers the
descriptions of the roots, as given in systematic literature “scanty or
misleading" and claims the discovery of a ‘perennial, horizontal
rhizome” in this species. He also maintains that “the roots become
rootstocks”! The latter observation would, if true, be a most start-
ling discovery, but in regard to the matter Mr. House has certainly
mistaken the horizontal roots for rhizomes. What he attempts to
describe is quite clearly the occurrence of root-shoots, which have
already been described and figured as characteristic of this species
as well as of Pogonia ophioglossoides and of several other orchids.’
When Mr. House, furthermore, states that the stem of Medeola, with
which this Pogonia often grows associated is green and glabrous,
while that of the Pogonia is purplish and covered with a white “to-
mentum," it is to be pointed out that it is the Pogonia which is gla-
brous, and the Medeola of which the stem is clothed with flocculent-
deciduous wool.— Tarro. Hom, Brookland, D. C.

1RHODORA, Jan, 1906, p. 19.
?Holm Theo.: Pogonia ophioglossoides Nutt, A morph. and anat. study. (Am.
Journ. Sci., Jan. 1900, p. 13.)

[Some days after the above communication came to hand, corrections of
similar import were also received from Mr. House, himself. — Ed.]

Vol. 8, no. 88, including pages 69 to 80 was issued 6 April, 1906.

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. GRAY and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetala (Aasunculacee to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by Epwarp L.
RAND and JOHN H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WILLIAM MORRIS Davis. 1894. And a new map of the Island. Igor.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale.—4A ddress
EDWARD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
Rounbs Co., Providence, R. I.

THE FLOWER-LOVER'S MAGAZINE

If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It
is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise
interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to

WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
Binghamton, N. V.

GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS.

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. HonsrFoRD, Charlotte, Vt.

CONCORD NURSERIES, Concord, Massachusetts. Established on
Minot Pratt's Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including AZodora, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.

SUPPLIES for the Botanist in FIELD, HERBARIUM or LABORA-
TORY. SAMPLES of Driers, Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and
NEW LIST of PLANT MATERIAL for r9o6 mailed on request.
PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS and HERBARIUM ESSEN-
TIALS.

Prompt Attention. Standard Material. Immediate Shipments.

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT’S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, ed $1.00
With Gray's Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . 1.80
With Gray's Manual of Botany, : . f 3 2.25

For the High School Laboratory and Class Room.

By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M. of the Ames
Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray's text-books their extraordinary success. It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiology are also fully treated.
The illustrations number 384, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.

r | HE practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

American Book Company
New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874

Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.

Six Numbers a year: — February, April, June, August, October, Decem-
ber. Annual subscription One Dollar.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U. S. A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year. Established 1897 12 numbers
Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.
Edited by Francis E. Lloyd

Teachers College, Columbia University,

Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.
FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD > Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER f

WILLIAM PENN RICH

Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND ? ae eae! eee

Vol. 8. June, 1906. No. 90.
CONTENTS:
Paronychia argyrocoma in New England. M. L. Fernald IOI
New Species in Phycotheca Boreali-Americana. F. S. Collins 104
Asplenium ebenoides in Massachusetts. Mrs. J. R. Sanford 113
Arenaria groenlandica on Mt. Mansfield. £. B. Davenport 114
A New Variety of Carex interior. M. L. Fernald 114
Viola novae-angliae in the Penobscot Valley. 0. W. Knight 115
Meeting of the Botanical Symposium 115
Meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society of Riches 116
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1,

740 Exchange Building. 11 Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.-—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection, Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PUTNAM’s SONS,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. S. MATHEWS, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,
` Mass.

NOTICE

Part III of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready. Price
$1.00. Shall we send you a copy ?

After Sept. 1, 1906, the price of this work will be advanced to $1.25 per
part to all who subscribe after that date.

Mosses with a Hand-lens, second edition, 8vo., 224 pp., 39 full page plates
and 15: cuts in the text; describes 169 species of Mosses and 54 species of
Hepatics, $1.75. Sample pages on application.

A. J. GROUT, 360 LENox Roab, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS
and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.

HARLAN P. KELSEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, : Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.
Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts.

GROUT
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. 2d Ed., 224 pp., 31.75 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.00 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
O. T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8. June, 1906. No. 90

PARONYCHIA ARGYROCOMA AND ITS NEW ENG-
LAND REPRESENTATIVE.

M. L. FERNALD.

One of the plants most familiar to all botanists who explore the
White Mountains is the closely matted silvery-white perennial which
is called in our floras Paronychia argyrocoma. In certain sections,
as in Crawford Notch and on some of the mountains of adjacent
Maine, the plant abounds on slides and even on exposed ledges and
steep embankments seemingly to the exclusion of other vegetation.
Notwithstanding its profusion in some districts, the plant seems
to have been missed by Menasseh Cutler, William Dandridge Peck,
Jacob Bigelow, and other New England botanists in their explora-
tions of the White Mountains; and its first mention is apparently that
of William Oakes who wrote:

“This beautiful plant was probably first collected in the Notch of
the White Mountains, by Drs. Chapman and Alexander, in the summer
of 1843. In the same year, I found it in the gravel of many of the
recent slides of the Notch, and Mr. Tuckerman has since found it in
unmoved soil on a flat rocky knoll, near the summit of Mount Craw-
ford, several miles distant from the Notch. It has not been found
elsewhere north of Virginia.” *

Gradually the known stations in New England for Paronychia
have increased, and we are now acquainted with it from the mountains
of Oxford County, Maine, west through the Crawford Notch region
to Mount Clinton, and south to Mount Chocorua. In June, 1884, a
singularly isolated station for the plant was found by Dr. Castelhun

1 Oakes in Hovey’s Mag. xiii, 217 (1847).

102 Rhodora [June

by the Merrimac River near Newburyport, Massachusetts, indicating
that the plant has possibly washed down from some unverified station
at the headwaters of the Merrimac.

Outside this very restricted area Paronychia is unknown in the
Northern States. Since its discovery in Crawford Notch in 1843, it
has, however, been supposed to be identical with the plant of the
South described by Michaux as Anychia argyrocoma, “in rupibus
montium superioris Carolinae,” * and afterward taken up by Nuttall
as Paronychia argyrocoma and stated to grow “on rocks, in the moun-
tains of upper Carolina, and on the banks of French Broad river, in
Tennessee, near the thermal springs." ? Subsequently the plant of
the South has been found at various mountain-stations of North
Carolina and "Tennessee, locally south in the mountains of Georgia,
and north to the Peaks of Otter in western Virginia.

In the region between the Blue Ridge of Virginia and the White
Mountains of New Hampshire Paronychia argyrocoma is unknown
(save at the small isolated station near Newburyport); yet, as already
implied, the plant of the South is as characteristic of many dry summits
and slopes at the southern extremity of the Appalachian system as is
its northern representative in the White Mountains. North of the
White Mountains the plant is quite unknown, nor does it occur in
the polar regions. In fact, the genus Paronychia does not belong to
the arctic flora which we find so generally represented on the exposed
slopes of the White Mountains; instead, it is a genus confined pri-
marily to the warmer temperate regions, in North America thirteen
species occurring south of latitude 35?, and only one as far north as
New England.

This very evident affinity of a typical plant of the naked slopes of
the White Mountains with a distinctly southern flora is, so far as known
to the writer, quite without parallel. In many cases typical White
Mountain plants are also known at the highest altitudes in the Southern
States, as for instance Arenaria groenlandica, Lycopodium Selago,
Potentilla tridentata, and Pyrus americana above 6000 feet on Roan
Mountain, North Carolina; but in northern New England and
adjacent Canada these plants are often as abundant at sea-level as at
high altitudes, and in their broad range they occur extensively in polar

1 Michx., Fl. i. 114 (1803).
2 Nutt., Gen. i. 160 (1818).

1906] Fernald,— Paronychia argyrocoma in New England 103

regions. Another typical plant of the White Mountains and of some
exposed ridges in central and western Maine, Geum Peckw, has by
some botanists been taken for an extreme form of the very local G.
radiatum of the highest summits of North Carolina and Tennessee,
and though the White Mountain plant is undoubtedly nearly related
to the Carolinian species, both it and G. radiatum are more closely
allied to certain polar species (of Alaska and Siberia) than to other
American plants.

This digression from the discussion of Paronychia argyrocoma
itself is sufficient to show, as already stated, that the occurrence over
a considerable area of the granitic mountains of New England of this
representative of a characteristic southern genus is unique; and one
is naturally led to ask whether, indeed, the plants of the South and the
North are identical. Superficially they are very similar; yet in exam-
ining a large series of specimens one is struck with the fact that in the
northern plant most if not all the ascending branches bear inflores-
cences, while in the southern plant many of the branches are merely
leafy and sterile. In the southern plant, too, the leaves are flat and
permanently covered with grayish silky hairs; in the northern the
leaves are inclined to be involute at the margin and glabrate, though
in the Newburyport specimen the pubescence is somewhat persistent.
In the southern plant the inflorescence is more inclined to be glomeru-
late than in the northern, though occasional southern specimens show
the looser cymes which are characteristic in the North. The only
other character in which a distinction has been found is likewise an
inconstant one; yet in a series of specimens there is a very apparent
tendency in the northern plant to have a slightly shorter calyx than
the southern, and the subulate awns nearly or quite glabrous; while
in the longer calyx of the southern plant the awns are flattish and
usually hairy.

It is apparent, then, that the two plants which have been passing
as Paronychia argyrocoma are not strictly identical. Their distine-
tive characters are, however, somewhat inconstant, and only by its
narrower glabrate leaves can the northern plant be clearly separated
from the southern. In view of this character of the northern plant
and the other tendencies which are found in most of the material it
seems desirable to distinguish it as

PARONYCHIA ARGYROCOMA (Michx.) Nutt., var. albimontana, var.
nov. Dense caespitosa; ramis plerumque floriferis; foliis glabratis,

104 Rhodora [June

margine involutis; cymis saepe laxis; calycibus 3.5-4 mm. longis,
sepalis apice aristato-mucronatis, aristis subulatis glabrescentibus.—
MAINE, clefts of rock, summit of White Cap Mt., Rumford, 1874
(Cora H. Clarke), August 1, 1889 (J. C. Parlin); mountain-top,
Andover, 1902 (Mrs. E. Schneider); summit, Caribou Mt., Mason,
1898 (L. A. Lee): New HawrsHIRE, slides, Mt. Clinton— TYPE (E.
Tuckerman); Crawford Notch, 1843 (Dr. Chapman, Wm. Oakes),
July 20, 1865 (Wm. Boott), July 7, 1878 (E. & C. E. Faxon); open
summit and slides, Mt. Willard, July, 1889 (M. L. Fernald), July
4, 1889 (E. & C. E. Faxon), July 10, 1894 (E. F. Williams); Willey
Slide, July 3, 1898 (J. M. Greenman); Willey House, July, 1871
(F. Lamson-Scribner), September 8, 1893 (E. & C. E. Faxon);
crevices of rocks on mountain slides, North Conway, 1865 (F. J.
Bumstead); crevices of rock, summit, Mt. Chocorua, July, 1894 (B.
L. Robinson): MassacHUsETTS, by Merrimac River, near New-
buryport, June, 1884 (Dr. Castelhun).

Gray HERBARIUM.

NEW SPECIES, ETC., ISSUED IN THE PHYCOTHECA
BOREALI-AMERICANA.

F. S. COLLINS. +

ThE first fascicle of the Phycotheca Boreali-Americana, by Collins,
Holden & Setchell, was issued in February, 1895. Between that date
and the present time the writer has distributed in that work a number
of new species, varieties, and forms; in some cases the MS. name was
given in the label, with an indication of where the description would
be published; in other cases a regular description was printed in the
label. Several of these descriptions have since appeared elsewhere
in papers or notes, but in most cases the new species or variety has not
been published elsewhere. While no rules as to the nomenclature of
thallophytes were adopted at the recent Vienna Congress, it is probable
that when action is taken in regard to such plants, the rules governing
the higher plants will be adopted, unless special reason appear for
variation; and as the issuing of a new flowering plant in a set of
exsiccatae, with or without description, is not now a valid publication,
the position of an alga so issued is certainly precarious. ‘To prevent
possible future complications, the descriptions in question are here

1906] Collins,— New Species in Phycotheca 105

reprinted; if the rule for higher plants should be extended to the lower,
this article would be the original reference. As far as known, there
has been as yet no subsequent publication under another name of any
plant here included. The description is copied exactly from the label,
any comment or addition that may seem necessary being given in a
foot-note; the only change has been in the case of a few of the earlier
publications, where varietal and formal names have been changed to
conform to the rule of agreeing in gender with the name of the genus.
The Arabic numeral preceding a name sufficiently indicates the fascicle,
all with such numbers having been issued 50 numbers to a fascicle,
from Fasc. I to Fase. XXVI; a Roman numeral indicates the series
in larger size, 25 numbers to a fascicle, Fasc. A to Fasc. D.

1160. Oscillatoria salinarum, n. sp. Trichomes somewhat flex-
uous, sometimes coiled in a regular circle, very torulose; extremity
attenuate, slightly curved, obtuse. Articulations nearly or quite as
long as broad, diam. .004 mm. or slightly less; calyptra wanting.
Ditches of salt works, Salinas Bay, near Guánica, Porto Rico, June
29, 1903. M. A. Howe.

707. Schizothrix Simmonsie, n. sp. Forming a brownish tufted
coating on various algae, tufts one or two centimeters long, mass
showing reddish brown when moistened, pinkish under the micro-
scope. Trichomes pale green, .003-.006 mm., articulations one-third
to one-fifth the diameter, much constricted, sometimes irregularly
swollen and distorted, as if doubling up in sheath. Sheath delicate
but distinct, containing mostly only a single trichome, but often with a
few at the base. Near S. tinctoria (Ag.) Gomont, but differs by the
larger diameter of trichome, relatively shorter cells, and fewness of
trichomes in sheath. Moreover it grows attached to undoubtedly
marine algae, while S. tinctoria is strictly fresh water. On algae in
high rock pool, Easton's Point, Newport, Rhode Island, Dec., 1897.
Mrs. W. C. Simmons.

1168. CALOTHRIX CRUSTACEA Thuret forma prolifera (Flah.), n.
comb. C. prolifera Flahault in Bornet & Flahault, Revision des Nost.
Het., part 1, p. 361, 1886. The branches occasionally issue from
below a heterocyst, as described for C. prolifera, but much the greater
part of the filaments are simple, and agree with C. crustacea. Among
other algae, on boards wet with salt water, Alameda, California, Jan.,
1904. N. L. Gardner.

1263. SPIROGYRA PORTICALIS (Miill.) Cleve forma minor, n. f.
Filaments about .042 mm. diam.; spores seldom over .035 mm. diam.
Among other (sterile) Spirogyras, Brookfield, Connecticut, May 8,
1892. Isaac Holden.

1265. TETRASPORA GELATINOSA Kiitz. forma uniformis, n. f.
Forming rounded gelatinous masses, not over 3 cm. diam. Cells
quite uniformly .006-.008 mm. diam., not with large and small cells

106 Rhodora [JUNE

intermixed, as in the type. eet in a water trough, Berkeley,
California, Mareh 4, 1905. . L. Gardner.

1267. ENTEROMORPHA MICROCOCC A Kütz. forma bullosa, n. f.
Habit exactly like E. intestinalis f. bullosa Hauck, Phyk. Univ., No.
519, but structure of E. micrococca. In fresh water creek emptying
into ocean, but water never other than fresh, San Leandro, Alameda
County, California, June 24, 1902, W. J. V. Osterhout & N. L.
Gardner.

1185. Prasiola Gardneri, n. sp. Fronds light green, floating, of
irregular form, membrane very delicate, about .006 mm. thick, «cells
roundish, .003-.004 mm. diam., closely set, in longitudinal and trans-
verse series. As this plant has been found only floating, nothing is
known of the normal form or mode of attachment. The cells being
uniformly placed, without the “passage ways” characteristic of
Prasiola, the plant might with some reason be placed in Monos-
troma; and when the attached frond is found, it may have characters
requiring the transfer. In the meantime, the general appearance
seems to justify its present position. Floating in a pool of very salt
water, Alameda, California, Sept. 16, 1903. W. J. V. Osterhout &
N. L. Gardner."

664. Chaetomorpha Californica, n. sp. Filaments attached, erect,
up to 2 dm. long, of uniform diameter throughout, not contracted
at the nodes; diameter .02-.04 mm., cells once to twice as long as
broad, rarely three or four times as long; basal cell usually colorless,
slightly broadening below into a colorless disk of attachment. In
view of the large number of described species of Chaetomorpha, many
known only from the descriptions, it may seem rash to add one more;
but the plant now in question is much more slender than any other
known attached erect species; an examination of a large suite of:
specimens shows that while a considerable range of size can be seen
in the same tuft, in no case does the diameter exceed .04 mm., while
the average is .03 mm., about half the size of the smallest heretofore
known. Growing on sand, etc., in shallow tide pools near high water
mark, La Jolla, San Diego County, California, May, 1898. Mrs. E.
Snyder.

978. CLADOPHORA FLEXUOSA (Griff) Harv. forma Floridana,
n.f. More slender than the New England form represented by Far-
low, Anderson & Eaton, No. 206, and with more virgate, less divided
branches; somewhat resembling C. Bertolonii var. hamosa Ard. of
the Mediterranean. On rocks, Key West, Florida, March, 1897.
Mrs. G. A. Hall?

! Subsequent study of this plant by Mr. Gardner indicates that its affinities may be
with the Cyanophyceae rather than with the Chlorophyceae.

2I am indebted to Dr. E. Bornet for calling my attention to the resemblance between
this plant and C. polyacantha Montagne, Ann. Sci. Nat., Series 3, Bot., Vol. XIV, p,
283, from Guiana, and for a fragment of an authentic specimen ; the numerous slender,
pine-like, largely opposite ramuli are characteristic of both, and it now seems safe to
efer the Florida plant to Montagne's species.

1906] Collins,— New Species in Phycotheca * 107

1193. CLADOPHORA CRISPATA (Roth) Kütz. forma subsimplex,
n. f A slender, sparingly branched form, possibly agreeing with
some of the numerous forms and varieties described under this species,
but in the absence of type specimens, this cannot be determined. The
form name here given will serve until proper comparisons can be made,
if ever. a. In dense masses, floating in a shallow spring, somewhat
shaded by rocks, Berkeley, California, Feb. 22, 1903. b. Attached
to stones and clay in a small waterfall, San Leandro, California, Nov.
3, 1902. N. L. Gardner.

1194. CLADOPHORA FRACTA (Fl. Dan.) Kiitz. forma reflexa, n. f.
Main branches stout, flexuous; branches of higher orders patent or
reflexed, often in secund series. Forming dense intricate masses in
a water trough fed by a spring, North Berkeley, California, Sept. 1,
1902. N. L. Gardner. The remarks under 1193 will apply to this
form also; the name is probably only provisional.

1079. EcrocaRPUS CONFERVOIDES (Roth) Le Jolis forma Halliae
(J. Ag.), n. comb. Xanthosiphonia Halliae J. G. Agardh, Analecta
Algologica, Cont. I, p. 113, 1894. Branching like var. typica Kuckuck;
sporangia up to .4 mm. long, .03—.04 wide, widest near base, tapering
evenly to tip, which is often of only a single series of cells, but does
not end in a hair. On shells, etc., St. Augustine, Florida, April,
1897: MIG A. Hall.

670. EcTOCARPUS CONFERVOIDES (Roth) Le Jolis forma irregularis,
n. f. Frond up to 15 cm. high, filaments slightly twisted below, free
above; cells in main filaments .045 mm. diam., in branches about
half this size; cells in main filament 1-3 diam., in lesser branches up
to 8 diam., slightly constricted at nodes, branches rather erect. Plu-
rilocular sporangia varying much in size and shape, .05-.15 mm. long
by .02-.035 broad, large ‘and small together; sometimes cylindrical,
oftener largest at the base, diminishing in diameter near the middle;
the tip not pointed; usually curved. In tide pool, Spectacle Island,
Penobscot Bay, Maine, July, 1894. F. S. Collins.

738. Strepsithalia investiens, n. sp. Creeping filaments .005-
.008 mm. diam., cells once or twice, occasionally up to four times as
long as broad, swollen or cylindrical, irregularly branching, branches
often arched and bearing on the outer side short, simple or branching
filaments, about .006 mm. diam., cells one to two diameters. Uni-
locular sporangia ovoid, about .015 X .02 mm., sessile or on a short
cell on main filaments and branches, empty sporangia persistent after
emission of spores. Plurilocular sporangia cylindrical, .008—.01 X
.025-.04 mm., mostly uniseriate, on same plants as the unilocular
sporangia. Hairs few, of basal growth, about .008 mm. diam. Chro-
matophors small disks, several in a cell. This plant much resembles
S. curvata Sauvageau, which occurs on the same host in Europe, but

108 Rhodora [June

is smaller in all its dimensions, both of filaments and sporangia, with
fewer hairs, little investing gelatine, less regular erect filaments, and
with plurilocular sporangia persistent for some time after emptying.
Moreover it shows as a uniform coating on the host plant, rather than
as Elachista-like tufts. In fronds of Helminthocladia purpurea
(Harv.) J. Ag., San Pedro, California, July, 1899. Mrs. H. D.
Johnston.

1038. HECATONEMA MACULANS (Collins) Sauv. forma solutum, n. f.
Basal layer an open network, otherwise like the type, which grows in
the same locality on Rhodymenia palmata (L.) Grev. On Castagnea
virescens (Carm.) Thuret and Asperococcus echinatus (Mert.) Grev.,
Spectacle Island, Penobscot Bay, Maine, July, 1898. F. S. Collins.

1084. LAMINARIA AGARDHII 'Kjellm. forma zostericola, n. f. Very
delicate form, growing on floating Zostera marina L. , Newport Harbor,
Rhode Island, - April, 1899. Mrs. W. C. Simmons.

LXXXIII. LAMINARIA AGARDHII Kjellm. forma angustissima,
n. f. Fronds extremely narrow in proportion to the length; stipe
5 to 25 cm. long; lamina up to 3 meters long, 6 to 25 mm. wide.
The substance is firmer than in other forms of the species, and there
are no lines of bullae. The margin is even, not at all undulate, and
the width is nearly the same in all but the base, and in young plants
the tip. The dimensions given include the largest fruiting fronds
observed; a width of more than 15 mm. is unusual; and fronds 12
mm. wide and 250 cm. long are common. Forming a very dense
fringe just above and below low water mark, on rocks exposed to the
full force of the waves, Bailey’s Island, Casco Bay, Maine, July 18,
1903. F. S. Collins.’

834. Dilophus flabellatus n. sp. Frond reaching a length of 3
dm., dichotomous, in older plants sometimes with an apparent flexu-
ous rachis and alternate branches, 3-5 mm. wide at base, broadening
above to a width of 1-2 cm., all the divisions broadening upwards,
terminal segments rounded: base stupose for a short distance. Young
frond consisting of a single layer of large squarish cells, with a single
layer of small cortical cells, the latter arranged in longitudinal series,
and once to twice as long as broad; in older plants the margin is
thickened and has two layers of internal cells, often with two layers
of cortical cells; walls of internal cells punctate. Oogonia, antheridia
and tetraspores on separate individuals, at first occupying the middle
part of the segments, leaving the margin free; ultimately often cover-
ing the whole width; oogonia scattered more or less densely, but not
usually in contact; antheridia in oval or oblong patches; tetraspores
in similar patches, sometimes becoming confluent.

In young plants the branching is densely dichotomous with a
rounded outline to the frond, but some of the segments develop more

1 This is the Laminaria mentioned by the writer in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, Vol. VII,
p. 118, with the suggestion that it might be L. longipes Bory.

1906] Collins,— New Species in Phycotheca 25 109

rapidly than others, so that as the plant grows older it assumes more
of the character of a flexuous rachis with alternate branches. The
width of the segments varies much, some dense-growing plants 15
cm. high having not over 3 mm., while other plants reach 2 cm., the
widest part being in the best developed segments about three quarters
of the distance from the base. In all cases the segments widen up-
wards, even to the terminal ones.

The older fronds with broad and somewhat sparingly divided seg-
ments resemble Dictyota Binghamiana, J. Ag. but the latter does not
have the closely dichotomous branching and flabellate outline found
in younger plants of Dilophus flabellatus. Dictyota Binghamiana,
moreover, is described as having more or less frequent acute, incurved,
marginal teeth, which are absent in the present species. Dictyota
liturata J. Ag. and Dictyota Pappeana Kiitz., as figured in Kutzing,
Tab. Phyc., Vol. IX, Pl. 38, resemble in habit two extreme forms
of this species, but both of them, as well as Dictyota Binghamiana,
appear to be true Dictyotas, the internal layer never haying more
than one series of cells. Young plants of Dilophus flabellatus have
the same structure, but as the plant becomes older, the margin thick-
ens, the large cells dividing by partitions parallel to the surface of
the frond, for a greater or less distance from the margin, and at the
same time the cortical layer often divides in the same manner. In
the specimens examined this structure has seemed commonest in the
antheridial plants, but this may be merely accidental.

It is by no means impossible that this species may have passed under
the name of Dictyota Binghamiana or of Dictyota Kunthii, with which
Dictyota Binghamiana was formerly identified. Older plants of
Dilophus flabellatus resemble the other species very much in habit,
and the Dilophus structure is to be seen only by careful sectioning.
It is less developed than in other Dilophus species, and our plant is in
some sense a link between the two genera. Its place would be in the
section Marginatae with Dilophus marginatus J. Ag., which also has
the greater part of the frond of a single series of interior cells, but whose
frond, however, is not stupose, but is attached by a growth of rhizoids.
On boulders near low water mark, La Jolla, California, October, 1899
and 1900. Mrs. E. Snyder.

1133. Fucus vesicutosus L. forma limicola, n. f. A very
slender form, light yellowish brown when growing, seldom having
vesicles, and seldom reaching a length of two decimeters. The com-

110 Rhodora [June

mon form of muddy shores in southern New England. Among
Spartina, etc., on mud flats near high water mark, Mattapoisett,
Massachusetts, Sept. 14, 1902. F. S. Collins.

833. SARGASSUM BACCIFERUM (Turn.) J. Ag. forma angustum,
n. f. Found in company with the form distributed as No. 832b, but
quite distinct in habit, slenderer in all the parts. The two forms did
not seem to be connected by any intermediate forms. In floating
masses, lat. 25.58,’ N., long. 73.39, W., June 1900, Stmr. Admiral
Sampson. Mrs. C. E. Pease & Miss E. Butler.

1087. Batrachospermum macrosporum (Wood) Collins, n. comb.
Chantransia macrospora Wood, F. W. Algae of the U. S., p. 216,
Pl. XIX, fig. 3, 1872; Wolle, F. W. Algae of the U. S., p. 59,
Pl. LXIX, figs. 1-12, 1887. The Batrachospermum form having
` been found, both in the Alabama material here distributed and in
similar material from Florida, developing from a Chantransia form
identical with the Nantucket material here distributed, the specific
name given by Wood to the Chantransia has been used for the Batra-
chospermum, which appears to be a species hitherto undescribed. a.
C hantransia form, Gibbs’ Pond, Nantucket, Massachusetts, Aug. 3,
1895. W. A. Setchell and W. J. V. Osterhout. b. Batrachospermum
form, on logs, sticks and stones in Fly Creek, a clear spring-fed creek
that empties into Mobile Bay, Alabama. De A. Saunders?

990. BATRACHOSPERMUM VAGUM Ag. var. FLAGELLIFORME Sirdt.
forma tenuissima, n. f. A slenderer form than that distributed under
No. 188 of this work, but probably the same variety. Outlet of Ox
Bow Lake, near Lake Piseco, Adirondack Mountains, Hamilton
County, New York, Aug. 24, 1896. Isaac Holden.

836. ScINAIA FURCELLATA (Turn.) Bivona forma complanata,
n. f. The frond is flattened throughout, even when quite fresh. The
habit resembles that of uncalcified Galaxaurata obtusata (Ell. & Sol.)
Lamour., but the structure agrees with the typical S. furcellata. Pos-
sibly the same as the plant described as Isymenia angusta J. G. Agardh,

! Erroneously printed lat. 55.58, N, in label,

? The name Batrachospermum macrosporum having been used by Montagne for a plant
from Guiana, Ann. Sci. Nat., Series 3, Bot., Vol. XIV, p. 283, 1850, is no longer avail-
able for this plant, and B. australe is proposed in its place. The characters of the
Batrachospermum stage may be briefly characterized as follows: color grayish green to
gray violet; main branches virgate, with few long and many short branches, the latter
at right angles, with acuminate tips: verticils pear-shaped to spherical, rather distant
below, very close above; interverticilary filaments few; trichogyne stoutly clavate,

1906] Collins,— New Species in Phycotheca Ith

Analecta Algologica, Cont. V. p. 66, 1899. Washed ashore, Indian
River Inlet, Florida, April, 1899. Mrs. G. A. Hall.

1138. GELIDIUM CRINALE (Turn.) J. Ag. forma luxurians, n. f.
Fronds up to a decimeter long, simple below, but usually much
branched pinnately above. Color of the growing plant a warm red
brown, which is often retained in drying. On stones at low water
mark, Pacific Beach, San Diego County, California, March 8, 1899.
Mrs. E. Snyder.

1139. (GIGARTINA CANALICULATA Harv. forma laxa n. f. Much
less branched than the type, and lacking especially the short dense
ramuli; quite distinct in extreme forms, but connected with the type
by intermediate forms. Washed ashore, La Jolla, California. Mrs.
E. Snyder.

1140. CysTocLONIUM PURPURASCENS (Huds.) Kütz. forma stella-
tum, n. f. Branches beset with stellate tufts of short ramuli, lighter
colored than the branches. Floating, South Harpswell, Maine, July
11, 1903. .

938. DELESSERIA QUERCIFOLIA Bory var. linearis, n. var. On
stipes of Lessonia at extreme low water mark, Minnesota Seaside Sta-
tion, Vancouver Island, July, 1901. Miss E. Butler & Miss J. M.
Polley.

636. CHONDRIA TENUISSIMA (Good. € Woodw.) Ag. forma
Californica, n. f. Very iridescent when growing; the tips sometimes
hooked, the same as in Hypnea musciformis (Wulf.) Lamour.; the
ramuli more erect than in the usual form, the color darker. On vari-
ous algae between tide marks, La Jolla, California, Oct. 15, 1898.
Mrs. E. Snyder.

996. CHONDRIA DASYPHYLLA (Woodw.) J. Ag. forma Floridana,
n. f. Main branches rather stout, flexuous, set sparingly with quite
regularly alternate branches, ultimate ramuli long, cylindrical or
slightly clavate, base hardly constricted, color pinkish or yellowish
red. Washed ashore, Jupiter Inlet, Florida, Sept. 18, 1896. Mrs.
G. A. Hall.

698. Callithamnion Halliae, n. sp. Frond up to 5 cm. high,
usually with a percurrent axis, straight below, becoming flexuous near
the top, up to .2 mm. in diameter at the base, not corticated, with
similar alternate branches; these sometimes bearing a second series;
the next series of branches dividing dichotomously, at first at wide
angles; the subsequent forkings less and less patent, ultimate divisions

1 No description was published with this label. It is distinguished from the type by
' the very narrow fronds, reminding one of forms of D. alata (Huds.) Lamour. In Set-
chell and Gardner, Algae of Northwestern America, Univ. of California Publications,
Bot., Vol. I, p. 323, the genus Delesseria, in the older sense, is divided, and the plant
mow in question appears as Schizoneura quercifolia (Bory) J. Ag. forma linearis Collins,
n. comb.

112 Rhodora [June

of one to several cells, from .01 to .02 mm. diam., not much tapering,
end slightly rounded, without terminal hair. Cells throughout the
frond usually about 4 times as long as broad, but where the forkings
are very dense, 1 to 2 times as long. Cystocarps depressed spherical,
not distinctly lobed, single or several together, situated in the forking
of a lateral branch, or on the side of a main filament. Antheridia
forming tufts on the upper side of the ultimate ramuli, occurring on
the same individual as the cystocarps. Tetraspores tripartite, occa-
sionally cruciate, pyriform, sessile on the upper side of the ultimate
ramuli, often one on each joint. Color a pale to a deep rose.

This species presents quite a difference in habit, according as the
alternate or the dichotomous system of branching is most developed,
and as the latter is more or less dense. The two extreme forms resem-
ble respectively C. Baileyi Harv. and C. corymbosum (Eng. Bot.) Ag.;
its nearest affinity would seem to be with C. corymbosum. It adheres
well to paper. Washed ashore, Key West, Florida. Mrs. G. A. Hall.

1148. PriLoTA PECTINATA (Gunner) Kjellman forma tenuis, n. f.
A comparison with the typical P. pectinata, distributed as No. 392,
P. B.-A., shows this to be a much more delicate form, resembling
rather Plumaria elegans (Bonnem.) Schmitz in habit. On rocks
between tides, San Juan Island, Washington, June 25, 1899. N. L.
Gardner.

847. CERAMIUM STRICTUM (Kütz.) Harv. forma proliferum, n. f.
Differs from the type by the more abundant lateral branches, by which
it approaches C. diaphanum. It is perhaps the C. diaphanum of
Harvey, Nereis Bor.-Am., part 2, p. 215, but not the C. diaphanum of
Roth, which has not been found on this coast. On sand covered rocks,
Bridgeport, Connecticut, July 12, 1891. Isaac Holden.

750. HALYMENIA FLORIDANA J. Ag. forma dentata (Crouan), n.
comb. Gelinaria dentata Crouan in Mazé et Schramm, Algues de
Guadeloupe, 1870. Washed ashore, Indian River Inlet, Florida,
May, 1899. Mrs. G. A. Hall.

650. CoRALLINA GRACILIS Lamour. forma densa, n. f. The
densely appressed branches give this form a quite different appearance
from the typical C. gracilis, distributed as P. B.-A., No. 399; but there
seem to be no distinctive characters sufficient to entitle it to rank as a.
species. a. On rocks exposed to the waves, Dillon’s Beach, Marin
County, California, Dec. 11, 1898. b. On exposed rocks, Pyramid
Point, Monterey County, California, Jan. 8, 1899. W. A. Setchell de
R. E. Gibbs.

1906] Sanford,— Asplenium ebenoides in Massachusetts 113

The following species, discovered by the late Isaac Holden, was
distributed under Nos. 1007 and 1163; the description, given with the
latter number, is as follows:

1163. Lyngbya (Leibleinia) subtilis Holden n. sp.

“ Filaments attached by the middle to other algae; free ends cylindri-
cal or somewhat tapering; trichomes pale green, somewhat torulose,
.003-.0045 mm. diam., articulations 1-3 to 1, usually 1-2 diam. long;
terminal cell rounded, sheath thin, delicate.

Attached to various marine algae, Bridgeport, Connecticut; and
along the coast to Maine. The filaments vary considerably in size;
the general habit is not unlike some of the smaller species of Plectonema,
but no branching has been observed."

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

A STATION FOR ASPLENIUM EBENOIDES IN MASSACHUSETTS.—
On the 30th of September, 1905, I drove from Canaan, Connecticut,
where I was stopping, to Ashley Falls in Massachusetts. The day
was so hot that collecting seemed almost useless. On crossing the
Massachusetts line I was relieved, however, to find shade, which at
least looked cool. Crumbling abutments reached from the cliff
towards the road. The hollows between were filled with greensward
and the crevices in the rocks were full of all the lovely things that
like limestone crannies. From one to another I hurried and peered
like a mortal under a fairy spell. Walking-leaf, ebony and maiden-
hair spleenworts, bulblet bladder-fern, blunt-leaved Woodsia, moun-
tain Geranium, harebells, and at the top rusty Woodsia were there
and all most daintily set. In the rich soil between the back of the
rocks and the river grew huge tufts of Christmas and evergreen wood-
fern and on an occasional limestone outerop small and very intensely
colored purple cliff-brakes. I said to myself “Here we have the right
soil and an abundance of Asplenium ebeneum with Camptosorus
rhizophyllus elbowing each other; and whether Asplenium ebenoides
is or is not a hybrid, I would like to hunt every inch of this place for
a root of it, if I had the strength and two weeks time.” Just then,
up over my head on a ledge, a difference in the form of a fern attracted
my attention, and after a scramble I actually had found the little
plant in question. It was a small root, to be sure, but unmistakable
in its identity and within the limits of Massachusetts, where so far

114 Rhodora [JUNE

as I have learned Asplenium ebenoides has never been recorded before.
Very near it was a vigorous plant of Camptosorus rhizophyllus on
which nearly every frond was a departure from the typical leaf with
rounded lobes. One had pinnae as distinct below as in Asplenium
ebenoides itself, thus looking much as though this individual was a
sort of missing link in the history of the interesting spleenwort.—
Mrs. J. R. Sanrorp, Winsted, Connecticut.

‘THE APETALOUS FORM OF ARENARIA GROENLANDICA ON MT. Maws-
FIELD.— During the second week of June, 1902, I collected on Mt.
Mansfield apetalous specimens of Arenaria groenlandica Spreng.
The season was cold and wet and normal plants of the same species
were developing slowly. On looking over the back numbers of my
set of RHODORA I found a record relative to apetalous specimens of
A. groenlandica collected by Mr. Rand in 1888 and others with re-
duced petals collected by Professor Fernald in 1894, and I intended
to report immediately the new station which I had observed, but press
of work prevented my doing so. In 1904 I searched again for the
form in question but failed to find it. In 1905, however, on July 7th
I was more fortunate, finding a colony some inches in diameter grow-
ing among the typical plants which were in full bloom. On both
occasions the apetalous specimens were collected on the open ridge
of the summit of the mountain. Only a few specimens were taken
at either time and all were sent to the herbarium of the University
of Vermont. ‘The previous note on the apetalous form of this species
records its occurrence in Maine only, and suggests that it may be a
seasonal development. The finding of the form on Mt. Mansfield in
early June not only extends the known range to Vermont but seems
to indicate that it is not the result of any reduction or abortion of the
normal form after normal flowering.—ErizaBETH B. DAVENPORT,
Brattleboro, Vermont.

A New Variety oF CAREX INTERIOR.— During a recent excursion
in the St. John Valley of the Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine I
was much interested and perplexed by a strange Carex which abounded
on a wet sandy shore below Fort Kent. The plant was obviously
related to Carex interior but its slender lance-subulate mostly ascend-

1906] Meeting of the Botanical Symposium 115

ing perigynia gave it a distinctive appearance which would immediately
attract a student familiar with the common C. interior of northern New
England. Study of the plant shows it to be a very extreme variation
of that common species, which, as it ordinarily occurs, has broadly
deltoid-ovate wide-spreading perigynia. ‘This peculiar variety in the
St. John valley, collected on an excursion of the state botanical
society, may appropriately bear the name of John Josselyn, the pioneer
botanist of Maine. I therefore propose to call it

CAREX INTERIOR Bailey, var. Josselynii, var. nov. Perigyniis
lanceolato-subulatis 3 mm. longis 1 mm. latis ascendentibus.
MAINE, wet sandy shore of the St. John River, Fort Kent, July 6,
1904 (M. L. Fernald).— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

VIOLA NOVAE-ANGLIAE IN THE PENoBsCOT VALLEY.— It is with
great pleasure that I am able to record the finding of Viola novae-
angliae House at Veazie in flower and fruit on June 10 and 23, 1905.
Mr. F. M. Billings and I found it growing in crevices of the rocks
along “The Cliffs" near the Penobscot River when it was just passing
out of bloom at the first date given and later I collected it in fruit and
cleistogamous flower. Specimens have been seen by President Ezra
Brainerd who verifies my identification of the plant.— Ora W.
Knicut, Bangor, Maine.

THE THIRD ANNUAL MEETING OF THE BoTANICAL SYMPOSIUM will
be held from July 2 to 9, 1906, at Mountain Lodge, Little Moose Lake,
Old Forge, N. Y. Through the courtesy of the members of the
Adirondack League Club the privilege of occupying the Club House
for one week is extended to the members of the Conference. Tickets
should be bought to Fulton Chain Station on the Adirondack Division
of N. Y. C. € H. R. R. Single fare from New York City $6.46.
Board $2.00 to $3.00 a day. Stages will meet the party at Fulton
Chain Station. Botanists intending to attend the Symposium are
requested to notify Mr. Joseph Crawford, Secretary, 2824 Frankford
Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. A cordial invitation is extended to New
England botanists to take part in this meeting.

116 Rhodora [JUNE

THE JossELYN BOTANICAL Society OF MAINE will meet this year,
July 3-6, at Rowe Ponds Camps, Pleasant Ridge Plantation. These
camps are in the midst of the Somerset County forests, 104 miles
northwest of Bingham, which is the nearest village. Woods, ponds
and streams are all around, and there is splendid opportunity for
collecting and studying the characteristic plants of the region. It is
expected that a speaker on forestry will give the principal address.
Although this is a Maine society, it has numerous members in other
States. Any botanist who wishes to explore this section of Maine
during the first week in July, will be heartily welcomed by the
Josselyn Society. A descriptive circular giving rates and further
details will be sent, on application to the secretary, Mr. A. H. Nor-
ton, Portland Society of Natural History, Portland, Maine.

Vol. 8, no. 89, including pages 81 to 100, was issued 12 May, 1906.

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacea) 1895-1897. $5.20.-—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by EDWARD L.
RAND and JOHN H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WILLIAM Morris Davis. 1894. And a new map of the Island. Igor.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale.—Address
EDWARD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
Rounps Co., Providence, R. I.

THE FLOWER-LOVER’S MAGAZINE

If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE, AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It
is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise
interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to

WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
Binghamton, N. Y.

GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS.

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

CONCORD NURSERIES, Concord, Massachusetts. Established on
Minot Pratts Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including XA4odora, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.

SUPPLIES for the Botanist in FIELD, HERBARIUM or LABORA-
TORY. ., SAMPLES of Driers, Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and
NEW LIST of PLANT MATERIAL for 1906 mailed on request.
PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS and HERBARIUM ESSEN-
TIALS.

Prompt Attention. Standard Material. Immediate Shipments.

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT’S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, E . e $1.00
With Gray's Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . A 1.80
With Gray's Manual of Botany, : E k . 2.25

For the High School Laboratory and Class Room.

By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M., of the Ames
Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray’s text-books their extraordinary success, It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiology are also fully treated.
The illustrations number 354, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.

r ME practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

American Book Company
New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

PSYCHE
A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874
Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.
Six Numbers a year: — February, April, June, August, October, Decem-
ber. Annual subscription One Dollar.
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U.S. A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year. Established 1897 12 numbers
Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.
Edited by Francis E. Lloyd

Teachers College, Columbia University,

Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.

odora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER y

WILLIAM PENN RICH | m a *
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND ( ublication Committee.

Vol. 8. July, 1906. No, 91.
CONTENTS:
Violets of the District of Columbia. H. D. House E : : 117
Notes on Algae,—VII. F. S. Colfíns , : > ; f 122
Some new or little known Cyperaceae. M. L. Fernald . i 126
Lists of New England Plants, — XIX. J. F. Collins à i 131
A Botanical Exhibition. M. E. Cherrington 1 . 135
Boston, Mass. Providence, TR. T,

740 Exchange Building. — 11 Preston and Rounds Co,

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection. Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
E B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec’y N. E. Botanical Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. ScHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PUTNAM’s Sons,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. S. MATHEWs, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,
Mass.

NOTICE

Part III of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready. Price
$1.00. Shall we send you a copy?

After Sept. 1, 1906, the price of this work will be advanced to $1.25 per
part to all who subscribe after that date.

Mosses with a Hand-lens, second edition, 8vo., 224 pp., 39 full page plates
and 151 cuts in the text; describes 169 species of Mosses and 54 species of
Hepatics, $1.75. Sample pages on application.

A. J. GROUT, 360 LENox Roan, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS

and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.
3 HARLAN P. KELsEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.

Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts.

GROUT
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. 2d Ed. 224 pp., $1.75 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.00 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
O. T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8. July, 1906. No. 91

THE VIOLETS AND VIOLET HYBRIDS OF THE DIS-
TRICT OF COLUMBIA AND VICINITY.

(Plates 71, 72.)
HomMER Do.tiver House.

DvniN« the seasons of 1904 and 1905, a survey of the violets of
this region was undertaken by the writer with the object in view of
ascertaining the status of certain peculiar forms, some already de-
scribed as species and others recognized as hybrids, and further to
discover if possible whether or not the supposed hybrids were con-
sistent with the pure species found in their immediate neighborhood.

A careful field study was made of a large number of colonies, and
sets representing my collections have been placed in the herbaria of
the National Museum, New York Botanical Garden, Missouri Botani-
cal Garden, Harvard University, Ezra Brainerd and H. D. House.

Practically all of the characteristics peculiar to violet hybrids as
noted by Mr. Brainerd in recent articles, apply to those found in this
vicinity. Moreover, not a single hybrid was found but that the par-
ent species were immediately associated with it or were to be found
within a few rods. A brief review of the methods of cross-fertiliza-
tion of the violets shows that for two species to be crossed they must
not only occur in the same region but must be cohabitant with each
other or at most, occur within a few rods of each other. Another
noticeable fact is that the most remarkable hybrids and variations.
always occur upon new soil, recently cleared land, embankments,
along ditches, etc. — in short, in places the conditions of which are due
to the work of man and not nature.

118 Rhodora [Juny

It is not necessary for the purposes of this article to redescribe
species already well characterized in recent manuals, and the pure
species may be named as follows:

1. V. ODORATA L., escaped from cultivation.

2. V. BLANDA Willd. (V. LeConteana G., Don). According to
Mr. Brainerd (RHopoRA 7: 248. 1905), the species heretofore
called V. LeConteana, must now be referred to Willdenow's V. blanda.

3. V. LANCEOLATA L.

4. V. PRIMULIFOLIA L.

5. V. pepata L.

6. V. PEDATA INORNATA Greene (V. inornata Greene, V. pedata
lineariloba DC. ?).

7. V. PALMATA L.

S. V. VESPERTILIONIS Greene.

9. V. oRNITHODES Greene. Occurs sparingly at Cleveland Park
and along the Potomac River above 'The District line.

10. V. STONEANA House. First described and figured by Witmer
Stone as V. septemloba, from plants collected in Southeastern Penn-
sylvania. Found in abundance by the writer at Hyattsville and
Patuxent and at Rockville by Mr. Jos. H. Painter.

11. V. PAPILIONACEA Pursh.

12. V. FILICETORUM Greene.

13. V. sororta Willd. Occurs abundantly in rocky places along
the Potomac River above Washington and sparingly in other localities.

14. V. arrinis LeConte. (V. obliqua Hill?)

15. V. vittosa Walt.

16. V. cvcuLLATA Ait. (Including V. macrotis Greene, and
other segregates.)

17. V. BriTTONIANA Pollard. Related to V. septemloba LeConte,
of the southern states and certainly distinct from it according to the
unpublished plate of LeConte's and recent collections made in the
south which agree with the original plate in having conspicuous
runcinate lobes, an important character not found in V. Brittoniana.

18. V. rECTINATA Bicknell. Doubtfully distinct from V. Brit-
toniana, and apparently an entire-leafed form of it. One clump
only was noted along with V. Brittoniana at Riverdale.

19. V. FIMBRIATULA J. E. Sm.

20. V. SAGITTATA Ait.

21. V. EMARGINATA (Nutt.) LeConte.

1906] House,— Violets of the District of Columbia 119

22. V. SCABRIUSCULA Schwein. Along the River bottoms of the
Potomac River above Washington.

23. V. PUBESCENS Ait. Great Falls, Md., Fairfax Co. and Blue-
mont, Va.

24. V. CONSPERSA Reichenb. (V. Muhlenbergii Torr., V. labra-
dorica Authors, probably not of Schrank.) Rock Creek Park and
toward Great Falls.

25. V. srRIATA Ait. Common along the River bottoms and
Canal banks above the city of Washington.

26. V. RAFINESQUII Greene.

In addition to this list, the following forms have been described
from this region, the exact status of which I have not had the oppor-
tunity to determine: V. laetecaerulea Greene, V. filicetorum var.
parthenica Greene, V. emarginata var. simulata Greene, and V.
fontana Greene.

'The recognized hybrid forms are best given in alphabetical order
as follows. All specimens cited by number or date unless otherwise
stated were collected by the writer.

Viola affinis X papilionacea hyb. nov. At Woodridge, D. C.,
on a moist wooded hillside is a large colony of V. affinis (No. 651),
and at the base of the hill in a meadow, V. papilionacea is abundant.
When first seen (May 3d) there was noticed an abundance of what
seemed to be a darker and broader-leafed form of V. affinis, growing
lower down on the hillside than V. affinis. The intermediate char-
acters of the leaves and flowers indicated its hybrid origin which
specimens in fruit gathered later (June 15th) showed to be true.
The abortive capsules were distinctly pubescent and the plant much
larger than typical V. affinis.— Woodridge, D. C., May 3d, 1905
(No. 652) and June 15, 1905. Type in herb. H. D. House.

VIOLA AFFINIS X SAGITTATA Brainerd, RHODORA 8: 55. 1906.—-'
Patuxent, Md. June 4, 1905 (No. 972, type).

VIOLA AFFINIS X VILLOSA Brainerd, RHoDORA 8: 56. 1906.—
Rock Creek Park, May 13, 1905 (Nos. 702, 705, 710); Glen Echo,
May 17, 1905 (No. 733); Kensington, June 11, 1905 (No. 1003);
Glen Carlyn, Va., June 25, 1905 (No. 1053, in part).

VioLA BRITTONIANA X CUCULLATA House, Bull. Torrey Club 32:
255, pl. 17. 1905. V. notabilis Bicknell, Torreya 4: 131. V.
cucullata X septemloba Brainerd, |. c. 52.— Riverdale, Md., June 8,
1905 (No. 988, in part).

120 Rhodora [Jury

Viola Brittoniana X emarginata nom. nov. V. emarginata X
septemloba Brainerd, RHopora 8: 53. 1906.— One of the oddest
of violet hybrids, growing in dense matted clumps and showing a
great diversity in leaf outline. (PLATE 71.) Hyattsville, May 7,
1905 (No. 683), June 4, and Sept. 25, 1905 (No. 937).

Viola Brittoniana X sagittata nom. nov. V. sagittata X sep-
temloba Brainerd, |. c. 51, pl. 66, a € b.— Riverdale, May 1, 1905
(No. 639, type), and June 8, 1905 (No. 989).

VIOLA CUCULLATA X EMARGINATA Brainerd, RHODORA 8: 53.
1906. Hyattsville, Sept. 25, 1905 (No. 1687).

VIOLA EMARGINATA X FIMBRIATULA Brainerd, RHODORA 8: 57.
1906. Woodridge (Near District Line), June 15, 1905 (No. 649, in
part).

Viola emarginata X papilionacea hyb. nov. Early leaves tri-
angular, cucullate, cordate, glabrous, very small; flowers small, pale
purplish-blue, about 1 cm. broad, with dark blue center and con-
spicuous purple veins; later leaves large, triangular, truncate or
shallowly cordate, pale green, margins crenate-serrate toward the
apex, deeply dentate or cut-toothed at the base, capsules about 6 mm.
long or less on ascending peduncles, abortive, those from the petali-
ferous flowers apparently never developing.— Takoma Park, July 30,
1904 (No. 141), Aug. 25, 1904 (No. 334, type), Apr. 23, 1905 (No.
606), Oct. 4, 1905 (No. 1645).

VIOLA EMARGINATA X SAGITTATA Brainerd, RHODORA 8: 58.
1906.— North Takoma (Nos. 140, 142, 905); Hyattsville (Nos.
1638, 1647); Glen Carlyn, Va. (No. 1047).

Viola emarginata X villosa hyb. nov. Leaves with the general
outline of V. emarginata but smaller, shallowly lobed or toothed at
the base, pubescent above with the conspicuous whitish hairs of V.
villosa. Growing with both of these species at Takoma Park, May
2, 1905 (No. 646, type).

VIOLA FIMBRIATULA X PAPILIONACEA Brainerd, RHODORA 8: 54.
1906. V. fimbriatula aberrans Stone, Proc. Phila. Acad. 1903: 683.
pl. 37. f. 4-6. 1903.— Riverdale, Sept. 26, 1904 (No. 538), Sept. 25,
1905 (No. 1608); Darlecarlia Reservoir, June 17, 1905 (No. 1026,
1027).

VIOLA FIMBRIATULA X SAGITTATA Brainerd, RHODORA 8: 57.
1906.— The most abundant violet hybrid of this vicinity and occur-
ring almost everywhere that the two species, V. fimbriatula and V.

1906] House,— Violets of the District of Columbia 121

sagittata are found near together. Extremely diverse in leaf-outline
and many of the intermediate forms are highly fertile, producing
normal capsules and potent seeds.

Viola fimbriatula X villosa hyb. nov. Leaves oblong-ovate,
strongly but rather distantly crenate, cordate, obtuse, sparingly
pubescent on the petioles and under surface of the leaf-blades, strongly
pubescent above with rigid, whitish hairs peculiar to V. villosa, deep-
green but faintly mottled with whitish by the darker green regions of
the principal veins, the abortive capsules on spreading peduncles.—
Takoma Park, Aug. 3, 1904 (No. 143a, type).

VIOLA PALMATA X VILLOSA Brainerd, RHopora 8: 56. 1906.—
Four-mile-run, Va., Jos. H. Painter, Aug. 5, 1904 (No. 865); H. D.
House, Aug. 9, 1904 (No. 182); Darlecarlia Reservoir, May 23, 1905
(No. 804); Glen Echo, May 25, 1905 (No. 823); Rock Creek Park,
May 13, 1905 (No. 712); Fairfax Co., Va., June 29, 1905 (No. 1079).

VIOLA PAPILIONACEA X SAGITTATA Brainerd, RHODORA 8: 54.
1906.— This was referred to by me as V. conjugens Greene, in a
previous article on the violets of New Jersey (Bull. Torrey Club 32:
256. 1905), and a subsequent comparison of the New Jersey speci-
mens with the type of V. conjugens, shows that they are the same.
As V. conjugens was described from Anne Arundel Co., Md., it comes
within the range of this paper.

Viola papilionacea X villosa hyb. nov. Mature leaf-blades
oblong-ovate to suborbicular, obtuse, obscurely crenate toward the
apex, more conspicuously serrate at the base, cordate, deep-green,
nearly glabrous, especially beneath but the blades more or less pubes-
cent above with whitish hairs, capsules abortive on spreading ped-
uncles. Growing with the two species, V. papilionacea and V. villosa
at Darlecarlia Reservoir, June 17, 1905 (No. 1029, type).

Viola Stoneana X villosa hyb. nov. Growing in dense, matted
clumps, the leaves at flowering time spreading on petioles 5 to 10 em.
long, pubescent above with the silvery whitish hairs characteristic
of V. villosa and even more strongly ciliate on the margins than V.
Stoneana, nearly glabrous beneath and somewhat shining; size of
plant and lobing of the mature leaf-blades exactly intermediate
between the two species and growing with them. Flowers inter-
mediate in color between the blue of V. Stoneana and the deep purple
of V. villosa. (Prate 72.)— Hyattsville, May 5, 1905 (No. 685,
type), June 4, 1905 (No. 935a).

122 Rhodora [Jury

In addition to these forms which considerable field study of their
habit and surroundings have shown to be unmistakably of hybrid
origin and in which, for the most part, it has been easy to determine
from what species they have been derived, there are many uncertain
forms in need of further study. Among them may be noted what
seems to be a triple hybrid between Viola (fimbriatula X papilionacea)
and Viola emarginata, at Takoma Park, July 23, 1904 (No. 95).

CLEMSON COLLEGE, South Carolina.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Puate 71. Viola Brittoniana X emarginata House. (Natural size.) a.
Flowering plant. b. Mature leaf. c. Cleistogamous flowers. d, e. Capsules
from cleistogamous flowers.

PLATE 72. Viola Stoneana X villosa House. (Natural size.) a. Flowering
plant. b. Mature plant. c. Cleistogamous flower. d. Capsule from cleisto-
gamous flower.

NOTES ON ALGAE,— VII.
F. S. COLLINS.

IN this number of the Notes are included records of various species,
etc., new to our flora; also a few items of interest in regard to previously
recorded species; unless otherwise indicated, all were collected by the
writer. n

Puormipium RETZUü (Ag.) Gomont forma FASCICULATUM (Bréb.)
Gomont, Monogr. des Oscill., p. 197. The typical P. Retzi is a
widely distributed species, and is common in sluggish waters through-
out New England, in the form of rather firm coatings, from one half
to one em. thick, on stones and other objects. When the current is
rather brisk, these coatings sometimes fringe out into narrow strings,
but the extreme form appears to be unusual. It was found by the
writer in quite rapid water, in Lynnfield, Mass., June 11, 1905. There
was a distinct stipe-like part, flattened, expanding above into a broader
lamina, repeatedly dividing, and ending in innumerable long, slender,

1906] Collins,— Notes on Algae,— VII 123

pointed, free or entangled strings, waving actively in the current.
The stipe was dark brown, the lamina and its divisions were intense
blue-green; sometimes such a frond had a length of 60 cm., and a very
curious resemblance in habit to one of the digitate Laminarias. It
was distributed in Collins, Holden & Setchell, Phycotheca Boreali-
Americana, No. 1254.

LYNGBYA AESTUARII (Mert.) Liebmann and L. SEMIPLENA (Ag.)
J. Ag., are found as marine algae the world over, except in arctic and
antarctic regions; the former has been found occasionally in fresh
water in Europe, but apparently not in this country; both grew abun-
dantly in an old claypit at West Cambridge, Mass., Aug. 6, 1905.
L. aestuarii from this locality has been distributed as P. B.-A., No.
1255.

CALOTHRIX STAGNALIS Gomont, Journal de Botanique, Vol. IX,
p. 197. Forming stellate tufts on various filamentous algae in standing
water, Medford, Mass., in August, 1903. It is one of the few dis-
tinctly epiphytic species of the genus; the filaments, seldom exceeding
a millimeter in length, are 8-10 » in diameter at the middle, tapering
to a fine hair above, somewhat thickened at the decumbent base.
The sheath is thin and transparent, the trichome aeruginous, distinctly
torulose, with cells about as long as broad. There are two basal
heterocysts, yellowish, spherical or subquadrate, and above them, in
the mature plant, a sub-cylindrical spore, 12-14 u diameter, 2-4 diam-
eters long; rarely two spores occur. Spores have been reported as
produced under culture in a marine species of Calothrix, but C. stag-
nalis was the first in which spores were found under normal condi-
tions. Apparently the only record up to the finding of the American
locality, as above, is that for the original station near Angers, France.
Distributed as P. B.-A., No. 1114.

ENDODERMA viRIDIS (Reinke) Lagerheim, Ofversigt Vet. Akad.
Forhandl, p. 74, 1883. The only species of Endoderma hitherto
known in America is E. Wittrockii (Wille) Lagerh., which is not
uncommon in various brown algae on the New England coast. In
September, 1883, the writer collected at Falmouth, Mass., a specimen
of Seirospora Griffithsiana Harv., and on examining it under the
microscope found in the older parts a green endophyte which he could
not identify at the moment, and a memorandum was made to look it
up when convenient. It was not until the present year that the matter
was again taken up; and it was found that the plant agrees with
description and figures of E. viridis. The filaments are more slender

124 Rhodora [Juny

than those of E. Wittrockii, averaging 6 y diameter; the branching is
more abundant and irregular; the cells vary from one to six diameters
long, and are quite irregular in form, not nearly cylindrical, as in Æ.
Wittrockit. A good figure will be found with the original description
as Entocladia viridis Reinke, in Bot. Zeit., p. 476, Pl. VI, 1879. In
Europe it has more southern range than E. Wittrockti.

ACROCHAETE REPENS Pringsheim, Abh. Koónigl. Akad. Wiss.,
Berlin, p. 4, Pl. II, 1862. In this paper on the morphology of marine
algae, Pringsheim published two nearly related genera of green algae,
Acrochaete and Bolbocoleon, both growing in the tissue of brown algae,
at the island of Helgoland. In each there is a more or less branched
filament, creeping among the cortical cells of the host, and bearing
very long and slender bristles, which project beyond the surface of the
host; but the character of the bristles is different in the two. In
Acrochaete they arise each from the terminal cell of a short lateral
branch; in Bolbocoleon the hair projects from a specialized nearly
empty cell; this is partitioned off from the vegetative cells, and has a
relatively large bulbous base to the long sheath. Bolbocoleon piliferum,
the original and only species, has been found to have quite a wide
distribution, but Acrochaete repens seemed to be limited to a small
district in northern Europe. It was therefore interesting to find it
occurring in considerable abundance at Wood’s Hole, Mass., Sept. 1,
1905, in fronds of Chorda Filum (L.) Stack., the host plant of the
original station. Distributed as P. B.-A., No. 1279.

Bryopsis HYPNOIDES Lamouroux, Journal de Botanique, p. 135,
1809. While there have been occasional reports of the occurrence
of this species on the New England coast, the writer has failed to
obtain specimens confirming them, and it has seemed probable that
all should be referred to B. plumosa (Huds.) Ag. A specimen from the
herbarium of Capt. N. Pike, marked B. hypnoides, is evidently B.
plumosa. Recently Mr. J. A. Cushman submitted to the writer a
small collection of algae from Horseneck Beach, near New Bedford,
and in this collection was a single specimen agreeing perfectly with
European specimens of B. hypnoides. ‘This was of course enough
to give the species a place in our lists; and in May, 1905, it was found
washed ashore at Mattapoisett, Mass., in sufficient quantity for it to be
distributed as P. B.-A., No. 1286. Unfortunately some plants varied
considerably from the type in the direction of B. plumosa. In B.
hypnoides the branches of successive orders decrease gradually in
size, those of each order being arranged spirally about their axis; in

1906] Collins,— Notes on Algae,— VII 125

B. plumosa the ramuli are bifarious and plumose, the distinction
between branches of successive orders being quite marked. We
certainly have both types; more investigation will be needed to make
sure where specific lines should be drawn. Indeed, all the species of
Bryopsis are vague in their limitations.

STREBLONEMA PARASITICUM (Sauv.) De Toni, Syll. Alg., Vol. III,
p. 575; Ectocarpus parasiticus Sauvageau, Journal de Botanique,
Vol. VI, p. 82, Pl. III. A very small plant with irregular basal fila-
ments penetrating the tissue of the host and sending out short, simple
filaments with cells 6-8 y diameter and about one and a half diameters
long; also slender hairs and subcylindrical, mostly biseriate, pluri-
locular sporangia. In Europe this species occurs in Cystoclonium
purpurascens (Huds.) Kiitz., Gracilaria compressa (Ag.) Grev., and
Ceramium rubrum (Huds.) Ag. It has been found here only in
Cystoclonium purpurascens, in the main stems and larger branches
of well grown plants; where the endophyte is abundant the natural
red color is changed to a dull yellow. It has been collected at Harps-
well, Maine, and at Wood’s Hole, Mass.; probably it occurs wherever
the host plant is found.

STREBLONEMA OLIGOSPORUM Stromfelt, Om Algvegetationen i
Finlands sydvestra Skärgård, p. 133, Pl. I, fig. 5. Another minute
endophytic plant, with a basal layer of somewhat contorted, freely
branching filaments, composed of rather irregular cells usually 10 x
long, 5-10 y diameter; from these arise simple, cylindrical branches,
about 5 u diameter, ending in colorless, articulate hairs, which pro-
ject beyond the surface of the host; also uniseriate plurilocular spo-
rangia, usually cylindrical, 25-40 by 8-15 yp, occasionally shorter and
ovate-lanceolate in outline. This species was first found in Iceland,
where it occurred in the tissue of Coilonema Chordaria Aresch.; a
plant found at Bailey’s island, Casco Bay, Maine, appears to be
identical, although occurring in a different host, in this case, Gloio-
siphonia capillaris (Huds.) Carm. While resembling the preceding
species, it seems to be distinct; in S. parasiticum the basal filament
bears, in addition to the hairs, short vegetative filaments and spo-
rangia of about the same height; in S. oligosporum the hairs are borne
at the ends of the branches, which are fewer in number and much
longer than the sporangia.

ASPEROCOCCUS ECHINATUS (Mert.) Grev. var. VERMICULARIS
(Griff.) Harvey, Manual of the British Algae, p. 35. In place of the
rather coarse, pipe-stem-like fronds of the type, the fronds in this

126 Rhodora [JuLy

variety are hardly more than setaceous; up to 40 em. long, with a
diameter of about one millimeter; the sori show a tendency to an
arrangement in rings about the frond. Found in a tide pool at Cedar
Ledge, Casco Bay, Maine, July 15, 1904.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

SOME NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN CYPERACEAE OF
EASTERN NORTH AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

Recent studies in various genera of Cyperaceae in the eastern United
States and adjacent Canada have made it necessary to recognize a
number of undescribed species and varieties in our flora and to alter
the current interpretation of some others. These items which have
been accumulating for some years are here brought together as a series
of notes arranged in the sequence of the genera and species as now
understood by the writer.

CYPERUS DENTATUS Torr. Fl. 61 (1824) was based upon C. parvi-
florus Muhl. Gram. 19 (1817), not Vahl. 'To the characterization
of Muhlenberg’s plant with the “Habitat ad ripas Susquehannae. . . .
etiam in N. Anglia", and with “Spiculis 3 compressis alternis ovatis,
8-floris,” ? Torrey added “Spikes....appearing dentate or pectinate
by the spreading of the points of the glumes when old" ;? thus indi-
cating very clearly a plant which occurs on sandy shores from central
Maine to western New York and southward at least to West Virginia.
This characteristic plant with prominent scale-tips varies in the num-
ber of flowers from 5 to 13, and the spikelets are very often altered
to leafy tufts. An extreme development of the plant which is more
common in certain portions of southern New England than typical
C. dentatus may be distinguished as

C. DENTATUS, var. ctenostachys, n. var. Spikelets 15-40-flowered,
the scale-tips less prominent.— Massacuuserts, West Pond, Ply-
mouth, September 23, 1863 — type, September 13, 1853 (Wm. Boott);
Middleborough Pond, September 9, 1870 (Wm. Boott); margin of

1, 2, Muhl. Gram. 19 (1817). 3 Torr. Fl, 61 (1824).

1906] Fernald,— Some new or little known Cyperaceae 127

pond, Centreville, August 5, 1901 (Clara Imogene Cheney): NEw
JERSEY, pine barrens, without definite locality (Gray, Gram. & Cyp.
no. 71, in part); swamps near Atsion, September 26, 1867 (C. F.
Parker).

Usually producing fewer bulblets than C. dentatus, and in its elon-
gate spikelets and less prominent scale-tips appearing quite distinct.
Numerous transitional specimens occur, however, and both extremes
are sometimes mixed on the herbarium-sheets under one label; for
example, Dr. Gray’s New Jersey material in the Gray Herbarium
and Mrs. Cheney’s sheet of Centreville plants in the Herbarium of
the New England Botanical Club.

Cyperus hystricinus, n. sp. Perennial by short branching root-
stocks: the slender smooth rigid culms 2 to 5 dm. high, rising from
hard corm-like bases, much exceeding the stiff narrow (2 to 5 mm.
broad) smooth leaves: umbel of 3 to 10 smooth simple spreading-
ascending rays, mostly shorter than the involucre: spikelets 1-2-
flowered, subulate, rigid, 3 to 7 mm. long, densely crowded in cylindric
or narrowly obovoid heads (1 to 2.5 cm. long), strongly reflexed, golden
brown at maturity: scales closely appressed, the fertile strongly nerved,
the terminal involute-subulate: achenes linear-cylindric, 2 to 2.5
mm. long.— New Jersey, sandy fields, near Haddonfield, October
13, 1867 — type (C. F. Austin): PENNSYLVANIA, near Philadelphia,
1862 (C. E. Smith): MARYLAND, sandy fields, Salisbury, August,
1894 (W. M. Canby): Grorata, dry sandy soil south of Americus,
July 20, 1901 (R. M. Harper, no. 1131).

Usually confused in the herbarium with C. retrofractus (L.) Torr.,
which has the culms scabrous at least above, the leaves short-pubes-
cent, the few rays of the umbel mostly upright and longer than the
involucre, and the spikelets in a conspicuously turbinate head. The
differences between this plant and C. retrofractus were known to the
late Charles E. Smith, whose specimens are accompanied by detailed
notes indicating that the “rough” plant, C. retrofractus, is earlier
mature than the smooth C. hystricinus.

Cyperus dipsaciformis, n. sp. Perennial from corm-like bases:
culms scabrous at least above, 2.5 to 8 dm. high: leaves shorter than
the culms, scabrous-hispid above, 4 to Y mm. wide: umbel 4-12-
rayed, some of the ascending rays often equalling the involucre:
spikelets 1-3-flowered, subulate, rigid, 6 to 11 mm. long, crowded
in cylindric or subcylindric heads (1.5 to 4 cm. long), strongly reflexed,
yellow-brown at maturity: fertile scales with green midribs: achenes
3 mm. long.— DELAWARE, woods, New Castle County, and near
Wilmington, 1864 (W. M. Canby): Districr or COLUMBIA, along
Rock Creek, Washington, 1868 (F. Pech); “in collibus siccis, apricis,

128 Rhodora [Juny

haud frequens", Washington, July, 1888 (Th. Holm); sandy thickets,
near Washington, July 22, 1896 — type (E. S. Steele): VIRGINIA,
Bedford County, August 1, 1871 (4. H. Curtiss): KENTUCKY, Pine
Mountain, Harlan County, August, 1893 (T. H. Kearney, Jr., no.
222): NorTH CAROLINA, sandy ground, Swain County, July 26, 1891
(Beardslee & Kofoid); sandy soil, Biltmore, June 22, 1897 (Biltmore
Herb. no. 2134b): Groraia, Rome, July, 1888 (Gerald McCarthy);
Stone Mountain, DeKalb County, July 3, 1893 (J. K. Small); dry
woods, Athens, June 20, 1900 (R. M. Harper, no. 18).

Resembling C. hystricinus, but larger, with less developed root-
stock, harsh leaves and culms, longer spikelets, scales with prominent
green midribs, and longer achenes. From C. retrofractus, with which
it has likewise been confused, clearly separated by its cylindric rather
than turbinate-obovoid heads, browner spikelets, smooth rays, and
much less developed rootstock. This is apparently the plant figured
in Britton & Brown’s Illustrated Flora (fig. 567) as C. retrofractus.
The latter species which was Scirpus retrofractus L. Sp. 50 (1753) was
based upon a figure of Plukenet’s * which shows clearly a coarse plant
with strongly turbinate heads, such as occur in a species which is well
known from New Jersey.to Florida and Texas, and northward in the
low country to Missouri.

CYPERUS FILICULMIS Vahl, Enum. ii. 328 (1805) from Carolina
was described as having the spikelets 10-flowered, and the scales
yellowish on the sides. These characters both of color and number
of flowers are found in Carolina specimens and in general in plants
of the southeastern states where C. filiculmis has the spikelets 1 to 1.6
cm. long, with 8 to 12 flowers, the scales rather thin and yellow-tinged.
This plant is common in the southern states but apparently rare in
the North where its limits seem to be Iowa, the Mohawk Valley, New
York, and Middlesex County, Massachusetts. The common plant
of the northern states and adjacent Canada differs in some rather
important regards from the typical plant of the South and it is here
proposed as

C. FILICULMIS, var. macilentus, n. var. Spikelets 3 to 8 mm. long,
4-8-flowered: scales firm, greenish: achenes slightly smaller than in
the species.— Dry or sandy open soil, Maine to Ontario, south to
Virginia, Ohio, and Illinois. A common plant of which the follow-
ing, from among numerous specimens, are representative. MAINE,
Orono, July 26, 1895 (M. L. Fernald, no. 343) — type: New Hamr-

! Plukenet, Phyt. t. 415, fig. 4 (1742).

1906] Fernald,— Some new or little known Cyperaceae 129

SHIRE, Hampton, September 22, 1901 (B. L. Robinson, no. 769):
Vermont, Johnson, August 10, 1893 (A. J. Grout): MASSACHUSETTS,
Plymouth, September 6, 1873 (Wm. Boott): Ruopr Istanp, Cumber-
land, September 13, 1903 (J. M. Greenman, no. 1775): CONNECTICUT
Southington, July 25 and September 24, 1895 (C. H. Bissell, no. 699):
New York, western part of state (Gray, Gram. & Cyp., no. 74):
VircINIa, Franklin, Southampton County, June 9-29, 1893 (A. A.
Heller, no. 1031): Ontario, Point Colborne, July 19, 1901 (J.
Macoun, no. 34,476): Omio, vicinity of Wade Park, Cleveland, July
9, 1896 (J. M. Greenman, no. 143): Micuiaan, Fort Gratiot, July 20,
1870 (H. Gillman, no. 36): Wisconsin, Dells of the Wisconsin,
August, 1858 (I. A. Lapham).

This northern plant with short spikelets and firm green scales
seems in its extreme form very distinct from the typical Cyperus fili-
culmis of the South, but some specimens occur with few flowers but
yellow-tinged thinnish scales, others with numerous flowers and firm

scales.

ELEOCHARIS CAPITATA (L.) R. Br., var. dispar (E. J. Hill), n.
comb. E. dispar, E. J. Hill, Bot. Gaz. vii. 3 (1882).

This local plant of Lake County, Indiana, has of late been treated
as identical with the tropical and subtropical E. capitata, which occurs
along the Gulf of Mexico and in Florida and extends northward along
the coastal plain to Maryland. In its essential characters the material
from northern Indiana cannot be separated from the southern plant;
but E. capitata has whitish-brown scales and jet-black achenes, while
E. dispar has the scales purple-brown and the achenes purple-black.
These color characters hold in the twelve Indiana specimens before me
and on this account the plant seems worthy recognition as an extreme
extralimital variation from the tropical and subtropical type.

ELEocHamis nitida, n. sp. Perennial from a slender rootstock:
culms capillary, 4-angled, striate, 2 to 8 cm. high: tips of the upper
sheaths whitish: spikelet oblong-ovoid, acutish, 2.5 to 4.5 mm. long,
1.5 to 2.5 mm. thick, 8-20-flowered: scales elliptic-oblong, with
rounded tips, purplish-brown, with greenish ribs and very narrow
scarious margins, the lowermost 1 to 1.2 mm. long: achenes whitish-
straw-color, narrowly obovoid, sharply trigonous, very minutely
(under a lens) roughened, 0.7 to 1 mm. long; the very narrow crown-
like tubercle with a short point in the middle.— QUEBEC, springy
place, at border of swamp, Parker’s Station, Pontiac County, June 3,
1903 (J. Macoun).

This beautiful little plant has been collected by Professor Macoun

only at the original station on the Pontiac and Pacific Railway in the

130 Rhodora [Jury

Ottawa Valley, and he writes of it “What struck me particularly about
it was its early maturity, and its short wiry stems which had a tendency
to fall over....The habitat I noted particularly as I was walking
around collecting other species when I was struck with the maturity
of this Eleocharis so early in the season, June 3rd." E. nitida is
nearest related to E. tenuis (Willd.) Schultes, from dwarf specimens
of which it differs in the whitish not dark-girdled tips of the upper
sheaths, the narrow-margined smaller scales, the outer broad-mar-
gined scales of E. tenuis being 2 or 3 mm. long; the tiny sharp-angled
whitish achenes with minute papillae, the larger achenes of E. tenuis
being golden-yellow or orange-brown, becoming drab in age, obtuse-
angled, and conspicuously papillose-roughened; and the very minute
pointed tubercle.

ELEOCHARIS INTERMEDIA (Muhl.) Schultes, var. Habereri, n. var.
Bristles absent or rudimentary.— New York, sandy shores of Oneida
Lake, Vienna, Oneida County, August 2 and 18, 1900 (J. V. Haberer,
no. 11492).

Of this plant Dr. Haberer wrote “All of this material has bristles.
fugaceous or none. Out of much material I find I have but 3 with
bristles. ...It is somewhat curious that the plants within the influ-
ence of water — subject to inundation — are liable to be minus bristles.”
This lack of bristles in certain species or varieties is frequent in Eleo-
charis, Scirpus, and Rynchospora, all or essentially all plants of a lake-
or river-system being constant in this character. Thus the now well-
known E. diandra Chas. Wright constantly lacks bristles throughout
the length of the Connecticut Valley, about Oneida Lake and in the
Androscoggin Valley. Nearly all the E. Engelmanni about Winter
Pond in Winchester, Massachusetts, belongs to the bristleless var.
detonsa Gray. E. palustris, var. calva (Torr.) Gray, so far as known
to the writer, is a very local plant, though material is often collected
at certain stations. All the Scirpus debilis about Lake Massapoag
in Sharon, Massachusetts, is var. Williamsii Fernald, without bristles;
and in a few regions — the Kennebec Valley, Maine, Lake County,
Indiana, etc.— Rynchospora capillacea consistently lacks the perianth
and is var. leviseta Hill.

! For further comments on this point see Ruopora, iii, 250 (1901).

(To be continued.)

1906]

Collins,— Lists of New England Plants,—

XIX

131

PRELIMINARY LISTS OF NEW ENGLAND PLANTS,— XIX.

J. FRANKLIN COLLINS.

[The sign + indicates that an herbarium specimen has been seen;
the sign — that a reliable printed record has been found.]

BUXBAUMIACEAE.

Buxbaumia aphylla L. (1757) .
indusiata Brid. (1826) .
Diphyscium sessile (Schmid.) Lindb. (1863)

GEORGIACEAE.

Georgia pellucida (L.) Rabenh. (1848)
var. curvata Lindb. A
“ geniculata (Girgens.) Lindb. (1872) .
Tetrodontium Brownianum (Dicks.) Schwaeg.
(1824) PONE m e MOSTRE NE
var. rigidum (Funck) Jur. (1882)
POLYTRICHACEAE.

Catharinaea angustata (Brid.) Brid. (1819)
de crispa James (1855) . .
E undulata (L.) W. et M. (1803)
Pogonatum alpinum (L.) Róhl (1812) ;
var. arcticum (Sw.) Brid. (1827) .
E brevicaule (Brid.) P. B. (1805)
s capillare (Mx.) Brid. (1827)
E urnigerum (L.) P. B. (1805)
Polytrichum commune L. (1753)

var. perigoniale ( (Mx.) Br.

Eur. (1844)
var.
cede
" formosum Hedw. (1801)
ài gracile Dicks. (1798)
Bi Jensenii Hagen (1898) .
" juniperinum Willd. (1787)

[11 [13

B ohioense R. et C. (1885)
i piliferum Schreb. (1771)
+ Smithiae Grout (1903)
"u strictum Banks (1798)

uliginosum Hüben.

| E.
Jat falala
SIRIA .| 5
al Ld el ee eio
Hee ++
> 46108
++|+]+|+|+
HORE
lett
+++ ++ +
+15 he Sa
LAT]
++ |

| |

| |
++ +++
++ +++
tS |
+)+ ++ ++
+++ |
++ ++
+++ +++
+/+) +++
2 m
++ | i+

4-
— + —
*
tM
+++ +++
TG

T

+++ +++

132 Rhodora [JuLy

NOTES ON THE PRECEDING LIST.

Georgia pellucida var. curvata probably occurs throughout New
England. It is here interpreted in its extreme form, with the strongly
curved capsules. A close series of intergrades between this and the
species is common; sometimes they all occur in the same colony.
Its claims for varietal rank may be questioned.

Pogonatum aloides (Hedw.) P. B. (1805) was reported from western
Massachusetts in 1833 by Prof. E. Hitchcock, and from Rhode Island
in 1846 by S. T. Olney. No record of its occurrence in North America
has been. found since the latter date. It is not mentioned in Gray's
Manual of 1848 (nor in subsequent moss manuals) although P. bre-
vicaule, a common New England species which is not given in Hitch-
cock’s list, is there described. It is quite apparent that the P. aloides
of this list should be referred to P. brevicaule, as the latter was taken
up in subsequent lists of western Massachusetts and theformer dropped.
This is certainly the case with the Rhode Island plant mentioned, for
in 1847 Olney corrected his own error of the preceding year.

Pogonatum alpinum. Linnaeus, in his Species Plantarum, II, 1109
(1753), indicates the plant illustrated. by Dillenius in his Historia
Muscorum (tab. 55, fig. 4) as the one to which his name of Polytri-
chum alpinum applies. This plant, as there figured, is considerably
branched and the capsules are elliptic in longitudinal section — at
most only twice as long as wide. The same statement will hold true
for this species as figured in the Bryologia Europaea (tab. 418), in
Dixon's Handbook of British Mosses (Ed. 2, tab. 10. B.) and in other
recent works, as well as for (presumably) authentic herbarium material
of the European plant. In 1799 Swartz, in his Muscorum F'rondo-
sorum (pp. 76 and 105), described Polytrichum arcticum and figured
the capsule (tab. 8, fig. 17). This is short cylindric and somewhat
curved, being 24-3 times as long as broad — not including the lid.
He says (l. c. page 106) “Obs. Differt a P. alpino L. (cui simillimam):
Capsulis omnino absque apophysi basilaris. Capsulae in. P. alpino
ovatae, magisque cernuae." Lesquereux and James (1884), Lim-
pricht (1893), Roth (1904), and others, emphasize the short (ellipsoidal,
ovate, or ovoid) capsule in P. alpinum and the longer or cylindric
capsule in P. arcticum (P. alpinum var. arcticum).

I have seen no New England material with the elliptic or ovoid

1906] Collins,— Lists of New England Plants,— XIX 133

capsules. All specimens examined have the cylindric capsules of
varying lengths, while the gametophyte is usually much less branched
than in European specimens of the species which have been examined,
and often unbranched. It will be of interest to learn to what extent
the species, as briefly characterized above, is known in New England
and elsewhere in North America. At present it would seem that the
variety is far more common than the species if indeed the latter occurs
at all. Although the species has been reported from Maine, New
Hampshire, Vermont, and Massachusetts it seems highly probable
that these reports were based largely, if not wholly, upon specimens
of the var. arcticum as here characterized. For this reason these
reports are not recorded in the preceding list.

No species in the list has been more difficult to interpret than Poly-
trichum commune with its many forms and variations. The species,
as described by Dillenius, Linnaeus, Bruch and Schimper, Dixon,
Limpricht, Roth, Lesquereux and James, and others, appears to be
much less common than has been generally supposed. It is impossi-
ble at the present time to place satisfactorily some of the forms of
this species, yet certain conclusions have been reached which would
seem to justify preliminary publication, especially as it is very desira-
ble that the attention of collectors be called to the necessity of getting
abundant material from various habitats and localities — more par-
ticularly perhaps from bogs, swamps, and other wet places. The
writer would be very glad to get specimens from any and all parts of
the country — especially from New England — with a view of attempt-
ing to clear up the uncertainty in regard to several varieties and forms,
the identities of which are at present too problematical to appear in
the above list. It is quite possible that the interpretation of P. com-
mune, as outlined here, may have to be revised when more material
is at hand. Briefly, P. commune, as here restricted, is the fairly tall
plant of moist shaded places with the gametophyte normally at least
10 cm. high, stems mostly simple, leaves remote, the upper free part
(blade) about 1 cm. long and appressed when dry but having the apex
recurved and the shining leaf-bases conspicuous; seta 6-11 cm. and
capsule 5 mm. (4-7) long; calyptra golden brown.

The var. perigoniale is a smaller plant (4-8 cm. high) of drier and
more exposed situations, with leaves smaller and more crowded, so
that, when dry and appressed, the leaf-bases are ordinarily not seen;
seta and capsule shorter (the latter 3-4 mm. long). As a rule this

134 Rhodora [Jury

variety is darker colored in all its parts and more compact than is
the species, suggesting a more xerophytic plant. The perichaetial
leaves, although usually more conspicuous and more prominently
hyaline, are not necessarily any larger than in the species. This
variety undoubtedly occurs in Vermont though no record of its occur-
rence there has been found.

The var. uliginosum is just such a variation as might be expected
in a very moist, well shaded, and humid situation; that is, with
elongated and more or less flexuose stems, longer and more distant
leaves. In the dried state a very pronounced character is the abruptly
squarrose upper portion of the leaf, the apex of which is often some-
what recurved or even circinate. It should be expected in all the
New England states.

From an examination of some thousands of leaf sections of P.
commune and its allies during the past year it is quite evident that there
is much more variation in the lamellae than might be expected from
reading standard descriptions; for instance, the end cells in sections
may vary from strongly crescentic to circular in the same leaf, depend-
ing respectively upon whether the section is cut near the middle of
the leaf or down near the sheath. Likewise, the heights of the lamellae
vary. Again, the lamellae of immature leaves differ from those of
mature ones. The leaves and lamellae of new shoots differ from
those of the old shoots when the amount of humidity or soil moisture
is altered. This can easily be shown experimentally by transferring
a plant from a moderately dry situation to a dish of water under a
bell jar and later comparing the leaves of the new shoots with those
of the old. The thickness of the outer wall of the end cell is also a
variable quantity. In fact it is quite evident that certain external
factors (climatic and edaphic as well as physiographic) play no small
part in determining the form and structure of the lamellae, the leaves,
and even the whole plant. The query suggests itself, “Are these
factors alone wholly responsible for the existence of any of the varieties
which have received distinctive names?” Here is a good field for
experimentation.

Polytrichum formosum was reported from various New England
states prior to 1885. Undoubtedly the bulk of the material so re-
ported must be referred to P. Ohioense as has been repeatedly shown
in various articles and catalogues since the date mentioned.

Polytrichum gracile was reported from Massachusetts and New

1906] Cherrington,— A Botanical Exhibition 135

Hampshire in 1847 by William Oakes (Hovey’s Magazine, 13: 174).
Dr. A. J. Grout writes me that the only specimens of this species
which he has were collected in Vermont, so the New Hampshire
locality mentioned in RHopora (1:53) is undoubtedly an error.
The Vermont plants were collected on both Willoughby Mt., and on
Mt. Mansfield by Dr. G. G. Kennedy.

Polytrichum Jensenii is a plant which is known from Lapland,
Finland, Spitzbergen, Greenland, Alaska, and the Yellowstone Park.
The Maine plant which is here referred to this species grew amongst
sphagnum in a bog at Presque Isle. It differs mainly from authentic
material, kindly loaned by Mr. J. M. Holzinger, in having longer and
somewhat flexuose stems, less rigid leaves, and thinner-walled marginal
cells of lamellae.

Brown UNIVERSITY.

Botanical EXHIBITION AT THE MEETING OF THE NATURAL
History SOCIETIES or New Enaianp.— At the recent meeting to
form a Federation of the Natural History Societies of New England,
held at the rooms of the Boston Society of Natural History, there was

an exhibition which visiting botanists found of some interest. The
Appalachian Mountain Club showed a small collection of plants
from above the tree line on Mt. Washington. These were mounted
under sheets of transparent celluloid in such a way that they
could be conveniently handled and examined without danger to the
specimens, thus obviating a risk to which herbarium sheets, exposed
to public view, are usually liable. Miss Cora Clarke of the Science
Club showed a number of sheets of mosses, some of which were
arranged as records of particular days of collecting. Professor R.
H. Richards of the same club showed some strikingly instructive
photographs of trees and shrubs, which exhibited successive stages
in the development of flowers and leaves and fruit. In particular,
two series, one of the Wych Elm and the other of the American Elm,
each consisting of ten views of twigs taken at weekly intervals, were
of special value as botanical studies. Harry A. Cash exhibited the
Ricker mounts for plants. Miss Ella L. Horr, for the Worcester
Natural History Society, had a collection of Ferns, Club Mosses, and
Mosses, mostly from Worcester County. The Botany Class of the

136 Rhodora [Juny

Teacher's School of Science exhibited by request the collection of
mosses, before exhibited, prepared by a committee of the class. The
specimens were mounted in “simplex” celluloid mounts, on cards,
in such a way as to admit handling and study with a hand lens with-
out injury to the plants. The class also exhibited certain plants
suitable for growth in school rooms, though seldom seen there, to call
attention to their value as illustrations of adaptation to desert and
other conditions, and of methods of vegetative propagation. The
Barton Chapter of the Agassiz Association contributed about one
hundred and twenty named fresh mosses as part of the collection of
three members during the month of April, 1906. Most of these were
collected in three localities near Boston and where moisture was neces-
sary were bedded in Sphagnum.— M. Ebna CHERRINGTON.

Vol. 8, no. 90, including pages 101 to 116, was issued 28 June, 1906.

Rhodora. Plate 71.

H. D. House del.
VioLa BrITTONIANA X EMARGINATA House.

iii: o P

Rhodora. : Plate 7

H. D. House del.

VIOLA STONEANA X VILLOSA House.

o

[3
me

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetalae (Aanunculacee to Polygalacée) 1893-1897. $3.20.--
GRAY ITERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by EDWARD L.
RAND and Jonn H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WILLIAM Morris Davis. 1894. And anew map of the Island. (gor.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale.—Address
EDWARD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
Rounps Co., Providence, R. I.

THE FLOWER-LOVER’S MAGAZINE

If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It
is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise
interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to

WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
3inghamton, N. Y.

GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS.

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

CONCORD NURSERIES, Concord, Massachusetts. Established on
Minot Pratt’s Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including A'4odora, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
. WAVERLEY, MASS.

SUPPLIES for the Botanist in FIELD, HERBARIUM or LABORA-
TORY. SAMPLES of Driers, Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and
NEW LIST of PLANT MATERIAL for r9o6 mailed on request.
PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS and HERBARIUM ESSEN-
TIALS.

Prompt Attention. Standard Material. Immediate Shipments.

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT'S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, ‘ : $1.00
With Gray's Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . 1.80
With Gray's Manual of Botany, : n . : 2.25

For the High School Laboratory and Class Room.
By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M, of the Ames

Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray's text-books their extraordinary success. It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiology are also fully treated.
The illustrations number 384, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.

| MIE practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

American Book Company
New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

PSYCHE
A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874
Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.
Six Numbers a year: — February, April, June, August, October, Decem-
ber. Annual subscription One Dollar.
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U.S. A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year, Established 1897 12 numbers
Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.
Edited by Francis E. Lloyd

Teachers College, Columbia University,

Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 8. August, 1906. No. 92.
CONTENTS:
The Genus Sphenopholis. F. Lamson-Scribner 137
Some Maine Rubi,— I. W. H. Blanchard 146
Notes on Algae, — VIII. F. S. Collins 157
Some new or little known Cyperaceae. M. L. Fernald 161
Meeting of the Josselyn Society. £. B. Chamberlain 168
Boston, (Mass. Providence, R. Y.

740 Exchange Building. I| Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.-—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost ofcollection. Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec’y N. E. Botanica! Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PUTNAM's SONS,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. S. MATHEWs, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,
Mass.

NOTICE

Part III of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready. Price
$1.00. Shall we send you a copy?

After Sept. 1, 1906, the price of this work will be advanced to $1.25 per
part to all who subscribe a/fer that date.

Mosses with a Hand-lens, second edition, Svo., 224 pp., 39 full page plates
and 151 cuts in the text; describes 169 species of Mosses and 54 species of
Hepatics, $1.75. Sample pages on application.

A. J. GROUT, 360 LE ox Roab, BROOKLYN, N. Y,

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS

and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.
HARLAN P. KELSEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.

Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts.

GROUT
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. 2d Ed., 224 pp., $1.75 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.00 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
O. T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8. August, 1906. No. 92

THE GENUS SPHENOPHOLIS.
F. LAMSON-SCRIBNER.

THE grasses which for nearly seventy years have been referred to
the Eatonia of Rafinesque, constitute a small genus, but the characters
which serve to distinguish it, the history of its development and rela-
tions with other genera, the remarkable inter-relation of its species
and their geographical distribution are all points of more than usual
interest. The species have been classified by botanists under seven
genera and the seven species we here recognize have been cited under
more than forty names. Michaux in 1803 placed his one species in
Aira, and Sprengel, Muhlenburg, Elliott and some other authors of
that period followed him. Desvaux (1808) referred the species to
Airopsis, while De Candolle in 1813, and Torrey in 1824, referred them
to Koeleria. Trinius placed them in Trisetum in the section Colo-
banthus, which Spach took up later (1546) as a genus, but too late for
its adoption, the name having already been used by Bartling (1800).
In the same year (1830) Kunth, recognizing the generic value of the
characters present in the species, established upon Michaux’s Aira
obtusata the genus Reboulea, renaming Michaux’s plant Reboulea
gracilis. Gray took up Reboulea in the first edition of his Manual
(1848), but in the meantime Endlicher (1837), who doubtless was
aware that the name Reboulea had been applied to a genus of hepatics
ten years prior to its adeption by Kunth, was induced for some reason,
to refer the species to Eaton?a of Rafinesque. This name was adopted
by Gray in the second edition of his Manual (1856) and by all subse-
quent authors. After a careful reading of Rafinesque’s diagnosis of

hd des

138 Rhodora [AueusT

his genus Eatonia and the description of the species which he names
as the type — Eatonia purpurascens — no one can believe that Rafin-
esque's Eatonia is identical with that of Endlicher. Rafinesque says
of his genus that it is “intermediate between Holcus, Aira and Pan-
icum. He describes the spikelets as being polygamous, with one
hermaphrodite and one male flower, the latter enclosed by the third
glume, the first glume being “plus petite,” characters which suggest
Panicum. His type species is described as being 2 to 4 feet high with
ciliate sheaths, divaricate, flexuose panicles, purple spikelets and its
habitat the salt marshes of New York. There is no Eatonia as we
have come to understand that genus, with divaricate purple panicles
and none, so far as I am aware, which occur upon saline marshes
about New York or elsewhere. We must regard the Eatonia of
Endlicher, which he clearly describes, as an error in determination
and as quite distinct from the Eatonia of Rafinesque published eight-
een years earlier. This name as well as Reboulea and Colobanthus
being thus unavailable our little genus whose species have been shut
out from Aira, Trisetum and Koeleria, is without a name and is appar-
ently homeless, for authors differ as to its position in the grass family,
earlier botanists having associated it with the Aveneae, while those of
more recent times have assigned it to the Festuceae, following the
classification proposed by Kunth who allied his Reboulea with Phippsia
and Catabrosa.

The following is a brief summary of the history or development of
the genus: —

Michaux, in 1803, described one species under the name of Aira
obtusata, giving as the habitat “in aridis Carolina ad Floridam.”
His description is very brief and admits of being either Eatonia nitida,

1 Eatonia Rafin, Original description: " EATONIA, (Graminées,) Fleurs polygames
males paniculées. Glume biflore, trivalve; valves inégales, mutique, sur un rang,
l'extérieure embrassante, plus petite; l'intérieure plus grande. 2 fleurs entre |’ intérieure
et la médiane, une hermaphrodite et une mále. Fleur hermaphrodite enveloppée par la
grande valve; glumelle à 2 valves égales, plus courte que la glume. 3 étamines, 2
styles fimbriés. Fleur male embrassée par la glume médiane, glumelle a une seule valve
embrassante. Beau genre intermédiare entre les genres Holcus, Aira et Panicum.

Type, E. purpurascens. Glabre, gaínes ciliées, ligules barbues, feuilles étroites, pani-
cule divariquée, flexueuse; glumes ovées sans nervure, acuminées, l’exterieure carinée,
Glumelles hermaphrodites, ellipitiques obtuses, lisses; glumelle måle, ovale, aigue,
bianguleuse. Belle plante de 2 à 4 pied de haut, dans les marais maritimes de New-York,
etc. Fleurs pourprées. C'est l'Holcus striatus de quelques botanistes americains, mais
nullement celui de Willdenow, etc. ^ Est-ce aussi le Koelera pensylvanica Dec.? et
l Airopsis obtusa de Romer? Mais c'est certainement un genre distinct.

(Rafinesque in Journ. d. Phys. 89: 104, 1819.)

1906] Lamson-Scribner, The Genus Sphenopholis 139

filiformis or, as now understood, either the glabrous or pubescent
form of obtusata. The latter (pubescent) form is by far the more
common in the region specified.

Sprengel in 1807 published Aira pallens and Aira nitida. In 1810
he named the latter species Aira pennsylvanica. In 1813, Muhlen-
burg published Aira truncata based upon Aira obtusata of Michaux
and in 1817 he published Aira pallens, apparently based upon the
grass which has been more recently known as Eatonia pennsylvanica
in which the second floret is awned and doubtless the same as Aira
pallens Sprengel. Muhlenberg notes that awnless forms occur and
evidently referred to these in his catalogue (1813) under the name of
Aira pallens mutica. Avena palustris of Michaux, Muhlenburg treats
as a distinct species.

Torrey (1824) describes two species and one variety under Koeleria:

1. Koeleria pennsylvanica, based upon De Candolle's Koeleria
pennsylvanica with Aira mollis Muhl. and Aira pennsylvanica Spr.
as synonyms. The grass described is Eatonia nitida.

2. Koeleria truncata, based upon Aira truncata Muhl. which is
the Aira obtusata of Michaux. The grass described is the Eatonia
pennsylvanica of A. Gray. The subspecies major, of Torrey, is
certainly valid and includes Eatonia intermedia of Rydberg.

Elliott in his Sketch of the Flora of South Carolina and Georgia,
1816, describes two species, Aira obtusata Mx. and Aira mollis Muhl.
Under the latter, he describes as a variety, Eatonia filiformis Vasey,
but does not name it.

Trinius, in 1830, describes two species under T risetum (Sect.
Colobanthus), namely: T. pennsylvanicum, based upon Aira pennsyl-
vanica Sprengel and Trisetum lobatum, which is Eatonia obtusata
(Mx.).

Endlicher in 1837 takes up Eatonia of Rafinesque for Reboulea of
Kunth (1830) and cites Aira obtusata Michx. as representing the genus.

Desvaux, Journ. Bot. 1808, refers Aira obtusata of Michaux to
Airopsis.

Kunth in 1830 establishes Reboulea as a new genus to include Aira
obtusata Mx. giving the latter a new name, Reboulea gracilis.

Gray in the first edition of his Manual (1848) takes up Reboulea
of Kunth and describes two species with one variety; 1. Reboulea
pennsylvanica, describing the grass now generally recognized as
Eatonia pennsylvanica, but citing Koeleria pennsylvanica DC., which

140 Rhodora [AuGcusT

is based upon Aira pennsylvanica of Sprengel, as a synonym, with
the variety, major (Koeleria truncata major of Torrey). 2. Reboulea
obtusata, based upon Aira obtusata Mx. In the second edition of the
Manual, Gray refers these species to Eatonia following Endlicher
who erroneously took up Rafinesque’s name.

Chapman in 1860 describes two species with one variety — Eatonia
obtusata (Mx.) and Eatonia pennsylvanica, citing Aira mollis Muhl.
as a synonym which is the plant he describes, with the variety filiformis.

In 1886 Vasey raised Chapman’s E. pennsylvanica filiformis to the
rank of a species and published as new Eatonia Dudleyi, which is
identical with E. pennsylvanica of Chapman and Aira nitida and
Aira pennsylvanica of Sprengel, Aira mollis of Muhlenberg being the
same.

Fournier in 1881 published one Mexican species which he named
Eatonia densiflora. This is probably Eatonia obtusata with closely
pubescent sheathes.

Beal, in 1896, describes six species as being North American raising
Eatonia pennsylvanica longiflora Vasey to specific rank and making
one new species, Eatonia hybrida, based upon what he supposed was
Vasey’s so-called hybrid between Eatonia pennsylvanica and Trisetum
palustre, the Eatonia pallens of Scribner and Merrill. The grass he
really described is an awned state of Eatonia filiformis (E. aristata
Seribn. & Merrill.)

Scribner and Merrill (1900) published Eatonia pallens based upon

Aira pallens of Sprengel and two species regarded as new, viz: E.
pubescens and E. aristata, the first a pubescent subspecies of Eatonia
obtusata, the second an awned state of E. filiformis.
-© Britton in his Manual of the Flora of N. Am. (1901) describes five
species: Eatonia obtusata (Mx.) A. Gray, E. pubescens Scribn. €
Merrill, E. pennsylvanica (DC.) A. Gray, E. nitida (Sprengel) Nash
and E. glabra Nash.

Small, in his Flora of the Southern United States (1901) has seven
species, those described by Britton and E. filiformis (Chapm.) Vasey,
and E. longiflora (Vasey) Beal.

Recently (1905) Rydberg published Eatonia robusta (Vasey), based
upon E. obtusata robusta Vasey, and Eatonia intermedia which is
apparently the same as Eatonia pennsylvanica major (Torr.) Gray.
Eatonia robusta has no valid characters to. separate it from Eatonia
obtusata.

1906] Lamson-Scribner, The Genus Sphenopholis 141

Bentham in 1883 (Gen. Pl. 3: 1184) recognized two species with
possibly a third, while Hackel in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam.
(1887) gives the number of species as two.

As already pointed out the genus has no available name and I
venture to propose the name Sphenopholis, or wedge-scale, referring
to the wedge-shaped second glume of some of the species when viewed
from the side. I have reduced the thirteen species published under
Eatonia to four with five subspecies.

Sphenopholis obtusata (Mx.) `

pubescens, S. & M. ;— subspecies lobata — (Trin.),

Eatonia obtusata (Mx.) Gray |
|

—

“robusta, Rydb.

A fora Fourn | pubescens (Scribn. € Merr.)
“ pennsylvanica A. Gray | Sphenopholis pallens

" pallens, S. & M. | m (Spreng.)

" longiflora Vasey. subspecies major (Torr.),
" — intermedia Rydh. J longiflora (Vasey.)

" nitida Nash.

glabra Nash. } = Sphenopholis nitida (Spr.)

" A Dudleyi, ] | subspecies glabra (Nash.)

filiformis Vasey, |

" — hybrida Beal, + = Sphenopholis filiformis (Chapm.)
“ gristata S. & M. }

Three species of Trisetum are transferred to the genus Spheno-
pholis, viz. T. interruptum Buckl. with subspecies californica (Vasey),
Trisetum Hallii Scribn. and Trisetum palustre Trin. with new sub-
species flexuosa, making in all seven species with seven subspecies.

I have referred to the close relationship of the genus Eatonia with
Trisetum in more than one publicationand a recent careful examination
of the ample material in the National and Gray Herbaria has only
served to convince me that Trinius was correct in referring the species
to the Aveneae. With one exception none of the species is entirely
awnless and the only constant character which serves to separate them
from Trisetum is the articulation of the rachilla below the spikelet.
This character is especially pronounced in S. inferruptum and S. Halli.
I regard this character of good generic value; in this case at least it
brings together a very natural group of species. All the species vary
from wholly glabrous to more or less densely pubescent; there is a
general resemblance throughout in the characters of the inflorescence
especially in the details; in the dissimilarity of the outer glumes

142 Rhodora [AvGUsT

and in the lemmas and paleas, the latter being always hyaline and
strongly narrowed towards the base, and especially is there a common
resemblance in the characters of the caryopsis. While the glumes
and first floret are persistent, the second floret readily falls off at
early maturity and so pronounced is this character that species have
been described from herbarium material as having one-flowered spike-
lets. Kunth describes thus Reboulea gracilis.

The characters of the genus Sphenopholis as here constituted are
the same as those assigned to Eatonia by Endlicher, Bentham and
. others excepting those of the lemmas or flowering glumes which are
either awnless or awned below the entire or two-toothed apex, awn
straight or divergent rarely twisted and geniculate. As here presented
the genus stands, as follows: |

Sphenopholis, new name.

Reboulea Kunth. Rev. Gram. 1:341, Pl. 84, 1830, not Reboulea
Raddi 1820.

Colobanthus Trin (as a Sect. Trisetum.) 1830. Spach as a genus,
Suites, Buff, 13:163, 1846, not Bartl. 1830.

Eatonia Rafin.; Endl. Gen. Pl. 99, 1837, not Rafinesque, 1819.

Gen. Char.: Spikelets small, 2-3-flowered, paniculate; rhachilla
continued above the upper floret into a slender naked or pilose stipe,
articulated between the florets and below the spikelets; flowers
hermaphrodite. Glumes 2, dissimilar, persistent, membranaceous,
the second becoming chartaceous or subcoriaceous in fruit, the first
narrow l- or rarely 3-nerved, the second much broader, usually
broadly obovate, 3- or rarely 5-nerved; lemmas rather rigid, char-
taceous, 3- rarely 5-nerved, nerves obscure, rounded on the back below
compressed near the apex, obtuse, acuminate, entire or 2-toothed,
awnless or awned just below the apex; awn straight or divergent,
rarely twisted and geniculate; palea hyaline, shorter than the lemmas,
narrowed towards the base, 2-nerved, usually somewhat 2-lobed and
2-toothed at the apex. Stamens 3. Styles very short; stigmas
plumose. Caryopsis linear or oblong, more or less compressed,
abruptly narrowed above into a short beak, glabrous, exsulcate, loosely
enclosed within the rigid fruiting glume, free.

Slender grasses with usually flat leaves and narrow, often densely
flowered panicles.

Allied to Trisetum.

Species 7. All North American. Type, Sphenopholis obtusata
(Atra obtusata Michx.).

1906] Lamson-Scribner, The Genus Sphenopholis. 143

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Spikelets awnless, rarely with the second floret short-awned, glumes
9

a

very dissimilar dus

Spikelets always awned, glumes not very unlike . . . . 5
Leaves very narrow or involute-filiform, basal ones often equaling

the culm, second glume broadly truncate _. 8. filiformis.
Leaves flat, much shorter than the culm : 3
Panicle lanceolate or oblong, spikelets crowded, second glume as

broad as long, somewhat cuculate in fruit . . S, obtusata.
Panicle lax, branches more or less spreading, at least when in
fever 4s. pu. 4

Glumes nearly equal in length, the second very broadly obovate
obtuse, florets obtuse, the second one very scabrous all over,

S. nitida.
Glumes unequal, first shorter than second, florets mostly acute,
glabrous p oss 158 8. pallens.

Panicle lax, spikelets not crowded, first floret usually awnless

S. palustris.
Panicle narrow spiciform more or less interrupted below D
Glumes broadly oblanceolate, first floret with a short straight
terminal awn Se AAA vo
Glumes narrowly oblanceolate, awns all alike — . S. interrupta.

SUBSPECIES.

obtusata lobata (Trisetum lobatum Trin.). Sheathes and leaves
scabrous; panicle cylindrical, spikelets crowded on the short
oppressed branches.

obtusata pubescens (Eatonia pubescens Scribn. € Merr.). Sheaths
and leaves softly pubescent.

nitida glabra (Eatonia glabra Nash.). Sheathes and leaves gla-
brous or merely scabrous.

pallens major (Koeleria truncata major Torr.). Panicles narrowly
lanceolate or oblong, rather densely flowered, first glume linear
nearly equalling the second.

palustris flexuosa n. subsp. Panicle lax the flexuose branches
spreading, both lemmas awned.

interrupta californica (Trisetum californicum Vasey). Plants
pubescent throughout even to the glumes.

144

l.

la.

lb.

Rhodora [AuGusT

List OF THE SPECIES WITH THEIR SYNONYMS.

Sphenopholis obtusata (Mx.) Scribn. n. comb.
Aira obtusata Michx. 1803.
Airopsis obtusata Desv. 1808.
Aira truncata Muhl. 1817.
Koeleria truncata Torr. 1824 (Excl. descr.).
Koeleria paniculata Nutt. 1818.
Reboulea gracilis Kunth. 1840.
Reboulea obtusata Gray, 1848.
Eatonia obtusata Gray, 1856 (Excl. char.).
Southern New England to Florida and westward to Illinois and
Texas.
Sphenopholis obtusata pubescens (S. & M.) Scribn. n. comb.
Eatonia pubescens Scribn. & Merrill, 1900.
Distribution with the species.
Sphenopholis obtusata lobata (Trin.) Scribn. n. comb.
Trisetum lobatum Trin. 1830.
Eatonia densiflora Fourn. 1881.
Eatonia obtusata Gray (excl. syn.).
Eatonia robusta (Vasey) Rydb.
Maine to Florida and westward to Washington, California. Mex-
ico and Canada.
Sphenopholis filiformis (Chapm.) Scribn. n. comb.
Eatonia pennsylvanica filiformis Chapm. 1860.
Eatonia filiformis Vasey, 1886.
Eatonia hybrida Beal, 1896.
Eatonia aristata Scribn. & Merrill, 1900.
South Carolina to Florida and westward to Mississippi and Texas.
Sphenopholis nitida (Spr.) Scribn. n. comb.
Aira nitida Spr. 1807.
Aira pennsylvanica Spr. 1810.
Aira mollis Muhl. 1817.
Koeleria pennsylvanica DC. 1813.
Trisetum pennsylvanica Trin. 1830.
Eatonia pennsylvanica Gray, 1856. (Excl. deser.)
Eatonia pennsylvanica Chapman, 1860.
Eatonia Dudleyi Vasey, 1880.
Eatonia nitida Nash. 1895.

1906] Lamson-Scribner, The Genus Sphenopholis 145

Southern New England, New York to North Dakota and south-
ward to South Carolina, Florida, Mississippi and Texas. Canada.
3a. Sphenopholis nitida glabra (Nash.) Scribn. n. comb.
Eatonia glabra Nash. 1901.
Southern New York, Illinois, to South Carolina and Tennessee.
4. Sphenopholis pallens (Spr.) Scribn. n. comb.
Aira pallens Spr. 1807.
Aira pallescens Kitaib. ? 1817.
Koeleria truncata Torr. 1824. (excl. syn.)
Reboulea pennsylvanica A. Gray, 1848. (Excl. syn.)
Eatonia pennsylvanica A. Gray, 1856. (Excl. syn.)
Eatonia pallens Scribn. & Merrill, 1900.
Maine to North Carolina and westward to Wisconsin, Kansas
and Texas.
4a. Sphenopholis pallens longiflora (Vasey) Scribn. n. comb.
Eatonia pennsylvanica longiflora. Vasey, 1894.
Eatonia longiflora, Vasey in Beal. 1896.
Texas and ? Louisiana.
4b. Sphenopholis pallens major (Torr.) Scribn. n. comb.
Koeleria truncata major Torr. 1824.
Reboulea pennsylvanica major Gray. 1848.
Reboulea gracilis Kunth. 1830. (7)
Eatonia intermedia Rydb. 1905.
Maine to Washington south to Pennsylvania, Illinois, Colorado,
New Mexico and Arizona.
Sphenopholis palustris (Michx.) Scribn. n. comb.
Avena palustris Michx. 1803.
Aira pallens aristata Ell. 1816.
Trisetum palustre Trin. 1830.
Trisetum ludovicianum Vasey, 1885.
Massachusetts southward to Tennessee, Louisiana and Georgia.
Canada to latitude 59°.
5a. Sphenopholis palustris flexuosa Scribn. n. subsp.
No. 274 A. Commons, from Delaware, 1874, and
No. 4800 A. A. Heller, from Penna. both in the National
Herbarium.
6. Sphenopholis interrupta (Buckl.) Scribn. n. comb.
Trisetum interruptum Buckl. 1863.
Trisetum elongatum Beal, 1896, not Kunth. 1829. (Err.

determ.)

On

146 Rhodora [AvavsT

Southwestern Colorado, Texas, Arizona and northern Lower
California.
6a. Sphenopholis interrupta californica (Vasey) Scribn. n. comb.
Trisetum californicum Vasey, 1893.
Texas.
7. Sphenopholis Hallii Scribn. n. comb.
Trisetum Hallii Scribn. 1884.
Texas.

U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE,
Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C.

SOME MAINE RUBI. THE BLACKBERRIES OF THE
KENNEBUNKS AND WELLS.— I.

W. H. BLANCHARD.

In this and in papers to follow are given the results of a careful and
persistent study of the blackberries of Kunnebunk, Kennebunkport
and Wells, three adjoining sea-coast towns in Southwestern Maine,
well-known summer resorts. The time given to this study was two
weeks in August, 1904, and all the time from June 24 till Sept. 10,
1905, except one week in August spent in Connecticut. Kennebunk
village was headquarters, and the steam and electric railroads made it
comparatively easy to reach all parts of the section.

Much of the soil is sandy with outcropping rocks. Woods pre-
dominate made impenetrable by hospitable mosquitoes, while the
highways are made dangerous by inhospitable automobilists. Many
White Mountain and high northern plants such as Aster radula, Ait.,
are common, while no such plants as the Black Raspberry, Desmo-
diums or Lespedezas appear. A few miles north the normal flora
of this latitude begins to be seen.

But five of the blackberries of Vermont and Connecticut were found:
Rubus Allegheniensis, Porter (R. nigrobaccus, Bailey and R. villosus,
of Gray's Manual) the common high blackberry of the north-east
which is often very poor here; R. recurvans, Blanchard here perfectly
at home; R. procumbens, Muhl. (R. canadensis of Gray's Manual);
and innumerable forms of R. hispidus, L. and R. setosus, Bigelow
(R. nigricans, Ryd.). The edible forms of blackberries except in

1906] Blanchard, Some Maine Rubi,— I 147

favorable situations do not furnish bountiful crops in this section and
pickers are neither plenty nor enthusiastic, but the blueberry pickers
are numerous and successful.

Of the nine species and varieties of plants considered in this paper,
the first four are prostrate dewberries of the Procumbens class with edible
fruit and canes of nearly the same size throughout. The last five
belong to a class with stems thick at the base, tapering upward and
outward, erect at first, recurving and tipping like a Black Raspberry.
They have wide leaflets and the growth on old canes resembles that
of the dewberries. They are called “mongrels,” “half-high” and
other expressive names.

* Stems prostrate. True Dewberries of the Procumbens class.
+ Prickles recurved, hooked.

RuBus PROCUMBENS, Muhl. Plants completely prostrate, gland-
less, slightly pubescent, prickles strongly hooked; canes killing back
most of their length in unprotected places; leaves of moderate size,
3-foliate; inflorescence with a few nearly erect slender pedicels;
strongly tipping, i. e. rooting at the tip.

New canes. Stems prostrate, 4 to 8 ft. long, greenish, terete, gla-
brous and glandless, hard, often branched, and late in August branch-
ing at the ends, the latter swelling and tipping vigorously. Prickles
short, strong, conspicuously hooked, quite numerous, 8 to 16 to the
inch of stem, not noticeably in lines. Leaves of moderate size, rather
thick, 4 to 5 in. long and wide, normally 3-foliate but often becoming
5-foliate, shining yellow-green on the upper surface, the few hairs
often disappearing with age, bright green below and slightly pubescent,
with hairs also on the large veins, ciliate on the edges. Leaflets
rhomboidal or oval, entire in outline, abruptly narrowed to a taper
point, rather coarsely and slightly doubly serrate-dentate or slightly
serrate, the base entire; the middle one often nearly orbicular, 2 in. or
more broad, the side ones wide, more or less lobed on the lower side,
frequently divided, then cuneate at both ends and much narrower
than the middle one; the basal leaflets quite narrow and cuneate.
Petiole and petiolules rather slender, grooved, nearly or quite glabrous,
prickles short and much hooked; the petiolule of the middle leaflet
4 in. long, the others sessile.

Old canes. Badly killed back except in protected places, prickles
intact. Second year’s growth consisting entirely of leafy, erect branches
or stemlets, one from the axil of each old leaf, all bearing inflorescence.
Branch stems 4 to 7 in. high, irregularly angled, considerably pubes-
cent, often quite so, glandless, prickles slender, not numerous, slanting
backward or hooked. Leaves 3-foliate or the upper ones unifoliate,
bright green on the upper surface, paler below; in texture and pubes-

148 Rhodora [AvavsT

cence like those on the new canes. Leaflets oval, obovate or ob-
wedge-shaped, sparsely serrate and cuneate at the base, rather coarsely
serrate-dentate above and broadly pointed. Petiole and petiolules
slightly grooved above, glandless, somewhat pubescent, prickles
generally slender and hooked. Inflorescence with from 3 to 7, frequently
1, nearly erect, slender pedicels from 3 to 23 in. long, more or less pubes-
cent, glandless; or sometimes cymose or racemose. Pedicels subtended
by leaves or leaflike bracts. Flowers, appearing the 20th of June,
about 1 in. broad, petals wide, sepals very pubescent or woolly, mucro-
nate. Fruit, ripe about the first of August, nearly globose, $ in. in
diameter; drupelets large, averaging nearly $, in. in diameter. Two
fruits counted and measured: y% in. high, 3 in. wide with 15 drupelets
each y in. in diameter; 4 in. high, 4 in. broad with 19 drupelets each
fs in. in diameter. Very edible.

A representative station: The territory in a radius of one-fourth
of a bir h around the railroad station at Wells Beach, Me. Frequent
throughout Wells, Kennebunk and Kennebunkport. Found also in
North Berwick, Biddeford and Saco. Dry open places.

This species is probably the one named R. villosus by Aiton in 1789
but the name had been used before. Gray, Wood and others called
it R. Canadensis, L. The older authors called it R. trivialis, Michx.
but Dr. Muhlenberg segregated it from that species in 1818. Bigelow
gave a very good description of it growing on sandy ground but held
to the name given it by Michaux using that of Muhlenberg as a syn-
onym. That Muhlenberg named this plant need not be doubted
though he did not describe it and left no specimens. The writer has
recently (July, 1906) searched for several days in the southeastern
part of Pennsylvania including Lancaster, Muhlenberg’s old home
and with the exception of a little R. hispidus no other dewberry could
be found. The forms in Connecticut and those growing around
Philadelphia, Lancaster, Baltimore and Washington are the same.
It is common in Southern New England but in Maine, New Hamp-
shire and Vermont it seems to be restricted to the White Oak sections
or nearly so.

Rubus geophilus, n. sp. Plants perfectly prostrate, glandless,
somewhat pubescent, prickles slender and hooked; canes very long
and soft; leaves very large, 5-foliate, outline jagged, very coarsely
serrate; stemlets very tall; inflorescence a few very erect, large and
very long pedicels; fruit remarkably large; tipping readily.

New canes. Stems prostrate, 6 to 12 ft. long, greenish, glabrous
and glandless, soft, tipping readily late in August from swelled ends.
Prickles rather short, slender, hooked, not numerous, 5 to 10 to the
inch of stem, not noticeably in lines. Leaves large, 6 in. long and wide,

1906] Blanchard, Some Maine Rubi,— I 149

rather thick, normally 5-foliate many 3-foliate, shining light yellow-
green with appressed hairs on the upper surface, whitish with long
appressed pubescence on the veins below, ciliate. Leaflets oval,
outline broadly jagged, generally regularly so, short taper-pointed,
very coarsely and doubly serrate and serrate-dentate, entire at the base;
the middle leaflet very broad; the side leaflets one-half as wide as
long, cuneate at both ends; the basal ones similar but much smaller.
Petiole and petiolules stout, glandless, nearly glabrous, green, grooved;
prickles few, stout, hooked; the petiolule of the middle leaflet 4 in.
long, the side ones very short, and the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes. Considerably killed back, prickles somewhat broken.
Second year’s growth consisting of erect branches or stemlets 4 to 10
in. long, generally one from each old leaf axil, all bearing inflorescence.
Axis somewhat zigzag, irregularly angled, green, glandless, slightly
pubescent; prickles few, small, slender, generally hooked. Leaves
large, 3-foliate, those of the inflorescence unifoliate; in color, texture
and pubescence like those on the new canes. Leaflets and unifoliate
leaves similar, oval, short-pointed at each end, coarsely and somewhat
doubly serrate-dentate. Petiole and petiolules green, grooved, faintly
pubescent; prickles few and small, hooked; the petiolule of the middle
leaflet less than 4 in. long, the side ones sessile. Inflorescence one to
five green erect pedicels, 1 to 3 in. long, somewhat pubescent, glandless,
subtended by leaves, the lower by the trifoliate, the others by the
unifoliate ones. Flowers, appearing late in June, large, 14 in. broad;
petals oval, one-half as wide as long; sepals pubescent or woolly,
mucronate. Fruit short-oblong approaching globose, not regular,
large and composed of the largest drupelets, sometimes Fin. in diameter.
Four measured and counted: 44 in. high by 4*5 in. broad, 32 drupelets
each $ in. in diameter; $ in. by ¿ in., 36 drupelets each }? in.; $ in.
by & in., 23 drupelets each } in.; 45; in. by 4$; in., 13 drupelets. | Very
edible. Fruiting season from August 1 to August 15.

Type stations: Near the railroad station Arundel in Kennebunk-
port, Me.; at the springhouse, Grove station in Kennebunk; near
the railroad station at West Kennebunk; the ocean bank at Cape
Arundel, Kennebunkport opposite the cottage of Mr. Ogden; and in
a pasture near the station at Wells Beach. Open, dry ground. Fre-
quent in Wells, Kennebunk and Kennebunkport.

This large dewberry may be worthy of cultivation, but the experi-
ence of the writer has been that no dewberry save in exceptional
situations and in exceptional years produces much of a crop.

+ + Prickles straight.

Rubus plicatifolius, n. sp. Plants entirely prostrate, glandless,
slightly pubescent, prickles slender and straight, never hooked; inflo-
rescence a raceme with wide-spreading pedicels, remarkably fruitful,
the fruit largely lying on the ground from its weight. Leaves large,

150 Rhodora [AvGvsT

5-foliate, noticeably yellow, the leaflets with conspicuously plaited
or ruffled margins. Tipping readily.

New canes. Stems prostrate, 4 to 6 feet long, greenish, terete,
glabrous and glandless, often branched, the ends swelling late in `
August and readily tipping. Prickles long, slender, rather strong,
straight with a backward slant, never hooked except near the tipping
end, not numerous, 5 to 10 to the inch of stem, not noticeably in lines.
Leaves rather large and thick, 5 to 6 in. long and wide; normally
5-foliate but often 3-foliate on early growth; noticeably yellow; light
yellow-green and perfectly glabrous on the upper surface, lighter
below and slightly pubescent, with hairs on the large veins; slightly
ciliate. Leaflets oval, outline entire, taper-pointed; deeply, finely,
sharply and somewhat doubly serrate-dentate, the base entire, the
margin remarkably wavy-plaited or ruffled; the middle leaflet very
broad, frequently nearly orbicular, often 24 in. wide; the side leaflets
one-half as wide as long, cuneate at the base; and the basal ones
smaller but having the same proportion. Petiole and petiolules
rather slender, yellow, sparingly pubescent, grooved; prickles slender,
strong, slightly hooked; the petiolule of the middle leaflet 4 in. long,
the side ones one-fourth as long and the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes. But slightly killed back, prickles much broken. Growth
of second year consisting of erect branches; occasionally a pure leaf
branch, mostly fruit branches, 3 to 6 in. high, those near the base of
the cane longer and more leafy than those nearer the extremity, gen-
erally one from each old leaf axil. Axis zigzag, irregularly angular,
yellow, pubescent, glandless; prickles few, weak, straight and slender.
Leaves very small, 3-foliate, those on the inflorescence unifoliate; in
color and texture like those on the old canes, but more pubescent.
Leaflets oval, pointed at both ends, deeply serrate-dentate with in-
curved teeth, the margins plaited or ruffled. Petiole and petiolules
yellow, pubescent; prickles slender and few, nearly straight. Inflores-
cence a broad raceme, the axis 1 to 14 in. long with 6 or 8 pedicels set
at a great angle to the axis, pubescent but glandless. Flowers rather
large, 14 in. broad; petals oval one-half as wide as long; sepals very
pubescent or woolly, mucronate; appearing about July 1. Fruit
short-cylindric, not globose, about ¿ in. high and 4 in. wide with large
drupelets 24 to 3 sixteenths inches in diameter. Four measured and
counted: & in. high by 4 in. wide 28 drupelets; $3 in. by 48; in., 27
drupelets; *$ in. by # in., 18 drupelets; $ in. by 8 in., 20 drupelets.
Very productive; picking season from August 1 to August 15.

Type stations: The railroad depot at Wells Beach and the highway
thence to Kennebunk village, Maine. Very abundant in various
places in Wells, Kennebunk and Kennebunkport. Also in North
Berwick. Open places, especially in sandy ground.

The plaited or ruffled margins of the leaves of this plant make it

unique among dewberries if not among blackberries in general. It

1906] Blanchard, Some Maine Rubi,— I 151

has, too, a regular raceme and is so loaded that the fruit lies on the
ground.

Rubus arenicolus, n. sp. Plants perfectly prostrate, glandless
but very pubescent, prickles long and straight, tipping readily. In-
florescence a corymbose cyme, flowers large and very conspicuous.
Leaves small, 3-foliate, leaflets nearly orbicular. Prefers a sandy
or gravelly home.

New canes. Stems very prostrate, brown, terete, 5 to 10 feet long,
glabrous and glandless, the ends swelling and tipping in September.
Prickles long, nearly 2; in., straight with a slight backward slant or
none, never hooked except near the tipping end, numerous, 10 to 20
to the inch of stem, not noticeably in lines. Leaves small and quite
thick, 44 in. long by 34 in. broad, 3-foliate with an occasional leaf
5-foliate, light yellow-green with abundant appressed hairs on the
upper surface, whiter beneath with copious pubescence and velvety
to the touch, slightly ciliate. Leaflets nearly or quite orbicular, out-
line nearly entire, very short-pointed, finely and doubly serrate below,
serrate-dentate above; the side ones more or less lobed on the lower
side. Petiole and petiolules stout, reddish, glandless, very pubescent,
deeply grooved; prickles long, slender, numerous, slightly hooked
or straight; the petiolule of the middle leaflet 4 in. long, the side ones
sessile.

Old canes. Stems slightly killed back, prickles intact. Growth
of second year consisting of erect, leafy fruit branches, 3 to 6 in. long,
' decreasing regularly in length from the base of the stem, one from
each old leaf axil. Axis zigzag, irregularly angled, green, very pubes-
cent, glandless, prickles slender, straight or slightly hooked. Leaves
small, 3-foliate those of the inflorescence unifoliate, in color texture
and pubescence like those on new canes. Leaflets broad-oval about
1 in. long and # in. wide, broad-pointed at each end, generally sharply
serrate or serrate-dentate; the unifoliate leaves often very wide,
frequently nearly cordate. Petiole and petiolules green, very pubes-
cent, prickles slender, hooked; the middle leaflet only stalked. In-
florescence an irregular cyme with 4 to 6 pedicels, very pubescent,
glandless, with numerous long, slender, straight prickles, set perpendic-
ularly to the pedicel. Flowers appearing the first week in July large
and showy, 14 in. broad, petals broad oval or obovate, two-thirds as
wide as long. Sepals white-woolly, mucronate. Fruit broad-oblong,
about 4.in. high and broad, drupelets large, @ to ł in. in diameter.
Three measured and counted: 4$; in. high by f in. broad, 19 drupelets;
4 in. by 3 in., 18 drupelets; Pg in. by § in., 22 drupelets. Very pro-
ductive and edible. Fruiting season from August 10 to August 20.
Open, sandy places.

Type stations: The railroad bank midway between Kennebunk
depot and Parsons depot, Maine. Abundant around the Kenne-
bunk town gravel-pit and in the highway below it, and at the

152 Rhodora [AvavsT

Kennebunk depot. Found also in numerous other places in Kenne-
bunk and Wells.

This plant impressed the writer as very distinct in 1904 and was
closely watehed in 1905. Its abundant pubescence, large flowers,
cymose inflorescence and late flowering considering its hot home
distinguish it. Its tendency, too, to send up stocky flower stems
from the root though not confined to this species is very noticeable.

* * Stems recurved. The end touching the ground or prostrate. The
Recurvans class.

+ End often touching the ground, tipping in favorable places.

RuBus nECURVANS, Blanchard. Described in Rhobora, Vol. 6
(1904), page 223. Plants with stems erect in dry situations, in favor-
able places recurving and sometimes tipping; very pubescent but
glandless; leaflets broad; new growth polymorphous — leafy branches,
fruit branches and nearly leafless racemes, often more than one from
the axil of the same old leaf. Inflorescence a quite regular raceme;
fruit cylindric with numerous rather small drupelets. Four measured
and counted: 4 in. high by 3 in. broad, 25 drupelets; zs in. by 47; in.,
31 drupelets; y in. by $; in., 39 druplets; £ in. by 9; in., 36 drupelets.

This species gives a good harvest of fine fruit and is abundant in
many places in this section, notably on the west road from Kennebunk
village to West Kennebunk midway between; at Wells Branch:

,

around the sand-pit near Kennebunk cemetery; and between the
railroad and Mousam river above Parsons station.

Var. subrecurvans, n. var. Plants dwarfish, pubescent; stems
large and erect at the base, recurving, the end often touching the
ground and tipping; prickles slender, strong and rather numerous.
Leaves thin, very pubescent on the under surface, ternate in the early
part of the season, the side leaflets deeply incised on the lower side,
having a peculiar wavy appearance, leaflets very broad; these suc.
ceeded later by 5-foliate leaves. Inflorescence short-racemose with
a few very short-stalked glands; flowers 1 in. broad, petals broad-
oval; fruit subglobose, 3 in. in diameter.

New canes. Stems erect, 14 to 2 feet high, soft, recurving, thick
at the base, tapering gradually, the prostrate part maintaining one
size, tipping in September, slightly angled, glabrous and glandless.
Prickles slender, about 4; in. long, 4 to 8 to the inch of stem, strong,
straight, backward slant slight, set in lines on the angles of the stem
or pith. Leaves thin, large, 3-foliate at first, these generally suc-
ceeded by 5-foliate smaller ones, glabrous and shining dark vellow-
green on the upper surface, whiter and quite pubescent below, velvety
to the touch, edges slightly ciliate or naked. Leaflets broad with
long tapering points, outline entire or slightly incised, having a wavy

1906] Blanchard, Some Maine Rubi,— I 153

jagged look lost in the dried specimen, finely, sharply and doubly
serrate becoming serrate-dentate toward the point, the middle leaflet
rather broad-oval, nearly twice as long as wide, rounded at the base;
the side leaflets on the trifoliate leaves also broad, oblique-angled at
the base, more or less deeply and singly incised on the lower side, at
length divided; on quinate leaves narrow-oval or rhomboidal, cuneate
at the base; and the basal leaflets similar in shape but smaller. Petiole
and petiolules slender, yellowish, slightly hairy, grooved; prickles
rather numerous, slender, hooked; the petiolule of the middle leaflet
3 in. long, the side ones short-stalked or sessile, the basal ones always
sessile.

Old canes. Stems erect as before, soft prickles intact, light
brown. New growth consisting of leafy fruit branches or occasionally
a branch destitute of inflorescence, 3 to 7 in. long, one from each old
leaf axil. Axis of branch yellowish, angled; prickles few, slender,
hooked; pubescence considerable. Leaves rather large; in color,
texture and pubescence similar to those on new canes; trifoliate,
those of the inflorescence unifoliate. Leaflets long, rather narrow,
oval, cuneate at each end, coarsely and somewhat doubly serrate, or
approaching dentate toward the point; the unifoliate leaves similar
in shape, or some wide and deeply incised, approaching trifoliate.
Petiole and petiolules slender, grooved, yellowish, considerably pubes-
cent; prickles slender, strong and hooked; the petiolule of the middle
leaflet long, the others sessile. Inflorescence short-racemose; pedicels
slender, pubescent with an occasional very short-stalked gland; sub-
tended by small bracts and one or two unifoliate leaves, or on some
by several small leaves. Flowers appearing about July 1 over an
inch broad, petals broad-oval. Sepals rather long and_ slender,
pubescent, with occasional, sometimes numerous, very short-stalked
glands. Fruit subglobose, drupelets large, +; in. in diameter. Two
measured and counted: Gin. high by y in. broad, 16 drupelets;
3 in. by y% in., 23 drupelets. Fruiting season from August 5 to August
20. Very edible. à

Type station: In Kennebunkport, Maine, one-fourth mile north
of the center of the village of Cape Porpoise on the Biddeford road.
Abundant in the road and mowings east of it. Also two more stations
in the town of Kennebunkport, one in Biddeford, and one in Old
Orchard. Dry ground in open sun or light shade.

+ + End generally touching the ground or prostrate. commonly tipping.

Rubus recurvicaulis, n. sp. Plants glabrous 23 to 4 ft. high, stems
very large at the base, recurving and the prostrate end tipping; prickles
inconspicuous. Leaves large and thick generally blackening in dry-
ing, 5-foliate, leaflets broad. Inflorescence cymose-racemose, sepals
occasionally glandular; flowers over 1 in. broad, petals broad oval;
fruit subglobose 4 in. in diameter.

154 Rhodora [AvavsT

New canes. Stems erect, rather soft, thick at the base, 24 to 4 feet
high, recurving, the prostrate end swelling and tipping in September,
more or less 5-angled or terete, brown, glabrous and glandless, some-
times branched. Prickles inconspicuous, slender, rather strong,
straight, backward slant slight, not numerous, set in lines over the
pentagonal pith. Leaves very large and thick on the erect part of
the stem, often 8 in. long and 7 in. wide, smaller and thinner beyond,
5-foliate, very bright light yellow-green and glabrous on the upper
surface, whiter and glabrous below, faintly ciliate; occasionally a few
appressed hairs occurring on the upper surface and a few hairs on the
veins beneath, slightly leathery'to the touch. Leaflets oval or rhom-
boidal, taper-pointed, outline nearly or quite entire; finely, deeply,
sharply and doubly serrate-dentate; the middle leaflet very broad,
often on the large leaves nearly orbicular; the side leaflets also very
wide on the leaves growing on the erect part of the stem, narrower
on the recurving part and about one-half as wide as long, wedge-
shaped at the base; and the basal leaflets similar in shape but smaller.
Petiole and petiolules rather large, glabrous, grooved, yellowish;
prickles medium size, hooked; the petiolule of the middle leaflet of
large leaves 1 in. long; the side ones one-third as long, never sessile;
the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes. Stems erect as ever, prickles intact, well-tipped stems
not killed back, easily cut. New growth consisting of leafy fruit
branches solely, 4 to 8 in. long, no pure leaf branches on the lower
part of the stem as in the erect species, usually one from each old leaf
axil. Axis greenish, angled, prickles few and weak, glabrous or with
faint pubescence, glandless, slightly zigzag. Leaves rather large,
variable in shape, 3-foliate, those of the inflorescence largely unifoliate;
thin, light yellow-green and glabrous. Leaflets normally broad-oval,
pointed at each end, sharply, deeply and doubly serrate-dentate, often
incised at the top; unifoliate leaves mostly broad also, incisely serrate-
dentate; but narrow in some cases. Petiole and petiolules green,
slender, nearly glabrous, grooved; prickles nearly wanting, the middle
leaflet short-stalked, the side ones sessile. Occasionally more than
one bud starting from an axil making a leafy mass with little inflores-
cence and narrow leaflets. Inflorescence cymose-racemose, axis
short, pedicels 4 to 6, short, slender, glandless, nearly glabrous, sub-
tended by small bracts. Flowers appearing about July 1 large, over
l in. broad, petals broad-oval, showy. Sepals running to a slender
point, nearly glabrous with occasional stalked glands on the outside,
pubescent inside. Fruit very edible, subglobose, about 3 in. high
and wide; the drupelets large, from 48; in. to 1 in. in diameter. Seven
measured and counted: ¿ in. high by 4 in. broad, 25 drupelets; 49; in.
by $ in., 21 drupelets; 4% in. by 4% in., 19 drupelets; 4% in. by $ in.,
11 drupelets; § in. by 4 in., 9 drupelets; 43; in. by Py in., 16 drupelets
4 in. by 4in., 12 drupelets. Picking season August 10 to August 25.

Type station: The road from Grove depot to the village of Kenne-

1906] Blanchard, Some Maine Rubi,— I 155

bunk Beach, Maine. A very abundant plant in roads, mowings and
pastures in Wells, Kennebunk and Kennebunkport. Also in Bidde-
ford and Old Orchard. Open ground and light shade.

The writer first noticed this plant in 1904 and doubtfully referred
it to R. recurvans, but its distinctness soon became evident with more
observation. "The lack of pubescence and comparative lack of prickles
are alone sufficient to distinguish it from that plant, while its tendency
to blacken in drying seems to be greater than that of any, other black-
berry.

Var. inarmatus, n. var. Plants large-stemmed, glabrous, glandless
and nearly unarmed, 13 to 2 ft. high, recurving and the long slender
end tipping. Leaves 5-foliate, thick, the earlier ones very large.
Inflorescence an irregular cyme; flowers very large and showy, from
18 to 18 in. broad, petals wide; fruit globose, $ in. in dameter.

New canes. Stems erect, 14 to 24 feet high, thick at the base,
brown, soft, recurving with a long, slender prostrate end, tipping in
September, slightly angled, glabrous and glandless. Prickles very
few and small, often none, straight, set on the angles of the stem or
pith. Leaves thick, those appearing early very large, smaller beyond,
yellow-green and glabrous on the upper surface, paler beneath and
apparently glabrous, but with an appressed pubescence, not ciliate,
5-foliate. Leaflets broad, short taper-pointed, outline entire, finely
and doubly serrate-dentate; the middle leaflet very broad, often
nearly orbicular and approaching cordate; the side ones broad also,
rhomboidal, broadly cuneate; the basal ones similar in shape but
smaller. Petiole and petiolules large, glabrous, yellowish, prickles
wanting; the petiolule of the middle leaflet about 1 in. long, the side
ones one-fourth as long, and the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes. Stems much nearer the ground, reddish brown, soft,
prickles entirely wanting. New growth consisting entirely of leafy fruit
branches 4 to 8 in. long, or rarely a branch without inflorescence,
generally one from each old leat axil, frequently several. Axis of
branch green-yellow, angled, unarmed, finely pubescent, zigzag.
Leaves of good size, coarse texture, 3-foliate; some on the inflores-
cence unifoliate; glabrous and yellow-green on the upper surface,
light and faintly pubescent beneath. Leaflets narrow-oval, long;
pointed at each end, rather coarsely and doubly serrate, nearly dentate
toward the point; the unifoliate leaves mostly very broad and deeply
9-incised, approaching trifoliate. Petiole short, stout, grooved, un-
armed, pubescent, the petiolule similar; the middle leaflet short-
stalked, the side ones sessile. Inflorescence cymose approaching
racemose, pedicels 4 to 6, rather long, slender, glandless, slightly
pubescent, subtended by small bracts. Flowers very large, from
18 to 14 in. broad; the petals wide, m 'asuring from 44 in. long by fẹ
in. wide to 12 in. long by 38; in. wide; sepals abruptly narrowed to a

GAS

156 Rhodora [AuGusT

point, hardly mucronate, very pubescent but glandless; opening about
July 1. Fruit globose, $ in. in diameter composed of large drupelets.
Ripe early in August. Very edible but a poor cropper most of the
fruit blighting and producing “dry fruit.”

Type station: The railroad yard, ball-ground and waste dumps
between the shoe-shops in the village of Kennebunk, Maine. Several
large clumps in different parts of these grounds.

Rubus semierectus, n. sp. Plants erect at first, 14 to 24 ft. high;
stems small at the base recurving and the long prostrate end tipping;
often entirely prostrate the second year, sometimes nearly so the first;
prickles rather numerous, straight. Leaves numerous, thin, some-
what pubescent, not large, very variable in size, 3-foliate or more
often 5-foliate, leaflets often concave or convex drying with a wrinkled
centre. Inflorescence corymbose, variable, often slightly glandular;
flowers very small; fruit irregular in shape, not large, often abundant.

New canes. Stems erect or decumbent, recurving on vigorous,
normal plants, the end of the cane often prostrate, greenish, terete,
glabrous and glandless, sometimes branched, the ends normally
swelling and tipping in September. Prickles short, slender, straight,
strong, backward slant slight, never hooked, rather numerous, 10 to
15 to the inch of stem, not noticeably in lines. Leaves not large, very
variable in size, thin, 3-foliate or more often 5-foliate, generally quite
yellow, dull yellow-green with many appressed hairs on the upper
surface, lighter beneath and considerably pubescent, very variable
in amount, slightly ciliate. Leaflets broad-oval, often concave or
convex, drying with a wrinkled center, outline nearly entire, short-
pointed, finely and doubly serrate-dentate; the middle leaflet very
broad, often orbicular; the side leaflets of trifoliate leaves also very
broad and more or less singly cleft on the lower side; the side leaflets
of quinate leaves broad oval, rhomboidal or obovate, broadly cuneate
at the base; and the basal leaflets similar in shape but smaller. Petiole
and petiolules yellowish, rather slender, glabrous and glandless,
grooved; prickles rather numerous, slender and hooked; the petiolule
of the middle leaflet about ¿ in. long, the side ones short-stalked, and
the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes. Often prostrate especially in fruit, prickles much broken.
Growth of second year mostly fruit branches, occasionally a leaf
branch, 5 to 10 in. long, commonly one from the axil of each old leaf.
Axis of branch zigzag, irregularly angled, stout, yellow, pubescent,
glandless; prickles few, slender, hooked. Leaves varying much in
size and shape, 3-foliate, those of the inflorescence unifoliate, in color,
texture and pubescence like those on new canes. Leaflets oval, often
broad-oval, pointed at both ends, serrate-dentate. Petiole and
petiolules slender, grooved, pubescent and glandless, the middle leaf-
let short-stalked, the others sessile. Inflorescence of two kinds; one
a slender raceme with long, slender pedicels set at a sharp angle to
the axis; the other a close raceme with a very short axis, the pedicels

1906] Collins, Notes on Algae,— VIII 157

short and stout set at a great angle to the axis. Pedicels 5 to 10,
pubescent, often glandular. Flowers opening about June 20 noticea-
bly small, ł to $ in. broad; petals oval, twice as long as wide; sepals
woolly, sometimes glandular, mucronate. Fruit irregularly globose,
composed of from 5 to 30 drupelets mostly large. Three measured
and counted: 4 in. high by 44; in. wide, 27 drupelets; 4% in. by 4 in.,
32 drupelets; 8 in. by 3 in., 32 drupelets. Ripening season from
August 1 to August 15. Very edible, the crop often good but too much
small fruit. Type in Kennebunk, Maine. Abundant in Kennebunk,
Kennebunkport and Wells. Also seen in North Berwick, Biddeford
and Saco. Dry places, open ground.

This is the most variable plant described in this paper. Its small
flowers distinguish it from all the others. Perhaps it should not be
put in either class. The cane is small at the base like a dewberry,
but its tendency to keep off the ground is so great that it is brought
down solely by the weight of the plant, only long canes ever becoming
prostrate.

SUPPLEMENTARY NoTE.— The writer has recently found R. geophilus
in New Bedford, Massachusetts, and R. plicatijolius in Burrillville
and Gloucester, ‘Rhode Island. An interesting form of R. recurvans
with dark green leaves and other peculiarities occurs in Connecticut,
Rhode Island and Southeastern Massachusetts.

WESTMINSTER, VERMONT.

NOTES ON ALGAE,— VIII.
F. S. COLLINS.

Gosia Bartica (Gobi) Reinke, Algenflora der westlichen Ostsee,
p. 65; Cladosiphon Balticus Gobi, Brauntange der Finnischen Meer-
busens, p. 12, Pl. I, figs. 7-11. Nearly related to Dictyosiphon, but
the cortical layer is more strongly developed, and takes the form of
densely packed, few-celled filaments, at right angles to the axis of the
frond; in this layer are imbedded the oval unilocular sporangia,
sometimes slightly projecting; and through it issue the hairs. The
branches are contracted at the base; the branching is never very
abundant, and sometimes the fronds are nearly or quite simple. It

158 Rhodora [August

is found in all parts of the Baltic; the first American locality is New-
port, R. L, where it was collected by Mrs. W. C. Simmons in J une,
1899; since then a specimen has been received from Prof. John
Macoun, collected at Louisburg, Nova Scotia. The Rhode Island
plant is very little branched, and is of a softer texture than the Nova
Scotia plant, or than authentic European specimens; otherwise they
are much the same.

MYRIONEMA CORUNNAE Sauvageau, Annales des Sciences Nat-
urelles, Series 8, Bot., Vol. V, p. 237. In general appearance not
unlike M. vulgare Thuret, this plant is distinguished by the usually
very abundant plurilocular sporangia, cylindrical or slightly torulose,
5-7 y diameter, 25-120 long, the cross walls often quite oblique, lon-
gitudinal divisions occasionally occurring. The sporangia are either
sessile on the basal layer, or borne on a one- to four-celled pedicel.
They are long and mostly pediceled at the center of the basal disk,
becoming shorter and sessile near the margin; usually simple, they
are occasionally branched; hairs are found occasionally, but not
commonly; unilocular sporangia, so common in M. vulgare, are
unknown in M. Corunnae. Sauvageau found no assimilative fila-
ments, but Jónsson, Botanisk Tidsskrift, Vol. XXV, p. 144, men-
tions and figures them, in size and shape much like the sporangia,
but with longer cells. He describes a variety filamentosa, in which
the filaments of the basal portion are free, not united into a disk. In
material collected in Casco Bay, Maine, all intermediate forms be-
tween the type and the variety were found. It occurs also at Wood's
Hole, Mass., and at Newport, R. L, in each case on Laminaria, on
which it is found also in Europe. Distributed as P. B.-A., No. 1234.

LITHODERMA FATISCENS Areschoug, Observationes Phycologicae,
part III, p. 23. It is probable that two species, with quite different
types of plurilocular sporangia, have been included under this name;
the matter has been carefully gone over by Kuckuck, Wissentschaft-
liche Meeresuntersuchungen, Neue Folge, Vol. I, p. 237, 1894. The
plurilocular fruit having never been recorded in America, while the
unilocular fruit in the specimens to be noted here agrees with Kuc-
kuck's description and figures, there is little risk in our identification.
In habit and general structure it resembles Ralfsia verrucosa Aresch.,
but the cells contain each several small chromatophores, instead of
the single large chromatophore of Ralfsia; the unilocular sporangia
are terminal, each at the end of a vertical filament. While sterile

1906] Collins, Notes on Algae,— VIII 159

plants probably belonging here have occasionally been found, in only
one instance has fruit been observed in American specimens and the
determination made definite; in this case the plant grew on a pebble
to which was attached a frond of Laminaria longicruris De la Pyl.,
washed ashore at Revere Beach, Mass., May 8, 1904.

CoNcHocELIS ROSEA Batters, Phyc. Mem., Vol. I, p. 27, Pl. VII.
Though less common than the other perforating algae, Gomontia
polyrhiza (Lagerh. Born. & Flah., and Mastigocoleus testarum
Lagerheim, this species is not infrequently met with in dead shells of
mollusks, mostly of the heavier kinds, to which it gives a pleasant
pink color. By decalcification there is obtained a dense mat of articu-
late branching filaments, 2-7 y: diameter, cells varying greatly in length,
occasionally expanding to 30 y. diameter, the expansion containing
what is supposed to be a spore, 13-15 x diameter. There has been
some question as to the position of this genus, and it has been sug-
gested that it may be a variety of Ostreobium Quekettii Born. & Flah.,
but this seems hardly likely, if Batters’ description is correct. It has
been found at Casco Bay, Maine, and at Revere Beach, Mass.; prob-
ably it will be found at other stations.

RHODOMELA LYCOPODIOIDES (L.) Agardh, Species Algarum, p.
377. This is a characteristic Arctic species extending some distance
into the temperate zone on both sides of the Atlantic and Pacific
oceans. It is extremely variable in form, and its distinction from
the somewhat more southern and also variable R. subfusca (Woodw.)
Ag. is by no means sharp. The writer found a small scrap of it
washed ashore at Harpswell, Maine, in July, 1903; at a visit to the
same place in June, 1904, it was quite abundant, but in July, 1904,
and July, 1905, was again rare. This would seem to indicate that
its season was earlier than that of R. subjusca, which is not uncommon,
at least in its later stages, on the Maine coast in July. In typical
R. subfusca the main branches are often nearly naked below, bearing
spirally arranged branches of the next order, each order of branches
being quite regularly arranged on the branch of the preceding order,
the penultimate branches being short, of about the same length, and
ending in a dense glomerule of ramuli. In typical R. lycopodioides
the branching is more irregular and except at the tips more dense,
the successive orders of branches less distinct, longer and shorter
branches being intermingled; when the branching is dense it is dense
throughout, not specially at the tips. Short spindle-shaped branches

160 Rhodora [AvGvsT

are more or less abundant; in R. subfusca the ramuli are cylindrical
or tapering. Numerous varieties of R. lycopodioides are described
and figured by Kjellman, Algae of the Arctic Sea, p. 107; as all of
these, and also the forms of R. subfusca, have marked seasonal varia-
tions, the result is often confusing. The Harpswell material varies
considerably, mostly agreeing with forma typica subforma tenera
Kjellman, some, however, is more like forma tenuissima. Distributed
as P. B.-A., No. 1295.

RHODOCHORTON PENICILLIFORME (Kjellm.) Rosenvinge, Annales
des Sciences Naturelles, Series 6, Bot., Vol. XIX, p. 66. Like the
nearly allied R. membranaceum Magnus, this species grows on Bry-
ozoa, Sertularia etc., the two species often in company; they are,
however, easily distinguished. In R. membranaceum the filaments
grow freely inside the tubes of the host, sometimes so densely as to
form an apparent membrane or cellular mass; rather short branches
6-8 y thick break through the wall, and on these the terminal tetra-
spores are usually borne; in R. penicillijorme there is a disk of laterally
united radiate filaments on the outer surface of the host; from this
arise rather long erect filaments, about 12 y diameter, bearing lateral
tetraspores. It was found at Newport, R. L, in May, 1904, on a
bryozoan attached to a Laminaria.

RHODODERMIS ELEGANS Crouan in J. G. Agardh, Species Algarum,
Vol. II, p. 505. The genus Rhododermis was founded on this species,
the fronds occurring as small bright red spots on fragments of china
and pottery in the harbor of Brest, France. The frond consists of a
disk composed of one or two layers of laterally united, radiate filaments;
on this disk are formed sori of cruciate tetraspores intermixed with
clavate, more or less curved, paraphyses. R. elegans has been found
at Harpswell, Maine, and at Revere Beach, Mass., in both cases on
the shells and claws of live crabs. Distributed as P. B.-A., No. 1248.

RHODODERMIS PARASITICA Batters, Algae of Berwick-on- T weed,
p. 92, Pl. XI, fig. 2, A & B. In this species the frond is thicker than
in R. elegans, appearing in cross section as if composed of densely
packed, vertical filaments, with cells longer than broad; the color is
darker, almost black. It occurs, both in Europe and with us on
stipes of Laminaria species, and was found at Magnolia, Mass., by
Prof. W. G. Farlow.

RuopoperMis GEonan (Batters) Collins, in Phyc. Bor.-Am., No.
1299. Rhodophyseuma Georgii Batters, Journal of Botany, Vol. XXIX,

1906] Fernald, Some new or little known Cyperaceae 161

p. 377; Rhododermis Van Heurckii Heydrich, Beihefte zum Botan-
ischer Centralblatt, Vol. XIV, p. 246, Pl. XVII. The fronds of this
species are cushion-shaped, of dense cellular structure, growing chiefly
at the edges of Zostera blades; they occur also on the surface of the
blade, but do not develop as fully as at the edges, where their thickness
is such that they sometimes show even to the naked eye as distinct
prominences. R. Georgii was found abundantly at Wood's Hole,
Mass., in April, 1905; has since been found at Harpswell, Maine,
Revere Beach, Mass., and Rocky Point, R. I; probably it occurs in
spring all along the coast.

The three species of Rhododermis mentioned above are all that have
been described in the genus; it is satisfactory to add them all to our
flora at the same time.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

SOME NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN CYPERACEAE OF
EASTERN NORTH AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.
(Continued from page 130.)

Scirpus hudsonianus (Michx.), n. comb. Eriophorum alpinum
L. Sp. 53 (1753), not Scirpus alpinus Schleicher in Gaud. Fl. Helv.
i. 108 (1828). Linagrostis alpina Scop. Fl. Carn., ed. 2, i. 48 (1772).
Eriophorum hudsonianum Michx. Fl. i. 34 (1803). Trichophorum
alpinum Pers. Syn. i. 70 (1805). Scirpus Trichophorum Asch. &
Graebn. Syn. ii. ab. 2, 301 (1903).

I have recently discussed this plant at length ! and the reasons why
it should be considered a Scirpus rather than an Eriophorum. The
ruling of the International Congress at Vienna requires the retention
of the earliest available specific name, and since there is already a
Scirpus alpinus of Schleicher, it is necessary to take up Michaux’s
name which was given to a plant clearly identical with the Linnean
Eriophorum alpinum.

1 RHODORA, Vii, 131, 132 (1905).

162 Rhodora [AvavsT

ScIRPUS etuberculatus (Steud.), n. comb. S. maritimus, var.
cylindricus Torr. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 325 (1836). Rhyncho-
spora etuberculata Steud. Syn. Pl. Cyp. 142 (1855). Scirpus leptolepis
Chapm. Fl. 520 (1860). S. Canbyi Gray in Canby, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philad. 1864, 18. S. cylindricus Britton, Trans. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. xi. 79 (1892).

ScIRPUS ROBUSTUS Pursh, Fl. 56 (1814) as now understood by the
writer is a tall plant of the shores of the Gulf of Mexico and Florida,
extending north to Cape Cod. Its green leaves are very long, equalling
or overtopping the stout tall (0.7 to 1.2 m. high) culm; those of the
involucre 3 or 4, the longest 2.5 to 4 dm. long: its spikelets are very
rufescent, ovoid to cylindrie, some sessile, others on short rays: the
scales are all pubescent and strongly colored with elongate red mark-
ings and the awns many times exceed the cleft tips.

Northward and in alkaline regions of the interior S. robustus gives
way to a variable plant with shorter paler leaves, and the scales of the
spikelets from whitish-brown to castaneous scarcely if at all rufescent,
the outermost scales glabrous except at tip, and the awn only twice
or thrice exceeding the cleft-tip. This plant of the northern and
interior portions of the continent, as stated, is very variable, but a
prolonged study supplementary to a former attempt to separate the
plants clearly * has failed to reveal any constant characters by which
the plants can be separated specifically. This series of variations as
understood by the writer falls into the following arrangement.

S. CAMPESTRIS Britton. Culms 0.3 to 1 m. high, usually exceeding
the stiff pale leaves (3 to 9 mm. broad): involucral leaves 2 (or 3),
the longer 1 to 2 dm. long: spikelets whitish brown, ovoid to cylindric,
1 to 2 em. long, 6 to 10 mm. thick, 2 to 11 in a dense glomerule occasion-
ally a few in a secondary glomerule: scales puberulent, or the outer-
most glabrous except at tip; the slightly curved awn twice or thrice
exceeding the cleft-tip: achenes lenticular, plano-convex or obscurely
trigonous.— Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 267, fig. 627 (1896);
Bicknell, Torreya, i. 95 (1901). S. robustus, var. campestris Fernald,
Rhodora, ii. 241 (1900).— Manitoba to Kansas, Nevada, eastern
California and northern Mexico. Northward and in the mountains
passing to

Var. paludosus (A. Nelson), n. comb. Similar but with the scales
drab to castaneous. S. paludosus A. Nelson, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
xxvi. 5 (1899); Bicknell, 1. c. 94 (1901). S. robustus, var. paludosus
Fernald, l. c. (1900). Alkaline soil, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence

1 RHODORA, ii. 238 (1900)

1906] Fernald, Some new or little known Cyperaceae 163

to the Pacific, south to New Jersey, central New York, Kansas,
Wyoming, &c.

Var. novae-angliae (Britton), n. comb. Usually taller (1 to 2 m.
high): the involucral leaves 3 to 5, the longest 2 to 3.5 dm. long: the
looser inflorescence with 3 to 9 curved rays (2 to 10 cm. long): spikelets
long-cylindrie, 2 to 5 em. long.— $. novae-angliae Britton in Britton
& Brown, Ill. Fl. iii. 509, fig. 627a (1898).— Maine to southern New
York, also western New York.

Var. Fernaldi (Bicknell) Bartlett in herb. Spikelets short-ovoid,
1 to 2 em. long, on mostly elongate rays.— 5. Fernaldi Bicknell, 1. c.
96 (1901).— Maine to Massachusetts.

SCIRPUS ATROVIRENS as it usually passes in eastern America is a
complex of three well marked species, which have been already de-
fined, two as a species, one as a variety. A very full suite of specimens
and field notes sent to the writer by Dr. J. V. Haberer has enabled
him to study the plants with much satisfaction and the results of this
study may be briefly summarized as follows.

S. ATROVIRENS Muhl. Gram. 43 (1817). Rather stout, 0.8 to 1.5
m. high: leaves pale green, with scabrous margins, 7 to 15 mm. wide,
at least the lower nodulose-reticulate, the ribs 0.25 to 0.3 mm. apart:
some of the rays of the inflorescence elongate and definite: spikelets
dull greenish-brown or rufescent, narrowly ovoid to cylindric, 3.5 to
8 (rarely 10) mm. long, in glomerules of 10 to 30: scales dark brown,
orbicular-ovate, abruptly mucronate, 1.5 to 2 mm. long, one-third
longer than the achene: bristles sparsely and strongly barbed, nearly
straight, as long as the conspicuously pointed and obovoid-oblong
trigonous achene.— Meadows and bogs, Montmorency County,
Quebec to Saskatchewan, south to Georgia and Missouri. Fruiting
in the North in late July and August. Local in New England and
adjacent Canada.

Var. pycnocephalus, n. var. All the rays abbreviated; glomerules
crowded in a dense irregular head.— NEW York, rich alluvial soil,
border of Little Lake, Mohawk flats, 2 miles east of Utica, July 18,
1900 (J. V. Haberer, no. 1516a).

S. pallidus (Britton), n. comb. Similar: leaves very pale: spikelets
pale brown, very numerous in irregular glomerules: scales elliptic-
ovate, 2 to 3 mm. long with the conspicuous pale midribs prolonged
into long setulose awns, about twice as long as the achenes.— S.
atrovirens, var. pallidus Britton, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. ix. 14 (1889).
— Manitoba to Kansas and the Rocky Mountains.

S. GEORGIANUS Harper. Slender, 3 to 12 dm. high, bright green:
leaves smooth, rarely nodulose below, numerous, crowded at base,
0.5 to 1 cm. broad, the ribs 0.15 to 0.2 mm. apart: spikelets 2 to 4 mm.
long, numerous in the glomerules: the greenish-brown or rufescent

-

164 Rhodora [AvavsT

scales mucronate, 1 to 1.5 mm. long, slightly exceeding the elliptic-
oblong achenes: bristles shorter than the achene, very finely setulose,
or wanting.— Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxvii. 331, t. 22 (1900).— Quebec
to Michigan, south to Georgia and Arkansas. Fruiting northward
in late June and July. The common plant of New England.

SCIRPUS CYPERINUS (L.) Kunth has been discussed by me in detail!
and a number of allied species and varieties set off from it. The true
S. cyperinus with the spikelets all glomerulate has reddish brown
involucels, scales and bristles, and occurs from New England to Vir-
ginia, Tennessee, and Arkansas, being commonest in the middle
Atlantic States. The common representative of S. cyperinus in New-
foundland, eastern Canada and northern New England, differs so
generally in the color of its involucels and bristles that it is here desig-
nated

S. CYPERINUS, var. pelius, n. var. Involucels dull brown or drab,
with blackish bases: rays elongate the glomerules mostly distinct:
bristles drab or smoke-color.— The common extreme northward,
occurring generally from Newfoundland to Ontario, south to Con-
necticut, central New York, and Michigan. The following, from
among nearly 100 sheets examined, are characteristic specimens.
NEWFOUNDLAND, damp places in woods, Torbay, August 21-26, 1901
(Howe & Lang, no. 1438): Nova Scorta, damp places, Halifax
Harbor, September 2-6, 1901 (Howe & Lang, no. 1481): MAINE,
boggy meadow, Cutler, August 29, 1902 — type (M. L. Fernald):
New HamPsHIRE, marshy places, Alstead, August 9, 1899 (M. L.
Fernald, no. 323): VERMONT, swales near Bread Loaf Inn, Ripton,
September 11, 1899 (E. Brainerd): RHODE IsLaND, Cumberland,
September 13, 1903 (J. M. Greenman, no. 1803): CONNECTICUT,
alluvial soil, Selden’s Cove, Lyme, July 28, 1902 (C. H. Bissell):
New York, upland marshy pasture, 3 miles south of Utica, August
8, 1900 (J. V. Haberer, no. 1496): ONTARIO, east of Windsor, July 30,
1901 (J. Macoun): MICHIGAN, swamps, Alma, August 30, 1893
(C. A. Davis).

RYNCHOSPERA MACROSTACHYA Torr., var. inundata (Oakes), n.
comb. “Corymbs almost wholly terminal. Clusters loose, few
flowered. This variety appears at first sight like a distinct species.
Grows in deeper water than the common one, which is the cause of
its different appearance. West pond, Plymouth, Mass. Mr. Tucker-
man, 1839. The common form is very abundant, at the same locality.”

.

Oakes in Hovey’s Mag. vii. 185 (1841).— Ceratoschoenus macro-
P 5

! Proc, Am. Acad. xxxiv, 498-501 (1899), de Ruopora, ii 15-16 (1900).

1906] Fernald, Some new or little known Cyperaceae 165

stachys Torr., B inundatus Oakes, l.c. C. macrostachyus, var. patulus
Chapm. Fl. 529 (1860). Rynchospora corniculata (Lam.) Gray, var.
patula Britton, ‘Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. xi. 84 (1892). R. macro-
stachya, var. patula Chapm. Fl. ed. 3, 556 (1897).

This well known southern plant, reaching its northern limit at
Plymouth, has a superficial resemblance to R. corniculata, but in its
bristle characters it is identical with R. macrostachya, which is frequent
in the Cape Cod region, and according to Oakes was abundant at the
same locality as his original material of var. inundata. R. corniculata
with short stout bristles is unknown, on the other hand, north of
Delaware.

SCLERIA PAUCIFLORA Muhl., var. kansana, n. var. Very slender
and pubescent: each group of tubercles consisting of two uniform
ones and a third smaller one.— Kansas, sandy soil, Cherokee County,
1896 (A. S. Hitchcock, no. 864). Resembling var. caroliniana (Willd.)
Wood,’ but differing in the presence of the third small tubercle at each
angle of the disk, the angles of S. pauciflora and its var. caroliniana
each bearing 2 distinct uniform tubercles.

CAREX hormathodes, n. name. C. straminea, var. aperta Boott.
Ill. iii. 120, t. 385 (1862). C. straminea, var. tenera Bailey, Bot. Gaz,
x, 381 (1885), & Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, v. 94 (1894); not Boott, Ill.
iii. 120, t. 384. C. tenera, Britton in Britton € Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 358,
fig. 870 (1896); Fernald, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxvii. 474, figs. 31, 32
(1902); not Dewey, Am. Jour. Sci. viii. 97, (1824), & ix. t. c, fig. 9
(1825).

Carey, Boott and some other distinguished students of Carex con-
temporary with Dewey, recognized his C. tenera as identical with the
plant we now understand as C. straminea Willd. (not Schkuhr).
Recent authors have, however, considered it as identical with the
larger primarily coastal plant with the perigynia about 10 nerved on
either face,— the plant described and illustrated by Boott as C.
straminea, var. aperta. The recent accession by the Gray Herbarium
of the Carices of the late Chester Dewey has made it possible to gain
a clearing though somewhat surprising light upon this subject. Dewey
ordinarily indicated his type specimen by “(Mihi)” after the specific
name and later, very shortly before his death apparently, he added
to the labels the word “original” in a very dark ink. In the cover of
Carex tenera most of the material is clearly of one species. Two of
the plants are indicated by Dewey as the basis of his species. One
bears the label **C. tenera (Mihi). Sill. Journ. Vol. viii” and the later

166 Rhodora [AucusT

“original”; the other is labeled “C. tenera D. Saddle Mt. [Williams-
town, Massachusetts], June 20” and the usual word “original” added.
On other labels of similar plants sent to him by various collectors,—
Sartwell, Macoun, and others — Dewey has written “yes,” etc. These
plants are mostly quite identical with the “original” specimens and
the species is clearly the plant which was understood as C. tenera by
Carey, Francis Boott, and others who had material from Dewey. This
plant as already indicated is identified with the Willdenovian C.
straminea.’ ‘Thus since the name C. tenera Dewey can no longer be
applied to the larger plant to which it has recently been transferred,
and the name aperta applied by Boott to the plant, as a variety of C.
straminea, is already used in the genus, it becomes necessary to desig-
nate the species by some other name; and on account of the usually
elongate moniliform inflorescence this coastal plant is here called C.
hormathodes, of which the following varieties are noteworthy. .

C. HORMATHODES, var. invisa (W. Boott), n. comb. C. straminea,
var. invisa W. Boott, Bot. Gaz. ix. 86 (1884). C. tenera, var. invisa
Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 358 (1896).

C. HORMATHODES, var. Richii (Fernald), n. comb. C. tenera, var.
Richii Fernald, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxvii. 475, figs. 33, 34 (1902).

CAREX RETROFLEXA, Muhl., var. texensis (Torrey), n. comb. C.
rosea, y texensis Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. iii. 389 (1836), nomen nudum.
C. texensis Bailey, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, v. 97 (1894).

C. rosea Schkuhr and its varieties, radiata Dewey, and minor Boott,
have their perigynia with minutely serrulate margins, the scales blunt,
and the spikes mostly remote. C. retroflexa and its var. texensis, on
the other hand, have the perigynia with smooth margins, the scales
acuminate, and the spikes mostly approximate. In no character do
they seem to differ except in the outline of the perigynia, those of C.
retroflexa being broadly ovoid, of var. texensis lance-ovoid to lance-
subulate. Though occasional transitional plants occur the two seem
to be fairly marked extremes, the variety standing in the same relation
to the species as C. stellulata, var. angustata Carey, C. interior, var.
Josselynii Fernald, C. granularis, var. Haleana (Olney) Porter, C.
vesicaria, var. Raeana (Boott) Fernald, &c. to the broad-fruited types,
of their respective species. The occurrence of C. retroflexa, var.
texensis throughout the southern range of the species — from Kentucky

! See Fernald, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxvii. 450 (1902).

1906] Chamberlain, Meeting of the Josselyn Society 167

to Missouri and southward — suggests that it may be found also in
the more northern range of the species which extends northward to
Massachusetts and southern Ontario.

CAREX SETACEA Dewey, var. ambigua (Barratt), n. comb. C.
vulpinoidea, var. ambigua Barratt according to Boott, Ill. in. 125, t.
406 (1862). C. xanthocarpa Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxiii. 22
(1896).

This plant was beautifully illustrated by Francis Boott from Con-
necticut specimens and there can be no question from the plate and
notes of the identity of Barratt’s C. vulpinoidea, var. ambigua with
Mr. Bicknell’s C. wanthocarpa. An abundant series of material in
the herbarium of Chester Dewey of his own C. sefacea and of Sartwell’s
C. scabrior shows that while the best C. setacea (including scabrior)
has ordinarily dull brown or drab lanceolate or lance-ovate perigynia
tapering gradually to the serrulate beak, many specimens pass very
definitely either in color or in the outline of the perigynia to a commoner
plant which in its best development has the broad-ovate to orbicular
perigynia abruptly short-beaked and often golden-brown in color,
the latter character suggesting the name xanthocarpa. The transi-
tions between these two extremes are so numerous that it seems to the
writer that they are best treated as phases of one plant rather than as
distinct species.

(To be continued.)

MEETING OF THE JOSSELYN BOTANICAL SOCIETY.

Epwarp B. CHAMBERLAIN.

Tue twelfth annual meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society of
Maine, was held on July 3d to 7th inclusive at Rowe Pond Camps,
some ten miles distant from Bingham, Maine. Sixteen members and
friends were present at the meetings. During the day, excursions
were made to the various ponds, bogs and woodlands in the vicinity,
the evenings being devoted to the business meetings of the society.
Upon Wednesday evening, Mr. John Murdock, Jr., addressed the
society upon the subject of forestry.

r

168 Rhodora [Aucusr

On the trip to the Camps from Bingham, a short stop was made
at Huston Brook Falls, where some of the members explored the
limey-slate ledges, finding several interesting plants. Other favorable
localities were found along the western shore of Bean Pond, where
the dwarf mistletoe was very abundant, and along the stream and
““dead-waters” leading from Jewett Pond. The latter place was
especially rich in sedges. The following list includes the more impor-
tant species secured; all localities are in Pleasant Ridge Township,
Somerset Co., Maine.

Swartzia montana, Lindb. Carex oligosperma, Michx.
Splachnum ampullaceum, L. “ pauciflora, Lightf.
Bartramia deri, Swartz. Scirpus occidentalis, Chase.
Hylocomium umbratum, Ehrh. Corallorhiza multiflora flavida, Peck.
Preissia commutata, Nees. Habenaria bracteata, R. Br.
Equisetum pratense, Ehrh. Arceuthobium pusillum, Peck.
Carex canescens subloliacea, Laestad. Ribes Cynosbati, L.

“ Crawfjordii, Fernald. Viola pallens, Banks.

“ exilis, Dewey. " Brainerdii, Greene.

“ lenticularis, Michx. Hippuris vulgaris, L.

" mirabilis tincta, Fernald. Pyrola minor, L.

CUMBERLAND CENTER, MAINE.

Vol. 8, no. 90, including pages 117 to 136 and plates 71 and 72, was issued
28 July, 1906.

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.-—
Gray HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by EDWARD L.
RAND and Jonn H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WiLLIAM Morris Davis. 1894. And a new map of the Island. 1901.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale.— Address
EDWARD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
Rounbs Co., Providence, R. I.

THE FLOWER-LOVER'S MAGAZINE
If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It

is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise

interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to
WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
Binghamton, N. Y.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. HoRrsFORD, Charlotte, Vt.

Minot Pratt’s Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including Ahodora, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.

SUPPLIES for the Botanist in FIELD, HERBARIUM or LABORA-
TORY. SAMPLES of Driers, Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and
NEW LIST of PLANT MATERIAL for 1906 mailed on request.
PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS and HERBARIUM ESSEN-
TIALS.

Prompt Attention. Standard Material. Immediate Shipments.

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT'S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, ; i . $1.00
With Gray’s Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . . 1.80
With Gray’s Manual of Botany, s , . i 2.25

For the High School Laboratory and Class Room.

By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M., of the Ames
Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray's text-books their extraordinary success. It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiology are also fully treated.
The illustrations number 384, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.

r | "HE practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

American Book Company
New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874

Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving. particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.

Six Numbers a year: — February, April, June, August, October, Decem-
ber. Annual subscription One Dollar.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U. S. A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year. Established 1897 I2 numbers
9

Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.

Edited by Francis E. Lloyd f

Teachers College, Columbia University,
Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD > Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER \

WILLIAM PENN RICH l Publicati C itt
; c :
A RUP RAND ! ublication Committee

Vol. 8. September, 1906. No. 93.
CONTENTS:
Some Maine Rubi,— II. W. H. Blanchard : . 169
Some New or little known Cyperaceae. M. L. Fernald . l 181
A new Variety of Carex trisperma. 0. W. Knight . i 185
The Perianth of Rynchospora capillacea var. leviseta. E.J.Hi// 186
Habenaria macrophylla in Maine. 0. W. Knight — . : i 188
Boston, Mass. Providence, R. T,

740 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.-—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection. Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PUTNAM's Sons,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. S. MATHEWS, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,
Mass.

NOTICE

Part III of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready. Price
$1.00. Shall we send you a copy?

After Sept. 1, 1906, the price of this work will be advanced to $1.25 per
part to all who subscribe after that date,

Mosses with a Hand-lens, second edition, 8vo., 224 pp., 39 full page plates
and 151 cuts in the text; describes 169 species of Mosses and 54 species of
Hepatics, $1,75. Sample pages on application.

A. J. GROUT, 360 LENox RoaAb, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS

and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.
HARLAN P. KELSEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.

Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts.

GROUT
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. 2d Ed., 224 pp., $1.75 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.00 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
O. T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY..

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8. ; September, 1906. " No. 93

SOME MAINE RUBI. THE BLACKBERRIES OF THE
KENNEBUNKS AND WELLS,— II.

W. H. BLANCHARD.

TEN species and one variety are considered in this paper and the
Hispidus and Setosus classes must be left for a third paper. The
first six of the following species are erect ‘ high” blackberries belong-
ing to four distinct classes two of which are new; and the remaining
four are recurving and tipping, forming three equally distinct new
classes.

* Erect Blackberries, recurving slightly or not at all; never tipping.
+ The Nigrobaccus class. Inflorescence a long tapering open raceme.

RUBUS NiGROBACCUS, Bailey. This is abundant and fruits well in
parts of Wells, but is generally occasional only, though it occurs in all
situations down to the edge of the ocean. Wherever found it has
plainly the distinguishing characteristics of the species, and does not
. seem to intergrade with or into anything else as Prof. L. H. Bailey
has taught. It is very pubescent and hairy with stalked glands on
all parts often even on the surfaces of the leaves. The new canes
have strong furrowed stems, often branched, with stout straight
prickles set on the ridges at a right angle, and 5-foliate light yellow-
green leaves, the leaflets mostly ovate and long-stalked. The old
canes are pyramidal in outline, the leaf branches closely resembling
new canes. The inflorescence is a long tapering raceme nearly leaf-
less, very loose and open, the pedicels set at a great angle to the axis.
The petals are long and narrow, the fruit long and tapering; a good
fruit having from 60 to 100 small drupelets each about j in. in diameter;
very aromatic but very seedy.

Rubus orarius, n. sp. Plants large and very erect, pyramidal in
outline with stout furrowed stems. Glabrous or somewhat: pubescent;
glandless or somewhat glandular on the inflorescence. Leaflets
broad; fruit large and useful, in large open racemes. |

170 Rhodora -, Pre [SEPTEMBER
, E Ji Á fur

New canes. Stems strong, erect, 3 to 6 feet high, dark red, often
branched, glabrous and glandless, angled and deeply furrowed.
Prickles few, 3 to 5 to the inch of stem, short, stout and strong,
straight, set perpendicular to it and on its sharp angles. Leaves large
often 9 in. long and 8.in. wide, 5-foliate, rather thick; dark. ane
green, glabrous or somewhat hairy on the upper surface, and glabrous
or more or less finely pubescent and lighter beneath. Leaflets broadly
oval or ovate, long-stalked, outline entire, taper-pointed, finely and
doubly serrate-dentate; the middle one broadest often slightly cordate,
the side ones narrower and rounded at the base; the basal ones smaller
and broadly cuneate at the base. — Petiole and petiolules large, grooved
more or less, pubescent; prickles few, short and hooked; the petiolule
of the middle leaflet 13 in. long, the side ones one-half as long and the
basal ones ¢ in. long. ; yn .

Old canes. Little changed, prickles intact. Cane pyramidal in
outline, the new growth consisting of nearly leafless racemes at the
upper part of the stem and long leafy branches below resembling new
canes, generally one from each old leaf axil. Axis of long leaf-branches
zigzag, terete, pubescent, prickles few and straight. Leaves 3-foliate
or some of the outer 5-foliate resembling those on new canes. Racemes
3 to 5 in. long; axis straight, stout, pubescent, glandless or with few
sometimes many stalked glands; prickles few, small and straight;
pedicels similar, slender, 1 in. long, set at a great angle and subtended
by small bracts; leaves two or three, very small, trifoliate and uni-
foliate. Flowers appearing the last week in June, large and showy;
11 in. broad; the petals oblong-oval two thirds as wide as long; sepals
wide, mucronate or acuminate, reflexed. Fruit beginning to ripen
Aug. 5 and continuing a long time, broad-cylindric, drupelets large,
Py in. in diameter or sometimes but 4 inch. Two measured and
counted: 4 in. long by $ in. broad, 23 drupelets; $ in. high and 3 in.
broad, 43 drupelets. Edible and valuable. P = T

Type station Cape Porpoise post-office and from thence up the:
Biddeford road in Kennebunkport, Maine. Quite variable and
abundant in Wells, Kennebunk and Kennebunkport. Moist or dry
ground, in open sun or light shade. CP en

This broad-leaved blackberry is well distinguished from R. nigro-
baccus by its broad petals, short fruit, dark yellow-green leaves and
in its being nearly or entirely lacking in pubescence and stalked glands.
It is the species that furnishes most of the fruit actually picked where
R. nigrobaccus is scarce. i bd "i
+ + The Argutus class. Inflorescence a short raceme with short stout

unequal pedicels.

Rubus amnicolus n. sp. -Plants erect, tall, recuryed at the. top,
glandless, well-armed, pubescent. Fruit large, cylindrical; drupelets
large. Inflorescence a raceme leafy at the base.

1906] Blanchard,— Some Maine Rubi,— II 171

New canes. Stems stout, erect, recurved above, 4 to 5 feet high,
6 to 8 feet long, reddish, glabrous and glandless, well angled and
furrowed. Prickles strong, straight, needle-pointed, 48; in. long,
6 to 10 to the inch of stem, set at a right angle to the stem and on its
angles only. Leaves large, 8 in. long by 7 in. wide, 5-foliate, quite
thick; yellow-green with appressed hairs but smooth on the upper
surface, and lighter and very softly pubescent beneath. Leaflets
stalked, broad-oval, outline entire, taper-pointed, ciliate, finely some-
what doubly serrate-dentate; the middle leaflet one-half as wide as
long, often wider, rounded or slightly cordate at the base; the side
ones nearly one-half as wide as long, broad at the base; and the basal
ones similar in shape or broad-pointed at the base and smaller. Petiole
and petiolules stout, glandless, grooved, thinly pubescent; prickles
numerous, strong, hooked; the petiolule of the middle leaflet averaging
- 1 in. long, the side ones one-half as long, the basal leaflets on very
short stalks.

Old canes. Erect, mostly killed back, often badly, prickles intact.
Normally pyramidal in outline, one bud developing from each old
leaf axil. New growth on the upper part of the cane consisting of a
short close raceme at the end of an axis 3 to 6 in. long, the shorter set
the farther up the cane; the lower part of the cane occupied by leafy
branches resembling the new canes, the basal ones 1 ft. or more long,
the upper ones 6 in. Axis of fruit branches stout, straight, terete,
glandless, very pubescent or woolly; prickles few and small, strong
and hooked; the racemes short, close; pedicels short, stout, pubescent,
glandless, set at a great angle to the axis, subtended by small bracts;
the leaves small and few, trifoliate with nearly oblong leaflets. Axis
of leaf branches nearly terete, stout, nearly straight, pubescent;
prickles few, straight and small; leaves very similar in color, texture,
pubescence, serration and form to those on new canes, mostly quinate,
a few at the base of the branch trifoliate with wide leaflets, petioles
and petiolules very pubescent; mostly tipped with a little loose in-
florescence. New growth on badly killed-back stems consisting of
long leaf branches tipped with late flowers, several from each old leaf
axil giving the cane a peculiar form. Flowers rather large, 14 to 11
in. broad, petals oval to oblong, É in. long and rather more than one-
half as wide as long, appearing the last of June, those on killed-back
branches continuing till the middle of July. Fruit short-cylindric,
about 4 in. high and broad, of 15 to 20 large drupelets. Ripe early
in August.

Type stations: The Rosin dump below the Leatheroid shop and
the sand lot above Hope Cemetery in Kennebunk village, Maine.
Abundant on the meadows of the Mousam river below the village
and occurring in other places. Open sun, dry and moist ground.

This species is’ well distinguished from R. migrobaecus and R.
orarius by its long recurving stem, lack of glands, narrow leaflets

172 Rhodora |^ . [SEPTEMBER

and close racemes ending more or less leafy branches. - It seems to
prefer localities not far from streams and winter-kills badly, sending
out an abundance of long leafy branches tipped with late flowers.
It bore abundantly in 1904 but in 1905 the crop was a failure.

+ + + Inflorescence a short raceme with slender equal pedicels.

Rubus glandicaulis, n. sp. Plants very erect, pubescent, and all
parts except the leaf blades thickly covered with stalked glands.
Inflorescence a very regular raceme with long thread-like pedicels.
Fruit cylindrical with rather small drupelets.

New canes. Stems strong, thick, very erect, 3 to 6 feet high, or
often dwarfish, dark red, often branched, remarkably glandular,
5-angled and slightly furrowed. Prickles $ in. long, 10 to 15 to the
inch of stem, straight, backward slant slight, set in lines on the angles. -
Leaves large on strong plants 8 in. long by 7 in. wide, average smaller,
nearly coriaceous when mature, rather thin; on the upper surface
shining dark yellow-green with appressed hairs but very smooth to
the touch; velvety beneath with abundant short pubescence. Leaflets
nearly oval, the three upper stalked, outline entire, long taper-pointed ;
finely and slightly doubly serrate and serrate-dentate; the middle
one broad, rounded at the base, sometimes ovate, rarely nearly cordate,
two thirds as wide as:long; the side ones oval, twice as long as wide;
the basal leaflets similar in shape but smaller. Petiole and petiolules
yellow, stout, grooved; prickles stout, hooked, numerous, in lines;
covered thickly with stalked glands; proper pubescence little or none;
the petiolule of the middle leaflet 1 in. long, the side ones $ in. long,
the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes. Erect as ever, prickles and stalked glands often much
broken. Normally pyramidal in outline, the second year’s growth
consisting of nearly naked racemes at the top of the cane, these suc-
ceeded by racemes leafy at the base, and below these long leafy branches
often destitute of inflorescence and resembling new canes. Upper
racemes 4 to 6 in. long; axis straight, terete, very pubescent and
glandular; prickles few straight and slender; pedicels 8 to 16, slender,
thread-like, very pubescent and glandular, set at an angle of about
45° to the axis, 1 in. long, subtended by small bracts; at the base of
the raceme a few small trifoliate and unifoliate leaves, the leaflets
about 1 in. long. The lowest branches often over 1 ft. long; axis
nearly terete, yellow, zigzag, pubescent, glandular; prickles few and
weak. Leaves 3-foliate, the leaflets broad-oval; those at the end of
the branch 5-foliate, leaflets narrow; petiole and petiolules slender,
pubescent and glandular, prickles slender; in color, texture, pubes-
cence and serration similar to those on new canes. Intermediate
branches increasing regularly in length and leafiness downwards, the
amount of inflorescence decreasing slightly, the leaflets on these
branches long and narrow. Normally one axis from each old leaf-

1906] Blanchard,— Some Maine Rubi,— II 173

axil but often several. Flowers 1} to 1} in. broad, petals oval from
$ in. long by $5; in. wide to in. long by $, in. wide; appearing late
in June and continuing on the lower branches till the middle of July.
Fruit ripe Aug. 8, continuing to ripen in favorable places till Sept. 1;
cylindrical, regular, of good size; drupelets rather small from } to 43;
in. in diameter. Four out of many counted and measured: 14 in.
high by 4j; in. broad, 40 drupelets each from 24 to 3 sixteenths in. in
diameter; ł} in. by in., 56 drupelets each $ inch; 44 in. by $; in.,
43 drupelets each 2 to 24 sixteenths inches; 44 in. by y in., 36 drupe-
lets. Very edible.

Type station on the railroad and highway from the shoe-shop to
the depot in Kennebunk, Maine. Abundant in Wells, Kennebunk
and Kennebunkport and especially abundant in the road and adjoin-
ing fields from Cape Porpoise to Kennebunkport village. Dry ground
in open sun and light shade.

This very glandular species can be distinguished from R. nigrobaccus
at a glance by its narrow leaflets, smooth and shining above, and its
slender equal pedicels set at a small angle to the axis.

Rubus amabilis, n. sp. Plants quite erect, nearly unarmed, gland-
less, very glabrous. Inflorescence a very regular raceme with short
thread-like pedicels. Fruit cylindrical, drupelets large or small.

New canes. Stems stout, strong, very erect, soft, 3 to 5 feet high,
often a dwarf, reddish, glabrous and glandless, very smooth, 5-angled
and furrowed. Prickles very small and slender, straight, hardly
noticeable, 5 to 8 to the inch of stem, on its angles only. Leaves large,
8 in. long by 7 in. wide, 5-foliate, rather thick; dark green with a few
appressed hairs when young, then glabrous and very smooth on the
upper surface; lighter green, glabrous and smooth beneath. Leaflets
narrowly obovate or sometimes oval rarely ovate, the upper ones
stalked, outline entire, long taper-pointed, finely slightly doubly serrate
and serrate-dentate; the middle one broadest, nearly one-half as wide
as long, narrow but rounded at the base; the side ones three times as
long as wide, cuneate at the base; the basal leaflets similar in shape
but smaller. Petiole and petiolules rather stout, grooved, glabrous,
glandless, unarmed, prickles minute or wanting; the petiolule of the
middle leaflet 1 in. long, the side ones one-third as long, the basal
leaflets sessile.

Old canes. Erect as ever, prickles mostly wanting, soft, reddish.
Generally pyramidal in outline, the second year’s growth consisting
of short leafless or nearly leafless racemes or sometimes a short leaf
branch at the top of the cane, and long leaf branches resembling new
eanes at its base, with polymorphous growth between; one from the
axil of each old leaf except as described below. The upper racemes
3 or 4 in. long, glandless, axis straight, terete, prickles minute or
wanting, finely pubescent with 12 to 30 slender, thread-like, finely-
pubescent pedicels 4 in. long, set at an angle of 45? to it, subtended

174 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

by broad conspicuous bracts, leafless or with one or two small trifoliate
or unifoliate glabrous leaves at its base. The lowest branches often
over 16 in. long, axis nearly terete, yellow, zigzag, glabrous and very
smooth; 3-foliate, the leaflets very broad-oval, long-pointed, thin,
rather coarsely serrate-dentate, the outer leaves often quinate. Inter-
mediate growth consisting of several forms mixed: rather long racemes
similar to.the upper but with pedicels 1 in. long and more leaves; long
leafy branches tipped with similar racemes; short leaf branches bare
of inflorescence; and short naked racemes subtended by one of the
latter two forms; the leaves mostly trifoliate with long obovate pointed
leaflets, or broad unifoliate leaves, all dark green, glabrous and coarsely
serrate-dentate. Flowers rather large, 14 to 13 in. broad; .petals 45;
to 44 in. long and one-half as wide or a little wider, oval or abruptly
narrowed at the ends; sepals gradually narrowed to a long point,
glabrous outside, woolly inside; opening June 25-July 5, and con-
tinuing on inflorescence-tipped branches till July 15. Fruit cylin-
drical, very variable in size, the drupelets from 47; to 33; in. in diameter.
Six measured and counted: 44 in. high by 45; in. broad, 35 drupelets;
41 in. by 4 in., 30 drupelets; 48 in. by y in., 18 drupelets; 1$ in. by
jin. 37 drupelets; $ in. by ¿ in., 10 drupelets; 77 in. by 4$; in., 22
drupelets. Ripe Aug. 21 and continuing to ripen till Sept. 1 on late
flowering branches. Very edible, productive. Perhaps worthy of
cultivation.

Type stations: Grove depot, Kennebunk, Maine; Arundel depot,
Kennebunkport; Kennebunk village on the highway from the shoe-
shop to the depot. Abundant in Wells, Kennebunk and Kennebunk-
port. Also in North Berwick. Thrives in pastures or hedges, moist
or dry places, open sun or light shade.

This species has a resemblance to R. glandicaulis, but is nearly
unarmed, is quite glandless and glabrous, and has slightly obovate
leaves and shorter pedicels. It has no noticeable resemblance to R.
Canadensis, L. except in its being nearly unarmed, dark green, gla-
brous and glandless, while the shape of the leaflets, height of plant,
form of inflorescence and fruiting season are entirely different.

+ + + + Inflorescence a short raceme ending a leafy branch.

Rubus peculiaris, n. sp. Plants erect, recurving slightly, very
glabrous, glandless, armed with very numerous prickles. Inflores-
cence a raceme ending a leafy branch. Fruit irregularly globose,
drupelets large. Leaves thick, leathery.

New. canes. Stems stout, strong, erect but. somewhat recurved
above, 24 to 4 ft. high, often a dwarf, reddish, glabrous, glandless,
5-angled, not furrowed. Prickles very numerous, yẹ to y in. long,
50 to the inch of stem, strong bristle-prickles, not confined to the
angles, straight with a slight backward slant. Leaves large, 8 in.

1906] Blanchard,— Some Maine Rubi,— II 175

long and 7 in. wide, quite thick, leathery; deep dark green, perfectly
glabrous and very smooth on the upper surface; lighter but not more
yellow and very glabrous and smooth beneath. Sometimes: a few
appressed hairs above and on the veins beneath. Leaflets narrowly
oval, often appearing obovate, cuneate at the base, the upper ones
stalked, outline entire, long taper-pointed, shallowly sometimes doubly
serrate or slightly serrate-dentate; the middle one twice as long as
wide, the others about three times as long as wide. Petiole and peti-
olules stout, grooved, glabrous, glandless, or the petiolules slightly
pubescent, prickles numerous, very slender and hooked, the petiolule
of the middle leaflet $ in. long, the side ones one-third as long, and
the basal leaflets nearly sessile.

Old canes. Erect as ever, brown, prickles not intact, points gone,
stem often nearly smooth. "New growth consisting entirely of leafy
fruit branches, 3 in. long at the top of the cane and 10 in. long at the
base each tipped with inflorescence. Axis irregularly angled, zigzag,
glabrous with a few very small and very ‘weak prickles, glandless.
Leaves few, 3-foliate or some upper ones unifoliate; the leaflets long,
narrow, pointed, cuneate and nearly entire at the base, serrate or
serrate- dentate, rather thick, dark green and glabrous above, lighter
green beneath, the middle one short-stalked, the unifoliate leaves
similar, or often very broad and deeply 3- lobed. One strong branch
from each old leaf axil, or nearly as often especially below, two or
more slender ones with less inflorescence, generally very zigzag, one
often blossoming late; the whole second year’s growth angular,
irregular, mixed and.unique. Inflorescence glandless, of rather reg-
ular racemes, 1 to 2 in. long, with finely pubescent axis and 8 to 12
short, stout, finely pubescent pedicels set at varying angles to the axis
and subtended by large, conspicuous and leaflike bracts. Also much
smaller and irregular inflorescence on lower branches and secondary
branches above. Flowers, appearing the first week in July and con-
tinuing two weeks on late branches, rather large, 14 to 1} in. broad,
petals $ in. long by 4%; in. wide, oval, oblong-oval, or obovate. Fruit
ripe Aug. 15, irregularly globose, composed of 3 to 20 large drupelets
each 43, in. in diameter or often larger, a nice fruit being 94 sixteenths
in. in diameter with 21 drupelets.

Type stations: Saco Road Methodist Church at Arundel depot,
Kennebunkport, Maine, and on Main Street, Kennebunkport village
at the guideboard to Cape Porpoise by the sea road. Abundant in
Kennebunk and Kennebunkport. Dry ground, open sun or light
shade.

This species as summarized in the opening paragraph has little
resemblance to any other species of high blackberry and forms a class

by itself.

* * Canes recurving and tipping.
` + Leaves pubescent; stems little prostrate,

176 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Rubus Arundelanus, n. sp. Plants very pubescent with occasional
stalked glands on the inflorescence, the stems nearly terete, hard,
recurving and tipping. Leaves thick, the margins somewhat plicate;
those on old canes very irregular in form.

New canes. Stems thick, glandless and glabrous, very smooth,
nearly terete, reddish green, hard, erect, 2 to 4 feet high, recurving,
often tipping, frequently branched. Prickles rather slender, strong,
straight, slanted slightly backward, } to 43; in. long, 5 to 10 to the inch
of stem, set in lines on the angles of the stem or pith. Leaves 5 to 7
in. long and wide, 5-foliate, thick; light yellow-green with numerous
hairs and rough on the upper surface, lighter with copious long pubes-
cence and very velvety beneath. Leaflets broad-oval or rhomboidal,
overlapping, outline wavy or slightly incised, margins somewhat
plicate, taper-pointed, dentate or serrate-dentate, the teeth narrow
and long with long points, the central tooth of the shallow lobes very
long; the middle leaflet very broad, often short-ovate approaching
orbicular, with sometimes a tendency to divide into three leaflets,
broadly rounded sometimes nearly cordate at the base; the side ones
broad-oval, oblique-angled at the base; the basal ones oval, broadly
cuneate. Petiole and petiolules large, faintly grooved, very hairy-
pubescent, glandless, prickles strong often large, recurved; the peti-
olule of the middle leaflet generally less than an inch long, the side
ones about one-third as long, and the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes. Stems reddish green, strong, hard to cut, prickles intact.
New growth consisting of leafy branches from 3 to 10 in. long tipped
with inflorescence, or rarely a pure leaf branch, regularly graded, the
short ones terminal, generally one from each old leaf-axil. Axis of
branches straight or often zigzag, angled, copiously, pubescent with
occasional stalked glands; prickles numerous, rather large, strong
and somewhat hooked; leaves 3-foliate, the upper unifoliate, thick;
light yellow-green with some hairs on the upper surface, lighter and
very pubescent beneath; leaflets varying greatly in size and shape,
often very broad, irregularly and shallowly incised, coarsely dentate
or serrate toward the base, the unifoliate narrow or often broad and
deeply incised. Inflorescence on a short axis, cymose-corymbose or
cymose-racemose; pedicels very pubescent with occasionally a stalked
gland, 6 or 8 set at a small angle or erect, and an erect one from the
axil of each lower leaf, subtended by unifoliate leaves and narrow
bracts, or some by nothing. Flowers appearing about July 1 large,
14 to 14 in. broad; petals broadly oval, one-half as wide as long;
sepals broad, very pubescent, mucronate or acuminate. Fruit ripen-
ing about Aug. 10 and continuing in fruit about two weeks, globose,
4 in. in diameter, drupelets large, 73; in. in diameter.

Type stations: The field ten rods west of the Casino in Kennebunk-
port village, Maine; in the road north of Cape Porpoise village; and
on the ledges around the Old Orchard House at Old Orchard. Also
several other stations some very large in Kennebunk and Kennebunk-
port. Open places, rich or poor or on rocks.

1906] Blanchard,— Some Maine Rubi,— II 177

This species resembles the Recurvans class in the size and shape of
the new cane, but has a hard stem and strong prickles while the leaves
are very hairy and pubescent, the leaflets overlapping, thick and
somewhat plicate on the margins. This and the form following may
well be considered a distinct class.

Rubus Jeckylanus, n. sp. Plants very pubescent with occasional
stalked glands on the inflorescence, stems nearly terete, hard, recurv-

ing and tipping. Leaves thick, leaflets broad, branches of old canes

very leafy.

New canes. Stems thick hard and woody, smooth, glabrous and
glandless, nearly terete, 2 to 4 feet high, erect at first then recurving,
often tipping, sometimes branched. Prickles slender, strong, $ in.
to ;% in. long, slanted slightly backward, about 8 to the inch of stem,
set in lines over the angles of the pentagonal pith or on the slight
angles of the stem. Leaves 5-foliate, 5 to 7 in. long and wide, thick;
yellow-green with appressed hairs but smooth on the upper surface;
and whiter and very velvety with abundant long pubescence beneath.
Leaflets broadly oval or ovate, greatly overlapping, only the middle
leaflets noticeably stalked, outline entire, taper-pointed, singly dentate
or serrate-dentate, the teeth long-pointed; the middle leaflet broadly
ovate and cordate; the side ones broad-oval, oblique-angled at the
base; the basal ones very broad and wide-angled at the base; the
leaflets all being about two-thirds as wide as long. .Petiole and peti-
olules large, grooved, very villous-pubescent, glandless; prickles numer-
ous, strong and hooked; the petiolule of the middle leaflet less than
1 in. long, the side ones about 1 in. long, the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes. Stems hard to cut, reddish green, prickles intact.
Second year’s growth polymorphous, consisting of long leafy branches
often 12 to 18 in. long normally growing near the base of the cane
sometimes tipped with inflorescence; short nearly or quite leafless
inflorescences from 1 to 3 in. long normally borne toward the end of
the cane; and leafy inflorescences situated between the two other
kinds; but these three forms and others not described often much
mixed, and any form occurring frequently at any point; generally
one from the axil of each old leaf, but frequently the first and last
occur together. Axis of leafy branch straight or zigzag, angled,
pubescent; prickles small, strong, slightly hooked; leaves 3-foliate,
large, leaflets broad, mostly oval, the middle leaflet very short-stalked,
resembling those on new canes in other respects. Axis of leafy fruit
branches thick, straight or zigzag, very villous-pubescent, glandless;
prickles small and somewhat hooked; leaves numerous, trifoliate,
the upper unifoliate; in color, texture and pubescence like those on
new canes; the middle leaflet stalked; leaflets broad-oval, finely or
coarsely serrate-dentate, the unifoliate leaves very broad often ap-
proaching orbicular; inflorescence short, cymose-corymbose, pedicels
very pubescent with often a few stalked glands, 6 or 8, short, set at a

B Mies

"a

178 ^ " Rhodora | [SEPTEMBER

small angle to the axis, subtended by unifoliate leaves and small bracts.
The short inflorescences. quite similar. Flowers appearing July 1,
from 1 to 14 in. broad; petals oblong-oval, two-thirds as wide as long;
sepals broad, very pubescent, mucronate or acuminate. Fruit ripen-
ing about Aug. 10, globose, drupelets large, maturing this year but
little and that very poor.

Type stations: near Arundel railroad station in Kennebunkport,
Maine, and Grand View Hill west of the Casino in Kennebunkport
village. Frequent throughout the village and especially abundant
along the shore from Spouting Rock to Cape Arundel. Also at the
Granite Quarry in Biddeford. Open places in dry or rich ground,
dwarf or large.

The new canes resemble those of R. Arundelanus, but the old ones

are unique in their polymorphous and mixed characteristics.
-— 4— Leaves glabrous; stems much prostrate.

Rubus biformispinus, n. sp. Plants decumbent at length trailing,
with stems thick at the base, glabrous but very glandular, and with
very broad leaflets and distinct primary and secondary prickles, very
savage to touch.

New canes. Stems thick and erect at the base, angled but not
furrowed, soon decumbent and then trailing, tipping in September;
trailing over bushes, fences or on the ground; glabrous but very
glandular; dark red on the upper side and green beneath. Prickles
of two kinds: primary ones strong, + in. long, with stout base, 5 to
10 to the inch of stem, straight, on the angles, with slight backward
slant or none; secondary prickles short, strong, of varying lengths
set at random, the smallest tipped with glands. Glands numerous,
their stalks unequal in length, tapering. Leaves about 6 in. long and
wide, 5-foliate, rather thick; dark green, glabrous and slightly shining
on the upper surface; lighter green but not yellowish, and glabrous
beneath. Leaflets very broad, oblong-oval, taper-pointed, stalked,
outline entire; finely, sharply and mostly singly serrate-dentate; the
middle one broadest often nearly orbicular and slightly cordate near
the petiolule; the side ones a little narrower, oblong-oval or rhom-
boidal, more narrowly rounded at the base; the basal ones similar
in shape but smaller and more narrowly rounded at the base. Petiole
and petiolules stout, strong, grooved; dark red on the upper side,
green-yellow beneath; glabrous; prickles strong and hooked. con-
tinued on the midribs; the abundant secondary prickles and glandular
covering like that of the stem; the petiolule of the middle leaflet about
1 in. long, the side ones one-third as long, and the basal leaflets short
stalked but not sessile. l

Old canes. Stem faded, primary prickles intact, secondary ones
considerably impaired; in favorable places the old leaves often remain-
ing. New growth entirely of leafy horizontal fruit branches well

1906] ^ A Blanchard,— Some Maine Rubi,— II 179

graded in length; those near the root 1 foot long, the terminal ones
2 to 4 in. nearly pure racemes. Axis of terminal growth nearly
straight, angled, hairy, glanded hairs abundant; prickles numerous,
strong and slightly hooked; leaves one or two trifoliate or the outer
unifoliate, thick, shining and glabrous; leaflets broad-oval, pointed
at each end, coarsely serrate-dentate; petiole glanded, prickles re-
curved, the middle leaflet stalked; inflorescence a short raceme,
pedicels 8 to 12, about § in. long, set at an angle of 45°, rather thick,
with numerous glands, subtended by rather large bracts. Axis of
long branches straight or zigzag, terete; prickles small strong and
hooked; glands numerous or scanty. Leaves large, 3-foliate, resem-
bling those on new canes in color, texture, serration and pubescence;
leaflets broad like those on new canes, the side ones sessile and very
broad with slight lobing on the lower side. Inflorescence shorter,
less regular or nearly wanting. Flowers appearing about July 5 on
the main inflorescence, but much later on the long leafy branches,
about 1 in. broad or often some less; petals very broad, oblong or
approaching orbicular; sepals broad, bright green, mucronate; gla-
brous and glandless outside, pubescent inside on the proper inflores-
cence; but narrow and often leafy-tipped on long leafy branches.
Fruit ripening normally the middle of August, globose, $ to q% in. in
diameter, drupelets 11 to 16, about 5^; in. in diameter, but little matur-
ing this year.

Type station near the guide-board at the intersection of Main St.
and the ocean road to Cape Porpoise in Kennebunkport village,
Maine, abundant here and down the Cape Porpoise road for a mile
and frequent throughout the entire village. Open sun in dry ground.

This species is remarkable in many ways and must be put in a class
by itself.

Rubus multiformis, n. sp. Plants with thick stems and very long,
wide-branched canes, decumbent or erect at first, then creeping a long
distance on the ground and tipping. Leaves often skeleton-like;
the leaflets being so long, narrow and long-stalked.

New canes. Stems thick and erect at the base, 2 to 4 feet high,
angled and furrowed, green-brown, glabrous, glanded or unglanded;
soon recurved, trailing on bushes, fences or on the ground, tipping
in September, 6 to 12 feet long with numerous long branches. Prickles
rather short, on the angles, about 5 to the inch of stem, slanted back-
ward; the glandular form with small secondary prickles. Glands
on slender stalks, numerous on some plants, wanting on. others.
Leaves skeleton-like, 7 in. long and 6 in. wide, 5-foliate, thin; glabrous
or with a few appressed hairs and light green often shining on the upper
surface; glabrous, rarely slightly pubescent beneath.. Leaflets nar-
row, long-oval, long-stalked, long taper-pointed, outline entire, finely
slightly doubly serrate-dentate; the middle one widest, the blade
nearly one-half as wide as long and rounded at the base; the side ones

TUM

180 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

much narrower, cuneate and slightly rounded at the base; the basal
ones smaller and more sharply cuneate. Petiole and petiolules large,
strong, glabrous, glanded on some, faintly grooved, prickles strong
and hooked; the petiolule of the middle leaflet over 1 in. long, the
side ones over one-half as long, the basal ones short-stalked but never
sessile.

Old canes. Stems brown, prickles intact. New growth consisting
of erect, leafy fruit branches, or stemlets, 5 in. to 3 feet high, well
graded from the short terminal ones to the tall ones on the thick part
of the stem, usually one from each old leaf axil. Axis of short branches
angled, glabrous, or on some glanded, prickles minute; leaves 3-
foliate, the upper unifoliate, pointed at each end, resembling those on
new canes in other respects; inflorescence a broad raceme, pedicels
8 to 12, nearly glabrous, set at a great angle to the axis, and subtended
by narrow unifoliate leaves and long narrow bracts. Long branches
appearing like new canes; axis straight or zigzag; leaves 5-foliate,
in all respects like those on new canes; the pedicels subtended mostly
by narrow unifoliate leaves. Flowers appearing July 1 and continu-
ing on the long branches for two or three weeks, about 1 in. broad,
showy; the petals oblong-oval, one-half as wide as long; sepals broad,
mucronate or pointed. Fruit beginning to ripen Aug. 5 and continu-
ing to.ripen through the month, short-cylindric, composed of large
drupelets 43; in. in diameter. Three measured and counted: 4 in.
high by 47; in. broad, 23 drupelets; in. by 45; in., 10 drupelets; 4% in.
by 45s in., 18 drupelets. Very edible.

Type stations: Moss's Corner and Old Fort Inn in Kennebunkport
village, Maine. Also found at other places in the same village, at
Cape Porpoise and forms of it at Old Orchard and in Wells. Open
sun and light shade, dry ground.

This species is probably but one of a distinct class of blackberries
more or less trailing, with angled stems and long narrow leaflets.

One form which is often quite prostrate with much shorter petiolules
and is a very delicate-looking plant frequent throughout this section
may be considered for the present as a variety and named described as

Var. delicatior, n. var. Plants glabrous and glandless, the new
canes with smaller and fewer prickles, more decumbent, often entirely
prostrate; leaflets smaller, shorter stalked and more delicate; the old
canes with shorter new growth; the long'branches or stemlets rarely
over 1 ft. high with trifoliate not quinate leaves, and the shorter and
terminal ones with a very slender axis and narrower leaflets.

Type found on the electric railroad 75 rods east of the Town House
junction, Kennebunkport, and in the roads and fields about it. Fre-
quent in Kennebunk, Kennebunkport and Wells. Dry ground in
sun or light shade. j

WESTMINSTER, VERMONT.

1906] Fernald, New or little known Cyperaceae 181

SOME NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN CYPERACEAE OF
EASTERN NORTH AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.
(Continued from page 167.)

CAREX SETACEA Dewey, var. ambigua (Barratt), n. comb. C.
vulpinoidea, var. ambigua Barratt according to Boott, Ill. iii. 125, t.
406 (1862). C. xanthocarpa Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxiii. 22
(1896).

This plant was beautifully illustrated by Francis Boott from Con-
necticut specimens and there can be no question from the plate and
notes of the identity of Barratt's C. vulpinoidea, var. ambigua with
Mr. Bicknell's C. xanthocarpa. An abundant series of material in
the herbarium of Chester Dewey of his own C. setacea and of Sartwell's
C. scabrior shows that while the best C. setacea (including scabrior)
has ordinarily dull brown or drab lanceolate or lance-ovate perigynia
tapering gradually to the serrulate beak, many specimens pass very
definitely either in color or in the outline of the perigynia to a commoner
plant which in its best development has the broad-ovate to orbicular
perigynia abruptly short-beaked and often golden-brown in color,
the latter character suggesting the name xanthocarpa. ‘The transi-
tions between these two extremes are so numerous that it seems to the
writer that they are best treated as phases of one plant rather than
as distinct species.

Carex Harperi, n. sp. Similar to C. leptalea Wahl.: the capillary
culms 2.5 to 7 dm. long; the more crowded spike with strongly over-
lapping linear-oblong perigynia (4 to 5 mm. long): the acuminate
scales whitish: the achenes puncticulate, barely lustrous, sharply
trigonous.— GEORGIA, springy place in swamp of Rocky Comfort
Creek, near Louisville, Jefferson County, April 9, 1904 (R. M. Harper,
no. 2109): Fronrpa, without locality (Chapman); bogs and swamps,
Apalachicola (Chapman in Biltmore Herb. no. 271b): ALABAMA,
Gateswood, May 1, 1903 (S. M. Tracy, no. 8656): MISSISSIPPI,
Coopolis, April 24, 1898 (S. M. Tracy, no. 4122): LovistANA, without
locality (Hale): Texas, without locality (Wright).

C. leptalea is a common plant of northern cold swamps and bogs,
extending form Newfoundland to British Columbia, south to Penn-
sylvania, the Great Lakes and Missouri, and in the mountains to

D arabes

m

182 + Rhodora | [SEPTEMBER

North Carolina, Colorado and Oregon. C. Harperi, on the other
hand, is a plant of the southern coastal plain, which may be expected
to extend along the coast or in the Mississippi Basin considerably
north of its present known range. Its chief points of distinction,
already enumerated, may be contrasted with those of C. leptalea as
follows: the perigynia of C. Harperi are 4 to 5 mm. long and strongly
overlapping, those of C. leptalea 2.5 to 3.5 mm. long and subalternate;
the scales of C. Harperi are whitish and acuminate, those of C. leptalea
brownish and mostly obtuse or obtusish; the achenes of C. Harperi
puncticulate, barely lustrous, and sharply angled, those of C. leptalea
lustrous, not puncticulate, and obtusely angled.

CAREX VIRESCENS Muhl. “in lit.” was published almost simul-
taneously and with essentially identical descriptions by Willdenow !
and by Schkuhr, each citing the other's publication. From their
descriptions “spica androgyna lineari pedunculata inferne mascula,
femineis subapproximatis binis subpedunculatis linearibus,. ...
fructibus — globoso-triquetris obtusis pubescentibus . . . . Capsulae
maturae virides subnervosae pubescentes," and from the detailed draw-
ing of the plant in Schkuhr's work there is no question of the plant
Muhlenberg had in hand.

There are two extreme variations of Carex virescens. One has 2
to 4 linear-cylindric spikes, 2 to 4 mm. thick, the terminal one (includ-
ing the staminate base) 1.8 to 4 cm. long, and from y, to 4 as thick. The
other has 2 to 5 oblong-cylindric to subglobose spikes 3 to 5 mm.
thick, the terminal one 9 to 18 mm. long and from | to $ as thick. The
perigynia of the slender-spiked plant are somewhat costate, of the
thicker spiked plant less so, or nearly nerveless. These two plants
are ordinarily well marked but numerous transitional specimens show
them to be varieties of one species, and they are usually so treated
though by some authors they are accepted as distinct species: the
shorter- and thicker-spiked plant as C. virescens, the longer- and slen-
der-spiked plant as var. costata Dewey (C. costellata Britton). With
the exception of Dewey, the earlier students of American Carices —
Torrey, Carey, Boott, and others — made no strong distinction be-
tween the plants, though Boott, in his Illustrations, recognized the

1 Willd, Sp. iv. 251 (1805).
2 Schkuhr, Riedgr. Nachtr, 45, t, Mmm, fig. 147 (1806).

1906] .. Fernald,— New or little known Cyperaceae 183

slender-spiked plant as true C. virescens illustrating that plant in full,
and showing as an extreme form the inflorescence of the thicker-
spiked plant. Subsequent authors, on.the other hand, have followed
the lead of Dewey in treating as true C. virescens the short-spiked
plant, while the plant with elongate linear-cylindric spikes has been
regarded as a variety (var. costata Dewey) or as a species (C. costellata
Britton). It needs only a brief examination of the original description
and figures, however, to show that in so doing, recent authors have
treated the wrong plant as C. virescens; and that the plant of Mublen-
berg, beautifully illustrated by Schkuhr, was the long-spiked extreme
which is now passing as C. virescens, var. costata Dewey, or C. costellata
Britton. The other, the short-spiked plant, which is one of the com-
monest and most attractive sedges of New England, is apparently
without a name, and in recognition of the long and painstaking study
of the group by the scholarly New England botanist, Charles Walter
Swan, it may appropriately be called

C. VIRESCENS, var. Swanii, n. var. Usually lower than the species,
1.5 to 8 dm. high: the 2 to 5 oblong-cylindric to subglobose spikes
3-5 mm. thick; the terminal one (including the staminate base) 9 to
18 mm. long, 1 to 3 as thick.— C. virescens of recent authors.— Dry
banks and copses, southern Maine to Ontario and southward. M.
A. Day's no. 202 from Manchester, Vermont, may stand as the type
of this variety.

CAREX LAXICULMIS Schwein., var. copulata (Bailey), n. comb.
C. retrocurva, var. copulata Bailey, Herb. distr. no. 161 (1886). C.
digitalis, var. copulata Bailey, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, i. 47 (1889).

This variety as first designated by Professor Bailey on the label of
his no. 161, from Lansing, Michigan, in 1886 was supposed to include
“all our western plants” of the digitalis-laxiculmis (retrocurva) group.
The particular plant (no. 161) in question was greener than most of
the C. laxiculmis (retrocurva) of the coastal states and this point was
strongly emphasized by Professor Bailey, who later, on account of the
green not glaucous foliage of the plant transferred it to varietal rank
under C. digitalis. Subsequent collections show that the plant may
sometimes be glaucous,— as for example, material in the Gray Her-
barium from Alma, Michigan, Erie County, Ohio, Port Stanley, Port
Dover and Leamington, Ontario; — and specimens of what is in all
other points typical C. laxiculmis of the Atlantic States,— from
Waverly and Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts — show that the eastern

184 Rhodora : - [SEPTEMBER

plant is not always glaucous. In fact the glaucous or non-glaucous
foliage is not a satisfactory basis for the separation of C. laxiculmis
and C. digitalis. The basal leaves, however, seem to furnish a very
accessible character, a large series of C. digitalis having the basal
leaves from 2 to 5 mm. broad, while an equally full representation of
C. laxiculmis shows the basal leaves to vary in breadth from 6 to 12
mm. The western tendency of this species differs from the coastal
plant, however, in a character which seems to be fairly constant in
the material at hand. True C. laxiculmis, which occurs from southern
Maine to Virginia and Missouri, principally in the coastal states, has
perigynia 2.8 to 3 mm. long. The more characteristic plant of the
interior, which may well retain the varietal name, copulata, first ap-
plied to an extreme specimen from Michigan, occurs from the Cham-
plain Valley in Vermont to Delaware and west to Ohio, Michigan and
Ontario, and has the perigynia distinctly larger, 3.3 to 4 mm. long.

CAREX LAXIFLORA Lam., var. leptonervia, n. var. Slender, 1.5 to
7 dm. high: leaves 0.5 to 1 cm. broad: pistillate spikes linear-cylindric,
loosely-flowered, 1 to 2.5 cm. long; the 2 or 3 upper crowded at the
base of the staminate; the lower remote: perigynia oblong-fusiform,
nerveless or with 1 to 3 faint nerves.on each face.— Newfoundland to
Ontario, south to northern and central. New England, central New
York, and Minnesota and along the mountains to North Carolina
and Tennessee. A northern extreme of the species differing from all
the other varieties of C. laxiflora in its nerveless or only slightly nerved
perigynia. The following from among very númerous specimens
examined are characteristic. NEWFOUNDLAND, Birchy Cove, Bay
of Islands, June 22, 1895 (A. C. Waghorne, no. 8): QUEBEC, Allen's
Ravine, Mt. Albert, Gaspé Co., August, 1905 (J. F. Collins & M. L.
Fernald): Nova Scotta, Boylston, July, 1890 (C. A. Hamilton):
Marng, low woods, Fort Fairfield, July 6, 1893 — type (M. L. Fernald,
no. 146): New Hampsuire, Mt. Washington, altitude 3500 feet, July
9, 1888 (E. & C. E. Faxon): VERMONT, low open woods, New Haven,
June 5, 1898 (E. Brainerd): Massacuvsetts, Shirley (W. P. Conant):
CONNECTICUT, sphagnum bog, Winchester, June 25, 1901 (C.. H.
Bissell): New York, Pickerel Pond, near Axton, June 29, 1899
(Rowlee, Wiegand & Hastings); Penn Yan, 1862 (Sartwell):
ONTARIO, Niagara, May 14, 1901 (J. Macoun, no. 33,697): MINNE-
soTa, Two Harbors, June, 1893 (E. P. Sheldon): NortH CAROLINA,
thickets, Waynesville, June 9, 1897 (Biltmore Herb. no. 1796a):
TENNESSEE, on the higher regions of the Smoky Mts., May, 1844 `

(F. Rugel, no. 103).

(To be continued.)

1906] Knight,— New Variety of Carex trisperma 185

A New VARIETY OF CAREX TRISPERMA.— During the recent
meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine at. Rowe Ponds.
Camps a party, including Edward B: Chamberlain, John Murdoch,
Jr., Robert A. Ware, and myself with Sam Rollins as guide, visited
Jewett Brook Bog, some distance below Jewett Pond of which it
forms a part of the outlet. While on this trip a peculiar little sedge,.
growing at the foot of a small shrub in Sphagnum moss in the direct
sunlight, attracted my attention. The setaceous or filiform appear-
ance of the foliage and the very few scattered perigynia, mostly only
one to a spikelet and not more than two spikelets to a plant, made its
appearance very distinct from any other Carex with which 1 was
acquainted. Other small clusters of the plant were collected in
similar situations, and finally specimens were seen showing all stages.
of transition to typical Carex trisperma which grew abundantly some
distance back under the trees, thus showing conclusively that the
plant4n question was only a very distinct form of Carex trisperma.

It seems fitting that this new variety should be recognized by a
name, and I propose to dedicate it to one who has been my companion
on many a woodland tramp, one who has shown the greatest enthu-
siasm in seeking to increase our knowledge of the occurrence and
distribution of the plants of the Penobscot Valley, and whose per-
sistent seeking has resulted in many additions to the flora of this
region. It is with great pleasure on my part that opportunity is given
me to name this new plant for my friend, Mr. Francis M. Billings
of Bangor. I would therefore call it. :

CAREX TRISPERMA Dewey, var, Billingsii, new var.

Culms filiform, 1 to 2 dm. long; leaves 0.3 to 0.5 mm. wide, usually
much overtopping the culm; spikelets one or two in number, usually
one- but sometimes two-flowered; the finely many-nerved perigynia
from 2.5 to 3.3 mm. long, 1.6 to 1.8 mm. broad, exceeding the scale
by one-fourth to one-third its length. Habitat — Sunny spots in a
mossy bog, Jewett Brook Bog, about a mile below Jewett Pond,
(presumably in Pleasant Ridge Plantation) Maine, collected July 5,
1906 (Chamberlain, Murdoch, Rollins, Ware & Knight); type No.
5066 O. W. K.— O. W. KxicHr, Bangor, Maine.

186 " he . Rhodora . _ [SEPTEMBER

THE PERIANTH OF RYNCHOSPORA CAPILLACEA VAR.
LEVISETA.

E. J. Hitt.

In Ruopona for July, 1906, p. 130, there is a statement in Prof.
Fernald's article on some Cyperaceae that does not agree with my
experience with Rynchospora capillacea var. leviseta. Mentioning
Cyperaceae without bristles it states: “In a few regions, the Kennebec
Valley, Maine, Lake County, Indiana, etc., Rynchospora capillacea
consistently lacks the perianth and is var. leviseta Hill.” Reference
is also made to a previous article in RHopona iii. 250 (1901), where
the statement occurs: “In Rynchospora capillacea var. leviseta the
reduced bristles lack the barbellate character found in otherwise
undistinguishable spikes." Never having noticed this lack, or reduc-
tion of perianth I was a little surprised. Although I had examined
a great many specimens at various times in order if possible to find
some with barbed bristles, the absence or reduction of the perianth
had never been remarked in plants collected about Lake Michigan.
To see if I had overlooked the matter, after reading the article I went
over my collections, taking various spikelets from different sheets to
see how they fared in this respect. They had been carefully scruti-
nized at the time of collecting for smoothness of bristles.

My collections from Lake County, Ind., are six, three from Pine,
the original locality, made in 1875, 1876 and 1880; two from Whiting,
made in 1880 and 1881, and one from Edgemoor, 1881. The area
it frequents here has not proved to be large, the extremes about six
miles apart. North of Chicago, in Lake County, Ill., I have made
three collections, two at Wauconda, made in 1898 and 1903, and one
from Waukegan, 1905. I have a single plant found with the barbel-
late form at Brownstown on Grand Traverse Bay, Michigan. All the
stations are less than a mile from Lake Michigan except Wauconda
about seventeen miles west of Waukegan, where the plant grows by
Bangs Lake, which is tributary to Fox River, and therefore in the
basin of the Mississippi. These comprise all the stations where I
have seen it. They mostly show myriads of examples, since the plants
usually grow in dense masses. But in those which lie west of Lake
Michigan 1 have not yet found a case with barbed bristles. Having

1906] Hill,— Perianth of Rynchospora capillacea var. leviseta 187

‘ound one of the smooth bristled forms among. the barbed at Browns-
town naturally led to expect the reverse, which may yet be the case.
The plants kept for the herbarium by no means comprise all cases
of examination, since I have been frequently over ground where some
of them grow and have tested them for the purpose of discerning any
change in character. I have also collected or examined the barbellate
form from three localities in Michigan, all contiguous to Lake Michi-
gan; Peteskey and Brownstown in 1878, and Benton Harbor, 1895.
Both the typical form and the variety occur in other AN of the state,
as recorded in Beal's Michigan Flora.

What now do these collections show with regard to the lack of
perianth or its reduction. There are generally from 2 to 6 akenes in a
spikelet, mostly 4 or 5. I have met with but one akene without a
perianth, and that in a spikelet where the rest were provided with one.
The number of bristles when counted was so uniformly six that I
ceased at length counting in all cases, but noted the length in both
smooth and barbellate forms. The length is apt to vary in the same
akene, the difference being covered by the length of the tubercle, a
bristle rarely falling short of its base or exceeding its tip. Nor could
I discern any difference in this respect in the two forms. "The arrest
of development was limited to the barbs. Though I am necessarily
confined to my herbarium for the data regarding the number and
length of bristles, it does not follow with respect to their absence,
since in cases examined and not preserved the lack of a perianth
would have been noticed, as it would have removed the crucial test
for the variety.

Perhaps so small a matter hardly deserved so full a treatment, but
it has a taxonomie value on the constancy of a varietal character,
more so than many by which species are delimited. The specimens
taken in different years from the same locality and from the various
localities themselves prove this for the plants as they occur about the
head of Lake Michigan. For the thirty years it has been under
observation it comes true to seed, whatever may be its variations else-
where.

ChHicaGo, ILL.

MES 2

188 Rhodora . [SEPTEMBER

HABENARIA MACROPHYLLA IN MaiNE.— Mr. Ames in his recent
article (Cf. Ames, RHODORA, Jan. 1906, pp. 1-5) in which he so clearly
distinguishes Habenaria macrophylla Goldie from Habenaria orbi-
culata Torrey does not seem to have data of the occurrence of H.
macrophylla in Maine. While Mr. F. M. Billings and the writer
were on a recent trip he found two plants of this species growing in
low rich evergreen woods, which are now in my herbarium. (No.
5124, Herb. O. W. K., Bucksport, Maine, July 21, 1906, Billings &
Knight). The species however had been previously collected in Maine
as examination of the collection of Maine plants at the University of
Maine shows a typical specimen collected in “Rich woods, Monmouth,
July 31, 1897, by E. D. Merrill.”

In this connection it may be well to state that I have recently seen
specimens of H. orbiculata in the herbarium of the University of
Maine, from Oldtown and Harrison and have it in my own possession
from Holden and Sebois. There seems to be no doubt that both
species are widely distributed in the State.— Ora W. Knicut, Ban-
gor, Maine.

Vol. 8, no. 92, including pages 137 to 168, was issued 3 September, 1906.

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. ‘Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by Epwarp L.
RAND and Jonn H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WILLIAM Morris Davis. 1894. And a new map of the Island. 1901.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale.—A ddress
EDWARD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
Rounps Co., Providence, R. I.

THE FLOWER-LOVER' S MAGAZINE

If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It
is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise
interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to

WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
Binghamton, N. Y.

GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS.

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. HoRrsFORD, Charlotte, Vt.

CONCORD NURSERIES, Concord, Massachusetts. Established on
Minot Pratt's Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including X4odora, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.

SUPPLIES for the Botanist in FIELD, HERBARIUM or LABORA-
TORY. SAMPLES of Driers, Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and
NEW LIST of PLANT MATERIAL for 1906 mailed on request.
PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS and HERBARIUM ESSEN-
TIALS.

Prompt Attention. Standard Material. Immediate Shipments.

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT’S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, : : $1.00
With Gray's Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . : 1.80
With Gray's Manual of Botany, : y : : 2.25

For the High School Laboratory and Class Room.

By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M. of the Ames
Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray's text-books their extraordinary success. It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiology are also fully treated.
The illustrations number 384, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.

T^ practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

American Book Company
New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

PSYCHE
A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874
Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.
Six Numbers a year:— February, April, June, August, October, Decem-
ber. Annual subscription One Dollar.
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U.S.A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year. Established 1897 12 numbers
Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.
Edited by Francis E. Lloyd

Teachers College, Columbia University,

Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.

RXHodova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD > Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER \

WILLIAM PENN RICH

| Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND ( |”) ATOR vommittee

Vol. 8. October, 1906. No. 94.
CONTENTS:
Acrochaetium and Chantransia. F. S. Collins a : Él 189
Nomenclature of New England Lauraceae. B. L. Robinson 196
Some new or little known Cyperaceae. M. L. Fernald . i 200
Filipendula rubra, a new Binomial. B. L. Robinson ] . 202
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1l.

740 Exchange Building. — || Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.-—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection. Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PuTNAM's Sons,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. 5. MATHEWs, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,
Mass.

NOTICE

Part III of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready. Price
$1.00. Shall we send you a copy?

After Sept. 1, 1906, the price of this work will be advanced to $1.25 per
part to all who subscribe after that date.

Mosses with a Hand-lens, second edition, 8vo., 224 pp., 39 full page plates
and 151 cuts in the text; describes 169 species of Mosses and 54 species of
Hepatics, $1.75. Sample pages on application.

A. J. GROUT, 360 LENox Roan, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS

and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.
HARLAN P. KELSEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.

Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts.

GROUT
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. 2d Ed., 224 pp., $1.75 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.00 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
O. T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8. October, 1906. No. 94

ACROCHAETIUM AND CHANTRANSIA IN NORTH
AMERICA.

F. S. COLLINS.
Dr. E. BorxeT has recently published a short but important paper!
which will do much to bring order in a group where confusion has long
reigned. Twenty-six species are accepted by him in the two genera,
and are grouped according to their characters; they are all based on
specimens in the Thuret herbarium, and full descriptions are given
of only two species; some of the others have brief notes, but the rest
have names alone, or names with references to numbers in exsiccatae.
The paper is thus of value chiefly in connection with a large herbarium,
well supplied with authentic and classical material. While retaining
the older names, the species are grouped largely according to char-
acters that had little weight with or were quite disregarded by the
authors of the species, so that original references, or the collected
descriptions in the Sylloge Algarum of De Toni, are of little use in criti-
cal cases. In the following pages an attempt is made to arrange the
North American marine species according to the principles of Bornet’s
paper, and to give descriptions of all, which should enable the student
to determine them from the living plant. Only 12 species have yet
been recorded in this region, North America including the West India
Islands; and this should be borne in mind in using the key; for
instance, Acrochaetium Dictyotae is the only name given in the key for
an asexual plant, with descending endophytic branches, but no trace
of the original spore; four other species of this character are known

1 Deux Chantransia corymbifera Thuret. Acrochaetium et Chantransia; par M. E.
Bornet, Bull. Soc. Bot. de France, Vol. LI, p. XIV.

192 ' Rhodora T [OcroBER

sparingly branched, branches erect, secund, sometimes slightly
tapering, hairs not observed; spores 9 X 16 y, sessile on the upper
side of the branches, solitary or sometimes in secund series, one on
each cell of the branch; at the base of each primary filament a rounded
cell, the original spore, emitting a short, descending process, some-
times branched, of a few small rounded cells, attached to the host.
On Dasya elegans (Mart.) Ag., Wood's Hole, Mass., Sept. 2, 1905.

This is the only species of Acrochaetium in which the spore is per-
sistent; the color being the same as that of the host, there is nothing
to show the presence of the Acrochaetium without microscopic exami-
nation. No authentic specimen has been seen of Harvey’s plant on
Dasya, but there is every reason to suppose that if Harvey had seen
this species, he would have included it in his Callithamnion virga-
tulum; it is, however, distinct from the C. virgatulum of Wyatt,
Algae Danmonienses, No. 189, which must be considered as authentic.

A. ALARIAE (Jónsson) Bornet, l. c., p. XIX; Chantransia Alariae
Jónsson, Botanisk Tidsskrift, Vol. XXIV, p. 132, fig. 1; C. secundata
Phyc. Bor.-Am., No. 236. Filament arising from a single cell, naked
below, usually densely branched above, branches opposite, alternate
or secund; sterile filaments often bearing hairs; filaments about 16 y
diam. below, 8 x» above, cells 1-3 diam. long below, up to 6 diam.
long in sterile branches. In fertile branches uniformly short often
clavate, each cell bearing two opposite, sessile spores about 14 X 20 y,
a similar spore terminal on the branch. On Alaria esculenta, Maine
and N. H.

A. SAGRAEANUM (Mont.) Bornet, l. c., p. XXI; Cladophora Sagrae-
ana Montagne, Sylloge Algarum, p. 459; Chantransia virgatula P. B.-
A., No. 39. Basal layer of contorted and entangled filaments, from
which arise erect filaments, 6-10 « diam., cells 4-8 diam. long, branch-
ing not very dense, the lowest branches longest, upper gradually
shorter, all rather erect, bearing short secund ramuli above the axils;
spores borne on the ramuli, about 10 X 15 y, one or two on each artic-
ulation. Conn., W. L, Florida, Southern California.

The ramification is like that of A. Daviesii, but the basal layer is
quite different.

A. FLEXUOSUM Vickers, Ann. Sci. Nat., Series 9, Bot., Vol. I, p. 60.
Forming dense globular tufts, with basal entangled horizontal fila-
ments, from which arise erect flexuous filaments, 10 » diam., branch-
ing above, branches gradually shorter upwards, in secund series,

1906] Collins,— Acrochaetium and Chantransia 193

erecto-patent, cells 2-3 diam. long; spores secund on the ramuli.
On Chaetomorpha, N. J., Barbados. :

In dimensions, and in arrangement of spores like A, secundatum;
basal layer different. : |

A. Dictyotae n. sp. Filis primariis 12-14 y crassis; ramulis 10-
12 »; longitudine cellularum inferne 13 diam. aequante, ad 4 diam-
superne; ramulis plerumque secundatis, parum attenuatis, plerumque
obtusis; monosporis 14 X 20 », in filis sessilibus in loco ramuli, vel
1-3 terminalibus in ramo uni- vel bicellulari; cellulis ad basin
frondis rotundatis vel subquadratis, interdum in discum coalitis
plures frondes sustinentem; disco fila irregularia emittente, stratum
corticalem plantae hospitis penetrantia, inter cellulas magnas inter-
nas repentia, interdum usque ad superficiem oppositam attingentia.—
Main filaments 12-14 » diam.; ramuli 10-12 54; cells from 14 diam.
below to 4 diam. above; branches mostly secund, not much tapering,
usually with rounded tips; spores 20 x 14 », sessile on the filament in
the place of a branch, or one to three at the end of a one- or two-celled
branch. At the base the cells are rounded or squarish, sometimes
forming a disk from which arise several fronds; and from which
irregular filaments issue, penetrating the cortical layer of the host,
and passing between the large internal cells, sometimes extending
through to the surface on the other side. On Dictyota Binghamiana
J. Ag., in tide pools near high water mark, La Jolla, California, Aug.
21, 1899. Mrs. E. Snyder.

No other of our species has so extensive an endophytic portion.

A. VIRGATULUM (Harv.) Bornet, l. c., p. XXII; Callithamnion
virgatulum Harvey in Hooker, British Flora, Vol. II, p. 549; Tren-
tepohlia virgatula Farlow N. E. Marine Algae, p. 109. One to many
filaments arising from a basal disk; filaments 10-14 4 diam. below,
long and straight, with rather few long straight erect branches, 6-8 x
diam. near the end, usually terminating in a very slender hair; cells
about 3 diam. long below, about 6 diam. in the branches; short
ramuli, mostly 1-3-celled, abundant, scattered, opposite or in short
secund series, bearing either hairs or terminal spores; spores also
sessile on the branches, occupying the places of ramuli, 12 X 20 +,
On various algae, Maine to N. J.

The long subsimple branches, with short ramuli or spores on
nearly every cell, and the abundant hairs, are the chief characteristics
of the species. The branches do not gradually taper into the hairs;

194 | .Rhodoa |. ` [OCTOBER

the last cell of the branch is of about the same size as the preceding
cells, and the much more slender hair is sharply distinct from it.

Forma luxurians (J. Ag.) n. comb.; Callithamnion luxurians
J. G. Agardh, Species Algarum, Vol. II, p. 14; Harvey, Nereis
Bor.-Am., part 2, p. 242; Trentepohlia virgatula var. secundata
Farlow, N. E. Marine Algae, p. 109; Chantransia virgatula Farlow,
Anderson & Eaton, Alg, Am.-Bor. Exsice., No. 157. Instead of
isolated tufts, this form occurs as an uniform continuous fringe on the
edge, rarely on the surface of Zostera marina L.; the basal disk
practically continuous. , Gloucester, Mass., to Bridgeport, Conn.

Forma tenuissima (Collins) n. comb.; Chantransia virgatula
forma. tenuissima Collins, P. B.-A., No. 741. Filaments arising
from a small disk, about 8 » diam. at base, cells about 3 diam. long;
branches sometimes frequent near base, infrequent above, often in-
frequent throughout; long and virgate, gradually tapering to about
4 1, with cells 8-10 diam. long, not ending in hairs; spores 8 x 204,
sessile or on a one-celled pedicel, scattered or in short secund series.
On Zostera, San Pedro, California, Nov., 1898. !

A. Daviesn (Dillw.) Nägeli, Morph. € Syst. der Ceramiaceae,
p. 412; Conjerva Daviesii Dillwyn, British Confervae, p. 73; Calli-
thamnion Daviesii Harvey, Nereis Bor.-Am., part 2, p. 243; Trente-
pohlia Daviesii Farlow, N. E. Marine Algae, p. 109; Chantransia
Daviesii P. B.-A., No. 880. Base a small cellular disk, one layer
thick, bearing several filaments, about 10-12 » diam. near base, not
much smaller upwards; branches abundant, largely, secund, rather
erect; cells 2-4 diam. long; spores 10-12 X 15-20 y, sessile or on
short pedicels in close series on the upper side of the branches at their
base; hairs more or less abundant. Forming fringes along the edge
of Rhodymenia palmata (L.) Grev., and occasionally. on other algae.

The arrangement of the spores in this species distinguishes it from
all others except A. Sagraeanum, which has a different basal portion.

A. SECUNDATUM (Lyngb.) Nägeli, l. c., p. 414; Callithamnion
Daviesii var. secundatum Lyngbye, Hydr. Dan., p. 129; Chantransia
secundata P. B.-A., No. 1088, not 236. Base a cellular disk, usually
two layers thick; filaments several from the same disk, 9-12 » diam.
below, simple for a short distance, then densely branched, branches
rather patent, long and short intermixed, at first secund, later often
opposite, 6-8 y diam. near the end, which often bears a hair; cells 14-
2 diam. long in main filaments, 2-3 in the branches; spores 10 X 18 y,

1906] Collins,— Acrochaetium and Chantransia 195

sessile or short pedicelled, secund or sometimes opposite. On various
algae, especially on Porphyra, Maine to Conn.

In size of filaments and spore characters like A. virgatula, but a
much shorter and more densely branched plant, with uniformly shorter
cells, and branching predominantly secund.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CHANTRANSIA.

1. Unchanged spore persistent at base of filament. AO,
1. . Spore indistinguishable. i i ; C. efflorescens.
2. Monoecious. . ! | | : C. roseolum.
2. Dioecious. 3.
3. Cells 3-10 diam. pu descending cadit afan ‘yell
developed... . . €. corymbifera.
3. Cells 2-3 diam. ean: endophy tic filaments only slightly devel-
oped. . : : . . C. Barbadensis.

C. CORYMBIFERA uet] in da J olis, Agula Marines de Cherbourg,
p. 107; Notes Algologiques, p. 16, Pl. V; P. B.-A., No. 1040, not 192.
Filaments erect and straight, about 8 y diam., slightly tapering above;
branches few below, more abundant above, alternate or somewhat
secund, virgate, not much branched, cells 3-10 diam. long; spores
sessile or short pediceled, near the base of the branch; cystocarps
in the form of dense glomerules of naked spores, in the same situation;
antheridia on separate plants, in dense, short-pediceled glomerules
at various points on the branches.

The original spore, 12-15 » diam. persistent at the base of the fila-
ment, sending down into the host a branching filament, about the size
of the erect filament, but more irregular and contorted; erect filaments
arising from this endophytic growth, but distinguished from the
primary filament by not possessing the spore cell. On Helmintho-
cladia purpurea, Southern California.

C. BARBADENSIS Vickers, Ann. Sci. Nat., Series 9, Bot., Vol. I,
p. 60. Basal spore persistent; endophytic filament not much devel-
oped; erect filaments 12-14 » diam., cells 2-3 diam. long; fruit as in
C. corymbifera. Barbados, Guadeloupe.

C. ROSEOLA (Crouan) Bornet, l. c., p. XIX; Ceramium roseolum
Crouan in Desmaziéres, Plantes Crypt. de France, No. 1040. Basal
spore distinct, emitting descending filaments penetrating the host,
and erect filaments with more or less secund branches; cystocarpic

196 Rhodora [OCTOBER

glomerules lateral on the main filaments, spermatangia on special
ramuli in the vicinity. On Myriocladia, Guadeloupe. `

C. EFFLORESCENS var. Tauret Bornet, l. c., p. XVI. C. corymbi-
jera P. B.-A., No. 192. Frond arising from a basal disk, filaments
9-10 » diam. below, slightly less above, branching from the base,
branches alternate or secund, often ending in a hair; fertile branches
one or more at the axil of a branch, simple or forked, bearing one or
two spermatangia at the end; the trichogyne developed on a lower
cell, succeeded by a dense glomerule of carpospores. On Ceramium
rubrum and Cystoclonium purpurascens, Marblehead to Gay Head,
Massachusetts.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

THE NOMENCLATURE OF THE NEW ENGLAND
LAURACEAE.

B. L. Rosrnson.

Tae application of the rules of nomenclature, which were care-
fully framed by the International Botanical Congress at Vienna,
necessitates many minor changes in current usage. The general
tendency of the rules, however, is decidedly conservative and it is
believed that all botanists who are seriously anxious for a unified
nomenclature will endeavor to apply these rules with care and accept
with patience any changes which they impose. It is also to be hoped
that such alterations may be made in a manner to be as clear and
convincing as possible. For this reason individual cases, involving
complicated synonymy, may be appropriately discussed in some detail.

The attractive early-flowering Spice Bush or Benjamin Bush,
common from New England southward and westward, has of late
been passing in America under two scientifie names, viz., Lindera
Benzoin, the designation adopted in the later editions of. Gray's
Manual, and Benzoin Benzoin (L.) Coulter, the name employed in
some more recent works. Neither of these binomials can be main-
tained under the Vienna rules, and it is therefore worth while to

1906] Robinson,— Nomenclature of N. E. Lauraceae 197

examine the claims of the various competing names borne by the plant
in the past. As to the generic names, they have been as follows :—

Laurus L. Spec. Pl. i. 370 (1753).

Benzoin Fabric. Enum. Meth. Pl. Helmstad. ed. 2, p. 401 (1763).

Lindera Thunb. Diss. Nov. Gen. 44 (1783).

Laurus, subg. Euosmus Nutt. Gen. i. 258 (1818).

Evosmus Reichenb. Conspec. 87 (1828).

Benzoin Nees ex Wall. Pl. As. Rar. ii. 63. (1831), and Laurin.
Expos. 17 (1833). .

Calosmon Presl in Kostel. Allg. med. pharm. Fl. ii. 477 (1833).

Of these generic names the earliest, i. e. Laurus, was used by
Linnaeus to cover very different elements and is now properly limited
in its application to the genuine laurel and closely allied species. “The
earliest post-Linnaean description of Benzoin by Fabricius in 1763
appears to have been generally overlooked until attention was called
to it by Kuntze, Rev. Gen. ii. 568 (1891). No mention of this early
publication of the genus Benzoin occurs in Bentham € Hooker's
Genera, in the Index Kewensis, in Pfeiffer’s admirable and extraor-
dinarily complete Nomenclator, or in Mez’s monographic treatment
of the Lauraceae. Not having access to the rare second edition of
Fabricius's Enumeratio methodica plantarum horti medici Helmstadi-
ensis, the writer applied to Professor William Treléase of the Missouri

Botanical Garden for a transcription of the treatment of Benzoin in *

that work. The copy which he very kindly sent runs as follows :—

* *Benzoin Boerh. Ind. alt. Arbor virginiana, citrei vel limonii
folio, Benzoinum fundens Commelin. H. A. I. F. 97. virginiana,
isaminis folio, baccata, Benzoinum redolens Plucknet. Phytogr. T.
CXXXIX. f.3. Laurus foliis enerviis, ovatis, utrinque acutis, integris,
annuis L. Sp. 9. Flores ante folia, vel statim cumeis prodeunt, ex
una gemma plures, ut plurimum 3. vel 4. e viridi lutescentes, peduncu-
lati, 4. plerumque bracteis ovatis, concoloribus, stipati, propter parvi-
tatem difficilius cognescendi, certo tamen hermaphroditici, corolla ex
6. vel 8. laciniis vel petalis constante. Numerus filamentorum incertus,
8. vel 9. Antherae aureae splendentes, tuberosae. Germen, stilus
& stigma Lauri. Nectarium & glandulae Linnaeanae vix dis-
tinguendae.”

From this description it will be seen that the genus Benzoin was
briefly but adequately described in 1763 and that, both from the char-
acters given and the synonymy cited, there can be no doubt whatever

198 ~ Rhodora . [OCTOBER

of the application of the name even at this early date to our common
Spice Bush. The later generic name Lindera must therefore fall into
synonymy along with the discarded names of Evosmus and Calosmon.

Our plant has also borne several specific names, as shown by the
following synonymy.

Laurus aestivalis L. Spec. Pl. i. 370 (1753).

" — Benzoin L. Spec. Pl. i. 370 (1753).
"o fragrans Salisb. Prod. 344 (1796). —
~*~ Pseudo-Benzoin Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 243 (1803).

Benzoin odoriferum Nees ex Wall. Pl. As. Rar. 63 (1831).

Benzoin Benzoin Coult. Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 164 (1894).

Of these names aestivalis enjoys not only priority of time over all
but Benzoin, but priority of position over the latter name, since it has
precedence on the page of Linneaus's Species Plantarum. It is true
that this last matter is of little importance, since the combination
Benzoin Benzoin is inadmissible according to the Vienna rules, but
it may be remarked incidentally that this “duplicate monomial”
(to employ an apt expression of the late Mr, Redfield) cannot stand
even according to the Rochester Code which by giving weight to
priority of position would necessitate the adoption of Benzoin aestivale.
This is, therefore, one of the happy cases in which two sets of rules
lead through different courses of reasoning to the same result, namely
that BENZOIN AESTIVALE (L.) Nees is the correct name of our Spice
Bush. |

In employing the two names Laurus aestivalis and L. Benzoin,
Linnaeus of course believed that he was applying them to two different
plants, both collected by Clayton in Virginia, but the differences, not
very clearly stated in the brief and formal Linnaean descriptions, have
not been found reliable or significant in the light of subsequent study.
The two species have been reduced to one by the best monographers
of the group; and Mr. James Britten, who at the British Museum of
Natural History has access to Clayton's original specimen of B. aesti-
valé has been so kind as to verify for the writer its identity with the
plant which has long passed as Lindera Benzoin.

Unfortunately our other lauraceous species, namely the Sassafras
tree must likewise receive an unfamiliar name. The species is best
know as Sassafras officinale Nees & Eberm., although in recent years
some botanists have called it Sassafras Sussajras (L.) Karsten.

1906] Robinson,— Nomenclature of N. E. Lauraceae 199

Neither of these names is applicable under the Vienna rules, the former
because officinale is not the earliest specific name, the latter because
a specific name may not exactly duplicate the generic. The synonymy
is as follows:—
Laurus Sassafras L. Spec. Pl. i. 371 (1753).
* variifolia Salisb. Prod. 344 (1796).
Euosmus albida Nutt. Gen. i. 259 (1818).
Tetranthera albida Spreng. Syst. Veg. ii. 207 iud
Persea Sassafras Spreng. 1. c. 270 (1825). :
Sassajras officinale Nees € Eberm. Handbs et -pharm. Bot. ii.
418 (1831); Nees, Syst. Laurin. 488 (1836).
Sassafras albidum Nees, Syst. Laurin. 490 (1836).
* officinarum J. S. Presl, Rostl. ii. 505 (1846).
Laurus albida Loud. ex Meisn. in DC. Prod. xv. pk $ 513, 516.
(1864).
Sassafras Sassafras Karst. Pharm.-med. Bot. 505 (1882).
E vartifolium Ktze. Rev. Gen: ii. 574 (1891)

From this synonymy it is evident that the earliest available specific
name is the one used by Salisbury, which has some thirty-five years
priority over the current name officinale. The species should, there-
fore, pass hereafter as SASSAFRAS VARIIFOLIUM (Salisb.) Ktze. It is
a pleasure to see that this name, has already received scholarly recog-
nition by Koehne, who employs it in his ‘admirable Deutsche Den-
drologie 172 (1893). The descriptive specific name is happily very
appropriate.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

200 Rhodora . . [OCTOBER

SOME NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN CYPERACEAE OF
EASTERN NORTH AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.
(Continued from page 184.)

CAREX FLAVA and Okprmr The forms of the polymorphous
Carex flava group seem never to have been clearly differentiated in
American literature. The most satisfactory discussion of the group
is that of Professor Bailey; ' but primarily through his attempt to
keep apart as distinct varieties American forms which in their details
agree with well known European extremes, his treatment is not entirely
satisfactory. Although Professor Bailey maintains that the American
forms differ from the European, a comparison of many specimens
from both continents fails to convince the writer that there are many
distinctively American tendencies in the species. That the plant in
America and in Europe should present parallel and undistinguishable
variations is in no way surprising. "Typical C. flava is admitted
to occur in America as well as in Europe, and several other tendencies
of the group seem to occur on both continents. As understood by
the writer the plants of eastern America may be treated as follows.
* Beak as long as the body of the perigynium, often becoming bent or retrorse,
at least at maturity.

* Staminate spike sessile or very short-stalked, sometimes pistillate at tip:
pistillate spikes mostly contiguous, the lower sometimes remote,

++, Fruiting spikes 9 to 12 mm. thick, short-oblong or globose; beaks spread-

ing in all directions: scales dark and hg: conspicuous.
— Perigynia ovoid, abruptly beaked.

C. FLAVA L. Sp. i. 975 (1753); Bailey, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, i. 28
(1889).— Newfoundland and Anticosti to Saskatchewan and Alberta,

south to Connecticut, New York, Ohio, Michigan and Montana.
Europe.

= = Perigynia subulate or conic-subulate, gradually tapering to the beak,

Var. gaspensis, n. var. Resembling C. flava: the perigynia at first
subulate and ascending, later becoming conic-subulate and wide
spreading.— A characteristic extreme in the southern part of the
Gaspé Peninsula, QUEBEC: cool gravelly banks of Bonaventure River,
August 8, 1904 (Collins, Fernald & Pease); wet calcareous marl,
Goose Lake, New Richmond, July 17, 1905 (Collins & Fernald).

1 Mem, Torr. Bot. Club, i 28 (1889).

1906] Fernald,— Some new or little known Cyperaceae 201

++ ++ Fruiting spikes 6.5 to 8.5 mm. thick, mostly oblong: perigynia spread-
ing and straightish, or the lower strongly retrorse.

Var. RECTIROSTRA Gaudin, Fl. Helvet. vi. 97 (1830). C. flava, var.
graminis Bailey, |. c. 30 (1889).— Newfoundland to Michigan and
Rhode Island. Europe.

+ + Staminate spike peduncled; pistillate remote, oblong or subglobose,
6.5 to 9 mm. thick: the curved perigynia spreading or usually strongly
retrorse.

Var. ELATIOR Sehlecht. Fl. Berol. i. 477 (1823); Bailey, 1. c. 28
(1889). C. lepidocarpa Tausch, Flora, xvii. pt. i. 179 (1834). C.
flava, var. lepidocarpa Anderss. Cyp. Scand. 25 (1849), & Olney and
others in America.— Quebec to Rhode Island and New York. Europe.
** Beak distinctly shorter than the body of the perigynium, straight or
scarcely bent, ascending or horizontally spreading, hardly retrorse.

+ Staminate spike usually peduncled; pistillate scattered, oblong or globose,
5 to 8 mm. thick.

C. OrDERI Ehrh.: Beitr. vi. 83 (1791); Bailey, l. c. 29 (1889).— C.
flava, B. Oederi Schlecht. Fl. Berol. 477 (1823). C. divisa Oeder,
Fl. Dan. iii. t. 371 (1770), not Huds.— Newfoundland to Hudson Bay
and Maine. Introduced on ballast southward. Europe.

+ + Staminate spike usually sessile, often more or less pistillate; pistillate
approximate at tip of culm (rarely 1 or 2 remote), globose to oblong.

Var. pumila (Cosson & Germain), n. comb. C. viridula Michx.
Fl. ii. 170 (1803). C. flava, var. pumila Cosson € Germain, Fl. Par.
602 (1845). C. Oederi of most American and many European authors.
C. flava, subsp. Oederi, y cyperoides Marsson, Fl. Neu-Vorpommern,
537 (1869). C. flava, var. viridula Bailey, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, i.
31 (1889) — Newfoundland to British Columbia and Vancouver,
south to New England, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Idaho, and
Washington. Europe.

CAREX RETRORSA Schwein. varies greatly, several varieties, of which
var. Harta (Dewey) Gray, and var. Macounii (Dewey) Fernald, are
the best marked, being described. In both these varieties the spikes
are scattered and mostly long-peduncled. In typical C. retrorsa they
are mostly clustered and sessile at the tips of the culms, 1.7 to 2 cm.
thick, the perigynia 8 to 10 mm. long. A plant collected by Dr. B. L.
Robinson at the Rangeley Lakes differs so markedly in its small
perigynia and slender spikes that it may be distinguished as

C. RETRORSA, var. Robinsonii, n. var. Spikes mostly crowded and
sessile at the top of the culm, slender, 1.2 to 1.5 cm. thick: perigynia
5 to 6 mm. long.— Marne, gravelly shore, Middle Dam, Rangeley

F a e
dos

202 | En Rhodora [Octosmr

Lakes, August 2, 1903 (B. L. Robinson). - Similar specimens have
been collected by Mr. F. F. Forbes on the Matane River, Quebec.

CAREX BULLATA Schkuhr, Reidgr. Nachtr. 85, t. U u u, fig. 166
(1806) was described with “spicis....femineis binis cylindraceis” ;
and in the figure two inflorescences are shown with three spikes varying
form 2.85 to 3.3 cm. long, and from 1 to 1.2 cm. thick, i. e. definitely
cylindric. In recent: years, however, the name C. bullata has been
applied to a plant with the spikes subglobose or thick-cylindric, an. ’
extreme of the species generally more common than the plant with
narrowly cylindric spikes; while the plant with more slender spikes
has been variously treated as a species, C. Olneyi Boott, as a hybrid
between C. bullata and C. utriculata, and as an extreme variety of C.
bullata. Comparison with Schkuhr's original description and figure
shows, however, that C. Olney? is the plant which he had in hand, and
we must, therefore, treat the two extreme variations as follows.

C. BULLATA Schkuhr. Pistillate spikes 1 or 2, cylindric, 2.5 to 5 cm.
long, 1 to 1.5 cm. thick: perigynia dull or slightly lustrous.— Riedgr.
Nachtr. 85, t. U u u, fig. 166 (1806). C. Olneyi Boott, Ill. i. 15, t. 42
(1858). C. bullata X utriculata Bailey, Proc. Am. Acad. xxii. 68
(1887). C. monile Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxii. 221 (1895),
not Tuck. C. bullata, var. Olneyi Fernald, RHopora, iii. 52 (1901).

Var. Greenii (Boeckl.), n. comb. Spikes globose to thick-eylindric,
1 to 4 em. long, 1.5 to 2 em. thick: perigynia lustrous.— C. Greenii
Boeckl. Flora, xli. 649 (1858). C. bullata, Am. Authors.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

FILIPENDULA RUBRA, A NEW BINOMIAL.

B. L. ROBINSON.

Few of the native plants of the Middle West exceed in beauty the
“Queen of the Prairie,” with its pinnate leaves, palmately lobed leaf-
lets, and numeròus gracefully panicled flowers, which according to
the apt description of Dr. Gray are “deep peach-blossom color.”
The species has been extensively cultivated both within and east of
its natural range, and has now become established as an escape from
gardens in some parts of Vermont and Connecticut, perhaps elsewhere

1906] Robinson,— Filipendula rubra, a new Binomial 203

in New England. As it is now a member of the flora of our region
and must be included in various local lists, the question of its correct
scientific name is likely to arise, and it may be in place to say a few
words on this point.

From a general habital resemblance to Spiraea, the species and some
of its European allies were long referred to that genus. Maximowicz,
however, after long and critical study of the group, expressed with
great definiteness the view that the genus Filipendula bore no close
affinity to Spiraea, but was rather to be placed near Geum, his state-
ment being as follows:

* Genus hucusque inter Spiraeas receptum certe ab illis omnibusque
Spiraeaceis abhorret achaeniis indehiscentibus caducis. 1-spermis,
stigmate amplo et staminibus post anthesin deciduis filamento sub
anthera subincrassato neque attenuato. Inter Rosaceas igitur ponen-
dum, ubi modo crescendi, foliis, stipulis, fragrantia qualitateque
rhizomatum, nee non inflorescentia (etsi multo divitiore ramisque
adventitiis aucta) cum Geo et affinibus ubi in nonnullis etiam iteratim
trichotoma flore centrali breviore occurrit, bene convenire videtur."!

For the genus, thus separated from Spiraea, Maximowicz takes up
Filipendula, a name dating from the sixteenth century. Maximo-
wicz attributes the name to Linnaeus, however, and cites his Genera
ed. 1, p. 145 and Species Plantarum ed. 4, p. 172. It is clear that the
latter reference is merely a clerical error for Linnaeus's Genera, ed. 4,
p. 172. Both of these editions of the Genera appeared before 1753,
the date now generally adopted as the starting point for modern botani-
cal nomenclature, and the plants in question were later referred by
Linnaeus in the several editions of his Species and Systema to Spiraea.
The first use of Filipendula subsequent to 1753 is by Adanson,? whose
description, although brief, is accompanied by definite references to

the works of Tournefort and Linnaeus in such a manner as to leave

no doubt as to its precise application. It is to Adanson, therefore,
that the genus as a part of modern nomenclature should be ascribed.

Although Maximowicz selected the earliest generic name, he unfor-
tunately adopted the specific name lobata from Spiraea lobata Gronov.,
having apparently overlooked the earlier specific name rubra, employed
by Hill under U/maria. 'The Vienna rules of nomenclature require
the union of the oldest specific and generic names, as follows :—

1 Act. Hort. Petrop. vi, 246 (1879). ? Families des Plantes, ii. 295 (1763).

204 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Filipendula rubra (Hill), n. comb.

Ulmaria rubra Hill, Hort. Kew. ed. 1, 214 (1768).

Spiraea lobata Gronov. ex Jacq. Hort. Vindob. i. 38, t. 88 (1770).

Spiraea palmata L. Syst. ed. 13, p. 393 (1774).

Ulmaria lobata Kostel. Ind. Prag. (1844) ex Maxim. Act. Hort.
Petrop. iv. 251 (1879). |

Filipendula lobata Maxim. Act. Hort. Petrop. vi. 251 (1879).

The only question which seems likely to arise in regard to this dis-
position of our species, is whether the old genus Ulmaria should be
treated as generically separable from Filipendula, but for this there
seems no rational ground. Historically the two genera rest upon the:
European Spiraea Filipendula and S. Ulmaria respectively. These
species, familiar in cultivation, exhibit an inflorescenee of identical
plan and flowers without sufficiently important differences to suggest
even subgeneric or sectional distinctions to the more critical writers
who have occupied themselves with the group. It is true that the
small very numerous leaflets in the type of Filipendula and their
pinnatifid contour give the plant a rather characteristic appearance
markedly different from the type of Ulmaria, but when the Asian
Species with leaflets of intermediate number, size, and form are taken
into account, it will be seen that these foliar differences are by no
means distinctions of constancy or moment. It is to be noticed, also,
that there is a general consensus among scholarly students of the
Rosaceae that these genera should be united; see for example, Maxi-
mowicz, l. c., Focke in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iii. Ab. 3, 40
(1888) & Nactr. 187 (1897), Rehder in Bailey, Cycl. Hort. 1878 (1902),
Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. mitteleur. Fl. vi. 436 (1902), etc.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

Vol. 8, no. 93, including pages 169 to 188 was issued 8 October, 1906.

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $35.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by EDWARD L.
RAND and JoHN H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WILLIAM Morris Davis. 1894. And a new map of the Island. 1901.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale —Address
EDWARD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON «
Rounps Co., Providence, R. I.

THE FLOWER-LOVER’S MAGAZINE

If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It

is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise

interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to
WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
Binghamton, N. Y.

GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS.

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. HoRsFoRD, Charlotte, Vt.

CONCORD NURSERIES, Concord, Massachusetts. Established on
Minot Pratt’s Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including X4odora, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.

SUPPLIES for the Botanist in FIELD, HERBARIUM or LABORA-
TORY. SAMPLES of Driers, Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and
NEW LIST of PLANT MATERIAL for 1906 mailed on request.
PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS and HERBARIUM ESSEN-
TIALS.

Prompt Attention. Standard Material. Immediate Shipments.

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT’S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, ` i ^ $1.00
With Gray's Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . A 1.80
With Gray’s Manual of Botany, E $ : 2.25

For the High School Laboratory and Class Room.

By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M, of the Ames
Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray's text-books their extraordinary success. It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiologyare also fully treated.
The illustrations number 384, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.

P | MIE practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

American Book Company
New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

PSYCHE
A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874
Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.
Six Numbers a year:— February, April, June, August, October, Decem-
ber. Annual subscription One Dollar.
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U. S. A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year. Established 1897 12 numbers
Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.
Edited by Francis E. Lloyd

Teachers College, Columbia University,

Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.
FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD > Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER f

WILLIAM PENN RICH l

> Publicati C ittee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND | PE VER E

Vol. 8. November, 1906. No, 95.
CONTENTS:

Notes on Grasses. 4. S Hitchcock . : : : i ; 205

Some Maine Rubi, — III. W. HJ. Blanchard . h i . 212

Additions to the Flora of Rhode Island M. L. Fernald . : 219

Records of the Connecticut Botanical Society, — II

E. B. Harger 222
Regeneration in Leaf of Aristolochia. R. G. Leavitt r , 223

Potamogeton spathaeformis a probable Hybrid. M. L. Fernald 224

Boston, (Mass. Providence, TR. 1l.
/40 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.-—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost ofcollection. Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PuTNAM's SONS,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. S. MATHEWS, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,
Mass. :

NOTICE

Part III of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready. Price
$1.00. Shall we send you a copy?

After Sept. 1, 1906, the price of this work will be advanced to $1.25 per
part to all who subscribe after that date.

Mosses with a Hand-lens, second edition, 8vo., 224 pp., 39 full page plates
and 151 cuts in the text; describes 169 species of Mosses and 54 species of
Hepatics, $1.75. Sample pages on application.

A. J. GROUT, 360 LENox Roap, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS
and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.

HARLAN P. KELSEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.
Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts. f

GROUT
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. 2d Ed., 224 pp., $1.75 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.00 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
O. T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8. November, 1906. . No. 96.

NOTES ON GRASSES.
A. S. Hircucock.

During the study of the grasses of the northeastern United States it
has been found necessary to describe a few new species and varieties,
and to change the names of other forms to agree with the recent Inter-
national Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. Some new combinations
are due to changes in the rank of groups, investigation having shown
that forms supposed to be varieties must be recognized as species,
or the reverse. The new names and descriptions are given below.
Andropogon scoparius var. littoralis (Nash), comb. nov.

A. littoralis Nash, 1901. Britt. Man. 69.

Sand dunes along the coast, N. Y. and southward.

Paspalum psammophilum Nash MSs.

P. prostratum Nash, 1901. Britt. Man. 74, not Scribn. & Merr.
Jan. 1901; earlier than Britton’s Manual.

Sandy soil, So. N. Y. to Del.

Paspalum laeve var. australe Nash MSS.
P. australe Nash, 1901. Britt. Man. 1039.
Va. to Fla. and Miss.

Axonopus furcatus (Flügge), comb. nov.

Paspalus furcatus Flügge 1810. Mon. Pasp. 114.

Paspalum Elliottii Wats. 1890. Gray, Man. Ed. 6, 629.
Panicum gravius Hitchc. € Chase, sp. nov.

Culms in large tufts, slender, 50-80 cm. high, erect or spreading
at the summit, sheaths glabrous except a puberulent ring at the sum-
mit, the lower usually softly pubescent; ligule a ring of hairs 0.3 mm.
long; blades spreading, 6-10 cm. long, 6-10 mm. wide, (the lower
shorter), acuminate, rounded at the base, glabrous, the lower rarely

206 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

puberulent; panicle long, exserted, 6-11 cm. long, as wide or wider,
the slender flexuous branches fascicled, the lower spreading or droop-
ing at maturity, spikelet-bearing at the ends; spikelets oval, 2 mm.
long, glabrous, first glume 1-3 as long as the spikelet, acute, 1-nerved,
second glume and sterile lemma 5-7 nerved, equal, covering the fruit
at maturity; fruit elliptic, 11.8 mm., obscurely apiculate. Autum-
nal state diffusely branched, forming ‘very large top-heavy reclining
bunches, the slender branches recurved, the numerous flat blades
horizontally spreading.

In the simple state this species resembles large specimens of P.
dichotomum L., to which it is most nearly allied, but it is distinguished
in that state by wider blades, larger panicle with more drooping
branches and by equal second glume and sterile lemma (rather more
strongly nerved than in P. dichotomum), which cover the fruit at matur-
ity. In P. dichotomum the second glume is shorter and exposes the
fruit. In autumnal state P. gravius is readily distinguished by the
habit.

Rocky or dry woods and hillsides, Connecticut to Michigan, south
to Georgia, Mississippi and Arkansas.

Type Chase 3620; forming top-heavy tufts, in sandy, rather dry
woods, on the old Commons farm, between Centreville and Mt. Cuba,
Delaware, July 30, 1906; collected by Agnes Chase. Deposited in
National Herbarium.

Distribution: Connecticut: Meriden, Bissell 5579. MICHIGAN:
Port Huron, Dodge in 1899; Michigan Agricultural College, Wheeler
in 1900. PENNSYLVANIA: Easton, Porter in 1895. DELAWARE:
Mt. Cuba, Commons 296, Chase 3620. MarYLAND: Riverdale,
Chase 3643. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Washington, Hitchcock 18 and
257. VIRGINIA: Marion, Small in 1892. Norra CAROLINA: Bilt-
more, Biltmore Herb. 800a. GEORGIA: Stone Mountain, Hitchcock
183. Missourt: Monteer, Bush 2877. ARKANSAS: Fulton, Bush
2532. MussissiPPI: Saratoga, Tracy 8403.

Panicum praecocius Hitchc. & Chase, sp. nov.

Culms tufted, 15 to 25 cm. high in the simple state, early branching
and elongating, sometimes to 30-45 cm., at first erect, soon becoming
geniculate and spreading, very slender, wiry, abundantly pilose with
weak spreading hairs 3-4 mm. long; sheaths, even the lowest, much
shorter than the very long internodes, those of the branches usually
but 1-2 cm. long, pilose like the culm, more prominently papillose;
blades rather firm, erect or ascending, 5-8 cm. long, 4-6 mm. wide,
those of the branches as large as the primary leaves, linear-oblong,
often somewhat involute toward the acuminate apex, scarcely nar-

1906] Hitchcock,— Notes on Grasses 207

rowed toward the base, long-pilose on both surfaces, the hairs of the
upper surface 4-5 mm. long, erect from the plane of the blade;’ ligule
3-4 mm. long; primary panicles at first usually overtopped by the
upper leaf, but at or past maturity exserted, ovate or rhombic in out-
line, 4-6 cm. long, nearly as wide, loosely flowered, the axis pilose,
branches flexuous, spreading or ascending; the secondary panicles
smaller, numerous, overtopped by the leaves; spikelets 1X1.8-1.9
mm., obovate and turgid at maturity, obtuse, pilose with weak spread-
ing hairs, first glume 4-4 the length of the spikelet, triangular, 1-nerved;
second and third subequal, 7-nerved, the second slightly shorter than
the fruit at maturity; fruit 1x 1.6 mm., broad-elliptic. Winter leaves
lanceolate, long pilose.

This species scarcely has a simple state, the branches appearing
often before the first panicle is expanded. Distinguished from P.
lanuginosum by the early branching, the usually shorter culms, the
firmer, narrow, long-pilose blades, the smaller, fewer-flowered panicles,
and more turgid, longer-pilose spikelets.

Dry prairies and clearings, Michigan to Oklahoma and Texas.

Type V. H. Chase 649; dry bank, near Wady Petra, Stark County,
Illinois, June 30, 1900, collected by Virginius H. Chase.

Distribution: MicHicaN: Michigan Agricultural College, Wheeler
18 in 1900. Wisconsin: Lauderdale, R. Bebb 1000. Iturnots:
Joliet, Skeels 252; Wady Petra, V. H. Chase, 472 and 649. Mis-
SOURI: Howell County, Bush 54; Monteer, Bush 743 and 748.
Kansas: Manhattan, Kellerman 20; Carleton in 1892. OKLAHOMA
‘Territory: Stillwater, Hitchcock in 1903. Texas: Waller County,
Thurow 5 in 1898.

Panicum lanuginosum var. siccanum Hitchc. & Chase, var. nov.

Plants smaller than typical P. lanuginosum, of similar habit, the
culms appressed-pilose, the sheaths less stiffly pilose than in the spe-
cies, blades usually somewhat firmer, the upper surface glabrous or
with a few scattered long hairs, mostly near the base, lower surface
pubescent; ligule shorter (1 mm. long); panicle more open, fewer-
flowered, usually smaller; spikelets 1X1.7 mm., more rounded and
turgid than those of the species, the pubescence shorter. Much like
smoother forms of the species and distinguished only by the characters
given.

Dry sand, Massachusetts to North Carolina, west to Kansas.
Type Chase 1602, Dry, hot sand of sandstone cliff, Starved Rock,
ll. i

Distribution: Massacnuserrs: West Quincy, Churchill in 1891;
Wellesley, Smith 735. Connecticut: Montville, Graves 328 ; Lyme,

208 Rhodora [November

Graves 329. Ontario: Gault, Herriot 61. INDIANA: Miller, Chase
1552. ` Wisconsin: Trempleau, Pammel in 1887. ILLINOIS:
Starved Rock, Chase 1602, 1603 and 1604. Kansas: Manhattan,
Kellerman in 1888. PENNSYLVANIA: Germantown, Stone 13. Dıs-
TRICT or COLUMBIA: Zoological Park, Pollard 523. Norra CARO-
Lina: Biltmore, Biltmore Herbarium 698b.
Panicum lanuginosum var. huachucae (Ashe), comb. nov.

P. huachucae Ashe 1898. Journ. Elisha Mitch. Soc. 15: 51.

Me. to Minn. and southward.
Panicum oricola Hitche. & Chase, sp. nov.

Plants grayish, often purplish; culms densely tufted, 10-30 cm. long,
spreading, soon becoming branched and prostrate, densely appressed
or ascending pilose, the hairs on the nodes spreading; sheaths usually
more than half the length of the internodes, overlapping on the branches
appressed-pilose; blades firm, erect or ascending, 2-5 cm. long, 2-4
mm. wide, broadest near the base, acuminate; upper surface pilose
with hairs 3-5 mm. long, sparse on the later leaves; lower surface
appressed-pubescent mixed with longer hairs; ligule a dense ring of
hairs 1-1.5 mm. long; primary panicle short exserted, or rarely long-
exserted early in the season, ovate in outline, 1.8-3 cm. long, rarely
longer, 1-2 cm. wide, rather densely flowered, the axis appressed-
pubescent, branches fascicled, flexuous, ascending or spreading;
spikelets 11.5 mm. broadly obovate, obtuse, pubescent with short
spreading hairs, first glume 3 to 4 the length of the spikelet, abruptly
pointed, strongly 1-nerved, second and third equal and just equaling
the fruit at maturity, obtuse, 7-9 nerved; fruit 0.91.3 mm., broadly
elliptic, very turgid, obscurely pointed. In autumnal state the plants
are prostrate, forming mats, with short fascicled branches at all the
nodes; leaves and panicles not greatly reduced, the latter overtopped
by the leaves, which are less pilose than are the earlier ones; winter
leaves lanceolate, sparsely pilose above.

Distinguished by the decumbent or prostrate habit, appressed-
pilose culms and sheaths, and the small panicles of rounded spikelets,
large in proportion to the size of the panicle.

Sand barrens along the coast, Massachusetts to Virginia.

Type Hitchcock 47 in National Herbarium. Prostrate clumps on
bare sand on low mounds between marsh and sand dune. Lewes,
Del. June 18, 1905, collected by A. S. Hitcheock.

Distribution: Massacuuserrs: Nantucket, H iteheock in 1902.
New York: Long Island, Young in 1871. New Jersey: Absecum,
Commons 45; The Plains, Stone in 1901. DELAWARE: Lewes,
Hitchcock 47; Rehoboth, Commons 49. VinGiNIA: Cape Henry,
Hitchcock 64; Chase 2339.

1906] Hitcheock,— Notes on Grasses 209

Panicum unciphyllum var. thinium Hitche. & Chase, var. nov. `

Differs from P. unciphyllum as follows: Culms shorter, not over
30 cm. high, in larger tufts, pubescence denser and longer; early
becoming profusely branched and widely spreading, the small erect
blades with scattered long stiff hairs on the upper surface; spikelets
slightly smaller, 1.3-1.4 mm. long, very turgid, obtuse.

Dry sands, New Jersey.

Type Chase 3577 in National Herbarium. In mats, sandy, open
ground, Tom’s River, N. J. J uly 28, 1906; collected by Agnes Chase.

Distribution: Atsion, Chase 3562; Tom’s River, 3576 and 3577;
Forked River, 3581.

This form seems to be included in the description of P. psammo ph-
ium Nash (Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 26: 576. Nov. 1899, not Welw.
July, 1899) but the type, Clute 175 in N. Y. B. G. herbarium, is P.
_ unciphyllum Trin. (P. columbianum Scribn.)

P. patulum (Scribn. & Merr.), comb. nov.

P. Nashianum patulum Scribn. € Merr. 1900. U.S. D. A. Div.
Agrost. Circ. 27: 9.

S. E. Va. to Fla., near the coast.

Panicum aculeatum Hitchc. & Chase, sp. nov.

In very large clumps, culms slender, 0.7-1 m. high, ascending,
scabrous, harshly pubescent below; sheaths papillose-hispid with
stiff sharp-pointed hairs, a puberulent ring at the summit, uppermost
usually glabrous; ligule minute, membranaceous, ciliate; blades firm,
stiffly ascending or spreading, 12-20 em. long, linear-lanceolate,
acuminate, involute-pointed, very scabrous on the upper surface and
toward the apex beneath, paler on the under surface; panicle rhombic
in outline, 8-12 cm. long, about as wide, few-flowered, the slender,
flexuous, fascicled branches ascending or spreading, naked at the base,
scabrous, sometimes with a few viscid spots; spikelets 3 mm. long,
elliptical, minutely pubescent, first glume 1 to 3 as long as the spikelet,
I-nerved, acute, second glume and sterile lemma 9-11 nerved, abruptly
acute, slightly exceeding the fruit; fruit elliptic, 1.32.7 mm., minutely
umbonate. Autumnal state, branching from the middle nodes, the
branches more or less divaricate, not much crowded.

Allied to P. scabriusculum El.: panicle smaller, more open, fewer-
flowered, axis and branches scarcely viscid, spikelets larger, the glumes
only slightly exceeding the fruit.

Type Chase 2520 in National Herbarium. Tn large clump by small
slough, border of woods, Takoma Park, D. C., July 27, 1904; collected
by Agnes Chase.

Distribution: District or CotumpBia: Takoma Park, Chase 2520;

210 Rhodora [NovEMBER

Hitchcock & Chase 94; House 1041. Norra CaRonma: Lake
Mattamuskeet, Chase 3210.

The name refers to the aculeate hairs on the lower sheaths.
Setaria imberbis var. perennis (Hall), comb. nov.

S. perennis Mall. 1893. Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci. 13: 102.

Chaetochloa versicolor Bickn.

Brackish marshes along the coast, Ct. to Fla. and in saline soil,
Kan. and Ind. Terr.

S. viridis var. breviseta (Doell.), comb. nov. *

Panicum viride brevisetum Doell, 1857. Bad. Fl. 1: 234.

A form with bristles scarcely longer than the spikelets; Maine,
Fernald.

Zizania aquatica var. angustifolia, var. nov.

Culms about 1 m. high, leaves narrower than in the species (less
than 1 cm. wide), pistilate portion of panicle appressed.— Me. to
Minn. and northw. Type from Belgrade, Me., Scribner, Aug. 1895.
Oryzopsis racemosa (J. E. Smith) Ricker MSS. comb. nov.

Milium racemosum J. E. Smith, 1813. Rees, Encyel. 23:15.

Oryzopsis melanocarpum Muhl. 1817. Gram. 79.

Rocky woods, Ont. and Vt. to Minn. southw. to Del. and Ia.
Calamagrostis Pickeringii var. lacustris (Kearney), comb. nov.

C. breviseta lacustris Kearney, 1898. U.S. D. A. Div. Agrost.
Bul. 11:25.

Moist ground, Mts. of N. Eng. and along the Great Lakes to Minn.
Spartina patens var. juncea (Michx.), comb. nov.

Trachynotia juncea Michx. 1803. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 64.

Spartina juncea Willd. 1809. Enum. 81.

Salt marshes and sandy beaches along the coast, N. H. to Fla. and
Tex.

Spartina patens var. caespitosa (A. A. Eaton), comb. nov.
S. caespitosa A. A. Eaton, 1898. Bul. Torr. Bot. Cl. 25: 338.
Borders of brackish marshes, N. H. and Mass.

Ctenium aromaticum (Walt.), comb. nov.

Aegilops aromatica Walt. 788. Fl. Car. 225.

Ctenium americanum Spreng. 1825. Syst. 1: 274.

Wet pine barrens, Va. and southw.

Tridens flava (L.), comb. nov.

Poa flava L. 1753. Sp. Pl. 68.

Triodea seslerioides (Michx.) Benth. 1883. Vasey, Cat. Grass.
U. S. 35.

906] Hitchcock,— Notes on Grasses 211

Triodea cuprea Jacq. 1813. Eclog. Gram. 21.
Dry or sandy fields, Ct. to Mo. and southw.
Melica striata (Michx.), comb. nov.

Avena striata Michx. 1803. Fl. Bor. Am. 1:73.

Rocky wooded hills, Gaspé to Pa., Minn., and westw.
Glyceria Torreyana (Spreng.), comb. nov.

Poa Torreyana Spreng. 1821. N. Entd. 2: 104.

Glyceria elongata (Torr.) Trin. 1836. Gram. Suppl. 58.

Poa elongata Torr. 1821. Spreng. N. Entd. 2: 104, as syn. under
P. Torreyana.

Glyceria pallida var. Fernaldii, var. nov.

Culms very slender, usually geniculate and spreading, 2-4 dm. high,
leaves 4-8 cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, panicles 5-7 cm. long, the fascicled
branches lax, flexuous; spikelets 3-5 flowered, 4-5 mm. long; glumes
and lemmas obtuse, usually erose at the summit. Flowering later
than the species.

Wet places, Me. to Minn.

Type Aroostook Co., Me., Fernald 191.

Glyceria septentrionalis, sp. nov.

Culms erect, 1-1.5 m. high, thick and soft; sheaths overlapping,
loose, smooth, the upper closed nearly to the summit, ligule 5-6 mm.
long, decurrent; blades 1.2-2.5 cm. long, 6-8 mm. wide, nearly smooth,
rather obtuse; panicle 2-2.5 dm. long, the subflexuous branches
ascending, a spikelet subsessile in each axil; spikelets 8-12-flowered,
1.5-2 cm. long, subsessile or on short pedicels; glumes obtuse, scarious
and shining; lemmas 4-4.5 mm. long, faintly 7-nerved, hispidulous,
with a shining scarious summit, erose-obtuse, slightly exceeded by
the tip of the palea.— In shallow water, N. Eng. to Va. and westw.

Type collected at Guttenberg, N. J. by Wm. M. Van Sickle.

Intermediate between G. fluitans (L.) R. Br. and G. borealis (Nash)
Batchelder, but usually stouter and broader-leaved than either. This
has passed as G. fluitans (L.) R. Br. but has smaller spikelets and
shorter lemmas, and the lemma is hispidulous instead of minutely
scabrous. G. fluitans occurs along the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Fernald)
and near New York City (Nash). Mr. Nash named this form Pani-
cularva brachyphylla, noting the difference between that and the com-
mon form, but it is identical with Glyceria fluitans of Europe.
Bromus latiglumis (Scribn.), comb. nov.

B. ciliatus latiglumis Scribn. 1900. Shear, U.S. Dep. Agric. Div.
Agrost. Bul. 23: 40 as syn. under the next.

B. purgans latiglumis Shear. 1900. 1. c.

212 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Wooded hills, Pa. to Mont. and Mo.
Bromus incanus (Shear), comb. nov.
B. purgans incanus Shear. 1900. 1. c. p. 41.
Wooded hills, Pa. to Va., S. D. and Tex.
Elymus striatus var. arkansanus (Scribn. & Ball), comb. nov.
E. arkansanus Scribn. & Ball. 1900. U. S. Dep. Agric. Div.
Agrost.
Bul. 24: 45.
Wooded hills, Md. to Ia. and southw.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, Washington, D. C.

SOME MAINE RUBI. THE BLACKBERRIES OF THE
KENNEBUNKS AND WELLS,— III.

W. H. BLANCHARD.

In this concluding paper the Hispidus and Setosus classes of black-
berries are taken up, two new species and one new variety are described,
and some of their variations are mentioned under names suggested by
the now popular explanations of plant variations.

Rubus mispipus L. (R. sempervirens Bigelow, R. obovalis Michx.
R. obovatus Persoon.) Plants normally perfectly prostrate; stems very
slender, small at the base, beset with few to very numerous slender
mostly reflexed bristles, some of the smaller generally tipped with
small glands; branching freely and tipping vigorously. Leaves on
new canes 3-foliate or often in this section 5-foliate, thick, smooth,
shining, remaining in favorable places till spring, stipules often large;
leaflets broadly obovate with a very short point or none, 1 to 14 in.
long, often 2 in., crenate-dentate, variants often serrate and pointed.
Growth on old canes erect, leafy, nearly glabrous; leaves 3-foliate,
probably never normally 5-foliate; leaflets thick, broad and rounded;
inflorescence slender, more or less racemose; bristles very weak or
none, unifoliate leaves few and broad; flowers very variable in size,
& in. to 1 in. broad or sometimes very large; petals generally broad,
often very narrow; blossoming and fruiting very late; fruit generally
small and sour, but in favorable places often ¿ in. in diameter and
quite edible. Abundant in all parts of this section, dry or moist
ground, shade or sun.

The popular impression seems to be'that this is a very weak plant

1906] Blanchard,— Some Maine Rubi,— III 213

and the herbaria collections mostly are such, but it is often of a very
robust nature especially in elevated situations and on bleak shores.
These forms seem to make it desirable to have them segregated as a
variety.

Var. major, n. var. Plants much larger in every way, the stem
often densely covered with rather strong bristles, leaves much larger,
leaflets on new canes often 3 in. long, frequently pointed and serrate,
sometimes narrow; varying in a similar manner on the old canes.
Tendency to climb over bushes much greater.

Rusus serosus Bigelow. (R. nigricans, Rydberg.) Plants with
the new canes generally erect, sometimes decumbent, 14 to 3 ft. high
or often 4 ft.; stems seldom branched, terete or slightly angled, thick
at the base and soft, clothed with numerous bristles varying from 200
soft ones to 100 or less strong ones to the inch of stem, the former set
at a right angle to the stem and the latter strongly retrorse, more or
less of the smaller bristles and hairs bearing small glands at the end.
Leaves often large, 4 in. wide, varying from light yellow-green to dark
green, not thick but firm, nearly or quite glabrous, a few appressed
hairs above and some close pubescence below not rare, mostly 5-
foliate, a few of the lower leaves 3-foliate; leaflets oval or rhom-
boidal, rather cuneate and well pointed; serrate, or serrate-dentate
toward the points, the middle one about 3 in. long and 14 in. wide,
the others similar in shape but smaller; petiole and petiolules resem-
bling the stem in bristles and glands, the petiolule of the middle leaflet
1 of an inch long, the side ones shorter and the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes often decumbent or prostrate, badly killed back especially
on large canes, bristles generally much impaired. Second year’s
growth consisting of leafy erect or upward spreading fruit branches
tipped with a racemose often branched inflorescence; branches very
variable in length, generally one from each old leaf-axil or several
from the upper if badly killed back. Axis seldom straight, weakly
armed or merely hispid; leaves 3-foliate or part of them 5-foliate;
leaflets pointed at each end, varying from narrow to wide, serrate-
dentate; in texture and color much like those on new canes. Uni-
foliate leaves few none or rarely many. Pedicels and calyx lobes
generally hispid often densely so with abundant glanded hairs, or
sometimes nearly naked. Flowers appearing very late rather show y;
1 in. broad more or less, petals usually narrow, less than one-half as
wide as long. Fruit ripening late globose, small and sour, or often
quite large and edible.

Grows everywhere in these towns, the rankest plants in the richest
and most favored spots. Farther south and in less exposed places
it seems to be most at home in moist situations.

Dr. Rydberg’s R. nigricans is a synonym for this species and the
injection of this name has tended to make confusion. There are

214 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

extant three very meagre specimens sent out by Dr. Bigelow evidently
taken from the same plant which he says grew in a swamp in Sudbury,
Mass. Dr. Rydberg assumes that these three specimens belong to a
species distinct from the great mass of what is known as R. setosus
which he by this process makes nameless and proceeds to name. The
writer in August, 1906, gathered this species from about a dozen stations
in Sudbury each different from the others and varying as much or
more from each other as they do from Dr. Bigelow's. This species
is variable but the variations are not deep. If these slight variations
are to be considered as specific there is no end to the species that can
be made from them. His specimens and his description will probably
satisfy botanists, acquainted with this species in its haunts, that this
plant may properly still be known as R. setosus Bigelow.

Rubus tardatus, n. sp. Plants slightly glandular, very late in
starting and fruiting, decumbent, seldom branched tending to be
prostrate and entirely so the second year, tipping vigorously; stems
terete, hard, with numerous strong bristle-prickles; leaves quinate,
leaflets narrow, dark green, thick, smooth and somewhat leathery.
Some of the leaves on the fruit branches often quinate.

New canes. Stems decumbent, tending to be prostrate, seldom
branched, brown, hard, 3 to 6 ft. long, tipping vigorously in Septem-
ber; pith slightly pentagonal; proper pubescence on the stem none, a
few or numerous red-glanded hairs, commonly present. Prickles
varying from spiny ones to strong bristles, $ in. long, 25 to 30 to the
inch of stem, set at random. Leaves large, 5-foliate, large ones 7 in.
long by 6 in. wide, thick, leathery, very dark green and perfectly gla-
brous on the upper surface, pubescence close on the lower surface or
wanting, not appreciable to the touch. Leaflets long oval to obovate,
outline entire, narrowly cuneate and rather long-pointed, entire at the
base, serrate then serrate-dentate above. Petiole and petiolules slen-
der, yellowish, glabrous save a few glanded hairs, well grooved, prickles
long, slender, straight; the petiolule of the middle leaflet 3 in. long,
the side ones short, and the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes. Stems prostrate, slightly killed back, prickles somewhat
broken. Growth of second year consisting of erect leafy branches
or stemlets, 7 in. to 1 foot high, one from each old leaf-axil. Axis
nearly straight, glabrous, prickles few and weak. Leaves in color
and texture like those on new canes, 3-foliate or often the lower 5-
foliate the upper unifoliate; leaflets often 2 in. long, generally narrow,
long-cuneate, pointed, singly serrate, the middle one short-stalked.
Inflorescence occupying about one-fourth of the axis a simple raceme,
8 to 12 flowers, subtended by small bracts and unifoliate leaves, pedi-
cels and peduncle with numerous glanded hairs. Flowers, appearing
first about the 10th of July, about one inch broad, petals one-half as

1906] Blanchard,— Some Maine Rubi,— III 215

wide as long, often more than five. Sepals glanded. Fruit globose
of 3 to 21 drupelets, the best fruit about $ in. in diameter, rather sour.

Type stations: The west road from Kennebunk village to West
Kennebunk, Maine. Abundant in Wells, Kennebunk and Kenne-
bunkport. Also in North Berwick.

This species is a dewberry and has many of the characters of R.
hispidus and R. setosus though they are not very apparent when
casually examined. ‘The texture and color of the leaves, thick and
dark green, indicate the former; but they are not evergreen or shiny
and are 5-foliate both on the new canes and often also on the old ones,
narrow, serrate and pointed as in the latter. In many other respects
the characters are similarly mixed, but the hard stem and stout prickles
are to be found in neither.

Rubus junceus, n. sp. Plants with a flimsy look, erect the first
year, weak, soft-stemmed, often prostrate the second year, glandless
except on the inflorescence, prickles weak, leaves thin, 5-foliolate,
flowering early.

New canes. Stems upright, thick at the base, weak, very soft,
dark red, angled, 2 to 3 ft. high, rarely branched, glabrous and gland-
less, armed with straight, retrorse, slender bristle-prickles $ in. long,
10 to 20 to the inch of stem, not noticeably in lines. Leaves 5-foliate,
flimsy-looking, thin light yellow-green, slightly hairy on the upper
surface, considerably pubescent beneath. Leaflets oval, pointed at
each end, coarsely, unevenly and doubly serrate-dentate, the middle
leaflet broad, nearly rhombic, 3 in. long by 2 in. wide, the side ones
similar but narrower and the basal ones quite narrow. Petiole and
petiolules very slender, glabrous, grooved, retrorse bristles slender,
the petiolule of the middle leaflet 3 in. long, the side ones nearly one-
half as long and the basal leaflets sessile.

Old canes. Stems often prostrate, prickles nearly intact or often
all wanting. New growth consisting of erect leafy fruit branches
6 in. to 1 foot high, one from each old leaf-axil. Axis glabrous, un-
armed, slightly zigzag. Lower leaves 3-foliate, none 5-foliate, re-
sembling those on new canes, the upper ones unifoliate and becoming
regularly smaller. Inflorescence occupying about one-fourth of the
branch, racemose, covered with many red-glanded hairs, pedicels
slender, about 12, subtended by the unifoliate leaves and leaflike
bracts. Flowers appearing late in June about 1% in. broad, petals
nearly twice as long as broad, sepals with numerous glanded hairs.
Fruit ripe after the middle of August, mostly small, globose; one of
the best 3 in. in diameter with 14 drupelets each 43; in. in diameter.

Type stations: Kennebunk depot yard; the direct road from the
depot to the shoe-shop; the west road from Kennebunk village to
Parsons station and the road to Wells Branch. Abundant in most
parts of Kennebunk, Kennebunkport and Wells. Dry ground, open
sun and light shade.

216 Rhodora [NovEMBER

This very abundant species has some resemblance to R. setosus,
enough perhaps to justify placing it in that class. Its red stem nearly
naked the second year, flimsy delicate appearance, and early flowering
easily distinguish it from that species. i

There are in this section many other forms which may be considered
as hybrids, mutants, variants or aberrant forms according to the
botanist’s way of looking at these subjects.

RUBUS HISPIDUS X SETOSUS. These are mostly prostrate or nearly
so but they do not like R. hispidus branch, tip, nor preserve their
leaves through the winter, while they are 5-foliate. Frequent. No
two alike.

RUBUS HISPIDUS X SEMIERECTUS. Rare, found in but two or three
places.

RUBUS HISPIDUS X BIFORMISPINUS. This was found in but one
place and both the species were growing near.

Several other very distinct forms grow here. One is a dwarf “high”
blackberry 1 to 2 feet high, remarkably fruitful, growing in the woods.
Another belongs to the Setosus class, while a third though common
fruits so little as to give little chance to study it. Should they prove
to be abundant and widespread names will be in order. What the
writer regards as the essentials of a species is not merely distinct
characters, but the form must be sufficiently abundant and wide-
spread. Sports frequently have sharper characters than any species.

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON THE THREE PRECEDING PAPERS.

During the present season the writer has done a good deal of work
on Rubus in Rhode Island and in Massachusetts especially in the
southeastern part. As some of the plants described in these papers
as new species have been found in additional localities, it seems
worth while to append the following notes in regard to them: —
Rubus Arundelanus is abundant on the highway from Marblehead to
Swampscott. R. recurvicaulis is also abundant in hedges in the neigh-
borhood “Cow Fort” in Marblehead. R. geophilus occurs in the
northern part of New Bedford and in Plymouth near Manomet. R.
plicatifolius was found in Burrillville, R. I., and in Palmer and Mun-
son, Mass. R. arenicolus was very plenty in pastures in Stoughton
and several miles away in Canton. R. semierectus occurred abun-
dantly by the road from Westvale in Concord to the Wayside Inn in
Sudbury, and in Arlington near the standpipe. R. Arundelanus and

1906] Blanchard,— Some Maine Rubi,— III 217

R. Jeckylanus belong to the Frondosus class. R. frondosus seems
to deserve notice here.

RuUBUS FRONDOSUS Bigelow. This fine species, which was described
eighty years ago and which is very abundant about Boston, seems
never to have been recognized and there are few herbarium specimens
extant. One is a short undeveloped fruit branch in bud sent by Dr.
Bigelow to Dr. Torrey in 1823. In the letter accompanying it he
characterized it much as in his description published soon after in the
«second edition of his “Florula Bostoniensis.” This letter is preserved
at the New York Botanical Garden. A second specimen is a fruit
branch in flower collected recently by Mr. W. P. Rich. A third is
also a flowering branch collected recently on the Arboretum grounds
at Jamaica Plain. These two are preserved in the Arboretum her-
barium. The writer had assumed that the Boston botanists had se-
-cured the common plants in that section and not till late in August
(1906) did he look around there. The species in question was soon
found at Cobb Corner in Sharon and near Sharon Heights. After-
wards it was observed at the following stations: Canton, Arlington,
Lexington, Medford, Winchester, Stoneham, Belmont, Sudbury, Fram-
ingham, Wayland, Clinton, and Milton. It is especially abundant on
the hill between Arlington village and Lake Mystic, and in Clinton two
miles south of the Wachusett dam in the pastures bordering the east
side of the reservoir near the Electric Railroad. It is to be distin-
guished at sight from the other “high bush” blackberries by its strong,
round stem, abundant long recurving branches which touch and lie
upon the ground but do not appear to tip, leaves thick, roughly pubes-
cent, leaflets very broad, the middle one only stalked. The old cane
preserves its leaves till autumn the fruit ripening early and falling
while all the leaves even on the inflorescence remain. The inflores-
cence is a close cyme with many of the pedicels subtended by broad

leaves. No name could be more appropriate. It is occasional in
Connecticut and Rhode Island.

RUBUS ALLEGHANIENSIS Porter. (R. nigrobaccus Bailey, R. villosus
Gray’s Manual in part.) There are two very common, very char-
acteristic and very different species of high blackberries in the eastern
part of the United States. They constitute the bulk of the high
blackberries from Maine to New York and south to North Carolina.
They encroach very little on each other’s territory. One is a northern
¿plant with a delicious spicy flavor to be compared only with the straw-

218 Rhodora [NovemBER

berry, the plant that Dr. Porter named R. Alleghaniensis and Prof.
Bailey later named R. nigrobaccus. Its range is from northern New
England und New York (except at considerable elevations where R.
Canadensis holds sway, R. pergratus in some places occurring also)
to the low coast (beginning near Boston) and the adjacent valleys.
and sand plains. It extends to Northern New Jersey, occurs in spots.
in Southeastern Pennsylvania, and seems to be frequent in the Pocono
Mountains.

The other which is a more southern plant has its northern limit
at an elevation of about 200 feet in Connecticut and Rhode Island
occupying about one-fourth of Connecticut and one-half of Rhode
Island. It follows the coast and sand plains of Massachusetts to Bos-
ton. This is R. Andrewsianus described by the writer in RHODORA,
Jan., 1906. As it occurs in Southington, Connecticut, it bears very
poorly but nearer the coast and in Pennsylvania, New Jersey and
Virginia it is an abundant bearer. The fruit is large, the drupelets
loose and large. The fruit is sweet but not aromatic. Where the two
species overlap this is much the earlier and seems to be the parent of
most of the cultivated forms.

This information the writer has obtained by personal search, though
an examination of several private herbaria and those of Brown Uni-
versity, Yale University, New York Botanical Garden, Philadelphia
Academy of Sciences and the National Herbarium at Washington
have confirmed it.

It appears that when Dr. Porter found R. Alleghaniensis it was so
different from what he had called R. villosus—the plant now named
R. Andrewsianus that he published it as a variety and later as a species.
Note his description. “It differs from R. villosus in being less robust
and tall but especially in the character of the fruit which is smaller,
scarcely fleshy and possessed of a peculiar spicy flavor from 4 to 1 in.
or more in length and often oblong and tapering toward the end in
the manner of the little finger." Prof. Bailey would hardly have pub-
lished R. nigrobaccus if he had known the plant Dr. Porter called R.
villosus. He hesitated, as it was, thinking Dr. Porter’s name might
be correct. There seems, however, to be no doubt that Dr. Porter
was the first to segregate our spicy blackberry, and that its name
should be R. Alleghaniensis.

WESTMINSTER, VERMONT.

1906] Fernald,— Additions to Flora of Rhode Island 219

TWELVE ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF RHODE ISLAND.
M. L. FERNALD.

WnirE visiting in Providence during the latter part of September
I had the pleasure of joining Miss Margaret H. Grant and Professor
J. Franklin Collins on visits to the stations of some rare plants of
Rhode Island. “Though the object of the excursions was primarily
to see certain species already known to botanists of the state, many
other plants of interest were found, among them twelve species and
varieties which a search of local lists and notes fails to show as recog-
nized in the Rhode Island flora.

The first place visited was a patch of swampy woods near Nayatt
station in the town of Barrington, where, in the lower areas Wood-
wardia virginica and W. areolata (W. angustifolia) and Osmunda
cinnamomea were sufficiently abundant to be cited as characteristic
plants, while in the open somewhat drier sandy spots Rhexia vir-
ginica and Rynchospora glomerata were conspicuous species. In
this limited region the following plants apparently unrecorded from
the state were found.

ASPIDIUM SIMULATUM Davenport. Abundant in wet woods with
Woodwardia areolata.

OSMUNDA CINNAMOMEA I.., var. GLANDULOSA Waters. Several
large plants, among more numerous individuals of the typical gla-
brous form of the species, at the edge of the woods. It is interesting
that at both the stations already recorded for this noteworthy variety,
Mr. Waters’s original locality near Glen Burnie, in Anne Arundel
county, Maryland! and Mr. Saunders's station near Clementon,
New Jersey?— typical O. cinnamomea and the two Woodwardias were
present, and at Mr. Waters’s station Aspidium simulatum as well.
All these plants occur in the wooded swamp in Barrington.’

HELIANTHUS MOLLIS Lam. Abundant in sandy soil by the road-
side in one portion of the swamp. ‘This very distinct Sunflower has

1C. E. Waters, Fern Bull. x. 21 (1902).

2 C. F. Saunders, Fern Bull. xi. 52 (1903).

3 Mr. W. N. Clute has recently summarized the two previous records of the habitat of
Osmunda cinnamomea, var. glandulosa as ‘‘found in dryish situations" (Fern Bull. xiii.
119), although it is not easy to see how such a deduction can be made from the “low
sphagnum woods” of Mr. Waters's account or the “low woods” of Mr. Saunders's record.

220 Rhodora [NovEMBER

been found recently at various points along the northern sea-board,—
in New Jersey, on Long Island, and in 1903 near Fall River, Mass-
achusetts. At its only recorded New England station, in a field near
Fall River, its discoverer, Mr. Sanford! considered the plant an intro-
duction, derived from cotton waste. At Barrington, on the other
hand, there is nothing except the proximity of a country-road to sug-
gest the introduction of the plant, which is as apparently indigenous
as the various ferns, the Rhexia, and other coastal plain plants of the
region.

BIDENS DISCOIDEA (T. & G.) Britton. This distinctive plant of
the coastal plain is probably common in Rhode Island as it is in adja-
cent Massachusetts and portions of Connecticut. It was found in
the Barrington swamp, growing commonly on decaying logs and
inundated fallen branches; and it was seen, though less abundantly,
in a swamp near Lime Rock in the town of Lincoln.

The second region visited was in the town of Lincoln. Portions
of this township are strongly calcareous, and at one point, Lime
Rock, several lime quarries have been opened. Within the town-
ship we found many characteristic plants of calcareous soils which are
already known from Rhode Island, but the following eight species,
which it is the purpose here specially to note, are apparently additions
to the flora of the state.

Panicum MINUS Nash. Open gravelly soil in a railroad-cut.

Juncus DEBILIS Gray. In J. L. Bennett's “Plants of Rhode
Island,” this rush is listed as J. acuminatus, var. debilis; but, when
preparing the Preliminary List of New England Juncaceae, I was
unable to verify the report, and saw the species only from Connecti-
cut. J. debilis was found in great abundance with J. Dudleyi, Par-
nassia caroliniana, and other lime-loving plants at the border of a
pond near one of the quarries at Lime Rock. The plants were
very luxuriant, often 8 dm. high, with inflorescences 1.5 dm. long.
But the most striking feature of the plants is the remarkable devel-
opment of autumnal flowers, such as is known to me only in
specimens collected by Ravenel in 1866 near Aiken, South Carolina.
This plant of Ravenel’s (Engelm. Herb. June. Norm., no. 61) Engel-

£62

mann characterized as an autumnal form “in which the heads by

18. N. F. Sanford, RHODORA, vi. 88 (1904).
? RHODORA, vi. 34—41 (1904).

1906] Fernald,— Additions to Flora of Rhode Island 221

renewed vegetation of their axis degenerate into spikes.”* Normal
J. debilis matures in early summer and has 2 to 7 flowers in a head.
The late-flowering form at Lime Rock, like the Ravenel plant, has
the heads mostly prolonged into many-flowered spikes, the longest
8 mm. long. .

POLYGONUM CRISTATUM Engelm. & Gray. Abundant on a gravelly
bank, Lincoln. Formerly unknown east of Connecticut.

AGRIMONIA MOLLIS (T. & G.) Britton. Found at various spots
in Lincoln, in rocky (calcareous) open woods and thickets. Pre-
viously unknown east of Connecticut, where it is rare. The only
herbarium-label which I find recording the lithological character
of the habitat of A. mollis is one of Mr. A. A. Heller’s, stating that in
Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, the plant occurs in limestone, a soil-
preference which it clearly follows in Rhode Island.

AMPHICARPAEA PITCHERI T. & G. Very abundant and climbing
extensively to the height of eight or ten feet over shrubs, in alluvial
woods, near a lime outcrop at Lime Rock. "Phe vines form a close
tangle covering perhaps an acre of ground, and when found were in
abundant and very typical fruit. This plant, which is generally
known from western New York to Missouri, Louisiana, and Texas,
is very clearly a member of the New England flora. Twice before it
has been reported, — from Winchester and Revere, Massachusetts,
and from near Bridgeport, Connecticut; but in his discussion of the
New England Leguminosae in 1900, Judge J. R. Churchill? was
inclined to discredit the status of the species in New England. The
Rhode Island plant is quite like material from the Mississippi Basin,
the margins of the pods being covered with stiff mostly retrorse hairs.

GERARDIA PARVIFOLIA Chapm. (G. Skinneriana of many authors,
not Wood. G. decemloba Greene). This beautiful coastal plain species
is not cited from Rhode Island by Judge Churchill in his Preliminary
List of New England Scrophulariaceae.* It occurs with other pine-

1 Engelm., Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. ii. 466 (1868).

2 RHODORA, ii. 91 (1900).

3 The plant of sandy soils near the coast, from Massachusetts to Florida and Louisiana,
should be called G. parvifolia Chapm., for it is clearly that species and not the plant
described by Wood as G. Skinneriana, with which it has been confused. The latter spe-
cies is a plant of the interior, from Ontario to Minnesota, Tennessee and Missouri, with the
rose-colored corolla-lobes rounded or merely emarginate at tip and the capsule globose;
while the coastal plant, G. parvifolia, has the lobes of the bright-pink corolla obcordate
and the capsule oblong-ovoid.

1 RHopona, vii. 33-38 (1905).

222 Rhodora [NovEMBER

barren plants on a sandy plain between Lime Rock and the Black-
stone River.

BIDENS VULGATA Greene. Fully as common in the calcareous
region as the ordinarily more abundant B. frondosa.

Bivens comosa (Gray) Wiegand. In limy soil, near “ Dexter lime- `
rock.” Already known locally in Massachusetts and Connecticut.

Gray HERBARIUM.

RECORDS OF THE CONNECTICUT BOTANICAL
SOCIETY,— II.

E. B. HARGER, Cor. Secr.

Tue Connecticut BOTANICAL Society held three excursions
during the summer of 1906.

The first excursion was to the trap and sandstone region of the
valley of the Pomperang River, which is interesting as being a detached
area of a few square miles of a geological formation otherwise found
in this state only in the Connecticut River Valley. After leaving the
station at Pomperang Valley about 9 4. M. the party first stopped at a
field near by which was filled with Pentstemon pallidus Small., a species
here quite different in aspect and habit from P. hirsutus (L.) Willd.,
which is found not far distant. At the next halt, near the Pomperang
River, Messrs. Weatherby and Harger found Galium verum L. and
Parietaria Pennsylvanica Muhl. The party then proceeded to the
only known New England station for Phlox pilosa L. (see RHODORA
1: 76), which was found to be in full bloom and apparently increasing.
A quantity of Convolvulus spithamaeus L. was found near by. Most
of the party then walked to the Housatonic River, returning from the
station at Sandy Hook; but on account of the great heat and an
impending shower little more collecting was done.

The second excursion, with Mr. H. S. Clark for guide, was to the
Reservoir Parks, west of Hartford in the town of Farmington, and
was held Aug. 22nd. Showers in the morning reduced the attend-
ance but those who went saw, among other things, Rosa setigera
Michx., Aster infirmus Michx. and Solidago squarrosa Muhl.; while

1906] Harger,— Connecticut Botanical Society, — II 223

Mr. Bissell discovered Eleocharis Engelmanni Steud., and the
writer, Monarda fistulosa L.

The third excursion on Sept. 12th was to the shore region near
South Norwalk under the guidance of Mr. C. H. Bissell and Mr.
G. P. Ells. At Roton Point Mr. Bissell showed the station for
Phaseolus perennis L. noted in Ruopora 4: 13 and, in the vicinity,
Baccharis halimifolia L., Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (L.) Spreng., Se-
taria versicolor Bickn. and Elymus robustus Scribn. & Sm. Here the
proceedings were interrupted by a shower but the time was utilized
by eating lunch under the shelter of a friendly veranda overlooking
Long Island Sound and the Norwalk Islands. After the rain the party
proceeded toward South Norwalk visiting the most northeasterly
known station for the sweet-gum tree and stations for Lophanthus
nepetoides (L.) Benth. and Solidago rigida L.

OXFORD, CONNECTICUT.

REGENERATION IN THE LEAF OF ARISTOLOCHIA SrPHO.— In
Ruopora 5:38 (1903) I described the curious lamellar outgrowths
on the under surface of a leaf of Aristolochia Sipho, first observed
by Miss Katharine P. Loring, of Pride’s Crossing, Massachusetts.
The leaf was believed to have been injured and the lamellae were
thought to be incidental to the healing of the wounds. Perrot dis-
covered similar structures upon the same species in France.

Miss Loring has now placed the origin of the extraordinary growths
beyond dispute by careful experiment. Early in the present season
she selected a number of young leaves and treated them by folding
and pinching the blades in various directions. Most of the injuries
thus made were healed, and in connection with a good many the
lamellae arose in accordance with expectation. Folds generally
parallel with the principal veins were more successful in stimulating
the desired growth than those made transversely to the veins. Some
leaves were found which had numerous small areas of excrescence,
the effect, as Miss Loring believed, of accidental abrasion, since these
leaves were situated in surroundings favorable to such an explanation.
At any rate, the experiment proves that the accessory lamellae may be
occasioned by injury. It seems to me likely that insect bites would
have the same effect, and that the phenomenon may be expected to
recur under natural conditions. — R. G. Leavirr, Ames Botanical
Laboratory, North Easton, Massachusetts.

224 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

POTAMOGETON SPATHAEFORMIS A PROBABLE HYBRID IN Mystic
Ponp.— The very local plant which was discovered in 1850 by the
late Edward Tuckerman in Mystic Pond, Medford, Massachusetts,
and called by him Potamogeton spathaeformis has never been found
elsewhere in America, and is not known to fruit. In Cambridgeshire,
England, however, it is known to Mr. Alfred Fryer to fruit, although
not abundantly, and Mr. Fryer has maintained that it is a hybrid
between P. heterophyllus and P. angustifolius. ‘The late Dr. Thomas
Morong, while admitting the possibility that Mr. Fryer's interpreta-
tion is correct, said: “but a weighty argument against this view is
the fact that neither of the supposed parents occurs in Mystic Pond,
and that it should be produced in localities separated by the Atlantic
ocean.” ! In view of Dr. Morong’s positive statement, therefore, it is
important to record the fact that in the Gray Herbarium there is a
sheet of very characteristic P. angustifolius collected by the late Wm.
Boott in * Mystic Pond, August 26," (presumably in the 60's); and
that in both the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New
England Botanical Club there are characteristic specimens Ef
heterophyllus collected in Mystic Pond by Messrs. E. € C. E. Faxon.
There is, then, no reason, as maintained by Dr. Morong, why P.
spathaeformis should not have originated by the hybridizing of P.
angustifolius and P. heterophyllus in Mystic Pond as well as in Cam-
bridgeshire, England.— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

1Morong, Mem. Torr. Cl. iii, no. 2, 27 (1893).

Vol. 8, no. 94, including pages 189 to 204, was issued 25 October, 1906.

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetale (Ranunculaceae to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by Epwarp L.
RAND and JOHN H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WILLIAM MORRIS Davis. 1894. And a new map of the Island. 1901.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale.—Address
EDWARD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON &
Rounps Co., Providence, R. I.

THE FLOWER-LOVER'S MAGAZINE

If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It
is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise
interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to

WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
- Binghamton, N. Y.

GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS.

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. HonsrFoRp, Charlotte, Vt.

CONCORD NURSERIES, Concord, Massachusetts. Established on
Minot Pratt's Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including A4odoera, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue,

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,

WAVERLEY, MASS.
BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION. SAM-
PLES of Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and Driers mailed on request.
POCKET LENSES from $1.25 to $5.50. Ask for the New Catalogue,
No. 37.
PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS, MICROSCOPIC MOUNTS, LANTERN SLIDES.
Intelligent Service. Standard Material. Immediate Shipment.

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT'S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, : : $1.00
With Gray's Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . 1.80
With Gray's Manual of Botany, P , : à 2.25

For the High School Laboratory and Class Room.

By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M, of the Ames
Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray's text-books their extraordinary success. It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiology are also fully treated.
The illustrations number 384, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.

r | “HE practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

American Book Company
New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

PSYCHE
A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874
Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.
Six Numbers a year:— February, April, June, August, October, Decem-
ber. Annualsubscription One Dollar.
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U. S. A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year. Established 1897 12 numbers
Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.
Edited by Francis E. Lloyd

Teachers College, Columbia University,

Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.

Hovora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS l
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD b Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER f

WILLIAM PENN RICH

! Publléxtion commies
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND | '"?'cation Committee

Vol. 8. December, 1906. No. 96.
CONTENTS:
Blumenbachia at Southbridge, Mass. L. E. Ammidown . : 225
An alpine Variety of Solidago macrophylla. M. L. Fernald . 227
Botrychium lanceolatum in America. A. S. Pease & A. H. Moore 229
A new Station for Asplenium pinnatifidum. C. H. Bissell . 230
Principles of Botany . ; S t : s : s , 230
Two Editions of Torrey & Gray's Flora. H.W. Preston . ' 232
Juncus compressus in the Province of Quebec. H. H. Bartlett 233
Errata . : : i y ; I : : A F . 234
Index =. : . : ] i . A A : $ - 235
Boston, Mass. Providence, TR. 1.

740 Exchange Building, Preston and Rounds Co,

RHODORA.-—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price $1.00 per year ($1.25 to all foreign countries except Canada); single
copies 15 cents. Volume 1, $1.50. All remittances by check or draft, except on Boston
or New York, must include ten cents additional for cost of collection. Notes and short
scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states,
will be gladly received and published to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of
more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contribu-
tions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost,

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
740 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

FIELD-BOOK OF WILD BIRDS AND THEIR MUSIC.

By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS; an entirely new presentation of the woodland
musician with valuable and scientific transcriptions of his songs. Profusely
illustrated in color and black and white drawings. G. P. PuTNAM’S SONS,
N. Y. $2.00 by mail, or Address F. S. MATHEWS, 17 Frost Street, Cambridge,

Mass.

NOTICE

Part III of Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope now ready. Price
$1.00. Shall we send you a copy ?

After Sept. 1, 1906, the price of this work will be advanced to $1.25 per
part to all who subscribe after that date.

Mosses with a Hand-lens, second edition, 8vo., 224 pp. 39 full page plates
and 151 cuts in the text; describes 169 species of Mosses and 54 species of
Hepatics, $1.75. Sample pages on application.

HARDY NATIVE AMERICAN PLANTS

and Carolina Mountain Flowers. Many new rare and local varieties.
HARLAN P. KELSEY, Landscape Architect,
Prop. Highlands Nursery, Tremont Building, Boston.
Kawana, North Carolina. Catalogues.

Consultation and plans for improvement of estates, private
and public grounds, suburban properties and resorts.

GROUT
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS. 2d Ed. 224 pp. $1.75 net, post-paid.
MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE. Part I. 86
pages. $1.00 net, post-paid. Sample pages on application.
O. T. LOUIS, 59 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON Editor-in-chief,

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

Publication Committ
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND | Se ee TE

VOLUME 8.

1906.

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1l.

740 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co,

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 8. December, 1906. No. 96.

BLUMENBACHIA INSIGNIS A CASUAL PLANT AT
SOUTHBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

Lucius E. AMMIDOWN.

THE town of Southbridge, Massachusetts, seems to be a very prolific
field for the botanist. For a number of years the writer has made
botany a recreation, and has found 874 species and varieties growing
' in Southbridge. Mr. Fred. W. Rowley, a classmate and friend of
the writer, has found in the same way 900 species and varieties within
the limits of the town, not including 13 garden escapes, and 47 found
along the border of adjoining towns. Each has found many that the
other has not seen, so that together we have over 1000 species and
varieties as growing within the limits of Southbridge. Each has kept
a list of his plants. This includes several of which only a single plant
has been seen; also several adventive plants brought here through
one means or another. Mr. Rowley is foreman of the wool-sorting
department of the Hamilton Woolen Company. This company buys
large quantities of wool from Australia, South America, our Western
States, and wherever good wool can be obtained. This wool brings
with it from other countries many seeds, especially such as are pro-
vided with hooks, or are enclosed in burs that cling to the wool. Of
course some of these seeds get scattered about the mill yard, and thus
plants unknown to this section are produced. Last spring, or early
summer, Mr. Rowley called my attention to a plant that had made
its appearance near the mill. In due time he announced that it had
blossomed, but that he could not find it in our botanies. I went to
the place, and there it was, a curiosity surely, the flower a little white
star, with red and yellow center. But woe to him who would examine
the plant too closely, for it produced a shock that exceeded any nettle

226 Rhodora [DECEMBER

with which I have come in contact. Trailing on the ground, the
plant now covers a space perhaps 30 inches or so in diameter. I took
some of it home, but soon gave up the botany, and opened Century
Dictionary to the word “Nettle.” There I found “Chili Nettle,”
with reference to its order “Loaseae,” under which much to my de-
light I found a fairly good description of our plant. Next I sent a
specimen to Gray Herbarium, getting from there the information that
the plant is Blumenbachia insignis, a native of Chili, and probably
unknown, outside of cultivation, in North America. Since then we
have found it in Gray’s School and Field Botany as a native of Chili.
Stem round, with fine stripes of darker green, and covered with long,
stinging hairs. Leaves opposite, palmately veined and divided (much
resembling leaves of the Skeleton Geranium), their upper surface
covered with long hairs, the lower pubescent. Flowers single, nod-
ding, on long, axillary peduncles. Petals 5, cucullate, white, ending
with an acute point. Five scale-like petals inside the others and alter-
nate with them, erect, with yellow base and red tips, resembling a
corona. Stamens, with slender filaments, in 5 sets, opposite the white |
petals. Also 10 sterile filaments, in pairs, opposite the inner petals.
Style one, long-exserted, stiletto-shaped, pubescent. Sepals 5, short,
lanceolate. Ovary inferior, 1-celled, spirally twisted, covered with
hairs.

Other adventive plants from the mill yard are Amarantus spinosus
L., A. crispus Braun., Artemisia annua L., Xanthium spinosum L.,
X. Canadense Mill., Vernonia Baldwinii Torr., Solanum rostratum
Dunal, Helenium tenuifolium Nutt., and Eleusine Indica L.

Some of these have already spread beyond the confines of the Mill
yard, showing a disposition to make themselves at home. Other
strange plants have started but are not yet sufficiently developed to
be identified.

SOUTHBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

1906] Fernald,-—Alpine Variety of Solidago macrophylla 227

AN ALPINE VARIETY OF SOLIDAGO MACROPHYLLA.
M. L. FERNALD.

Boranists who have collected in the Alpine Garden of Mt. Wash-
ington are familiar with a dwarfed extreme of Solidago macrophylla
which, in some characters other than its low stature, differs from the
common tall plant of the wooded slopes of the White Mountain region.
The plant of the woods, which is widely distributed through the coni-
ferous forests from Newfoundland and southern Labrador to Lake -
Superior, south to central Maine and New Hampshire, Mt. Mon-
adnock, Mt. Greylock, and the Catskills, has the involucre of the
oblong-cylindric heads composed of linear-attenuate thin, often
scarious, bracts. In the plant of the Alpine Garden, on the other
hand, the involucre of the much fuller and broader subglobose heads
is composed of shorter narrowly deltoid to lanceolate firmer, often
subherbaceous, bracts.

As it occurs on Mt. Washington, the alpine plant with broader
heads and broader firmer bracts is generally considered an extreme
of the woodland S. macrophylla. Further north, however, where the
latter species with narrow bracts and oblong heads is the commonest
goldenrod at low altitudes, it gives way, in the alpine and exposed
situations, to the larger-headed plant with broader bracts, so generally
as to indicate that this plant is worthy more definite recognition than
is ordinarily given it. Thus, in the Gaspé Peninsula of Quebec the
typical S. macrophylla of Pursh, the plant with oblong heads and
linear-attenuate bracts, is everywhere abundant in woods and clearings
from sea-level to the wooded mountain-slopes. In the alpine and
subalpine regions, however, of the great tablelands of Mt. Albert and
of Table-topped Mountain, the common representative of S. macro-
phylla is the plant with broad subglobose heads (in extreme specimens
2 cm. in diameter), which abounds over fully a hundred square miles
of alpine meadows and slopes.

Still further north, on the Labrador coast, likewise, the plant of
exposed situations is like the large-headed plant of the Alpine Garden.
In fact, all the material known to the writer from north of the Straits
of Belle Isle is of this plant; and there is no question that it is S.
thyrsoidea which was described in 1830 by Ernst Meyer from Okkak
(latitude 57° 30’) on the Labrador Coast. The same plant, as found

228 - Rhodora [DECEMBER

in the Alpine Garden of Mt. Washington, was also recognized by
A. P. de Candolle as distinct from Pursh’s S. macrophylla. In the
Prodromus, in 1836, de Candolle described the. White Mountain plant
as S. leiocarpa.' His material, sent by “Dr. Boot” in 1830 from the
White Mountains, is, as shown in the Prodromus Herbarium, the
characteristic plant of the Alpine Garden.

In interpreting the earlier Solidago macrophylla of Pursh? we are
naturally at a disadvahtage from the meagre description and from
the fact that the type is apparently not extant. Pursh’s description
was taken from “Herb. Banks. mss." and the plant, “about three
feet high” with “calycibus oblongis" came from “Canada.” The
“Canada” of Banks was, of course, the low forested eastern region
where the tall plant with oblong heads and linear-attenuate bracts
abounds and where the other is unknown; and it is very safe to assume
that this common plant was rightly identified by Dr. Gray‘ as S.
macrophylla.

The two plants here discussed are ordinarily well distinguished,
but since the only characters by which they seem to differ are those
of size of head and breadth of bracts, both features which show a
wide range of variation and a strong tendency to intergradation, it is
probable that they are best treated as extreme phases of one plant:
the woodland S. macrophylla of eastern Canada and the upland regions
of New England and New York with oblong heads and linear-attenuate
thin mostly scarious bracts; and an extreme variation of it growing
in more alpine or subarctic regions and characterized by broader
subglobose or oblong-ovoid heads and lanceolate to narrowly deltoid
greener bracts. This plant of the Labrador coast and of our alpine
regions should be called

SoLIDAGO MACROPHYLLA Pursh, var. thyrsoidea (E. Meyer) n. comb.
S. thyrsoidea E. Meyer, Pl. Lab. 63 (1830). S. leiocarpa DC. Prodr.
v. 339 (1836).— LABRADOR, at various coastal stations: QUEBEC,
alpine and subalpine regions of Mt. Albert and of Table-topped
Mountain: New Hamrsnire, Alpine Garden, Mt. Washington.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

1 DC. Prodr. v. 339 (1836).

2Pursh, Fl. 542 (1814).

3 See Gray, Proc, Am, Acad. xvii. 187 (1882).
4 Gray, l. c.

1906] Pease & Moore,— Botrychium lanceolatum 229

PECULIARITIES OF BOTRYCHIUM LANCEOLATUM IN
AMERICA.

ARTHUR STANLEY PEASE and ALBERT HanrorD MOORE.

WHILE recently examining at the Gray Herbarium specimens of
Botrychium lanceolatum (Gmel.) Angstr., we were struck by the dis-
similarity of the European and American material. The European
plants are distinguished by a coarser habit and by the broader and
much more approximate segments of the sterile frond. And their dif-
ferences are illustrated not only by the European specimens jn the
Gray Herbarium, but also by various plates, among them Flora Danica,
vol. xvii, pl. 1922, fig. 2 (1877). The ordinary American plant is well
represented by the plate in D. C. Eaton, Ferns of North America, vol.
i, pl. 5, fig. 2 (1879). A specimen from the island of Unalaska, col-
lected in 1881 by L. M. Turner agrees with the European plant.
The following description gives the salient features of the common
American plant:

. BorRvcHIUM LANCEOLATUM (Gmel.) Angstr. var. angustisegmen-
tum Pease et Moore var. noy. pinnarum segmentis distantioribus
quam in speciei exemplis angusteque lanceolatis insignitum.—

Type specimen: Marne, Bristol, July 19, 1897 (E. B. Chamberlain,
no. 354, in herb. N. E. B. C.).

Other specimens examined: Nova Scoria, Truemanville, July,
1885 (H. Trueman): New Brunswick, Fredricton, September 16,
1872 (J. Fowler): Marne, Bridgewater, 1881 and 1882 (K. Fur-
bish); Brownville, July 1, 1905 (J. C. Parlin); Dover, June 24, 1895
(M. L. Fernald); North Berwick, 1893 (J. C. Parlin): New Hamr-
sHIRE, Randolph, 1900 (4. S. Pease, no. 6); Mt. Chocorua, 1904
(W. G. Farlow); Flat-top Mt., Sandwich, June 17, 1899 (J. H. Sears);
Alstead, July 4, 1899 (M. L. Fernald, no. 174): VERMONT, Equinox
Mt., July 3-4, 1903 (W. W. Eggleston, no. 3172): MASSACHUSETTS,
Andover, June 28, 1902 (A. S. Pease, no. 5); Sudbury (E. and C. E.
Faxon); Adams, August 27, 1901 (M. A. Day, no. 100): New
York, Palisades (C. F. Austin): New Jersey, Closter, August, 1865

(C. F. Austin).

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

230 Rhodora [DECEMBER

A NEW STATION FOR ASPLENIUM PINNATIFIDUM. — Asplenium
pinnatifidum Nutt. is a species hardly known to New England col-
lectors. In the summer of 1902 a plant of it was found at Sharon,
Connecticut, by Mr. E. I. Huntington and a note stating the fact was
published in the -Fern Bulletin, xi. 14 (Jan. 1903). This was the first
and has remained the only reported station for the plant in New Eng-
land. 'The honor of discovering a second station in Connecticut for
this interesting little fern belongs to Mr. H. C. Bigelow of New
Britain, Connecticut. Mr. Bigelow is an enthusiastic student of our
ferns and in the summer of 1906 found three plants of 4. pinnatifidum
growing on an outcropping ledge of shale in Southington, Connecti-
cut. It was growing with Asplenium platyneuron Oakes, and Camp-
tosorus rhizophyllus Link, and there was at first some question
whether it might not be a form of the much discussed A. ebenoides R.
R. Scott, but a careful comparison with other material showed there
could be no doubt as to its identity with A. pinnatifidum Nutt. The
station at Sharon is about twelve miles farther north than Southington,
but the latter station is more than thirty miles farther east, bringing
the range of this fern well into the central part of Connecticut. One
of the plants found at Southington has been placed at the Gray Her-
barium.— C. H. BissELL, Southington, Connecticut.

PrincipLes or Borany.'— It was to be expected that Mr. Bergen
and his associate Dr. Davis, authors of the new “ Principles of Botany "
recently published by Ginn & Co., would make an excellent text-book.
Both have had long experience as teachers, both are eager students
and investigators, each in his chosen field of the science, and both are
able to command forcible and lucid English. Thus the book is emi-
nently readable. Mr. Bergen, besides, from previous success in the
same line, knows how to put a text-book together. In this volume
he has divided the field with his associate, taking the chapters on the
structure and physiology of seed-plants, as well as those on ecology
and economie botany, and leaving to Dr. Davis the treatment of
morphology, evolution, and classification of plants.

Mr. Bergen's chapters embody a fresh treatment of topics which he
has already shown ability to present in his earlier text-books. ‘The
arrangement is even better than before. Especially commendable
(though not new) is the combination of demonstrations of structure

1 Bergen and Davis. pp. v + 555. Ginn & Co., Boston, 1906,

1906] Principles of Botany 231

with exposition of function. The separation or absolute divorce of
these kindred and mutually explanatory topics in many text-books
and also in the class room has always been deplorable, but there are
signs that in the near future no botanical teaching, even of the simplest
kind will be considered acceptable that does not treat the plant as a
living thing, and try to show how its organs perform their work.
Teachers will find much that is suggestive also, and much to draw
them and their classes out of doors in the concluding chapters on plant
formations, plant geography, and kindred subjects.

Mr. Bergen’s definitions might occasionally be bettered. For
instance, the opening sentence of chapter one speaks in traditional
terms of the seed as “reproducing the kind of plant which bore it,”
thus suggesting at the outset a meaning for the word reproduce which
has to give way later to a much more exact conception of reproduction
as distinguished from mere growth. In just this point a text-book
ought not to err. So much depends on the exact use of terms, that a
teacher must weigh well every word in order not to plant wrong ideas
which, like weeds, go on to flourish, and have to be uprooted later.
No teacher enjoys weeding an intellectual garden, and he should be
especially careful himself to sow only pure seed. Another instance of
the same kind is the first definition of the term cell (p. 9) as a “micro-
scopic compartment,” replaced later (p. 35) by a second definition —
from the biological standpoint — as “a unit of protoplasm, called a
protoplast” —and again by a third (p. 158, by Dr. Davis) as “a small
mass of protoplasm containing a nucleus. ^ Definitions two and three
are italicized in the text.

Of Dr. Davis's chapters almost everything to be said must also be
in commendation. His is the harder subject as a matter of presenta-
tion, for it is much more complicated and unfamiliar in detail, and
necessarily for a beginner bristles with technicalities. The descrip-
tive portion, rich in material and clear in wording, should be easily
comprehensible to students intelligent enough to use a compound
microscope. The philosophical portion will doubtless be over the
heads of all but mature students. It is certainly necessary nowadays
to interpret the results of studies in comparative morphology from the
evolutionary point of view, but it is none the less difficult, for we are
led at once into a region of uncertainty and speculation. In this
region a beginner will surely feel the ground insecure, and will have
to be forgiven for failure of comprehension, or for that skepticism

232 Rhodora [DECEMBER

which is often in a pupil a welcome sign of intelligence. In his views
on evolution and classification, Dr. Davis cannot be accused of being
behind the times. In fact, in his advocacy of the hypothesis —
advanced only six months ago-by one of his pupils'—of the sporo-
phytic nature of the tetrasporic plants in the Red Algae, he is suggest-
ing (p. 219-p. 220) and even asserting (p. 222) a theory not yet
generally accepted or even generally known. This course seems at
least unwise in an elementary text-book.

On one topic, of some practical importance, Dr. Davis seems to be
satisfied with a treatment that is at once popular and superficial.
He does not do justice to the fleshy fungi, or even show great knowl-
edge of them. We should rather expect to be told, for instance,
(p. 253) that truffles are subterranean. We have a right to demand
that the definition of so important a structure as the volva (p. 266)
should be explicit and correct. Dr. Davis is following a popular
misconception in making this term equivalent to the popular term.
cup, applied to the sheath or bag that encloses the base of the stipe in
Amanita. The volva is much more than this. His error becomes
serious, even dangerous, when he teaches that poisonous Amanitas
all have large volvas (i. e. cups according to the text). As is well
known, Amanita muscaria a deadly species common everywhere has
a volva which is broken into scales on stipe and pileus, and has no cup
at all.

The book has abundant and clear illustrations throughout — many
of them original, especially those of Dr. Davis.

Two EDITIONS or Torrey & Gray’s FLORA or NORTH AMERICA.
—Some time ago my attention was called to variations in copies of
Torrey & Gray’s Flora of North America, volume 1, which seem to
indicate that some portions have been reprinted. An examination of
the type shows that pages 321 to 360 (signatures 41 to 45) inclusive
were reset in a slightly different font, so that, while the amount of
matter is the same on each page, that of the lines often varies. ‘The
Greek letters and figures show clearly the change of type: for instance,
the base line of the 2 and the top line of the 7 are curved in the orig-
inal but straight in the reprint. On page 324 and 325 of the original

1 Yamanouchi: Bot. Gaz. xli. 425-433. June, 1906.

1906] Bartlett, Juncus compressus in the Province of Quebec 233

the names Hosackia micranthus and H. prostratus appear, while in the
reprint these names are corrected to H. mierantha and H. prostrata.
Page 329 of the original bears the number 42, but this is omitted
in the reprint. The title-pages of several copies of the work show
no indication of a second issue, and why this substitution was made
or at what date I am unable to state—Howarp W. PRESTON,
Providence, Rhode Island.

JUNCUS COMPRESSUS IN THE PROVINCE OF QuEBEC.— A rush which
Mr. A. S. Pease found growing abundantly on the Plains of Abraham
near the city of Quebec, 30 Aug.-1 Sept., 1904, has been determined
as Juncus compressus Jacq. This plant, a close relative of the common
“black grass" of our salt meadows, is common in inland situations
throughout the greater part of Europe and Asia, but has not been
reported from America. Although probably introduced on the Plains
of Abraham, it is a rush which might be expected to occur as a native
in northeastern America, since in general its distribution is parallel
to that of a number of rushes of broad range which have been found in
the maritime provinces and northeastern states.

The characters by which Juncus compressus may be distinguished
from the black grass, Juncus Gerardi Lois., are somewhat technical.
In Juncus compressus the anthers are little if at all longer than the
filaments, in Juncus Gerardi they are thrice as long; in Juncus com-
pressus the style is much shorter than in Juncus Gerardi; in Juncus
compressus the sphaeric-obovoid capsule is conspicuously longer than
the outer tepals, whereas the ellipsoid capsule of Juncus Gerardi is
usually about the same length as the tepals. A strong tendency,
which cannot, however, be relied upon to separate the plants, is for
the primary bract to be longer than the inflorescence in Juncus com-
pressus and shorter in Juncus Gerardi.— H. H. BARTLETT, Gray
Herbarium.

234

«€

Rhodora [DECEMBER

ERRATA.

12, line 20; for July read June.

57,
59,
65,
86,
86,
88,

106,
106,
111,
111,
112,
141,
144,
146,
167,
168,
187,
195,
195,
198,
210,
214,

«6

“

10; “ fig. c read fig. b.
38; “ V. Bernardi read V. perpensa.
16; “ dele the figure ?.
12; “ filifolia read filifolium.
20; “ erisetum read Trisetum.
20; after Trisetum subspicatum muticum insert Bolan-
der in.
47; for pine read spine.
48; '' efer read refer.
18; “ linearis read LINEARIS.
44; “ linearis read LINEARIS.
35; “ C. gracilis read C. gracilis.
34; “ interruptum read interrupta
34; “ pennsylvanica read pennsylvanicum.
15; “ Kunnebunk read Kennebunk.
32; “ Murdock, read Murdoch.
22; “ 90 read 91.
8; “ Peteskey read Petoskey.
3; " virgatula read virgatulum.
9; “ roselum read roseola.
37; “ for know read known.
19; * melanocarpum read melanocarpa.
11; “ his specimens read Dr. Bigelow’s specimens.

On title-page of April number; for Proceedings read Records.

Vol. 8, no. 95, including pages 205 to 224 was issued 26 November, 1906,

King Ee s

1906] Index 235

INDEX TO VOLUME 8.

New scientific names are printed in full face type.

Acer Saccharum, 71.

Acrochaete, 124; repens, 124.

Acrochaetium, 190, 192, and Chan-
transia in North America, 189;
Alariae, 191, 192; Dasyae, 191:
Daviesii, 191, 192, 194; Dictyotae,
189-191, 193; flexuosum, 191, 192;
Sagraeanum, 191, 192, 194; secun-
datum, 191, 193, 194; virgatulum,
191, 193, 195, forma luxurians,
194, forma tenuissima, 194.

Aegilops aromatica, 210.

Aegopodium podagraria, 72.

Agrimonia mollis, 221.

Aira, 81, 82, 84, 137, 138; bothnica,
85; caespitosa, 85; indica, 82;
melicoides, 84-86; mollis, 139,
140, 144; nitida, 139, 140, 144:
obtusata, 137-140, 142, 144; pal-
lens, 139, 140, 145, var. aristata,
145, var. mutica, 139; pallescens,
145; pennsylvanica, 139, 140, 144,
var. major, 140; spicata, 82; sub-
spicata, 82; truncata, 139, 144,

Airopsis, 137, 139; obtusa, 138; ob-
tusata, 144.

Alaria esculenta, 192.

Algae, 77, 190, 193-195; Brown,
124; Green, 124; Marine, 124;
Notes on,— VII, 122, VIII, 157;
Red, 232.

Allium schoenoprasum, 65.

Alpine Variety of Solidago macro-
phylla, 227.

Alsine propinqua, 32; Rossii, 33;
rubella, 33, var. hirta, 32; stricta,
33; verna, 32, 33, var. hirta, 32,
var. propinqua, 32.

Amanita muscaria, 232.

Amarantus crispus, 226; spinosus,
226.

America, The Genus Streptopus in
eastern, 69; Peculiarities of ue
chium lanceolatum in, 229.

American Elm, 135; Representatives
of Arenaria verna, 31.

Ames, O., Habenaria orbiculata and
H. macrophylla, 1; Spiranthes
ovalis, 15.

Ammidown, L. E., Blumenbachia
insignis a casual Plant at South-
bridge, Massachusetts, 225.

Amphicarpaea Pitcheri, 221.

Anchusa arvalis, 72.

Andrews, A. L., Preliminary Lists
of New England Plants,— XVIII,
Sphagnaceae, 62.

Andromeda ligustrina, 99.

Andropogon littoralis, 205; scopa-
rius, var. littoralis, 205.

Anomalous Plants of Tiarella and
Mitella, 90.

Anychia argyrocoma, 102.

Apetalous Form of Arenaria groen-
landica on Mt. Mansfield, 114.

Aquilegia, 10.

Arceuthobium pusillum, 79, 168.

Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, 223.

Arenaria elegans, 33; groenlandica,
102, 114, on Mt. Mansfield, Apeta-
lous Form of, 114; hirta, 31, 32;
juniperina, 34; litorea, 33; propin-
qua, 32; Rossii, 33; stricta, 33, 34;
verna, 31, 32, Some American Rep-
resentatives of, 31, var. equicaulis,
32, var. hirta, 31, 32, var. propin-
qua, 32, forma epilis, 32, var.
rubella, 33.

Arisaema Dracontium, 79.

Aristolochia Sipho, 223 Regenera-
tion in the Leaf of, 223.

Arnica, 30.

Aronia arbutifolia, 27.

Artemisia annua, 226,

Asperococcus echinatus, 108, var.
vermicularis, 125.

Aspidium Filix-mas, 23; simulatum,
219.

Asplenium, 12; ebeneum, 13, 68,
113; ebenoides, 68, 113, 114, 230,
in Massachusetts, a Station for
113, A new Station for, 68; new
to the Flora of Vermont, A hybrid,
12; pinnatifidum, 230, A new
Station for, 230; platyneuron, 230;
Ruta-muraria, 13, 14; Tricho-
manes, 13, 14, X Ruta-muraria,
12; viride, 14.

236

Aster infirmus, 222; radula, 146.

Avena, 81-83, 86; palustris,
145; striata, 211.

Avenaceae, 86.

Aveneae, 81, 86, 138, 141.

Axonopus furcatus, 205.

Azalea viscosa, 27.

139,

Baccharis halmifolia, 223.

Bangor, Maine, Notes on
Plants of, 72.

Bartlett, H. H., Juncus compressus
in the Province of Quebec, 233;
The salt-marsh Iva of New Eng-
land, 25.

Bartramia Oederi, 168.

Batrachospermum, 110, 190; aus-
trale. 110; macrosporum, 110;
vagum, var. flagelliformae, forma
tenuissima 110.

Benjamin Bash, 196.

some

Benzoin, 197, 198; aestivale, 198;
Benzoin, 196, 198; odoriferum,
198.

Bergen, J. Y., Notice of work, 230.

Bidens, 99; Beckii, 99; comosa, 222;
discoidea, 220; frondosa, 222; vul-
gata, 222.

Bissell, C. H., A new Station for
Asplenium pinnatifidum, 230.

Black Raspberry, 146, 147.

Blackberries, 146, 212, 217; of the
Kennebunks and Wells, 146, 169,
212.

Blackberry, 18, 95, 97, 150.

Bladder-fern, 113.

Blanchard, W. H., A new Rubus
from Connecticut, 17; Some Maine
Rubi. The Blackberries of the
Kennebunks and Wells,— I, 146,
II, 169, III, 212; Two new Spe-
cies of Rubus from Vermont and
New Hampshire, 95.

Blepharozia pulcherrima, 42.

Blumenbachia insignis, 226; A casual
Plant at Southbridge, Massachu-
setts, 225.

Bolbocoleon, 124; piliferum, 124.

Botanical Club, The Vermont, 23;
Exhibition at the Meeting of the
Natural History Societies of New
England, 135; Society of Maine,
Meeting of the Josselyn, 116, 167,
Records of the Connecticut,— I,
79, II, 222; Symposium, Third
annual Meeting of, 115. '

Botany, Principles of, 230.

Botrychium lanceolatum 229, in
America, Peculiarities of, 229, var.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

angustisegmentum, 229; virgin-
ianum, 48, an extreme Form of, 47.

Brainerd, E., Hybridism in the
Genus Viola,— II, 6, III, 49;
Nephrodium Filix-mas in Ver-
mont, 22.

Brasenia, 28.

Bromus ciliatus, var. latiglumis,
211; incanus, 212; latiglumis,

211; purgans, var. incanus, 212,
var. latiglumis, 211.

Brown Algae, 124.

Bryopsis, 125; hypnoides, 124; plu-
mosa, 124, 12

Bryozoa, 160.

Buxbaumia aphylla, 131; indusiata,
131.

Buxbaumiaceae, 131.

Calamagrostis breviseta, var. lacus-
tris, 210; Pickeringii, var. lacus-
tris, 210.

Callithamnion Baileyi, 112; corym-
bosum, 112; Daviesii, 194, var. se-
cundatum, 194; Halliae, 111; luxu-
rians, 194; virgatulum, 191-193.

Calosmon, 197, 198.

Calothrix crustacea, 105, forma pro-
lifera, 105; prolifera, 105; stagna-
lis, 123.

Camptosorus, 13; rhizophyllus, 68,
113, 114, 230.

Carex, 73, 114, 165; alata, 29; albo-
lutescens, 29; atlantica, 29; bul-
lata, 28, 202, var. Greenii, 202,
var. Olneyi, 202, X utriculata, 202;
canescens, var. subloliacea, 168;
costellata, 182, 183; Crawfordii,
168; digitalis, 183, 184. var. copu-
lata, 183; divisa, 201; exilis, 168;
flava, 200, subsp. Oederi, y cy-
peroides, 201, var.’ elatior, 201,
var. gaspensis, 200, var. graminis,
201, var. lepidocarpa, 201, var.
Oederi, 201, var. pumila, 201, var.
rectirostra, 201, var. viridula, 201;
glareosa, 45-47, Two Variations
of, 45, var. amphigena, 47;

ranularis, var. Haleana 166;
Grayi 79; Greenii, 202; Harperi,
181; 182; hormathodes, 165, 166,
var invisa, 166, var. Richii, 166;
interior, 114, 115, A new Variety
of, 114, var. Josselynii, 115, 166;
irrigua, 73-76; laxa, 75; laxicul-
mis, 183, 184, var. copulata, 183,
184; laxiflora, 184, var. leptoner-
via, 184; lenticularis, 76, 168;
lepidocarpa, 201; leptalea, 181,

1906] Index 237

182; limosa, 75, var. irrigua, 73,
76, var. irrigata, 76; magellanica,
73-76; mirabilis, var. tincta, 168;
monile, 202; Oederi, 200, 201, var.
pumila, 201; oligosperma, 80, 168;
Olneyi, 202; pauciflora, 168; pau-
percula, 73, 76, Variation of, 73,
var. irrigua, 76, var. pallens, 77;
rariflora, 75; retrocurva, 183, var.
copulata, 183; retroflexa, 166, var.
texensis, 166; retrorsa, 201, var.
Hartii, 201, var. Macounii, 201,
var. Robinsonii, 201; rosea, 166,
var. minor, 166, var. radiata, 166,
var. texensis, 166; scabrior, 167,
181; setacea, 167, 181, var. am-
bigua, 167, 181; stellulata, var.
angustata, 166; sterilis, 29; stra-
minea, 165, 166, var. aperta, 165,
166, var. invisa, 166, var. tenera,
165; tenera, 165, 166, var. invisa,
166, var. Richii, 166; texensis,
166; tribuloides, var. reducta, 79;
trisperma, 185, A new Variety of,
185, var. Billingsii, 185; utriculata,
202; vesicaria, var. Raeana, 166;
virescens, 182, 183, var. costata,
182, 183, var. Swanii, 183; viridula,
201; vulpinoidea, var. ambigua,
167, 181; xanthocarpa, 167, 181.

Cariophyllata, 11.

Castagnea virescens, 108.

Castanea sativa, var. americana, 65.

Catabrosa, 138.

Catharinaea angustata, 131; crispa,
131; undulata, 131.

Ceanothus americanus, 99.

Cephalozia connivens, 44.

Ceramium diaphanum, 112; roseo-
lum. 195; rubrum, 125, 1£6; stric-
tum, forma proliferum, 112.

Ceratoschoenus macrostachys, var.
inundatus, 165, var. patulus, 165.

Chaetochloa versicolor, 210.

Chaetomorpha, 106, 193; californica,
106.

Chamaecyparis, 28.

hates E B., Meeting of the
Josselyn Botanical Society, 167.

Chantransia, 110, 190, 195, in North
America, Acrochaetium and, 189;
Aliariae, 192; barbadensis, 195;
corymbifera, 189, 195, 196; Da-
viesii, 194; efflorescens, 195, var.
Thuretii, 196; macrospora, 110;
roseola, 195; secundata, 192, 194;
virgatula, 192, 194, forma tenuis-
sima, 194.

Chenopodium polyspermum, 99.

berrita M. ~ f Bate nical Exhi-
bition at the Meeting of the Nat-
ural. History Societies of New
England, 135.

Chili Nettle, 226.

Chiloscyphus pallescens, 44.

Chlorophyceae, 106.

Chondria dasyphylla,forma floridana,
111; tenuissima, forma californica,
111.

Chorda Filum, 124.

Christmas Fern, 113,

Cladiosiphon balticus, 157.

Cladophora Bertolonii, var. hamosa,
106; crispata, forma subsimplex,
107; flexuosa, forma floridana,
106; fracta, forma reflexa, 107;
polyacantha, 106; Sagraeana, 192.

Clethra alnifolia, 28.

Club Mosses, 135; The Vermont
Botanical, 23.

Coilonema Chordaria, 125.

Collins, F. S., Acrochaetium and
Chantransia in North America,
189; Intuition as a Substitute for
Reference, 77; New Species, etc.,
issued in the Phycotheca Boreali-
Americana, 104; Notes on Algae,
— VII, 122, VIII, 157.

Collins, J. F., Preliminary Lists of
New England Plants,— XIX, 131.

Colobanthus, 137-139, 142.

Colpodium, 85.

Conchocelis rosea, 159.

Conferva Daviesii, 194.

Connecticut Botanical Society, Rec-
ords of,— I, 79, II, 222; a new
Rubus from, 17.

Conringia perfoliata, 66.

Contributions to the Cytology of the
Entomophthoraceae: Preliminary
Communication, 67.

Convolvulus arvensis, 72; spitha-
maeus, 222.

Corallina gracilis, 112, forma densa,
112.

Corallorhiza multiflora, var. flavida,
168.

Crataegus, 10.

Crepis virens, var. agrestis, 73.

Ctenium americanum, 210; aroma-
ticum, 210.

Cuscuta compacta, 80.

Cyanophyceae, 106.

Cyperaceae, 126, 186, of eastern

North America, Some new or little
known, 126, 161, 181, 200.

238

perus dentatus, 126, 127, var.
ctenostachys, 126; dipsaciformis,
127; filiculmis, 128, 129, var.
macilentus, 128; hystricinus, 127,
128; parviflorus, 126; retrofractus,
127, 128.

y arietinum, 65; parvi-

orum, 93, 94, var. pubescens, 93;

pubescens, 93, 94.

Cypripediums, 93; Some Notes on
our yellow, 93. j

Cystoclonium purpurascens, 125, 196,
forma stellatum, 111.

Cytology of the Entomophthoraceae,
Contributions to the, 67.

Dalibarda repens, 80.

Danthonia, 81-83.

Dasya, 192; elegans, 192.

Datura, 99; Stramonium, 99.

Davenport, E. B., Apetalous Form
of Arenaria groenlandica on Mt.
Mansfield, 114.

Davenport, G. E., A hybrid Asple-
nium new to the Flora of Vermont,
12.

Davis, B. M., Notice of work, 230.

Delesseria, 111; alata, 111; querci-
folia, var. linearis, 111.

Deschampsia, 81, $83; caespitosa,
86.

Desmodium, 146.

Dewberry, 147, 149, 150.

Deyeuxia, 83.

Dictyosiphon. 157.

Dictyota Binghamiana, 109, 193;

Kunthii, 109; liturata, 109; Pap-
ana, 109.

Dilophus, 109; flabellatus, 108, 109;
marginatus, 109.

Diphyscium sessile, 131.

District of Columbia and Vicinity,
Violets and Violet Hybrids of the,
117.

Drosera, 27; rotundifolia, 28.

Dulichium, 27, 28.

Dupontia, 85; Cooleyi, 85, 87.

Dwarf Mistletoe, 168.

Early Flowering of Hepatica triloba,
48

Eatonia, 83, 84, 86, 137-142; aristata,
140,141,144; densiflora, 140, 141,
144; Dudleyi, 140, 141, 144; fili-
formis, 139-141, 144; glabra, 140,
141, 143, 145; hybrida, 140, 141,
144; intermedia, 139-141, 145;
longiflora, 140, 141, 145; nitida,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

138-141, 144; obtusata, 84, 139-
141, 144, var. robusta, 140; pal-
lens, 140, 141, 145; pennsylvanica,
84. 139-141, 144, 145, var. fili-
formis, 140, 144, var. longiflora,
140, 145, var. major, 139, 140;
pubescens, 140, 141, 143, 144;
purpurascens, 138; robusta, 140,
141, 144.

Ebony Spleenwort, 113.

Echinospermum Lappula, 12.

Ectocarpus confervoides, forma Hal-
liae, 107, forma irregularis, 107,
var. typica, 107; parasiticus, 125.

Eleocharis, 130; capitata, 129, var.
dispar, 129; diandra, 130; dispar,
129; Engelmanni, 130, 223, var.
detonsa, 130; intermedia, var.
Habereri 130; nitida. 129, 130;
palustris, var, calva, 130; tenuis,
130; tuberculosa, 27.

Eleusine Indica, 226.

Elm, American, 125; Wych, 135.

Elodes campanulata, 29.

Elymus arkansanus, 212; robustus,
223; striatus, var. arkansanus,
212.

Empusa, 67, 68.

Endoderma, 123; viridis, 123; Witt-
rockii, 123, 124.

Enteromophthora, 67, 68;
cana, 67; gloeospora, 68.

Enteromophthoraceae, Contribution
to the Cytology of, 67.

Enteromorpha intestinalis,
bullosa, 106; micrococea,
forma bullosa, 106.

Entocladia viridis, 124.

Equisetum pratense, 168.

Eriocaulon, 27.

Eriophorum, 98, 161; alpinum, 161;
hudsonianum, 161; opacum, 31;
polystachion, 98, var. elatius, 98;
virginicum, 27; viridi-carinatum,
var. Fellowsii, 98.

Errata, 234.

Euosmus albida, 199.

Evans, A. W., Notes on New Eng-
land Hepaticae,— IV, 34.

Evosmus, 197, 198.

Exhibition at the Meeting of the
Natural History Societies of New
England, Botanical, 135.

Extreme Form of Botrychium vir-
ginianum, 47.

ameri-

forma
106,

Fern, 12, 13, 23, 135; Christmas, 113;
Wood, 113.

1906]

Fernald, M. L., An alpine Variety of
« Solidago macrophylla, 227; "The
Genus Streptopus in eastern Amer-
ica, 69; A ER. Willow of the
Penobscot Valley, 21; A new
Geum from Vermont and Quebec.
11; A new Variety of Carex in-
terior, 114; Paronychia argyro-
coma and its New England Rep-
resentative, 101; Potamogeton
spathaeformis a probable Hybrid
in Mystic Pond, 224 ; Some Ameri-
can Representatives of Arenaria
verna, 31; Some anomalous
Plants of Tiarella and Mitella, 90;
Some new or little known Cypera-
ceae of eastern North America,
126. 161. 181, 200; Twelve Addi-
tions to the Flora of Rhode Island,
219; Two Variations of Carex
lareosa, 45; The Variations of
arex paupercula, 73.

Festucaceae, 85, 138.

Filipendula, 203. 204; lobata, 203,
204; rubra, 204, a new Binomial,
202; Ulmaria, 72.

Flora of North America, Two Editions
of Torrey & Gray’s, 232; of

| Rhode Island, Twelve Additions
to the, 219; of Vermont, A hybrid
Asplenium new to the, 12.

Form of Botrychium virginianum,
An extreme, 47.

Frullania, 44; eboracensis, 34, 44;
virginica, 44,

Fucus vesiculosus, forma limicola,
109.

Fungi, 232,

Further Remarks on the coastal
plain Plants of New England, their
History and Distribution, 27.

Galaxaurata obtusata, 110,

Galeopsis Ladanum, 72.

Galium Mollugo, 99; verum, 222,

Gavlussacia dumosa, 27.

Gelidium crinale, forma luxurians,
IEE

Gelinaria dentata, 112.

Genus Sphenopholis, 137; Strepto-
pus in eastern America, 69.

Georgia geniculata, 131; pellucida.
131, var. curvata, 131, 132.

Georgiaceae, 131.

Geranium, 113; Skeleton, 226.

Gerardia decemloba, 221; parvifolia,
221; Skinneriana, 221.

Geum, 11, 203; from Vermont and
Quebec, A new, 11; geniculatum,
11; hispidum, 11; intermedium,

Index

239
11; macrophyllum, 11; Peckii,
103; pulchrum, 11; radiatum,

103; rivale, 11.
Gigartina canaliculata, forma laxa,
111

Gloiosiphonia capillaris, 125.

Glyceria borealis, 211; elongata,
211; fluitans, 211; pallida, var.
Fernaldii, 211; septentrionalis,
211; Torreyana, 211.

Gobia baltica, 157.

Gomontia polyrhiza, 159.

Gracilaria compressa, 125.

Graphephorum, 81, 83-86; altiju-
gum, 89; melicoides, 85, 86, var.
Cooleyi, 87, var. major, 87; melico-
ideum, 84-86; Notes on Trisetum
and, 81; Shearii, 89; Wolfii, 86,
87.

Grasses, 205; Notes on, 205.

Green Algae, 124.

Gymnopodinae, 78.

Gyrostachys, 16; parviflora, 16.

Habenaria bracteata, 168; ciliaris,
27, 80; elegans, 3; Hookeri, 2, 3;
macrophylla, 1-5, 188, in Maine,
188; orbiculata, 1-5, 188, and
H. macrophylla, 1.

Halymenia floridana, forma dentata,
112.

Handsome Willow of the Penobscot
Valley, 21.

Harebells, 113.

Harger, E. B., Records of the Con-
necticut Botanical Society,— I,
19, Li, 222,

Harper, R. M., Further Remarks on
the coastal plain Plants of New
England, their History and Dis-
tribution, 27,

Hecatonema maculans, forma solu-
tum, 108.

Hekorima dichotoma, 71.

Helenium tenuifolium, 226.

Helianthus mollis, 219.

Helminthocladia purpurea, 108, 195.

Hemicarpha micrantha, 28.

Hepatica, 48; triloba, Early Flower-
ing of, 48.

petina: Notes on New England, —

, 34.

Heracleum spondylium, 99.

Hexorima dichotoma, 71.

Hill, E. J., The Perianth of Ryncho-
spora capillacea, var. leviseta, 186.

Hippuris vulgaris, 168.

Hitchcock, A. S., Notes on Grasses,
205.

Holcus, 138; striatus, 138.

240

Holm, T., Remarks upon Mr. House’s
Paper on Pogonia verticillata, 100.

Hosackia mircantha, 233; micran-
thus, 233; prostrata, 233; pros-
tratus, 233.

House, H. D., Notice of work, 100;
Observations upon Pogonia (Iso-
tria) verticillata; 19; Violets and
Violet Hybrids of the District of
Columbia and Vicinity, 117.

Hybrid Asplenium new to the Flora
of Vermont, 12; in Mystie Pond,
Potamogeton spathaeformis a
probable, 224.

Hybridism in the Genus Viola,— II,

6, III, 49.
Hylocomium umbratum, 168.
Hypnea musciformis, 111.

Intuition as a Substitute for Refer-
ence, 77.

Iris versicolor, 29.

Isymenia angusta, 110.

Iva ciliata, 98; frutescens, 25, 26;
of New England, The salt-marsh,
25; oraria, 26.

Jamesoniella autumnalis, 45.

Jones, L. R., The Vermont Botanical
Club, 23. i

Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine,
116, 167.

Juncus acuminatus, var. debilis,
220; compressus, 233, in the Prov-
ince of Quebec, 233; debilis, 220,
221; Dudleyi, 220; Gerardi, 233;
militaris, 29, 80.

Jungermannia acuta, 35; bantriensis,
var, acuta, 35, var. Muelleri, 35;

capitata, 34; crocata, 37; excisa, :

34, var. crispata, 34; heterophylla,
37; Hornschuchiana, var. Mue leri,
35; intermedia, 34, var. capitata,
34; Laurentiana, 35; Libertae, 35;
Muelleri, 35; nemorosa, var. pur-
purascens, 41; porphyroleuca, 36;
pulcherrima, 42; pumila, 45; ven-
tricosa, var. porphyroleuca, 36.

Kantia Sullivantii, 44.
Kennebunks and Wells, Blackberries
of the, 146, 169, 212.

Knight, O. W., Habenaria macro-
hylla in Maine, 188; A new
ariety of Carex trisperma, 185;

Notes on some Plants of Bangor,
Maine, 72; Some new Records of
Maine Plants, 98; Some Notes on

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

our yellow Cypripediums, 93;
Some noteworthy Plants of the
Penobscot euni 65; Viola novae-
angliae in the Penobscot Valley,

115."

Koeleria, 83, 84, 137-139; paniculata,
144; pennsylvanica, 138, 139, 144;
phleoides, 83, 84; truncata, 139,
144, 145, var. major, 140, 143,
145; villosa, 83, 84.

Koeleria & Lophochloa, 83.

Koeleriae, 83.

Laminaria, 108, 158, 160; Agardhii,
forma angustissima, 108, forma
zostericola, 108; longicruris, 159;
longipes, 108.

Laminarias, 123.

Lauraceae, 197; The Nomenclature
of the New England, 196.

Laurus, 197; aestivalis, 198; albida,
199; Benzoin, 198; fragrans, 198;
Pseudo-Benzoin, 198; Sassafras,
199; variifolia, 199.

Laurus, subg. Euosmus, 197.
Leavitt, R. G., Regeneration in the
Leaf of Aristolochia Sipho, 223.

Lemanea, 190.

Lespedeza, 146.

Lessonia, 111.

Leucothoé racemosa, 28.

Ligusticum Scoticum, 80.

Lilium tigrinum, 65.

Limodorum tuberosum, 29.

Linagrostis alpina, 161.

Lindera, 197, 198; Benzoin, 196, 198.

Lists of New England Plants, Pre-
liminary,— XVIII, 62, XIX, 131.

Lithoderma fatiscens, 158.

Loaseae, 226.

Lophanthus nepetoides, 223.

Lophochloa, 83.

Lophocolea Austini, 37, 39, 41;
crocata, 37, 40; Hallii, 40; hetero-
phylla, 37, 39-41; Macounii, 37,
40, 41; minor, 37, 39; profunda,
40.

Lophozia acuta, 35; bicrenata, 35,
44; capitata, 34; excisa, 34-36;
heterocolpa, 36; Libertae, 35; Muel-
leri, 35, 36; porphyroleuca, 36, 37;
ventricosa, 35-37.

Lotus corniculatus, 72.

Luzula arcuata, 31; glabrata, 31;
spadicea, 31.

Lychnis flos-cuculi, 66.

Lycopodium annotinum, 80; Selago,
102.

1906] Index - 241

Lycopus sessilifolius, 80.

Lyngbya aestuarii, 123; semiplena,
123; subtilis) 113.

Lysias orbiculata, 5.

Lysimachia producta, 80.

Maidenhair Spleenwort, 113.

Maine, Habenaria macrophylla in,
188; Josselyn Botanical Society of,
116, 167; ie on some Plants of
Bangor, 98; Plants, Some new
Records of, 98; Rubi, 146, 169,
212.

Mansfield, Apetalous Form of Arena-
ria groenlandica on Mt., 114.

Marine Algae, 124.

Marsupella media, 41; sphacelata, 41.

Martinellia gracilis, 42.

Massachusetts, Blumenbachia insig-
nis a casual Plant at Southbridge,
225; A Station for Asplenium
ebenoides in, 113.

Mastigocoleus testarum, 159.

Medeola, 20, 100.

Meeting of the Botanical Symposium,
Third annual, 115; of the Josselyn
Botanical Society, 116, 167.

Melica striata, 211.

Metzgeria conjugata, 44.

Milium racemosum, 210.

Mimulus moschatos, 66.

Mistletoe, Dwarf, 168.

Mitella, 90-92; caulescens, 92; di-
phylla, 91, 92, forma intermedia,
91; intermedia, 91; nuda, 79, 90—
92; prostrata, 90-92; Some anom-
alous Plants of Tiarella and, 90.

Monarda fistulosa, 223.

Monostroma, 106.

Moore, A. H., Peculiarities of Botry-
chium lanceolatum in America,
229.

Mosses, 135, 136; Club, 135.

Mount Mansfield, Apetalous Form
of Arenaria groenlandica on, 114.

Mucorales, 67.

Myriocladia, 196.

Myrionema Corunnae, 158, var. fila-
mentosa, 158; vulgare, 158.

Mystic Pond, Potamogeton spathae-
formis a probable hybrid in, 224.

Natural History Societies of New
England, Botanical Exhibition at
the Meeting of the, 135.

Nelumbo lutea, 29.

Nemalion multifidum, 190.

Nephrodium Filix-mas, 23, in Ver-
mont, 22,

Nettle, 226; Chili, 226.

New England, Botanical Exhibition
at the Meeting of the Natural
History Societies of, 135; Further
Remarks on the coastal plain
Plants of, 27; Hepaticae, Notes
on,— IV, 34; Lauraceae, The No-
menclature of the, 196; Plants,
Preliminary Lists of,— XVIII, 62;
XIX, 131; Representative, Parony-
chia argyrocoma and its, 101; The
salt-marsh Iva of, 25.

New Geum from Vermont and
Quebec, 11.

New Hampshire, Two new Species
of Rubus from Vermont and, 95.

New or little known Cyperaceae of
eastern North America, 126, 161,
181, 200; Records of Maine Plants,
98; Rubus from Connecticut, 17;
Species, etc., issued in the Phy-
cotheca Boreali-Americana, 104;
Station for Asplenium ebenoides,
68, for A. pinnatifidum, 230; Var-
iety of Carex interior, 114; Variety
of Carex trisperma, 185.

Nomenclature of the New England
Lauraceae, 196.

North America, Acrochaetium and
Chantransia in, 189; Some new
or little known Cyperaceae of
eastern, 126, 161, 181, 200; Two
Editions of Torrey & Gray’s Flora
of, 232,

Notes on Algae,— VII, 122, VIII,
157; on Grasses, 205; on New
England Hepaticae,— IV, 34; on
our yellow Cypripediums, 93; on
Plants of Bangor, Maine, 72; on
Trisetum and Graphephorum, 81;
on two Species of Sporobolus, 23.

Nuphar, 29.

Nymphaea, 29; advena, 29.

Observations upon Pogonia (Isotria)
verticillata, 19.

Odontochisma prostratum, 44.

Orchid, 19, 100.

Orchis, 1; bifolia, 4; orbiculata, 1,
4, 5.

Oryzopsis melanocarpa, 210; race-
mosa, 210.

Oscillatoria salinarum, 105.

Osmunda cinnamomea, 219, var.
glandulosa, 219.

Ostreobium Quekettii, 159.

Oxalis violacea, 24.

Oxycoccus macrocarpus, 29.

Pandorina, 78.

242

Pandorinae, 78.

Panicularia brachyphylla, 211.

Panicum, 138; aculeatum, 209; co-
lumbianum, 209; dichotomum,
206; gravius, 205, 206; huachucae,
208; lanuginosum, 207, var. hua-
chucae, 208, var. siccanum,
207; minus, 220; Nashianum,
var. patulum, 209; oricola, 208;
patulum, 209; praecocius, 206;
sammophilum, 209; scabriuscu-
um, 209; unciphyllum, 209, var.
thinium, 209; viride, var. bre-
visetum, 210.

Parietaria pennsylvanica, 222.

Parnassia caroliniana, 220.

Paronychia, 101, 102; argyrocoma,
101-103, and its new England

Representative, 101, var. albi-
montana, 103.
Paspalum australe, 205; Elliottii,

205; laeve, var. australe, 205;
prostratum, 205; psammophilum,
205.

Paspalus furcatus, 205.

Pease, A. S., Peculiarities of Botry-
chium lanceolatum in America,
229.

Peculiarities of Botrychium lanceola-
tum in America, 229.

Pellaea atropurpurea, 13.

Penobscot Valley, A handsome Wil-
low of the, 21; Some noteworthy
Plants of the, 65; Viola novae-
angliae in the, 115.

Pentstemon hirsutus, 222; pallidus,
222.

Perianth of Rynchospora capillacea,
var. leviseta, 186.

Persea Sassafras, 199.

Phaseolus perennis, 223.

Phegopteris alpestris, 31.

Phippsia, 138.

Phlox pilosa, 222.

Phormidium Retzii,
ciculatum, 122.

Phycomycetes, 67, 68.

Phycotheca Boreali-Americana, New
Species, etc., issued in, 104.

Physocarpus opulifolius, 99.

Pieris Mariana, 27.

Piptocephalis, 67.

Plants of Bangor, Maine, Notes on
some, 72; of New England, their
History and Distribution, Further
Remarks on the coastal plain, 27;
of the Penobscot Valley, 65; of
Tiarella and Mitella, Some anoma-
lous, 90; Preliminary Lists of New

122, forma fas-

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

England,— XVIII, 62, XIX, 131;
Some new Records of Maine, 98.

Platanthera Menziesii, 3-5; orbicu-
lata, 5.

Plectonema, 113.

Plumaria elegans, 112.

Poa elongata, 211; flava, 210; Tor-
reyana, 211.

Pogonatum aloides, 132; alpinum,
132, var. arcticum, 131-133; arcti-
cum, 132; brevicaule, 131, 132;
capillare, 131; urnigerum, 13l.

Pogonia, 19, 20, 100; ( sotria) verti-

cillata, Observations upon, 19;
ophioglossoides, 29, 100; verti-
cillata, 19, 100, Remarks upon

Mr. House's Paper on, 100.
Polygala cruciata, 27; paucifolia,
forma albiflora, 66.

Polygonum cristatum, 221; Zuc-
carinii, 66.

Polytrichaceae, 131. ,

Polytrichum alpinum, 132; arcti-
cum, 132; commune, 131, 133,

134, var. perigoniale, 131, 133, var.
uliginosum, 131, 134; formosum,
131, 134; gracile, 131, 134; Jen-
senii, 131, 135; juniperinum, 131;
ohioense, 131, 134; piliferum,
131; Smithiae, 131; strictum. 131.

Pontederia, 27.

Populus dilatata, 65.

Porphyra, 195.

Potamogeton, 27, 28; angustifolius,
224; heterophyllus, 224; spathae-
formis, 224, a probable Hybrid in
Mystic Pond, 224.

Potentilla tridentata, 102.

Prairie, Queen of the, 202.

Prasiola, 106; Gardneri, 106

Preissia commutata, 168.

Preliminary Lists of New England
Plants,— XVIII, 62, XIX, 131.

Preston, H. W., Two Editions of
Torrey and Gray’s Flora of North
America, 232.

Principles of Botany, 230.

Prunus Gravesii, 80.

Ptilidium ciliare, 43, 44, var. pul-
cherrimum, 42; pulcherrimum, 42,
43.

Ptilota pectinata, 112, forma tenuis,
112.

Pyrola minor, 168..

Pyrus americana, 102.

Quebec, Juncus compressus in the
Province of, 233; A new Geum
from Vermont and, 11.

eee irem cm

1906] Index. 243

Queen of the Prairie, 202.

Radula dentata, 41.

Ralfsia, 158; verrucosa, 158.

Ranunculus aquatilis, 31.

Raspberry, Black, 146, 147.

Reboulea, 137-139, 142; gracilis, 137,
139, 142, 144, 145; obtusata, 140,
144; pennsylvanica, 139, 145, var.
major, 145.

Records of Maine Plants, Some new,
98; of the Connecticut Botanical
Society,— I, 79, II, 222.

Red Algae, 232.

Regeneration in the Leaf of Aristolo-
chia Sipho, 223.

Remarks upon Mr. House's Paper
on Pogonia verticillata, 100.

Rhexia virginica, 27, 219.

Rhode Island, Twelve Additions to
the Flora of, 219.

Rhodochorton membranaceum, 160;
penicilliforme, 160.

Rhododendron, 79; maximum, 79;
Rhodora, 24.

Rhododermis, 160, 161; elegans, 160;
Georgii, 160, 161; parasitica, 160;
Van Huerckii, 161.

Rhodomela lycopodioides, 159, 160,
forma tenuissima, 160, forma typica,
subf. tenera, 160; subfusca, 159, 160.

Rhodophyseuma Georgii, 160.

Rhodymenia palmata, 108, 194.

Rhynchospora etuberculata, 162; see
also Rynchospora.

Ribes Cynosbati, 168.

Riddle, L. W., Contributions to the
Cytology of the Entomophthora-
ceae: Preliminary Communication,
67.

Robinson, B. L., Filipendula rubra,
a new Binomial, 202; The Nomen-
clature of the New England
Lauraceae, 196.

Rosa blanda, 79; carolina, 27; seti-
gera, 222.

Rosaceae, 204.

Rubi, Some Maine, 146, 169, 212.

Rubus, 10, 95, 216; allegheniensis,
146, 217, 218; amabilis, 173; am-
nicolus, 170; Andrewsianus, 17,
218; arenicolus, 151, 216; Arun-
delanus, 176, 178, 216; biformi-
spinus, 178; canadensis, 98, 146,
148, 174, 218; elegantulus, 95;
from Connecticut, A new, 17; from
Vermont and New Hampshire, Two
new Species of, 95; frondosus, 217;

geophilus, 148, 157, 216; glandi-
caulis, 172, 174; hispidus, 146, 148,
212, 215, 216, var. major, 213, x
biformispinus, 216 X semierectus,
216, X setosus, 216; Jeckylanus,
177, 217; junceus, 215; multifor-
mis, 179, var. delicatior, 180; nig-
ricans, 146, 213; nigrobaccus, £6-
98. 146, 162-171, 173, 217, 218;
obovalis, 212; obovatus, 212; ora-
rius, 169, 171; peculiaris, 174;
pergratus, 96. 98, 218; plicatifo-
lius, 149, 157, 216; procumbens,
146, 147; recurvans, 146, 152, 155,
157, var. subrecurvans, 152;
recurvicaulis, 153, 216, var. in-
armatus, 155; semierectus, 150,
216; sempervirens, 212; setosus,
146, 213-216; tardatus, 214; tri-
vialis, 148; villosus, 146, 148, 217,
218.

Ruppia, 190.

Rush, 233.

Rynchospora, 130; capillacea, 130,
186, var. leviseta, 130, 186, The
Perianth of, 186; corniculata, 165,
var. patula, 165; glomerata, 219;
macrostachya, 165, var. inundata,
164, var. patula, 165; see also
Rhynchospora.

Sabbatia stellaris, 80.

Sagittaria graminea, 27; longirostra,
80.

Salix argyrocarpa, 21, 22; coactilis,
22; nigra, 72; sericea, 21, 22.

Salt-marsh Iva of New England, 25.

Sanford, Mrs. J. R., A Station for
Asplenium ebenoides in Massachu-
setts, 113.

Saponaria, 99; Vaccaria, 99.
Sargassum bacciferum, forma angus-
tum, 110. 3

Sarracenia, 27.

Sassafras albidum, 199; officinale,
198, 199; officinarum, 199; Sassa-
fras, 198, 199; tree, 198; varii-
folium, 199.

Saxifragaceae, 91.

Scapania, 41; Bolanderi, 42; dentata
41, 42, var. ambigua, 42; gracilis,
42; nemorosa, 41, 42; Oakesi, 41;
purpurascens, 41; resupinata, 42;
undulata, 41, 42.

Schizoneura quercifolia, forma line-
aris, 111.

Schizothrix Simmonsiae, 105; tinc-
toria, 105.

E

244

Scinaia furcellata, 110, forma com-
lanata, 110.

Scirpus, 130, 161; alpinus, 161; atro-
virens, 163, var. pallidus, 163,
var. pycnocephalus, 163; campes-
tris, 162, var. Fernaldi, 163, var.
novae-angliae, 163 var. paludosus,
162; Canbyi, 162; cylindricus, 162;
cyperinus, 164, var. pelius, 164;
debilis, 130, var. Williamsii, 130;
etuberculatus, 162; Fernaldi, 163;

eorgianus, 163; hudsonianus, 161;
eptolepis, 162; maritimus, var. cy-
lindricus, 162; novae-angliae. 163;
occidentalis, 168; pallidus, 163;
paludosus, 162; retrofractus, 128;
robustus, 162, var. campestris, 162,
var. paludosus, 162; Tricophorum,
161.

Seleria pauciflora, 165, var. carolini-
ana, 165, var. kansana, 165.

Sclerolepis verticillata, 29.

Scolochloa, 85.

Scribner, F. L., The Genus Spheno-
pholis, 137; Notes on Trisetum
and Graphephorum, 81.

Scrophularia leporella, 73.

Serophulariaceae, 221.

Scutellaria Churchilliana, 73.

Sedges, 168.

Sedum, 99; acre, 99.

Seirospora Griffithsiana, 123.

Sertularia, 160.

Setaria imberbis, var. perennis, 210;
perennis, 210; versicolor, 223; viri-
dis, var. breviseta, 210.

Sisymbrium altissimum, 72.

Skeleton Geranium, 226.

Smith, A. W., A new Station for
Asplenium ebenoides, 68.

Societies of New England, Botanical
Exhibition at the Meeting of the
'Natural History, 135.

Society, Meeting of the Josselyn
Botanical, 116, 167; Records of
the Connecticut Botanical,— I, 79,
II, 222.

Solanum rostratum, 226.

Solidago leiocarpa, 228; macrophylla,
227, 228, an Alpine Variety of, 272,
var. thyrsoidea, 228; rigida, 223;
squarrosa, 222; thyrsoidea, 227,
228.

Southbridge, Massachusetts, Blumen-
bachia insignis a casual Plant at,
225.

Spartina, 110; caespitosa, 210; jun-
cea, 210; patens, var. caespitosa,
210, var. junicea, 210.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Species of Rubus from Vermont and
New Hampshire, Two new, 95.

Sphagnaceae, 62.

Sphagnum, 20, 64, 136; acutifolium,
62; Angstroemii, 64; annulatum,
65; auriculatum, 62; balticum, 65;
centrale, 64; compactum, 62, var.
squarrosum, 62; contortum, 62;
crassicladum, 65; cuspidatum, 62,
64, var. faleatum, 62, var. mique-
lonense, 62, var. plumosum, 62,
var. Torreyanum, 62; cymbifo-
lium, 62, 64, var. squarrulosum,
62; dasyphyllum, 62; Dusenii, 62;
fallax, 65; fimbriatum, 62, var.
squarrulosum, 62; fuscum, 62;
Garberi, 62; Girgensohnii, 62, var.
coryphaeum, 62, var. molle, 62;
hypnoides, 65; imbricatum, 62,
64, var. affine, 62, var. cristatum,

. 64, var. sublaeve, 62; intermedium,
64; inundatum, 62; Lindbergii,
63; macrophyllum, 63; medium,
63; molle, 63; molluscum, 63;
monocladon, 65; obesum, 63; ob-
tusum, 65; papillosum, 63, 64;
parvifolium, 64; platyphyllum, 63;
xum 63; pulchrum, 63; Py-
aiei, 63; quinquefarium, 63; re-
curvum, 63, 64, var. amblyphyl-
lum, 63; var. mucronatum, 64,
var. parvifolium, 63; riparium,
63; rubellum, 63; rufescens, 63;
Russowii, 63; Schultzii, 65; squar-
rosum, 63; subbicolor, 64; sub-
nitens, 63, var. flavicomans, 63;
subsecundum, 63; subtile, 65;
tenerum, 63; teres, 63, var. squar-
rulosum, 63; Torreyanum, 64, var.
miquelonense, 64; Trinitense, 65;
ck pp 65; Warnstorfii, 63;
Wulfianum, 63.

Sphenopholis, 141, 142; filiformis,
141, 143, 144; The Genus, 137;
Halli, 141, 143,146; interrupta,
141, 143, 145, subsp. californica,
141, 143, 146; nitida, 141, 143 144,
subsp. glabra, 141, 143, 145; ob-
tusata, 141-144, subsp. lobata,
141, 143, 144, subsp. pubescens,
141, 143, 144; pallens, 141, 143,
145, subsp. longiflora, 141, 145,
subsp. major, 141, 143, 145; palus-
tris, 143, 145, subsp. flexuosa,
141, 143, 145.

Spice Bush, 196, 198.

Spiraea, 203; Filipendula, 204; lo-
bata, 203, 204; palmata, 204;
Ulmaria, 204.

1906]

Spiranthes, 15, 16; cernua, 16, var.
parviflora, 16; latifolia, 16; ovalis,
15, 16; parviflora, 16; Romanzoffi-
ana, 16.

Spirogyra porticallis, forma minor,
105.

Splachnum ampullaceum, 168.

Spleenwort, 114; ebony, 113; Maiden-
hair, 113.

Sporobolus asper, 23; indicus, 89;
neglectus, 23; Notes on two Species
of, 23.

Sporodinia, 67.

Stachys annua, 72; palustris, 73.

Station for Asplenium ebenoides in
Massachusetts, 113;
nium ebenoides, A new, 68; for
Asplenium pinnatifidum, 230.

Streblonema oligosporum, 125; par-
asiticum, 125.

Strepsithalia investiens, 107.

Streptopus, 70; amplexicaulis, 70;
amplexifolius, 69, 70, var. ameri-
canus, 70; brevipes, 69-71; curvi-
pes, 69; distortus, 70; in eastern
America, The Genus, 69; longipes,
71; oreopolus, 70; roseus, 69-71.

Swartzia montana, 168.

Sweet-gum Tree, 223.

Symposium, Third annual
of the Botanical, 115

Syncephalus nodosa, 67.

Meeting

Tetranthera albida, 199.

Tetraspora gelatinosa, forma uni-
formis, 105.

Tetrodontium Brownianum, var. rigi-
dum, 131.

Teucrium boreale, 66.

Third annual Meeting of the Botani-
cal Symposium, 115.

Thorea, 78.

Tiarella, 90, 91; and Mitella, Some
anomalous Plants of, 90; cordifolia,

, 91.

Tofieldia, 27.

Torrey & Gray’s Flora of North
America, Two Editions of, 232,

Trachynotia juncea, 210.

Tragopogon porrifolius, 66;
sis, 66.

Trentepohlia Daviesii, 194; virga-
tula, 193, var. secundata, 194.

Triadenium virginicum, 29,

Tricophorum alpinum, 161,

Tridens flava, 210.

Trifolium dubium, 72.

Triodia, 85; cuprea, 211; seslerioides,
210.

praten-

Triosteum angustifolium, 80.

Index.

245

Trisetum, 81-84, 86, 89, 137-139,
141, 142; alpestre, 89; altijugum,
89; and Graphephorum, Notes on,
81; californicum, 143, 146; elon-
gatum, 145; filifolium, 86, var.
ubescens, 86; flavescens, 89;

allii, 141, 146; interruptum, 141,
145; lobatum, 139, 143, 144;
ludovicianum, 145; melicoides,
86; melicoideum, 86, 89, var.
Cooleyi, 87; micrantherum, $3;
minutiflorum, 83; montanum, 86,
89; muticum, 86, 88; nitidum,
82; palustre, 82, 84, 140, 141, 145,
pennsylvanieum, 139, 144; Shearii,
89; spicatum, var. molle, 88;
subaristatum, 83; subspicatum,
82, var. minutum, $8; Wolfii,
83, 87, 88, var. muticum, 88,

Trisetum $ Colobanthus, 139, 142;
$ Koeleria, 83.

Truffles, 232.

Twelve Additions to the Flora of
Rhode Island, 219.

Twisted Stalks, 69.

Two Editions of Torrey & Gray’s
Flora of North America, 232; Spe-
cies of Rubus from Vermont and
New Hampshire, 95; Variations
of Carex glareosa, 45.

Ulmaria, 203, 204;
rubra, 203, 204.
Urtica dioica, 72.
Utricularia, 27; biflora, 80.
Uvularia amplexifolia, 70; rosea, 71.

lobata, 204;

Vaccinium Oxycoccus, var. inter-
medium, 29.

Variations of Carex glareosa, 45; of
Carex paupercula, 73.

Variety of Carex interior, A new, 114;
of Carex trisperma, A new, 185.

Ventenata, 81-83.

Vermont and New Hampshire, Two
new Species of Rubus from, 95;
and Quebec, A new Geum from,
11; Botanical Club, 23; A hybrid
Asplenium new to the Flora of,
12; Nephrodium Filix-mas in, 22.

Vernonia Baldwinii, 226. ;

Vicia tetrasperma, 72.

Viola, 6-10; affinis, 49, 50, 55, 61,
118, 119, x cucullata, 49, x
nephrophylla, 50, x papiliona-
cea, 119, x sagittata, 55, 119, x
septentrionalis, 8, 49, x sororia, 8,
49, X villosa, 56, 119; atlantica, 56;
Bernardi, 59; blanda, 118; Brain-
erdii, 168; Brittoniana, 118, x cu-

Ss

246 Rhodora

cullata, 52, 119, X emarginata,
120, 122, X sagittata, 120; conjug-
ens, 61, 121; conspersa, 119; crenu-
lata, 55; cucullata, 49-53, 56, 59,
61, 118, X emarginata, 52. 120, X
fimbriata, 8, 49, X nephrophylla
50, x. palmata, 56, X papilionacea,
56, X sagittata, 52; xseptemloba,
52, 59, 119, x septentrionalis,
49, X sororia, 49, 56; emarginata,
51-53, 58, 61, 118, 120, 122, x
fimbriatula, 57, 120, X papiliona-
cea, 120, x sagittata, 58, 120, X
septemloba, 53, 120, var. simulata,
119, x villosa, 120; filicetorum,
118, var. parthenica, 119; fim-
briatula, 9, 51, 52, 54, 57, 58, 60,
61, 118, 120, var. aberrans, 120,
x palmata, 53, 60, x papilionacea,
54, 120, 122, X sagittata, 57, 60,
120, x septemloba, 51, 60, X sep-
tentrionalis, 49, X sororia, 49, X
villosa, 121; fontana, 119; (hirta
x. odorata) X collina, 60; Hybri-
dism in the Genus,— II 6, III, 49;
indivisa, 59; inornata, 118; labra-
dorica, 119; laetecaerulea, 58, 119;
lanceolata, 27, 118; lavandulacea,
52, 61; LeConteana, 118; macro-
tis, 118; melissaefolia, 61; Muh-
lenbergii, 119; Mulfordae 51, 61;
nephrophylla, 49, 50, 61; nota-
bilis, 52, 61, 119; novae-angliae,
115, in the Penobscot Valley, 115;
obliqua, 118; odorata, 118; orni-
thodes, 118; pallens, 168; pal-
mata, 10, 53-56, 58-61, 118, var.
dilatata, 54, 56, 58, X sagittata,
54, 59, x septemloba, 55, X villosa,
56, 121; papilionacea, 54, 55, 58,
60, 61, 118, 119, 121, var. aber-
rans, 54, 61, X sagittata, 54, 121,
x villosa, 121; pectinata, 59, 60,
80, 118; pedata, 118, var. inornata,

[DECEMBER

118, var. lineariloba, 118; pedati-
fida, 59; perpensa, 234; Porteriana,
61; primulifolia, 58, 118; pubescens,
119; Rafinesquii, 119; sagittata, 9,
51, 52, 54, 55, 57, 59-61, 80, 118, 121,
x septemloba, 51, 60, 120; sca-
briuscula, 119; septemloba, 52,
55, 56, 59-61, 80, 118; septen-
trionalis, 61, X sororia, 49; sororia,
54, 58, 60, 61, 118; Stoneana, 118,
121, X villosa, 121, 122; striata,
119; vespertilionis, 118; villosa,
56, 61, 118, 120, 121, var. cordi-
folia, 57, 61.

Violets, 10, 117; and Violet Hybrids
of the District of Columbia and
Vicinity, 117.

Walking-leaf, 113.
Weatherby, C. A., An extreme Form
of Botrychium virginianum, 47.
Wells, Blackberries of the Kenne-
bunks and, 146, 169, 212.

Willow of the Penobscot Valley, A
handsome, 21.

Wolffia, 79.

Wood-fern, 113.

Woodsia, 113.

Woodward, R. W., Notes on two
Species of Sporobolus, 23.

Woodwardia angustifolia, 80, 219;
areolata, 219; virginica, 219.

Wych Elm, 135.

Xanthium canadense, 226; spino-
sum, 226.

Xanthosiphonia Halliae, 107.

Xyris, 27.

Zizania aquatica, 28, var. angusti-
folia, 210.

Zostera, 161, 190, 194; marina, 108,
194.

BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, by A. Gray and
others. Vol. I. Fascicles 1 and 2. A critical treatment of forty-five
families of polypetalae (Ranunculacee to Polygalacee) 1895-1897. $5.20.—
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

FLORA OF MT. DESERT ISLAND, MAINE, by EDWARD L.
RAND and Jonn H. REDFIELD. With a Geological Introduction by
WILLIAM Morris Davis. 1894. And anew map of the Island. Igor.
Price $2.00, post free. A few copies only remain for sale.— A ddress
EDWARD L. RAND, 53 State Street, Boston, Mass.

NEW ENGLAND WILD FLOWERS AND THEIR SEASONS,
by WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY. Price 75 cents net.—PRESTON ké
Rounps Co., Providence, R. I.

THE FLOWER-LOVER’S MAGAZINE

If you want to know about our wildflowers send for THE AMERI-
CAN BOTANIST which is edited especially for the flower-lover. It
is not a technical journal but abounds in quaint, curious and otherwise
interesting items about the wildflowers. Especially valuable in nature-
study work. Send for a sample copy to

WILLARD N. CLUTE & Co., Publishers,
Binghamton, N. Y.

GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS.

HOME GROWN LILIES.

Fresh from Beds. Wild Flowers, Hardy plants of all kinds.
Send for catalogue.

F. H. Horsrorp, Charlotte, Vt.

CONCORD NURSERIES, Concord, Massachusetts. Established on
Minot Pratt's Homestead by his son, F. G. PRATT. Over 300 species
grown, including X'4odora, pink and white, Andromedas, Cornels, Vibur-
nums, Kalmias, Ivy, Myrica, Benzoin, Hamamelis. E. Mass. plants
collected. Catalogue.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY COMPANY,
WAVERLEY, MASS.

BOTANICAL SUPPLIES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION. SAM-
PLES of Mounting Papers, Genus Covers and Driers mailed on request.
POCKET LENSES from $1.25 to $5.50. Ask for the New Catalogue,
No. 37.

PHYSIOLOGICAL APPARATUS, MICROSCOPIC MOUNTS, LANTERN SLIDES.
Intelligent Service. Standard Material. Immediate Shipment.

nuu)

:
LA ooo

A Model Botanical Text.-Book

LEAVITT'S OUTLINES OF BOTANY, " . i $1.00
With Gray’s Field, Forest and Garden Flora, . " 1.80
With Gray's Manual of Botany, " A i , 2.25

For the High School Laboratory and Class Room.

By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT, A. M., of the Ames
Botanical Laboratory. Prepared at the request of the Botan-
ical Department of Harvard University.

may be performed by schools with even simple apparatus. The in-

structions for laboratory study are placed in divisions by themselves,
preceding the related chapters of descriptive text. The book combines the
best features of the newest methods with that lucidity and definiteness which
have given Dr. Gray's text-books their extraordinary success. It pays special
attention to ecology, but morphology and physiology are also fully treated.
The illustrations number 384, and have been drawn with great care and
accuracy. The appendix contains valuable suggestions for the teacher, and
the index is very complete.

r ME practical exercises and experiments have been so chosen that they

American Book Company

New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874

Publishes technical papers by recognized authorities, and popular articles
characterized by high scientific accuracy, giving particular attention to ex-
perimental work. A synopsis of current entomological literature appears in
each number. Much space is given to problems connected with the insect
fauna of New England.

Six Numbers a year: — February, April, June, August, October, Decem-
ber. Annual subscription One Dollar.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, 234 Berkeley St., Boston, U.S. A.

THE PLANT WORLD,
An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany.

$1.00 a year. Established 1897 12 numbers
Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation. Society of America.
If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you.
If you are a teacher of Botany, the PLANT WORLD will help you
by keeping you in touch with modern botanical thought.
Edited by Francis E. Lloyd

Teachers College, Columbia University,

Send two cent stamp for sample copy. New York City.